Annotation of loncom/cgi/mimeTeX/mimetex.c, revision 1.4
1.1 albertel 1: /****************************************************************************
2: *
1.4 ! riegler 3: * Copyright(c) 2002-2008, John Forkosh Associates, Inc. All rights reserved.
! 4: * http://www.forkosh.com mailto: john@forkosh.com
1.1 albertel 5: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
6: * This file is part of mimeTeX, which is free software. You may redistribute
7: * and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License,
1.4 ! riegler 8: * version 3 or later, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
1.1 albertel 9: * MimeTeX is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
10: * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, not even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY.
11: * See the GNU General Public License for specific details.
12: * By using mimeTeX, you warrant that you have read, understood and
13: * agreed to these terms and conditions, and that you possess the legal
14: * right and ability to enter into this agreement and to use mimeTeX
15: * in accordance with it.
1.4 ! riegler 16: * Your mimetex.zip distribution file should contain the file COPYING,
! 17: * an ascii text copy of the GNU General Public License, version 3.
! 18: * If not, point your browser to http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
! 19: * or write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
! 20: * 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA.
1.1 albertel 21: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
22: *
23: * Purpose: o MimeTeX, licensed under the gpl, lets you easily embed
24: * LaTeX math in your html pages. It parses a LaTeX math
25: * expression and immediately emits the corresponding gif
26: * image, rather than the usual TeX dvi. And mimeTeX is an
27: * entirely separate little program that doesn't use TeX or
28: * its fonts in any way. It's just one cgi that you put in
29: * your site's cgi-bin/ directory, with no other dependencies.
1.4 ! riegler 30: * So mimeTeX is very easy to install. And it's equally
! 31: * easy to use. Just place an html <img> tag in your document
1.1 albertel 32: * wherever you want to see the corresponding LaTeX expression.
33: * For example,
34: * <img src="../cgi-bin/mimetex.cgi?\int_{-\infty}^xe^{-t^2}dt"
35: * alt="" border=0 align=middle>
36: * immediately generates the corresponding gif image on-the-fly,
37: * displaying the rendered expression wherever you put that
1.4 ! riegler 38: * <img> tag.
! 39: * MimeTeX doesn't need intermediate dvi-to-gif conversion,
! 40: * and it doesn't clutter up your filesystem with separate
! 41: * little gif files for each converted expression.
1.3 albertel 42: * But image caching is available by using mimeTeX's
43: * -DCACHEPATH=\"path/\" compile option (see below).
1.1 albertel 44: * There's also no inherent need to repeatedly write the
45: * cumbersome <img> tag illustrated above. You can write
46: * your own custom tags, or write a wrapper script around
1.3 albertel 47: * mimeTeX to simplify the notation.
1.4 ! riegler 48: * Further discussion about mimeTeX's features and
! 49: * usage is available on its homepage,
! 50: * http://www.forkosh.com/mimetex.html
! 51: * and similarly in mimetex.html included with your mimetex.zip
! 52: * distribution file.
1.1 albertel 53: *
54: * Functions: ===================== Raster Functions ======================
55: * PART2 --- raster constructor functions ---
56: * new_raster(width,height,pixsz) allocation (and constructor)
57: * new_subraster(width,height,pixsz)allocation (and constructor)
58: * new_chardef() allocate chardef struct
59: * delete_raster(rp) deallocate raster (rp = raster ptr)
60: * delete_subraster(sp) deallocate subraster (sp=subraster ptr)
61: * delete_chardef(cp) deallocate chardef (cp = chardef ptr)
62: * --- primitive (sub)raster functions ---
63: * rastcpy(rp) allocate new copy of rp
64: * subrastcpy(sp) allocate new copy of sp
65: * rastrot(rp) new raster rotated right 90 degrees to rp
1.3 albertel 66: * rastref(rp,axis) new raster reflected (axis 1=horz,2=vert)
1.1 albertel 67: * rastput(target,source,top,left,isopaque) overlay src on trgt
68: * rastcompose(sp1,sp2,offset2,isalign,isfree) sp2 on top of sp1
69: * rastcat(sp1,sp2,isfree) concatanate sp1||sp2
70: * rastack(sp1,sp2,base,space,iscenter,isfree)stack sp2 atop sp1
71: * rastile(tiles,ntiles) create composite raster from tiles
1.2 albertel 72: * rastsmash(sp1,sp2,xmin,ymin) calc #smash pixels sp1||sp2
1.3 albertel 73: * rastsmashcheck(term) check if term is "safe" to smash
1.1 albertel 74: * --- raster "drawing" functions ---
75: * accent_subraster(accent,width,height) draw \hat\vec\etc
76: * arrow_subraster(width,height,drctn,isBig) left/right arrow
77: * uparrow_subraster(width,height,drctn,isBig) up/down arrow
78: * rule_raster(rp,top,left,width,height,type) draw rule in rp
79: * line_raster(rp,row0,col0,row1,col1,thickness) draw line in rp
80: * line_recurse(rp,row0,col0,row1,col1,thickness) recurse line
81: * circle_raster(rp,row0,col0,row1,col1,thickness,quads) ellipse
82: * circle_recurse(rp,row0,col0,row1,col1,thickness,theta0,theta1)
83: * bezier_raster(rp,r0,c0,r1,c1,rt,ct) draw bezier recursively
84: * border_raster(rp,ntop,nbot,isline,isfree)put border around rp
1.3 albertel 85: * backspace_raster(rp,nback,pback,minspace,isfree) neg space
1.1 albertel 86: * --- raster (and chardef) output functions ---
87: * type_raster(rp,fp) emit ascii dump of rp on file ptr fp
88: * type_bytemap(bp,grayscale,width,height,fp) dump bytemap on fp
89: * xbitmap_raster(rp,fp) emit mime xbitmap of rp on fp
1.2 albertel 90: * type_pbmpgm(rp,ptype,file) pbm or pgm image of rp to file
1.1 albertel 91: * cstruct_chardef(cp,fp,col1) emit C struct of cp on fp
92: * cstruct_raster(rp,fp,col1) emit C struct of rp on fp
93: * hex_bitmap(rp,fp,col1,isstr)emit hex dump of rp->pixmap on fp
94: * --- ancillary output functions ---
95: * emit_string(fp,col1,string,comment) emit string and C comment
1.2 albertel 96: * gftobitmap(rp) convert .gf-like pixmap to bitmap image
1.1 albertel 97: * ====================== Font Functions =======================
98: * --- font lookup functions ---
1.3 albertel 99: * get_symdef(symbol) return mathchardef for symbol
100: * get_ligature(expr,family) return symtable index for ligature
101: * get_chardef(symdef,size) return chardef for symdef,size
1.1 albertel 102: * get_charsubraster(symdef,size) wrap subraster around chardef
1.2 albertel 103: * get_symsubraster(symbol,size) returns subraster for symbol
1.1 albertel 104: * --- ancillary font functions ---
105: * get_baseline(gfdata) determine baseline (in our coords)
106: * get_delim(symbol,height,family) delim just larger than height
107: * make_delim(symbol,height) construct delim exactly height size
108: * ================= Tokenize/Parse Functions ==================
109: * texchar(expression,chartoken) retruns next char or \sequence
110: * texsubexpr(expr,subexpr,maxsubsz,left,right,isescape,isdelim)
1.2 albertel 111: * texleft(expr,subexpr,maxsubsz,ldelim,rdelim) \left...\right
1.1 albertel 112: * texscripts(expression,subscript,superscript,which)get scripts
113: * --- ancillary parse functions ---
114: * isbrace(expression,braces,isescape) check for leading brace
115: * preamble(expression,size,subexpr) parse preamble
116: * mimeprep(expression) preprocessor converts \left( to \(, etc.
117: * strchange(nfirst,from,to) change nfirst chars of from to to
118: * strreplace(string,from,to,nreplace) change from to to in str
1.3 albertel 119: * strwstr(string,substr,white,sublen) find substr in string
1.1 albertel 120: * strtexchr(string,texchr) find texchr in string
121: * findbraces(expression,command) find opening { or closing }
122: * PART3 =========== Rasterize an Expression (recursively) ===========
123: * --- here's the primary entry point for all of mimeTeX ---
124: * rasterize(expression,size) parse and rasterize expression
125: * --- explicitly called handlers that rasterize... ---
126: * rastparen(subexpr,size,basesp) parenthesized subexpr
127: * rastlimits(expression,size,basesp) dispatch super/sub call
128: * rastscripts(expression,size,basesp) super/subscripted exprssn
129: * rastdispmath(expression,size,sp) scripts for displaymath
130: * --- table-driven handlers that rasterize... ---
131: * rastleft(expression,size,basesp,ildelim,arg2,arg3)\left\right
1.2 albertel 132: * rastright(expression,size,basesp,ildelim,arg2,arg3) ...\right
133: * rastmiddle(expression,size,basesp,arg1,arg2,arg3) \middle
1.1 albertel 134: * rastflags(expression,size,basesp,flag,value,arg3) set flag
135: * rastspace(expression,size,basesp,width,isfill,isheight)\,\:\;
136: * rastnewline(expression,size,basesp,arg1,arg2,arg3) \\
137: * rastarrow(expression,size,basesp,width,height,drctn) \longarr
138: * rastuparrow(expression,size,basesp,width,height,drctn)up/down
139: * rastoverlay(expression,size,basesp,overlay,arg2,arg3) \not
140: * rastfrac(expression,size,basesp,isfrac,arg2,arg3) \frac \atop
141: * rastackrel(expression,size,basesp,base,arg2,arg3) \stackrel
142: * rastmathfunc(expression,size,basesp,base,arg2,arg3) \lim,\etc
143: * rastsqrt(expression,size,basesp,arg1,arg2,arg3) \sqrt
144: * rastaccent(expression,size,basesp,accent,isabove,isscript)
145: * rastfont(expression,size,basesp,font,arg2,arg3) \cal{},\scr{}
146: * rastbegin(expression,size,basesp,arg1,arg2,arg3) \begin{}
147: * rastarray(expression,size,basesp,arg1,arg2,arg3) \array
148: * rastpicture(expression,size,basesp,arg1,arg2,arg3) \picture
149: * rastline(expression,size,basesp,arg1,arg2,arg3) \line
1.3 albertel 150: * rastrule(expression,size,basesp,arg1,arg2,arg3) \rule
1.1 albertel 151: * rastcircle(expression,size,basesp,arg1,arg2,arg3) \circle
152: * rastbezier(expression,size,basesp,arg1,arg2,arg3) \bezier
153: * rastraise(expression,size,basesp,arg1,arg2,arg3) \raisebox
154: * rastrotate(expression,size,basesp,arg1,arg2,arg3) \rotatebox
1.3 albertel 155: * rastreflect(expression,size,basesp,arg1,arg2,arg3)\reflectbox
1.1 albertel 156: * rastfbox(expression,size,basesp,arg1,arg2,arg3) \fbox
157: * rastinput(expression,size,basesp,arg1,arg2,arg3) \input
158: * rastcounter(expression,size,basesp,arg1,arg2,arg3) \counter
1.2 albertel 159: * rasttoday(expression,size,basesp,arg1,arg2,arg3) \today
160: * rastcalendar(expression,size,basesp,arg1,arg2,arg3) \calendar
1.1 albertel 161: * rastnoop(expression,size,basesp,arg1,arg2,arg3) flush \escape
162: * --- helper functions for handlers ---
163: * rastopenfile(filename,mode) opens filename[.tex] in mode
1.2 albertel 164: * rasteditfilename(filename) edit filename (for security)
165: * rastreadfile(filename,islock,tag,value) read <tag>...</tag>
1.1 albertel 166: * rastwritefile(filename,tag,value,isstrict)write<tag>...</tag>
1.2 albertel 167: * calendar(year,month,day) formats one-month calendar string
168: * timestamp(tzdelta,ifmt) formats timestamp string
169: * tzadjust(tzdelta,year,month,day,hour) adjust date/time
170: * daynumber(year,month,day) #days since Monday, Jan 1, 1973
171: * dbltoa(d,npts) double to comma-separated ascii
1.1 albertel 172: * === Anti-alias completed raster (lowpass) or symbols (ss) ===
173: * aalowpass(rp,bytemap,grayscale) lowpass grayscale bytemap
174: * aapnm(rp,bytemap,grayscale) lowpass based on pnmalias.c
1.3 albertel 175: * aapnmlookup(rp,bytemap,grayscale) aapnm based on aagridnum()
176: * aapatterns(rp,irow,icol,gridnum,patternum,grayscale) call 19,
177: * aapattern1124(rp,irow,icol,gridnum,grayscale)antialias pattrn
178: * aapattern19(rp,irow,icol,gridnum,grayscale) antialias pattern
179: * aapattern20(rp,irow,icol,gridnum,grayscale) antialias pattern
180: * aapattern39(rp,irow,icol,gridnum,grayscale) antialias pattern
181: * aafollowline(rp,irow,icol,direction) looks for a "turn"
182: * aagridnum(rp,irow,icol) calculates gridnum, 0-511
183: * aapatternnum(gridnum) looks up pattern#, 1-51, for gridnum
184: * aalookup(gridnum) table lookup for all possible 3x3 grids
185: * aalowpasslookup(rp,bytemap,grayscale) driver for aalookup()
1.1 albertel 186: * aasupsamp(rp,aa,sf,grayscale) or by supersampling
187: * aacolormap(bytemap,nbytes,colors,colormap)make colors,colormap
188: * aaweights(width,height) builds "canonical" weight matrix
189: * aawtpixel(image,ipixel,weights,rotate) weight image at ipixel
1.3 albertel 190: * === miscellaneous ===
191: * mimetexsetmsg(newmsglevel,newmsgfp) set msglevel and msgfp
1.1 albertel 192: * PART1 ========================== Driver ===========================
193: * main(argc,argv) parses math expression and emits mime xbitmap
1.2 albertel 194: * CreateGifFromEq(expression,gifFileName) entry pt for win dll
1.1 albertel 195: * isstrstr(string,snippets,iscase) are any snippets in string?
196: * ismonth(month) is month current month ("jan"-"dec")?
197: * unescape_url(url,isescape), x2c(what) xlate %xx url-encoded
198: * logger(fp,msglevel,logvars) logs environment variables
1.4 ! riegler 199: * emitcache(cachefile,maxage,valign,isbuffer) emit cachefile
1.2 albertel 200: * readcachefile(cachefile,buffer) read cachefile into buffer
1.1 albertel 201: * md5str(instr) md5 hash library functions
202: * GetPixel(x,y) callback function for gifsave library
203: *
204: * Source: mimetex.c (needs mimetex.h and texfonts.h to compile,
1.4 ! riegler 205: * and also needs gifsave.c when compiled with -DAA or -DGIF)
1.1 albertel 206: *
207: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
208: * Notes o See bottom of file for main() driver (and "friends"),
209: * and compile as
210: * cc -DAA mimetex.c gifsave.c -lm -o mimetex.cgi
211: * to produce an executable that emits gif images with
212: * anti-aliasing (see Notes below). You may also compile
213: * cc -DGIF mimetex.c gifsave.c -lm -o mimetex.cgi
214: * to produce an executable that emits gif images without
215: * anti-aliasing. Alternatively, compile mimeTeX as
216: * cc -DXBITMAP mimetex.c -lm -o mimetex.cgi
217: * to produce an executable that just emits mime xbitmaps.
218: * In either case you'll need mimetex.h and texfonts.h,
219: * and with -DAA or -DGIF you'll also need gifsave.c
220: * o For gif images, the gifsave.c library by Sverre H. Huseby
221: * <http://shh.thathost.com> slightly modified by me to allow
1.4 ! riegler 222: * (a)sending output to stdout or returning it in memory,
! 223: * and (b)specifying a transparent background color index,
! 224: * is included with mimeTeX, and it's documented in
! 225: * mimetex.html#gifsave .
1.1 albertel 226: * o Optional compile-line -D defined symbols are documented
1.3 albertel 227: * in mimetex.html#options . They include (additional -D
228: * switches are discussed in mimetex.html#options)...
1.1 albertel 229: * -DAA
230: * Turns on gif anti-aliasing with default values
231: * (CENTERWT=32, ADJACENTWT=3, CORNERWT=1)
232: * for the following anti-aliasing parameters...
233: * -DCENTERWT=n
234: * -DADJACENTWT=j
235: * -DCORNERWT=k
236: * MimeTeX currently provides a lowpass filtering
237: * algorithm for anti-aliasing, which is applied to the
238: * existing set of bitmap fonts. This lowpass filter
239: * applies default weights
1.3 albertel 240: * 1 2 1
241: * 2 8 2
242: * 1 2 1
1.1 albertel 243: * to neighboring pixels. The defaults weights are
1.3 albertel 244: * CENTERWT=8, ADJACENTWT=2 and CORNERWT=1,
1.1 albertel 245: * which you can adjust to control anti-aliasing.
246: * Lower CENTERWT values will blur/spread out lines
247: * while higher values will tend to sharpen lines.
248: * Experimentation is recommended to determine
249: * what value works best for you.
250: * -DCACHEPATH=\"path/\"
251: * This option saves each rendered image to a file
252: * in directory path/ which mimeTeX reads rather than
253: * re-rendering the same image every time it's given
254: * the same LaTeX expression. Sometimes mimeTeX disables
255: * caching, e.g., expressions containing \input{ } are
256: * re-rendered since the contents of the inputted file
257: * may have changed. If compiled without -DCACHEPATH
258: * mimeTeX always re-renders expressions. This usually
259: * isn't too cpu intensive, but if you have unusually
260: * high hit rates then image caching may be helpful.
261: * The path/ is relative to mimetex.cgi, and must
262: * be writable by it. Files created under path/ are
263: * named filename.gif, where filename is the 32-character
264: * MD5 hash of the LaTeX expression.
265: * -DDISPLAYSIZE=n
266: * By default, operator limits like \int_a^b are rendered
267: * \textstyle at font sizes \normalsize and smaller,
268: * and rendered \displaystyle at font sizes \large and
269: * larger. This default corresponds to -DDISPLAYSIZE=3,
270: * which you can adjust; e.g., -DDISPLAYSIZE=0 always
271: * defaults to \displaystyle, and 99 (or any large number)
272: * always defaults to \textstyle. Note that explicit
273: * \textstyle, \displaystyle, \limits or \nolimits
274: * directives in an expression always override
275: * the DISPLAYSIZE default.
276: * -NORMALSIZE=n
277: * MimeTeX currently has six font sizes numbered 0-5,
278: * and always starts in NORMALSIZE whose default value
279: * is 2. Specify -DNORMALSIZE=3 on the compile line if
280: * you prefer mimeTeX to start in default size 3, etc.
281: * -DREFERER=\"domain\" -or-
282: * -DREFERER=\"domain1,domain2,etc\"
283: * Blocks mimeTeX requests from unauthorized domains that
284: * may be using your server's mimetex.cgi without permission.
285: * If REFERER is defined, mimeTeX checks for the environment
286: * variable HTTP_REFERER and, if it exists, performs a
287: * case-insensitive test to make sure it contains 'domain'
288: * as a substring. If given several 'domain's (second form)
289: * then HTTP_REFERER must contain either 'domain1' or
290: * 'domain2', etc, as a (case-insensitive) substring.
291: * If HTTP_REFERER fails to contain a substring matching
292: * any of these domain(s), mimeTeX emits an error message
293: * image corresponding to the expression specified by
294: * the invalid_referer_msg string defined in main().
295: * Note: if HTTP_REFERER is not an environment variable,
296: * mimeTeX correctly generates the requested expression
297: * (i.e., no referer error).
298: * -DWARNINGS=n -or-
299: * -DNOWARNINGS
300: * If an expression submitted to mimeTeX contains an
301: * unrecognzied escape sequence, e.g., "y=x+\abc+1", then
302: * mimeTeX generates a gif image containing an embedded
303: * warning in the form "y=x+[\abc?]+1". If you want these
304: * warnings suppressed, -DWARNINGS=0 or -DNOWARNINGS tells
305: * mimeTeX to ignore unrecognized symbols, and the rendered
306: * image is "y=x++1" instead.
307: * -DWHITE
308: * MimeTeX usually renders black symbols on a white
309: * background. This option renders white symbols on
310: * a black background instead.
311: * o See individual function entry points for further comments.
312: * o The font information in texfonts.h was produced by multiple
313: * runs of gfuntype, one run per struct (i.e., one run per font
314: * family at a particular size). See gfuntype.c, and also
315: * mimetex.html#fonts, for details.
316: * o mimetex.c contains library functions implementing a raster
317: * datatype, functions to manipulate rasterized .mf fonts
318: * (see gfuntype.c which rasterizes .mf fonts), functions
319: * to parse LaTeX expressions, etc. A complete list of
320: * mimetex.c functions is above. See their individual entry
321: * points below for further comments.
322: * All these functions eventually belong in several
323: * different modules, possibly along the lines suggested
324: * by the divisions above. But until the best decomposition
325: * becomes clear, it seems better to keep mimetex.c
326: * neatly together, avoiding a bad decomposition that
327: * becomes permanent by default.
328: * o The "main" reusable function is rasterize(),
329: * which takes a string like "f(x)=\int_{-\infty}^xe^{-t^2}dt"
330: * and returns a (sub)raster representing it as a bit or bytemap.
331: * Your application can do anything it likes with this pixel map.
332: * MimeTeX just outputs it, either as a mime xbitmap or as a gif.
333: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
334: * Revision History:
335: * 09/18/02 J.Forkosh Installation.
336: * 12/11/02 J.Forkosh Version 1.00 released.
337: * 07/04/03 J.Forkosh Version 1.01 released.
338: * 10/17/03 J.Forkosh Version 1.20 released.
339: * 12/21/03 J.Forkosh Version 1.30 released.
340: * 02/01/04 J.Forkosh Version 1.40 released.
341: * 10/02/04 J.Forkosh Version 1.50 released.
342: * 11/30/04 J.Forkosh Version 1.60 released.
1.3 albertel 343: * 10/11/05 J.Forkosh Version 1.64 released.
1.4 ! riegler 344: * 11/30/06 J.Forkosh Version 1.65 released.
! 345: * 09/06/08 J.Forkosh Version 1.70 released.
1.1 albertel 346: *
347: ****************************************************************************/
348:
349: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
350: header files and macros
351: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
352: /* --- standard headers --- */
353: #include <stdio.h>
354: #include <stdlib.h>
355: /*#include <unistd.h>*/
356: #include <string.h>
357: #include <ctype.h>
358: #include <math.h>
359: #include <time.h>
360:
361: /* --- windows-specific header info --- */
362: #ifndef WINDOWS /* -DWINDOWS not supplied by user */
1.2 albertel 363: #if defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) \
364: || defined(DJGPP) /* try to recognize windows compilers */ \
365: || defined(_USRDLL) /* must be WINDOWS if compiling for DLL */
1.1 albertel 366: #define WINDOWS /* signal windows */
367: #endif
368: #endif
369: #ifdef WINDOWS /* Windows opens stdout in char mode, and */
370: #include <fcntl.h> /* precedes every 0x0A with spurious 0x0D.*/
371: #include <io.h> /* So emitcache() issues a Win _setmode() */
372: /* call to put stdout in binary mode. */
373: #if defined(_O_BINARY) && !defined(O_BINARY) /* only have _O_BINARY */
374: #define O_BINARY _O_BINARY /* make O_BINARY available, etc... */
375: #define setmode _setmode
376: #define fileno _fileno
377: #endif
378: #if defined(_O_BINARY) || defined(O_BINARY) /* setmode() now available */
379: #define HAVE_SETMODE /* so we'll use setmode() */
380: #endif
1.2 albertel 381: #if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_DEBUG) /* MS VC++ in debug mode */
382: /* to show source file and line numbers where memory leaks occur... */
383: #define _CRTDBG_MAP_ALLOC /* ...include this debug macro */
384: #include <crtdbg.h> /* and this debug library */
385: #endif
1.1 albertel 386: #define ISWINDOWS 1
387: #else
388: #define ISWINDOWS 0
389: #endif
390:
391: /* --- check for supersampling or low-pass anti-aliasing --- */
392: #ifdef SS
393: #define ISSUPERSAMPLING 1
394: #ifndef AAALGORITHM
395: #define AAALGORITHM 1 /* default supersampling algorithm */
396: #endif
397: #ifndef AA /* anti-aliasing not explicitly set */
398: #define AA /* so define it ourselves */
399: #endif
400: #ifndef SSFONTS /* need supersampling fonts */
401: #define SSFONTS
402: #endif
403: #else
404: #define ISSUPERSAMPLING 0
405: #ifndef AAALGORITHM
1.3 albertel 406: #define AAALGORITHM 3 /*2*/ /* default lowpass algorithm */
1.1 albertel 407: #endif
408: #endif
1.3 albertel 409: #ifndef MAXFOLLOW
410: #define MAXFOLLOW 8 /* aafollowline() maxturn default */
411: #endif
1.1 albertel 412:
413: /* --- set aa (and default gif) if any anti-aliasing options specified --- */
414: #if defined(AA) || defined(GIF) || defined(PNG) \
415: || defined(CENTERWT) || defined(ADJACENTWT) || defined(CORNERWT) \
416: || defined(MINADJACENT) || defined(MAXADJACENT)
417: #if !defined(GIF) && !defined(AA) /* aa not explicitly specified */
418: #define AA /* so define it ourselves */
419: #endif
420: #if !defined(GIF) && !defined(PNG) /* neither gif nor png specified */
421: #define GIF /* so default to gif */
422: #endif
423: #endif
424: /* --- resolve output option inconsistencies --- */
425: #if defined(XBITMAP) /* xbitmap supercedes gif and png */
426: #ifdef AA
427: #undef AA
428: #endif
429: #ifdef GIF
430: #undef GIF
431: #endif
432: #ifdef PNG
433: #undef PNG
434: #endif
435: #endif
436:
437: /* --- decide whether to compile main() --- */
438: #if defined(XBITMAP) || defined(GIF) || defined(PNG)
439: #define DRIVER /* driver will be compiled */
440: /* --- check whether or not to perform http_referer check --- */
441: #ifndef REFERER /* all http_referer's allowed */
442: #define REFERER NULL
443: #endif
444: /* --- max query_string length if no http_referer supplied --- */
445: #ifndef NOREFMAXLEN
446: #define NOREFMAXLEN 9999 /* default to any length query */
447: #endif
448: #else
1.3 albertel 449: #ifndef TEXFONTS
450: #define NOTEXFONTS /* texfonts not required */
451: #endif
1.1 albertel 452: #endif
453:
454: /* --- application headers --- */
455: #if !defined(NOTEXFONTS) && !defined(TEXFONTS)
456: #define TEXFONTS /* to include texfonts.h */
457: #endif
458: #include "mimetex.h"
1.2 albertel 459: /* --- info needed when gif image returned in memory buffer --- */
460: #ifdef GIF /* compiling along with gifsave.c */
461: extern int gifSize;
462: extern int maxgifSize;
463: #else /* or just set dummy values */
464: static int gifSize=0, maxgifSize=0;
465: #endif
1.3 albertel 466: /* --- gamma correction --- */
467: #ifndef GAMMA
468: #define GAMMA 1.25 /*1.75*/ /*2.2*/
469: #endif
470: #ifndef REVERSEGAMMA
471: #define REVERSEGAMMA 0.5 /* for \reverse white-on-black */
472: #endif
473: /* --- opaque background (default to transparent) --- */
474: #ifndef OPAQUE
475: #define ISTRANSPARENT 1
476: #else
477: #define ISTRANSPARENT 0
478: #endif
479: /* --- internal buffer sizes --- */
480: #if !defined(MAXEXPRSZ)
481: #define MAXEXPRSZ (32768-1) /*max #bytes in input tex expression*/
482: #endif
483: #if !defined(MAXSUBXSZ)
484: #define MAXSUBXSZ (((MAXEXPRSZ+1)/2)-1)/*max #bytes in input subexpression*/
485: #endif
486: #if !defined(MAXTOKNSZ)
487: #define MAXTOKNSZ (((MAXSUBXSZ+1)/4)-1) /* max #bytes in input token */
488: #endif
489: #if !defined(MAXFILESZ)
490: #define MAXFILESZ (65536-1) /*max #bytes in input (output) file*/
491: #endif
492: #if !defined(MAXLINESZ)
493: #define MAXLINESZ (4096-1) /* max #chars in line from file */
494: #endif
495: #if !defined(MAXGIFSZ)
496: #define MAXGIFSZ 131072 /* max #bytes in output GIF image */
497: #endif
1.1 albertel 498:
499: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
500: adjustable default values
501: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
502: /* --- anti-aliasing parameters --- */
503: #ifndef CENTERWT
1.2 albertel 504: /*#define CENTERWT 32*/ /* anti-aliasing centerwt default */
1.1 albertel 505: /*#define CENTERWT 10*/ /* anti-aliasing centerwt default */
1.2 albertel 506: #define CENTERWT 8 /* anti-aliasing centerwt default */
1.1 albertel 507: #endif
508: #ifndef ADJACENTWT
509: /*#define ADJACENTWT 3*/ /* anti-aliasing adjacentwt default*/
1.2 albertel 510: #define ADJACENTWT 2 /* anti-aliasing adjacentwt default*/
1.1 albertel 511: #endif
512: #ifndef CORNERWT
513: #define CORNERWT 1 /* anti-aliasing cornerwt default*/
514: #endif
515: #ifndef MINADJACENT
516: #define MINADJACENT 6 /*anti-aliasing minadjacent default*/
517: #endif
518: #ifndef MAXADJACENT
519: #define MAXADJACENT 8 /*anti-aliasing maxadjacent default*/
520: #endif
521: /* --- variables for anti-aliasing parameters --- */
522: GLOBAL(int,centerwt,CENTERWT); /*lowpass matrix center pixel wt */
523: GLOBAL(int,adjacentwt,ADJACENTWT); /*lowpass matrix adjacent pixel wt*/
524: GLOBAL(int,cornerwt,CORNERWT); /*lowpass matrix corner pixel wt */
525: GLOBAL(int,minadjacent,MINADJACENT); /* darken if>=adjacent pts black*/
526: GLOBAL(int,maxadjacent,MAXADJACENT); /* darken if<=adjacent pts black */
527: GLOBAL(int,weightnum,1); /* font wt, */
528: GLOBAL(int,maxaaparams,4); /* #entries in table */
1.3 albertel 529: /* --- anti-aliasing parameter values by font weight --- */
1.1 albertel 530: #define aaparameters struct aaparameters_struct /* typedef */
531: aaparameters
532: { int centerwt; /* lowpass matrix center pixel wt*/
533: int adjacentwt; /* lowpass matrix adjacent pixel wt*/
534: int cornerwt; /* lowpass matrix corner pixel wt*/
535: int minadjacent; /* darken if >= adjacent pts black */
536: int maxadjacent; /* darken if <= adjacent pts black */
537: int fgalias,fgonly,bgalias,bgonly; } ; /* aapnm() params */
538: STATIC aaparameters aaparams[] /* set params by weight */
539: #ifdef INITVALS
540: =
541: { /* ----------------------------------------------------
542: centerwt adj corner minadj max fgalias,only,bgalias,only
543: ------------------------------------------------------- */
544: { 64, 1, 1, 6, 8, 1,0,0,0 }, /* 0 = light */
545: { CENTERWT,ADJACENTWT,CORNERWT,MINADJACENT,MAXADJACENT,1,0,0,0 },
546: { 8, 1, 1, 5, 8, 1,0,0,0 }, /* 2 = semibold */
547: { 8, 2, 1, 4, 9, 1,0,0,0 } /* 3 = bold */
548: } /* --- end-of-aaparams[] --- */
549: #endif
550: ;
1.3 albertel 551: /* --- anti-aliasing diagnostics (to help improve algorithm) --- */
552: STATIC int patternnumcount0[99], patternnumcount1[99], /*aalookup() counts*/
553: ispatternnumcount = 1; /* true to accumulate counts */
1.1 albertel 554:
555: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
556: other variables
557: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
558: /* --- black on white background (default), or white on black --- */
559: #ifdef WHITE
560: #define ISBLACKONWHITE 0 /* white on black background */
561: #else
562: #define ISBLACKONWHITE 1 /* black on white background */
563: #endif
564: /* --- colors --- */
565: #define BGRED (ISBLACKONWHITE?255:0)
566: #define BGGREEN (ISBLACKONWHITE?255:0)
567: #define BGBLUE (ISBLACKONWHITE?255:0)
568: #ifndef FGRED
569: #define FGRED (ISBLACKONWHITE?0:255)
570: #endif
571: #ifndef FGGREEN
572: #define FGGREEN (ISBLACKONWHITE?0:255)
573: #endif
574: #ifndef FGBLUE
575: #define FGBLUE (ISBLACKONWHITE?0:255)
576: #endif
1.2 albertel 577: /* --- "smash" margin (0 means no smashing) --- */
578: #ifndef SMASHMARGIN
579: #ifdef NOSMASH
580: #define SMASHMARGIN 0
1.1 albertel 581: #else
1.2 albertel 582: #define SMASHMARGIN 3
1.1 albertel 583: #endif
584: #endif
1.3 albertel 585: #ifndef SMASHCHECK
586: #define SMASHCHECK 0
587: #endif
1.1 albertel 588: /* --- textwidth --- */
589: #ifndef TEXTWIDTH
590: #define TEXTWIDTH (400)
591: #endif
592: /* --- font "combinations" --- */
1.2 albertel 593: #define CMSYEX (109) /*select CMSY10, CMEX10 or STMARY10*/
1.1 albertel 594: /* --- prefix prepended to all expressions --- */
595: #ifndef PREFIX
596: #define PREFIX "\000" /* default no prepended prefix */
597: #endif
598: /* --- skip argv[]'s preceding ARGSIGNAL when parsing command-line args --- */
599: #ifdef NOARGSIGNAL
600: #define ARGSIGNAL NULL
601: #endif
602: #ifndef ARGSIGNAL
603: #define ARGSIGNAL "++"
604: #endif
605: /* --- security and logging (inhibit message logging, etc) --- */
606: #ifndef SECURITY
607: #define SECURITY 999 /* default highest security level */
608: #endif
609: #ifndef LOGFILE
610: #define LOGFILE "mimetex.log" /* default log file */
611: #endif
612: #ifndef CACHELOG
613: #define CACHELOG "mimetex.log" /* default caching log file */
614: #endif
615: #if !defined(NODUMPENVP) && !defined(DUMPENVP)
616: #define DUMPENVP /* assume char *envp[] available */
617: #endif
618: /* --- image caching (cache images if given -DCACHEPATH=\"path\") --- */
619: #ifndef CACHEPATH
620: #define ISCACHING 0 /* no caching */
621: #define CACHEPATH "\000" /* same directory as mimetex.cgi */
622: #else
623: #define ISCACHING 1 /* caching if -DCACHEPATH="path" */
624: #endif
625: /* --- \input paths (prepend prefix if given -DPATHPREFIX=\"prefix\") --- */
626: #ifndef PATHPREFIX
627: #define PATHPREFIX "\000" /* paths relative mimetex.cgi */
628: #endif
1.2 albertel 629: /* --- time zone delta t (in hours) --- */
630: #ifndef TZDELTA
631: #define TZDELTA 0
632: #endif
1.3 albertel 633: /* --- treat +'s in query string as blanks? --- */
634: #ifdef PLUSBLANK /* + always interpreted as blank */
635: #define ISPLUSBLANK 1
636: #else
637: #ifdef PLUSNOTBLANK /* + never interpreted as blank */
638: #define ISPLUSBLANK 0
639: #else /* program tries to determine */
640: #define ISPLUSBLANK (-1)
641: #endif
642: #endif
1.1 albertel 643:
644: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
645: debugging and logging / error reporting
646: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
647: /* --- debugging and error reporting --- */
648: #ifndef MSGLEVEL
649: #define MSGLEVEL 1
650: #endif
651: #define DBGLEVEL 9 /* debugging if msglevel>=DBGLEVEL */
652: #define LOGLEVEL 3 /* logging if msglevel>=LOGLEVEL */
653: #ifndef FORMLEVEL
654: #define FORMLEVEL LOGLEVEL /*msglevel if called from html form*/
655: #endif
656: GLOBAL(int,seclevel,SECURITY); /* security level */
657: GLOBAL(int,msglevel,MSGLEVEL); /* message level for verbose/debug */
658: STATIC FILE *msgfp; /* output in command-line mode */
659: /* --- embed warnings in rendered expressions, [\xxx?] if \xxx unknown --- */
660: #ifdef WARNINGS
661: #define WARNINGLEVEL WARNINGS
662: #else
663: #ifdef NOWARNINGS
664: #define WARNINGLEVEL 0
665: #else
666: #define WARNINGLEVEL 1
667: #endif
668: #endif
669: GLOBAL(int,warninglevel,WARNINGLEVEL); /* warning level */
670:
671: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
672: control flags and values
673: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
674: GLOBAL(int,recurlevel,0); /* inc/decremented in rasterize() */
675: GLOBAL(int,scriptlevel,0); /* inc/decremented in rastlimits() */
1.2 albertel 676: GLOBAL(int,isstring,0); /*pixmap is ascii string, not raster*/
1.3 albertel 677: GLOBAL(int,isligature,0); /* true if ligature found */
678: GLOBAL(char,*subexprptr,(char *)NULL); /* ptr within expression to subexpr*/
1.2 albertel 679: /*SHARED(int,imageformat,1);*/ /* image is 1=bitmap, 2=.gf-like */
1.1 albertel 680: GLOBAL(int,isdisplaystyle,1); /* displaystyle mode (forced if 2) */
681: GLOBAL(int,ispreambledollars,0); /* displaystyle mode set by $$...$$ */
1.2 albertel 682: GLOBAL(int,fontnum,0); /* cal=1,scr=2,rm=3,it=4,bb=5,bf=6 */
1.1 albertel 683: GLOBAL(int,fontsize,NORMALSIZE); /* current size */
684: GLOBAL(int,displaysize,DISPLAYSIZE); /* use \displaystyle when fontsize>=*/
685: GLOBAL(int,shrinkfactor,3); /* shrinkfactors[fontsize] */
686: GLOBAL(double,unitlength,1.0); /* #pixels per unit (may be <1.0) */
687: /*GLOBAL(int,textwidth,TEXTWIDTH);*/ /* #pixels across line */
1.3 albertel 688: GLOBAL(int,isnocatspace,0); /* >0 to not add space in rastcat()*/
1.2 albertel 689: GLOBAL(int,smashmargin,SMASHMARGIN); /* minimum "smash" margin */
1.3 albertel 690: GLOBAL(int,mathsmashmargin,SMASHMARGIN); /* needed for \text{if $n-m$ even}*/
1.2 albertel 691: GLOBAL(int,issmashdelta,1); /* true if smashmargin is a delta */
1.3 albertel 692: GLOBAL(int,isexplicitsmash,0); /* true if \smash explicitly given */
693: GLOBAL(int,smashcheck,SMASHCHECK); /* check if terms safe to smash */
694: GLOBAL(int,isscripted,0); /* is (lefthand) term text-scripted*/
695: GLOBAL(int,isdelimscript,0); /* is \right delim text-scripted */
696: GLOBAL(int,issmashokay,0); /*is leading char okay for smashing*/
697: #define BLANKSIGNAL (-991234) /*rastsmash signal right-hand blank*/
698: GLOBAL(int,blanksignal,BLANKSIGNAL); /*rastsmash signal right-hand blank*/
699: GLOBAL(int,blanksymspace,0); /* extra (or too much) space wanted*/
700: GLOBAL(int,istransparent,ISTRANSPARENT);/* true sets background transparent*/
1.1 albertel 701: GLOBAL(int,fgred,FGRED);
702: GLOBAL(int,fggreen,FGGREEN);
703: GLOBAL(int,fgblue,FGBLUE); /* fg r,g,b */
704: GLOBAL(int,bgred,BGRED);
705: GLOBAL(int,bggreen,BGGREEN);
706: GLOBAL(int,bgblue,BGBLUE); /* bg r,g,b */
1.3 albertel 707: GLOBAL(double,gammacorrection,GAMMA); /* gamma correction */
708: GLOBAL(int,isplusblank,ISPLUSBLANK); /*interpret +'s in query as blanks?*/
1.1 albertel 709: GLOBAL(int,isblackonwhite,ISBLACKONWHITE); /*1=black on white,0=reverse*/
710: GLOBAL(char,exprprefix[256],PREFIX); /* prefix prepended to expressions */
711: GLOBAL(int,aaalgorithm,AAALGORITHM); /* for lp, 1=aalowpass, 2 =aapnm */
1.3 albertel 712: GLOBAL(int,maxfollow,MAXFOLLOW); /* aafollowline() maxturn parameter*/
1.1 albertel 713: GLOBAL(int,fgalias,1);
714: GLOBAL(int,fgonly,0);
715: GLOBAL(int,bgalias,0);
716: GLOBAL(int,bgonly,0); /* aapnm() params */
717: GLOBAL(int,issupersampling,ISSUPERSAMPLING); /*1=supersampling 0=lowpass*/
718: GLOBAL(int,isss,ISSUPERSAMPLING); /* supersampling flag for main() */
719: GLOBAL(int,*workingparam,(int *)NULL); /* working parameter */
720: GLOBAL(subraster,*workingbox,(subraster *)NULL); /*working subraster box*/
721: GLOBAL(int,isreplaceleft,0); /* true to replace leftexpression */
722: GLOBAL(subraster,*leftexpression,(subraster *)NULL); /*rasterized so far*/
723: GLOBAL(mathchardef,*leftsymdef,NULL); /* mathchardef for preceding symbol*/
1.3 albertel 724: GLOBAL(int,fraccenterline,NOVALUE); /* baseline for punct. after \frac */
725: /*GLOBAL(int,currentcharclass,NOVALUE);*/ /*primarily to check for PUNCTION*/
1.1 albertel 726: GLOBAL(int,iscaching,ISCACHING); /* true if caching images */
727: GLOBAL(char,cachepath[256],CACHEPATH); /* relative path to cached files */
1.4 ! riegler 728: GLOBAL(int,isemitcontenttype,1); /* true to emit mime content-type */
! 729: int iscachecontenttype = 0; /* true to cache mime content-type */
! 730: char contenttype[2048] = "\000"; /* content-type:, etc buffer */
1.1 albertel 731: GLOBAL(char,pathprefix[256],PATHPREFIX); /*prefix for \input,\counter paths*/
732: /*GLOBAL(int,iswindows,ISWINDOWS);*/ /* true if compiled for ms windows */
733:
734: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
735: miscellaneous macros
736: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
737: #define max2(x,y) ((x)>(y)? (x):(y)) /* larger of 2 arguments */
738: #define min2(x,y) ((x)<(y)? (x):(y)) /* smaller of 2 arguments */
739: #define max3(x,y,z) max2(max2(x,y),(z)) /* largest of 3 arguments */
740: #define min3(x,y,z) min2(min2(x,y),(z)) /* smallest of 3 arguments */
741: #define absval(x) ((x)>=0?(x):(-(x))) /* absolute value */
742: #define iround(x) ((int)((x)>=0?(x)+0.5:(x)-0.5)) /* round double to int */
743: #define dmod(x,y) ((x)-((y)*((double)((int)((x)/(y)))))) /*x%y for doubles*/
744: #define compress(s,c) if((s)!=NULL) /* remove embedded c's from s */ \
745: { char *p; while((p=strchr((s),(c)))!=NULL) strcpy(p,p+1); } else
746: #define slower(s) if ((s)!=NULL) /* lowercase all chars in s */ \
747: { char *p=(s); while(*p!='\000'){*p=tolower(*p); p++;} } else
1.3 albertel 748: /*subraster *subrastcpy();*/ /* need global module declaration */
749: /*#define spnosmash(sp) if (sp->type==CHARASTER) sp=subrastcpy(sp); \*/
750: /* sp->type=blanksignal*/
1.1 albertel 751:
752: /* ---
753: * PART2
754: * ------ */
755: #if !defined(PARTS) || defined(PART2)
756: /* ==========================================================================
757: * Function: new_raster ( width, height, pixsz )
758: * Purpose: Allocation and constructor for raster.
759: * mallocs and initializes memory for width*height pixels,
760: * and returns raster struct ptr to caller.
761: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
762: * Arguments: width (I) int containing width, in bits,
763: * of raster pixmap to be allocated
764: * height (I) int containing height, in bits/scans,
765: * of raster pixmap to be allocated
766: * pixsz (I) int containing #bits per pixel, 1 or 8
767: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
768: * Returns: ( raster * ) ptr to allocated and initialized
769: * raster struct, or NULL for any error.
770: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
771: * Notes:
772: * ======================================================================= */
773: /* --- entry point --- */
774: raster *new_raster ( int width, int height, int pixsz )
775: {
776: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
777: Allocations and Declarations
778: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
779: raster *rp = (raster *)NULL; /* raster ptr returned to caller */
780: pixbyte *pixmap = NULL; /* raster pixel map to be malloced */
781: int nbytes = pixsz*bitmapsz(width,height); /* #bytes needed for pixmap */
782: int filler = (isstring?' ':0); /* pixmap filler */
783: int delete_raster(); /* in case pixmap malloc() fails */
784: int npadding = (0&&issupersampling?8+256:0); /* padding bytes */
785: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
786: allocate and initialize raster struct and embedded bitmap
787: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
788: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=9999 )
789: { fprintf(msgfp,"new_raster(%d,%d,%d)> entry point\n",
790: width,height,pixsz); fflush(msgfp); }
791: /* --- allocate and initialize raster struct --- */
792: rp = (raster *)malloc(sizeof(raster)); /* malloc raster struct */
793: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=9999 )
794: { fprintf(msgfp,"new_raster> rp=malloc(%d) returned (%s)\n",
795: sizeof(raster),(rp==NULL?"null ptr":"success")); fflush(msgfp); }
796: if ( rp == (raster *)NULL ) /* malloc failed */
797: goto end_of_job; /* return error to caller */
798: rp->width = width; /* store width in raster struct */
799: rp->height = height; /* and store height */
1.2 albertel 800: rp->format = 1; /* initialize as bitmap format */
1.1 albertel 801: rp->pixsz = pixsz; /* store #bits per pixel */
802: rp->pixmap = (pixbyte *)NULL; /* init bitmap as null ptr */
803: /* --- allocate and initialize bitmap array --- */
804: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=9999 )
805: { fprintf(msgfp,"new_raster> calling pixmap=malloc(%d)\n",
806: nbytes); fflush(msgfp); }
807: if ( nbytes>0 && nbytes<=pixsz*maxraster ) /* fail if width*height too big*/
808: pixmap = (pixbyte *)malloc(nbytes+npadding); /*bytes for width*height bits*/
809: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=9999 )
810: { fprintf(msgfp,"new_raster> pixmap=malloc(%d) returned (%s)\n",
811: nbytes,(pixmap==NULL?"null ptr":"success")); fflush(msgfp); }
812: if ( pixmap == (pixbyte *)NULL ) /* malloc failed */
813: { delete_raster(rp); /* so free everything */
814: rp = (raster *)NULL; /* reset pointer */
815: goto end_of_job; } /* and return error to caller */
816: memset((void *)pixmap,filler,nbytes); /* init bytes to binary 0's or ' 's*/
817: *pixmap = (pixbyte)0; /* and first byte alwasy 0 */
818: rp->pixmap = pixmap; /* store ptr to malloced memory */
819: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
820: Back to caller with address of raster struct, or NULL ptr for any error.
821: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
822: end_of_job:
823: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=9999 )
824: { fprintf(msgfp,"new_raster(%d,%d,%d)> returning (%s)\n",
825: width,height,pixsz,(rp==NULL?"null ptr":"success")); fflush(msgfp); }
826: return ( rp ); /* back to caller with raster */
827: } /* --- end-of-function new_raster() --- */
828:
829:
830: /* ==========================================================================
831: * Function: new_subraster ( width, height, pixsz )
832: * Purpose: Allocate a new subraster along with
833: * an embedded raster of width x height.
834: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
835: * Arguments: width (I) int containing width of embedded raster
836: * height (I) int containing height of embedded raster
837: * pixsz (I) int containing #bits per pixel, 1 or 8
838: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
839: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to newly-allocated subraster,
840: * or NULL for any error.
841: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
842: * Notes: o if width or height <=0, embedded raster not allocated
843: * ======================================================================= */
844: /* --- entry point --- */
845: subraster *new_subraster ( int width, int height, int pixsz )
846: {
847: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
848: Allocations and Declarations
849: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
850: subraster *sp=NULL; /* subraster returned to caller */
851: raster *new_raster(), *rp=NULL; /* image raster embedded in sp */
852: int delete_subraster(); /* in case new_raster() fails */
853: int size = NORMALSIZE, /* default size */
854: baseline = height-1; /* and baseline */
855: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
856: allocate and initialize subraster struct
857: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
858: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=9999 )
859: { fprintf(msgfp,"new_subraster(%d,%d,%d)> entry point\n",
860: width,height,pixsz); fflush(msgfp); }
861: /* --- allocate subraster struct --- */
862: sp = (subraster *)malloc(sizeof(subraster)); /* malloc subraster struct */
863: if ( sp == (subraster *)NULL ) /* malloc failed */
864: goto end_of_job; /* return error to caller */
865: /* --- initialize subraster struct --- */
866: sp->type = NOVALUE; /* character or image raster */
867: sp->symdef = (mathchardef *)NULL; /* mathchardef identifying image */
868: sp->baseline = baseline; /*0 if image is entirely descending*/
869: sp->size = size; /* font size 0-4 */
870: sp->toprow = sp->leftcol = (-1); /* upper-left corner of subraster */
871: sp->image = (raster *)NULL; /*ptr to bitmap image of subraster*/
872: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
873: allocate raster and embed it in subraster, and return to caller
874: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
875: /* --- allocate raster struct if desired --- */
876: if ( width>0 && height>0 && pixsz>0 ) /* caller wants raster */
877: { if ( (rp=new_raster(width,height,pixsz)) /* allocate embedded raster */
878: != NULL ) /* if allocate succeeded */
879: sp->image = rp; /* embed raster in subraster */
880: else /* or if allocate failed */
881: { delete_subraster(sp); /* free non-unneeded subraster */
882: sp = NULL; } } /* signal error */
883: /* --- back to caller with new subraster or NULL --- */
884: end_of_job:
885: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=9999 )
886: { fprintf(msgfp,"new_subraster(%d,%d,%d)> returning (%s)\n",
887: width,height,pixsz,(sp==NULL?"null ptr":"success")); fflush(msgfp); }
888: return ( sp );
889: } /* --- end-of-function new_subraster() --- */
890:
891:
892: /* ==========================================================================
893: * Function: new_chardef ( )
894: * Purpose: Allocates and initializes a chardef struct,
895: * but _not_ the embedded raster struct.
896: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
897: * Arguments: none
898: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
899: * Returns: ( chardef * ) ptr to allocated and initialized
900: * chardef struct, or NULL for any error.
901: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
902: * Notes:
903: * ======================================================================= */
904: /* --- entry point --- */
905: chardef *new_chardef ( )
906: {
907: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
908: Allocations and Declarations
909: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
910: chardef *cp = (chardef *)NULL; /* chardef ptr returned to caller */
911: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
912: allocate and initialize chardef struct
913: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
914: cp = (chardef *)malloc(sizeof(chardef)); /* malloc chardef struct */
915: if ( cp == (chardef *)NULL ) /* malloc failed */
916: goto end_of_job; /* return error to caller */
917: cp->charnum = cp->location = 0; /* init character description */
918: cp->toprow = cp->topleftcol = 0; /* init upper-left corner */
919: cp->botrow = cp->botleftcol = 0; /* init lower-left corner */
920: cp->image.width = cp->image.height = 0; /* init raster dimensions */
1.2 albertel 921: cp->image.format = 0; /* init raster format */
1.1 albertel 922: cp->image.pixsz = 0; /* and #bits per pixel */
923: cp->image.pixmap = NULL; /* init raster pixmap as null */
924: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
925: Back to caller with address of chardef struct, or NULL ptr for any error.
926: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
927: end_of_job:
928: return ( cp );
929: } /* --- end-of-function new_chardef() --- */
930:
931:
932: /* ==========================================================================
933: * Function: delete_raster ( rp )
934: * Purpose: Destructor for raster.
935: * Frees memory for raster bitmap and struct.
936: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
937: * Arguments: rp (I) ptr to raster struct to be deleted.
938: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
939: * Returns: ( int ) 1 if completed successfully,
940: * or 0 otherwise (for any error).
941: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
942: * Notes:
943: * ======================================================================= */
944: /* --- entry point --- */
945: int delete_raster ( raster *rp )
946: {
947: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
948: free raster bitmap and struct
949: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
950: if ( rp != (raster *)NULL ) /* can't free null ptr */
951: {
952: if ( rp->pixmap != (pixbyte *)NULL ) /* can't free null ptr */
953: free((void *)rp->pixmap); /* free pixmap within raster */
954: free((void *)rp); /* lastly, free raster struct */
955: } /* --- end-of-if(rp!=NULL) --- */
956: return ( 1 ); /* back to caller, 1=okay 0=failed */
957: } /* --- end-of-function delete_raster() --- */
958:
959:
960: /* ==========================================================================
961: * Function: delete_subraster ( sp )
962: * Purpose: Deallocates a subraster (and embedded raster)
963: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
964: * Arguments: sp (I) ptr to subraster struct to be deleted.
965: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
966: * Returns: ( int ) 1 if completed successfully,
967: * or 0 otherwise (for any error).
968: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
969: * Notes:
970: * ======================================================================= */
971: /* --- entry point --- */
972: int delete_subraster ( subraster *sp )
973: {
974: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
975: free subraster struct
976: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
977: int delete_raster(); /* to delete embedded raster */
978: if ( sp != (subraster *)NULL ) /* can't free null ptr */
979: {
980: if ( sp->type != CHARASTER ) /* not static character data */
981: if ( sp->image != NULL ) /*raster allocated within subraster*/
982: delete_raster(sp->image); /* so free embedded raster */
983: free((void *)sp); /* and free subraster struct itself*/
984: } /* --- end-of-if(sp!=NULL) --- */
985: return ( 1 ); /* back to caller, 1=okay 0=failed */
986: } /* --- end-of-function delete_subraster() --- */
987:
988:
989: /* ==========================================================================
990: * Function: delete_chardef ( cp )
991: * Purpose: Deallocates a chardef (and bitmap of embedded raster)
992: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
993: * Arguments: cp (I) ptr to chardef struct to be deleted.
994: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
995: * Returns: ( int ) 1 if completed successfully,
996: * or 0 otherwise (for any error).
997: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
998: * Notes:
999: * ======================================================================= */
1000: /* --- entry point --- */
1001: int delete_chardef ( chardef *cp )
1002: {
1003: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1004: free chardef struct
1005: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1006: if ( cp != (chardef *)NULL ) /* can't free null ptr */
1007: {
1008: if ( cp->image.pixmap != NULL ) /* pixmap allocated within raster */
1009: free((void *)cp->image.pixmap); /* so free embedded pixmap */
1010: free((void *)cp); /* and free chardef struct itself */
1011: } /* --- end-of-if(cp!=NULL) --- */
1012: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1013: Back to caller with 1=okay, 0=failed.
1014: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1015: return ( 1 );
1016: } /* --- end-of-function delete_chardef() --- */
1017:
1018:
1019: /* ==========================================================================
1020: * Function: rastcpy ( rp )
1021: * Purpose: makes duplicate copy of rp
1022: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1023: * Arguments: rp (I) ptr to raster struct to be copied
1024: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1025: * Returns: ( raster * ) ptr to new copy rp,
1026: * or NULL for any error.
1027: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1028: * Notes: o
1029: * ======================================================================= */
1030: /* --- entry point --- */
1031: raster *rastcpy ( raster *rp )
1032: {
1033: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1034: Allocations and Declarations
1035: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1036: raster *new_raster(), *newrp=NULL; /*copied raster returned to caller*/
1037: int height= (rp==NULL?0:rp->height), /* original and copied height */
1038: width = (rp==NULL?0:rp->width), /* original and copied width */
1039: pixsz = (rp==NULL?0:rp->pixsz), /* #bits per pixel */
1040: nbytes= (rp==NULL?0:(pixmapsz(rp))); /* #bytes in rp's pixmap */
1041: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1042: allocate rotated raster and fill it
1043: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1044: /* --- allocate copied raster with same width,height, and copy bitmap --- */
1045: if ( rp != NULL ) /* nothing to copy if ptr null */
1046: if ( (newrp = new_raster(width,height,pixsz)) /*same width,height in copy*/
1047: != NULL ) /* check that allocate succeeded */
1048: memcpy(newrp->pixmap,rp->pixmap,nbytes); /* fill copied raster pixmap */
1049: return ( newrp ); /* return copied raster to caller */
1050: } /* --- end-of-function rastcpy() --- */
1051:
1052:
1053: /* ==========================================================================
1054: * Function: subrastcpy ( sp )
1055: * Purpose: makes duplicate copy of sp
1056: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1057: * Arguments: sp (I) ptr to subraster struct to be copied
1058: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1059: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to new copy sp,
1060: * or NULL for any error.
1061: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1062: * Notes: o
1063: * ======================================================================= */
1064: /* --- entry point --- */
1065: subraster *subrastcpy ( subraster *sp )
1066: {
1067: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1068: Allocations and Declarations
1069: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1070: subraster *new_subraster(), *newsp=NULL; /* allocate new subraster */
1071: raster *rastcpy(), *newrp=NULL; /* and new raster image within it */
1072: int delete_subraster(); /* dealloc newsp if rastcpy() fails*/
1073: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1074: make copy, and return it to caller
1075: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1076: if ( sp == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* nothing to copy */
1077: /* --- allocate new subraster "envelope" for copy --- */
1078: if ( (newsp=new_subraster(0,0,0)) /* allocate subraster "envelope" */
1079: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* and quit if we fail to allocate */
1080: /* --- transparently copy original envelope to new one --- */
1081: memcpy((void *)newsp,(void *)sp,sizeof(subraster)); /* copy envelope */
1082: /* --- make a copy of the rasterized image itself, if there is one --- */
1083: if ( sp->image != NULL ) /* there's an image embedded in sp */
1084: if ( (newrp = rastcpy(sp->image)) /* so copy rasterized image in sp */
1085: == NULL ) /* failed to copy successfully */
1086: { delete_subraster(newsp); /* won't need newsp any more */
1087: newsp = NULL; /* because we're returning error */
1088: goto end_of_job; } /* back to caller with error signal*/
1089: /* --- set new params in new envelope --- */
1090: newsp->image = newrp; /* new raster image we just copied */
1091: switch ( sp->type ) /* set new raster image type */
1092: { case STRINGRASTER: case CHARASTER: newsp->type = STRINGRASTER; break;
1093: case ASCIISTRING: newsp->type = ASCIISTRING; break;
1.3 albertel 1094: case FRACRASTER: newsp->type = FRACRASTER; break;
1095: case BLANKSIGNAL: newsp->type = blanksignal; break;
1.1 albertel 1096: case IMAGERASTER: default: newsp->type = IMAGERASTER; break; }
1097: /* --- return copy of sp to caller --- */
1098: end_of_job:
1099: return ( newsp ); /* copy back to caller */
1100: } /* --- end-of-function subrastcpy() --- */
1101:
1102:
1103: /* ==========================================================================
1104: * Function: rastrot ( rp )
1105: * Purpose: rotates rp image 90 degrees right/clockwise
1106: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1107: * Arguments: rp (I) ptr to raster struct to be rotated
1108: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.3 albertel 1109: * Returns: ( raster * ) ptr to new raster rotated relative to rp,
1.1 albertel 1110: * or NULL for any error.
1111: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1112: * Notes: o An underbrace is } rotated 90 degrees clockwise,
1113: * a hat is <, etc.
1114: * ======================================================================= */
1115: /* --- entry point --- */
1116: raster *rastrot ( raster *rp )
1117: {
1118: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1119: Allocations and Declarations
1120: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1121: raster *new_raster(), *rotated=NULL; /*rotated raster returned to caller*/
1122: int height = rp->height, irow, /* original height, row index */
1123: width = rp->width, icol, /* original width, column index */
1124: pixsz = rp->pixsz; /* #bits per pixel */
1125: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1126: allocate rotated raster and fill it
1127: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1128: /* --- allocate rotated raster with flipped width<-->height --- */
1129: if ( (rotated = new_raster(height,width,pixsz)) /* flip width,height */
1130: != NULL ) /* check that allocation succeeded */
1131: /* --- fill rotated raster --- */
1132: for ( irow=0; irow<height; irow++ ) /* for each row of rp */
1133: for ( icol=0; icol<width; icol++ ) /* and each column of rp */
1134: { int value = getpixel(rp,irow,icol);
1135: /* setpixel(rotated,icol,irow,value); } */
1136: setpixel(rotated,icol,(height-1-irow),value); }
1137: return ( rotated ); /* return rotated raster to caller */
1138: } /* --- end-of-function rastrot() --- */
1139:
1140:
1141: /* ==========================================================================
1.3 albertel 1142: * Function: rastref ( rp, axis )
1143: * Purpose: reflects rp, horizontally about y-axis |_ becomes _| if axis=1
1144: * or vertically about x-axis M becomes W if axis=2.
1145: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1146: * Arguments: rp (I) ptr to raster struct to be reflected
1147: * axis (I) int containing 1 for horizontal reflection,
1148: * or 2 for vertical
1149: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1150: * Returns: ( raster * ) ptr to new raster reflected relative to rp,
1151: * or NULL for any error.
1152: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1153: * Notes: o
1154: * ======================================================================= */
1155: /* --- entry point --- */
1156: raster *rastref ( raster *rp, int axis )
1157: {
1158: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1159: Allocations and Declarations
1160: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1161: raster *new_raster(), *reflected=NULL; /* reflected raster back to caller */
1162: int height = rp->height, irow, /* height, row index */
1163: width = rp->width, icol, /* width, column index */
1164: pixsz = rp->pixsz; /* #bits per pixel */
1165: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1166: allocate reflected raster and fill it
1167: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1168: /* --- allocate reflected raster with same width, height --- */
1169: if ( axis==1 || axis==2 ) /* first validate axis arg */
1170: if ( (reflected = new_raster(width,height,pixsz)) /* same width, height */
1171: != NULL ) /* check that allocation succeeded */
1172: /* --- fill reflected raster --- */
1173: for ( irow=0; irow<height; irow++ ) /* for each row of rp */
1174: for ( icol=0; icol<width; icol++ ) { /* and each column of rp */
1175: int value = getpixel(rp,irow,icol);
1176: if ( axis == 1 ) { setpixel(reflected,irow,width-1-icol,value); }
1177: if ( axis == 2 ) { setpixel(reflected,height-1-irow,icol,value); } }
1178: return ( reflected ); /*return reflected raster to caller*/
1179: } /* --- end-of-function rastref() --- */
1180:
1181:
1182: /* ==========================================================================
1.1 albertel 1183: * Function: rastput ( target, source, top, left, isopaque )
1184: * Purpose: Overlays source onto target,
1185: * with the 0,0-bit of source onto the top,left-bit of target.
1186: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1187: * Arguments: target (I) ptr to target raster struct
1188: * source (I) ptr to source raster struct
1189: * top (I) int containing 0 ... target->height - 1
1190: * left (I) int containing 0 ... target->width - 1
1191: * isopaque (I) int containing false (zero) to allow
1192: * original 1-bits of target to "show through"
1193: * 0-bits of source.
1194: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1195: * Returns: ( int ) 1 if completed successfully,
1196: * or 0 otherwise (for any error).
1197: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1198: * Notes:
1199: * ======================================================================= */
1200: /* --- entry point --- */
1201: int rastput ( raster *target, raster *source,
1202: int top, int left, int isopaque )
1203: {
1204: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1205: Allocations and Declarations
1206: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1207: int irow, icol, /* indexes over source raster */
1208: twidth=target->width, theight=target->height, /*target width,height*/
1209: tpix, ntpix = twidth*theight; /* #pixels in target */
1210: int isfatal = 0, /* true to abend on out-of-bounds error */
1211: isstrict = 0/*1*/, /* true for strict bounds check - no "wrap"*/
1212: isokay = 1; /* true if no pixels out-of-bounds */
1213: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1214: superimpose source onto target, one bit at a time
1215: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1216: if ( isstrict && (top<0 || left<0) ) /* args fail strict test */
1217: isokay = 0; /* so just return error */
1218: else
1219: for ( irow=0; irow<source->height; irow++ ) /* for each scan line */
1220: {
1221: tpix = (top+irow)*target->width + left - 1; /*first target pixel (-1)*/
1222: for ( icol=0; icol<source->width; icol++ ) /* each pixel in scan line */
1223: {
1224: int svalue = getpixel(source,irow,icol); /* source pixel value */
1225: ++tpix; /* bump target pixel */
1226: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=9999 ) /* debugging output */
1227: { fprintf(msgfp,"rastput> tpix,ntpix=%d,%d top,irow,theight=%d,%d,%d "
1228: "left,icol,twidth=%d,%d,%d\n", tpix,ntpix, top,irow,theight,
1229: left,icol,twidth); fflush(msgfp); }
1230: if ( tpix >= ntpix /* bounds check failed */
1231: || (isstrict && (irow+top>=theight || icol+left>=twidth)) )
1232: { isokay = 0; /* reset okay flag */
1233: if ( isfatal ) goto end_of_job; /* abort if error is fatal */
1234: else break; } /*or just go on to next row*/
1235: if ( tpix >= 0 ) /* bounds check okay */
1.3 albertel 1236: if ( svalue!=0 || isopaque ) { /*got dark or opaque source*/
1237: setpixel(target,irow+top,icol+left,svalue); }/*overlay source on targ*/
1.1 albertel 1238: } /* --- end-of-for(icol) --- */
1239: } /* --- end-of-for(irow) --- */
1240: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1241: Back to caller with 1=okay, 0=failed.
1242: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1243: end_of_job:
1244: return ( isokay /*isfatal? (tpix<ntpix? 1:0) : 1*/ );
1245: } /* --- end-of-function rastput() --- */
1246:
1247:
1248: /* ==========================================================================
1249: * Function: rastcompose ( sp1, sp2, offset2, isalign, isfree )
1250: * Purpose: Overlays sp2 on top of sp1, leaving both unchanged
1251: * and returning a newly-allocated composite subraster.
1252: * Frees/deletes input sp1 and/or sp2 depending on value
1253: * of isfree (0=none, 1=sp1, 2=sp2, 3=both).
1254: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1255: * Arguments: sp1 (I) subraster * to "underneath" subraster,
1256: * whose baseline is preserved
1257: * sp2 (I) subraster * to "overlaid" subraster
1258: * offset2 (I) int containing 0 or number of pixels
1259: * to horizontally shift sp2 relative to sp1,
1260: * either positive (right) or negative
1261: * isalign (I) int containing 1 to align baselines,
1262: * or 0 to vertically center sp2 over sp1
1263: * isfree (I) int containing 1=free sp1 before return,
1264: * 2=free sp2, 3=free both, 0=free none.
1265: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1266: * Returns: ( subraster * ) pointer to constructed subraster
1267: * or NULL for any error
1268: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1269: * Notes:
1270: * ======================================================================= */
1271: /* --- entry point --- */
1272: subraster *rastcompose ( subraster *sp1, subraster *sp2, int offset2,
1273: int isalign, int isfree )
1274: {
1275: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1276: Allocations and Declarations
1277: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1278: subraster *new_subraster(), *sp=(subraster *)NULL; /* returned subraster */
1279: raster *rp=(raster *)NULL; /* new composite raster in sp */
1280: int delete_subraster(); /* in case isfree non-zero */
1281: int rastput(); /*place sp1,sp2 in composite raster*/
1282: int base1 = sp1->baseline, /*baseline for underlying subraster*/
1283: height1 = (sp1->image)->height, /* height for underlying subraster */
1284: width1 = (sp1->image)->width, /* width for underlying subraster */
1285: pixsz1 = (sp1->image)->pixsz, /* pixsz for underlying subraster */
1286: base2 = sp2->baseline, /*baseline for overlaid subraster */
1287: height2 = (sp2->image)->height, /* height for overlaid subraster */
1288: width2 = (sp2->image)->width, /* width for overlaid subraster */
1289: pixsz2 = (sp2->image)->pixsz; /* pixsz for overlaid subraster */
1290: int height=0, width=0, pixsz=0, base=0; /* overlaid composite */
1291: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1292: Initialization
1293: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1294: /* --- determine height, width and baseline of composite raster --- */
1295: if ( isalign ) /* baselines of sp1,sp2 aligned */
1296: { height = max2(base1+1,base2+1) /* max height above baseline */
1297: + max2(height1-base1-1,height2-base2-1); /*+ max descending below*/
1298: base = max2(base1,base2); } /* max space above baseline */
1299: else /* baselines not aligned */
1300: { height = max2(height1,height2); /* max height */
1301: base = base1 + (height-height1)/2; } /* baseline for sp1 */
1302: width = max2(width1,width2+abs(offset2)); /* max width */
1303: pixsz = max2(pixsz1,pixsz2); /* bitmap,bytemap becomes bytemap */
1304: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1305: allocate concatted composite subraster
1306: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1307: /* --- allocate returned subraster (and then initialize it) --- */
1308: if ( (sp=new_subraster(width,height,pixsz)) /* allocate new subraster */
1309: == (subraster *)NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* failed, so quit */
1310: /* --- initialize subraster parameters --- */
1311: sp->type = IMAGERASTER; /* image */
1312: sp->baseline = base; /* composite baseline */
1313: sp->size = sp1->size; /* underlying char is sp1 */
1314: /* --- extract raster from subraster --- */
1315: rp = sp->image; /* raster allocated in subraster */
1316: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1317: overlay sp1 and sp2 in new composite raster
1318: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1319: if ( isalign )
1320: { rastput (rp, sp1->image, base-base1, (width-width1)/2, 1); /*underlying*/
1321: rastput (rp, sp2->image, base-base2, /*overlaid*/
1322: (width-width2)/2+offset2, 0); }
1323: else
1324: { rastput (rp, sp1->image, base-base1, (width-width1)/2, 1); /*underlying*/
1325: rastput (rp, sp2->image, (height-height2)/2, /*overlaid*/
1326: (width-width2)/2+offset2, 0); }
1327: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1328: free input if requested
1329: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1330: if ( isfree > 0 ) /* caller wants input freed */
1331: { if ( isfree==1 || isfree>2 ) delete_subraster(sp1); /* free sp1 */
1332: if ( isfree >= 2 ) delete_subraster(sp2); } /* and/or sp2 */
1333: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1334: Back to caller with pointer to concatted subraster or with null for error
1335: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1336: end_of_job:
1337: return ( sp ); /* back with subraster or null ptr */
1338: } /* --- end-of-function rastcompose() --- */
1339:
1340:
1341: /* ==========================================================================
1342: * Function: rastcat ( sp1, sp2, isfree )
1343: * Purpose: "Concatanates" subrasters sp1||sp2, leaving both unchanged
1344: * and returning a newly-allocated subraster.
1345: * Frees/deletes input sp1 and/or sp2 depending on value
1346: * of isfree (0=none, 1=sp1, 2=sp2, 3=both).
1347: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1348: * Arguments: sp1 (I) subraster * to left-hand subraster
1349: * sp2 (I) subraster * to right-hand subraster
1350: * isfree (I) int containing 1=free sp1 before return,
1351: * 2=free sp2, 3=free both, 0=free none.
1352: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1353: * Returns: ( subraster * ) pointer to constructed subraster sp1||sp2
1354: * or NULL for any error
1355: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1356: * Notes:
1357: * ======================================================================= */
1358: /* --- entry point --- */
1359: subraster *rastcat ( subraster *sp1, subraster *sp2, int isfree )
1360: {
1361: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1362: Allocations and Declarations
1363: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1364: subraster *new_subraster(), *sp=(subraster *)NULL; /* returned subraster */
1365: raster *rp=(raster *)NULL; /* new concatted raster */
1366: int delete_subraster(); /* in case isfree non-zero */
1367: int rastput(); /*place sp1,sp2 in concatted raster*/
1368: int type_raster(); /* debugging display */
1369: int base1 = sp1->baseline, /*baseline for left-hand subraster*/
1370: height1 = (sp1->image)->height, /* height for left-hand subraster */
1371: width1 = (sp1->image)->width, /* width for left-hand subraster */
1372: pixsz1 = (sp1->image)->pixsz, /* pixsz for left-hand subraster */
1373: type1 = sp1->type, /* image type for left-hand */
1374: base2 = sp2->baseline, /*baseline for right-hand subraster*/
1375: height2 = (sp2->image)->height, /* height for right-hand subraster */
1376: width2 = (sp2->image)->width, /* width for right-hand subraster */
1377: pixsz2 = (sp2->image)->pixsz, /* pixsz for right-hand subraster */
1378: type2 = sp2->type; /* image type for right-hand */
1379: int height=0, width=0, pixsz=0, base=0; /*concatted sp1||sp2 composite*/
1.2 albertel 1380: int issmash = (smashmargin!=0?1:0), /* true to "squash" sp1||sp2 */
1381: isopaque = (issmash?0:1), /* not oppaque if smashing */
1382: rastsmash(), isblank=0, nsmash=0, /* #cols to smash */
1.3 albertel 1383: oldsmashmargin = smashmargin, /* save original smashmargin */
1384: oldblanksymspace = blanksymspace, /* save original blanksymspace */
1385: oldnocatspace = isnocatspace; /* save original isnocatspace */
1.1 albertel 1386: mathchardef *symdef1 = sp1->symdef, /*mathchardef of last left-hand char*/
1387: *symdef2 = sp2->symdef; /* mathchardef of right-hand char */
1388: int class1 = (symdef1==NULL?ORDINARY:symdef1->class), /* symdef->class */
1389: class2 = (symdef2==NULL?ORDINARY:symdef2->class), /* or default */
1390: smash1 = (symdef1!=NULL)&&(class1==ORDINARY||class1==VARIABLE||
1391: class1==OPENING||class1==CLOSING||class1==PUNCTION),
1392: smash2 = (symdef2!=NULL)&&(class2==ORDINARY||class2==VARIABLE||
1393: class2==OPENING||class2==CLOSING||class2==PUNCTION),
1394: space = fontsize/2+1; /* #cols between sp1 and sp2 */
1.3 albertel 1395: int isfrac = (type1 == FRACRASTER /* sp1 is a \frac */
1396: && class2 == PUNCTION); /* and sp2 is punctuation */
1.1 albertel 1397: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1398: Initialization
1399: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1400: /* --- determine inter-character space from character class --- */
1401: if ( !isstring )
1402: space = max2(2,(symspace[class1][class2] + fontsize-3)); /* space */
1403: else space = 1; /* space for ascii string */
1.3 albertel 1404: if ( isnocatspace > 0 ) { /* spacing explicitly turned off */
1405: space = 0; /* reset space */
1406: isnocatspace--; } /* and decrement isnocatspace flag */
1407: if ( 0 && sp1->type == BLANKSIGNAL ) space=0; /*implicitly turn off spacing*/
1408: if ( sp1->type==BLANKSIGNAL && sp2->type==BLANKSIGNAL ) /* both blank */
1409: space = 0; /* no extra space between spaces */
1410: if ( sp2->type != BLANKSIGNAL ) /* not a blank space signal */
1411: if ( blanksymspace != 0 ) { /* and we have a space adjustment */
1412: space = max2(0,space+blanksymspace); /* adjust as much as possible */
1413: blanksymspace = 0; } /* and reset adjustment */
1414: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=999 ) /* display space results */
1415: { fprintf(msgfp,"rastcat> space=%d, blanksymspace=%d, isnocatspace=%d\n",
1416: space,oldblanksymspace,oldnocatspace); fflush(msgfp); }
1.2 albertel 1417: /* --- determine smash --- */
1.3 albertel 1418: if ( !isstring && !isfrac ) /* don't smash strings or \frac's */
1.2 albertel 1419: if ( issmash ) { /* raster smash wanted */
1420: int maxsmash = rastsmash(sp1,sp2), /* calculate max smash space */
1421: margin = smashmargin; /* init margin without delta */
1.1 albertel 1422: if ( (1 && smash1 && smash2) /* concatanating two chars */
1.3 albertel 1423: || (1 && type1!=IMAGERASTER && type2!=IMAGERASTER
1424: && type1!=FRACRASTER && type2!=FRACRASTER ) )
1.2 albertel 1425: /*maxsmash = 0;*/ /* turn off smash */
1426: margin = max2(space-1,0); /* force small smashmargin */
1.1 albertel 1427: else /* adjust for delta if images */
1.2 albertel 1428: if ( issmashdelta ) /* smashmargin is a delta value */
1.1 albertel 1429: margin += fontsize; /* add displaystyle base to margin */
1.2 albertel 1430: if ( maxsmash == blanksignal ) /* sp2 is intentional blank */
1.1 albertel 1431: isblank = 1; /* set blank flag signal */
1432: else /* see how much extra space we have*/
1.2 albertel 1433: if ( maxsmash > margin ) /* enough space for adjustment */
1434: nsmash = maxsmash-margin; /* make adjustment */
1435: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=99 ) /* display smash results */
1436: { fprintf(msgfp,"rastcat> maxsmash=%d, margin=%d, nsmash=%d\n",
1437: maxsmash,margin,nsmash);
1.1 albertel 1438: fprintf(msgfp,"rastcat> type1=%d,2=%d, class1=%d,2=%d\n", type1,type2,
1439: (symdef1==NULL?-999:class1),(symdef2==NULL?-999:class2));
1440: fflush(msgfp); }
1.2 albertel 1441: } /* --- end-of-if(issmash) --- */
1.1 albertel 1442: /* --- determine height, width and baseline of composite raster --- */
1443: if ( !isstring )
1444: { height = max2(base1+1,base2+1) /* max height above baseline */
1445: + max2(height1-base1-1,height2-base2-1); /*+ max descending below*/
1.2 albertel 1446: width = width1+width2 + space-nsmash; /*add widths and space-smash*/
1447: width = max3(width,width1,width2); } /* don't "over-smash" composite */
1.1 albertel 1448: else /* ascii string */
1449: { height = 1; /* default */
1450: width = width1 + width2 + space - 1; } /* no need for two nulls */
1451: pixsz = max2(pixsz1,pixsz2); /* bitmap||bytemap becomes bytemap */
1452: base = max2(base1,base2); /* max space above baseline */
1453: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=9999 ) /* display components */
1454: { fprintf(msgfp,"rastcat> Left-hand ht,width,pixsz,base = %d,%d,%d,%d\n",
1455: height1,width1,pixsz1,base1);
1456: type_raster(sp1->image,msgfp); /* display left-hand raster */
1457: fprintf(msgfp,"rastcat> Right-hand ht,width,pixsz,base = %d,%d,%d,%d\n",
1458: height2,width2,pixsz2,base2);
1459: type_raster(sp2->image,msgfp); /* display right-hand raster */
1460: fprintf(msgfp,
1.2 albertel 1461: "rastcat> Composite ht,width,smash,pixsz,base = %d,%d,%d,%d,%d\n",
1462: height,width,nsmash,pixsz,base);
1.1 albertel 1463: fflush(msgfp); } /* flush msgfp buffer */
1464: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1465: allocate concatted composite subraster
1466: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1467: /* --- allocate returned subraster (and then initialize it) --- */
1468: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=9999 )
1469: { fprintf(msgfp,"rastcat> calling new_subraster(%d,%d,%d)\n",
1470: width,height,pixsz); fflush(msgfp); }
1471: if ( (sp=new_subraster(width,height,pixsz)) /* allocate new subraster */
1472: == (subraster *)NULL ) /* failed */
1473: { if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=1 ) /* report failure */
1474: { fprintf(msgfp,"rastcat> new_subraster(%d,%d,%d) failed\n",
1475: width,height,pixsz); fflush(msgfp); }
1476: goto end_of_job; } /* failed, so quit */
1477: /* --- initialize subraster parameters --- */
1478: /* sp->type = (!isstring?STRINGRASTER:ASCIISTRING); */ /*concatted string*/
1479: if ( !isstring )
1.2 albertel 1480: sp->type = /*type2;*//*(type1==type2?type2:IMAGERASTER);*/
1.3 albertel 1481: (type2!=CHARASTER? type2 :
1482: (type1!=CHARASTER&&type1!=BLANKSIGNAL
1483: &&type1!=FRACRASTER?type1:IMAGERASTER));
1.1 albertel 1484: else
1485: sp->type = ASCIISTRING; /* concatted ascii string */
1486: sp->symdef = symdef2; /* rightmost char is sp2 */
1487: sp->baseline = base; /* composite baseline */
1488: sp->size = sp2->size; /* rightmost char is sp2 */
1489: if ( isblank ) /* need to propagate blanksignal */
1490: sp->type = blanksignal; /* may not be completely safe??? */
1491: /* --- extract raster from subraster --- */
1492: rp = sp->image; /* raster allocated in subraster */
1493: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1494: overlay sp1 and sp2 in new composite raster
1495: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1496: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=9999 )
1497: { fprintf(msgfp,"rastcat> calling rastput() to concatanate left||right\n");
1498: fflush(msgfp); } /* flush msgfp buffer */
1499: if ( !isstring )
1500: rastput (rp, sp1->image, base-base1, /* overlay left-hand */
1.2 albertel 1501: max2(0,nsmash-width1), 1); /* plus any residual smash space */
1.1 albertel 1502: else
1503: memcpy(rp->pixmap,(sp1->image)->pixmap,width1-1); /*init left string*/
1504: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=9999 )
1505: { type_raster(sp->image,msgfp); /* display composite raster */
1506: fflush(msgfp); } /* flush msgfp buffer */
1507: if ( !isstring )
1.3 albertel 1508: { int fracbase = ( isfrac? /* baseline for punc after \frac */
1509: max2(fraccenterline,base2):base ); /*adjust baseline or use original*/
1510: rastput (rp, sp2->image, fracbase-base2, /* overlay right-hand */
1511: max2(0,width1+space-nsmash), isopaque); /* minus any smashed space */
1512: if ( 1 && type1 == FRACRASTER /* we're done with \frac image */
1513: && type2 != FRACRASTER ) /* unless we have \frac\frac */
1514: fraccenterline = NOVALUE; /* so reset centerline signal */
1515: if ( fraccenterline != NOVALUE ) /* sp2 is a fraction */
1516: fraccenterline += (base-base2); } /* so adjust its centerline */
1.1 albertel 1517: else
1518: { strcpy((char *)(rp->pixmap)+width1-1+space,(char *)((sp2->image)->pixmap));
1519: ((char *)(rp->pixmap))[width1+width2+space-2] = '\000'; } /*null-term*/
1520: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=9999 )
1521: { type_raster(sp->image,msgfp); /* display composite raster */
1522: fflush(msgfp); } /* flush msgfp buffer */
1523: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1524: free input if requested
1525: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1526: if ( isfree > 0 ) /* caller wants input freed */
1527: { if ( isfree==1 || isfree>2 ) delete_subraster(sp1); /* free sp1 */
1528: if ( isfree >= 2 ) delete_subraster(sp2); } /* and/or sp2 */
1529: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1530: Back to caller with pointer to concatted subraster or with null for error
1531: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1532: end_of_job:
1.2 albertel 1533: smashmargin = oldsmashmargin; /* reset original smashmargin */
1.1 albertel 1534: return ( sp ); /* back with subraster or null ptr */
1535: } /* --- end-of-function rastcat() --- */
1536:
1537:
1538: /* ==========================================================================
1539: * Function: rastack ( sp1, sp2, base, space, iscenter, isfree )
1540: * Purpose: Stack subrasters sp2 atop sp1, leaving both unchanged
1541: * and returning a newly-allocated subraster,
1542: * whose baseline is sp1's if base=1, or sp2's if base=2.
1543: * Frees/deletes input sp1 and/or sp2 depending on value
1544: * of isfree (0=none, 1=sp1, 2=sp2, 3=both).
1545: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1546: * Arguments: sp1 (I) subraster * to lower subraster
1547: * sp2 (I) subraster * to upper subraster
1548: * base (I) int containing 1 if sp1 is baseline,
1549: * or 2 if sp2 is baseline.
1550: * space (I) int containing #rows blank space inserted
1551: * between sp1's image and sp2's image.
1552: * iscenter (I) int containing 1 to center both sp1 and sp2
1553: * in stacked array, 0 to left-justify both
1554: * isfree (I) int containing 1=free sp1 before return,
1555: * 2=free sp2, 3=free both, 0=free none.
1556: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1557: * Returns: ( subraster * ) pointer to constructed subraster sp2 atop sp1
1558: * or NULL for any error
1559: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1560: * Notes:
1561: * ======================================================================= */
1562: /* --- entry point --- */
1563: subraster *rastack ( subraster *sp1, subraster *sp2,
1564: int base, int space, int iscenter, int isfree )
1565: {
1566: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1567: Allocations and Declarations
1568: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1569: subraster *new_subraster(), *sp=(subraster *)NULL; /* returned subraster */
1570: raster *rp=(raster *)NULL; /* new stacked raster in sp */
1571: int delete_subraster(); /* in case isfree non-zero */
1572: int rastput(); /* place sp1,sp2 in stacked raster */
1573: int base1 = sp1->baseline, /* baseline for lower subraster */
1574: height1 = (sp1->image)->height, /* height for lower subraster */
1575: width1 = (sp1->image)->width, /* width for lower subraster */
1576: pixsz1 = (sp1->image)->pixsz, /* pixsz for lower subraster */
1577: base2 = sp2->baseline, /* baseline for upper subraster */
1578: height2 = (sp2->image)->height, /* height for upper subraster */
1579: width2 = (sp2->image)->width, /* width for upper subraster */
1580: pixsz2 = (sp2->image)->pixsz; /* pixsz for upper subraster */
1581: int height=0, width=0, pixsz=0, baseline=0; /*for stacked sp2 atop sp1*/
1582: mathchardef *symdef1 = sp1->symdef, /* mathchardef of right lower char */
1583: *symdef2 = sp2->symdef; /* mathchardef of right upper char */
1584: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1585: Initialization
1586: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1587: /* --- determine height, width and baseline of composite raster --- */
1588: height = height1 + space + height2; /* sum of heights plus space */
1589: width = max2(width1,width2); /* max width is overall width */
1590: pixsz = max2(pixsz1,pixsz2); /* bitmap||bytemap becomes bytemap */
1591: baseline = (base==1? height2+space+base1 : (base==2? base2 : 0));
1592: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1593: allocate stacked composite subraster (with embedded raster)
1594: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1595: /* --- allocate returned subraster (and then initialize it) --- */
1596: if ( (sp=new_subraster(width,height,pixsz)) /* allocate new subraster */
1597: == (subraster *)NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* failed, so quit */
1598: /* --- initialize subraster parameters --- */
1599: sp->type = IMAGERASTER; /* stacked rasters */
1600: sp->symdef = (base==1? symdef1 : (base==2? symdef2 : NULL)); /* symdef */
1601: sp->baseline = baseline; /* composite baseline */
1602: sp->size = (base==1? sp1->size : (base==2? sp2->size : NORMALSIZE)); /*size*/
1603: /* --- extract raster from subraster --- */
1604: rp = sp->image; /* raster embedded in subraster */
1605: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1606: overlay sp1 and sp2 in new composite raster
1607: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1608: if ( iscenter == 1 ) /* center both sp1 and sp2 */
1609: { rastput (rp, sp2->image, 0, (width-width2)/2, 1); /* overlay upper */
1610: rastput (rp, sp1->image, height2+space, (width-width1)/2, 1); } /*lower*/
1611: else /* left-justify both sp1 and sp2 */
1612: { rastput (rp, sp2->image, 0, 0, 1); /* overlay upper */
1613: rastput (rp, sp1->image, height2+space, 0, 1); } /*lower*/
1614: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1615: free input if requested
1616: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1617: if ( isfree > 0 ) /* caller wants input freed */
1618: { if ( isfree==1 || isfree>2 ) delete_subraster(sp1); /* free sp1 */
1619: if ( isfree>=2 ) delete_subraster(sp2); } /* and/or sp2 */
1620: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1621: Back to caller with pointer to stacked subraster or with null for error
1622: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1623: end_of_job:
1624: return ( sp ); /* back with subraster or null ptr */
1625: } /* --- end-of-function rastack() --- */
1626:
1627:
1628: /* ==========================================================================
1629: * Function: rastile ( tiles, ntiles )
1630: * Purpose: Allocate and build up a composite raster
1631: * from the ntiles components/characters supplied in tiles.
1632: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1633: * Arguments: tiles (I) subraster * to array of subraster structs
1634: * describing the components and their locations
1635: * ntiles (I) int containing number of subrasters in tiles[]
1636: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1637: * Returns: ( raster * ) ptr to composite raster,
1638: * or NULL for any error.
1639: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1640: * Notes: o The top,left corner of a raster is row=0,col=0
1641: * with row# increasing as you move down,
1642: * and col# increasing as you move right.
1643: * Metafont numbers rows with the baseline=0,
1644: * so the top row is a positive number that
1645: * decreases as you move down.
1646: * o rastile() is no longer used.
1647: * It was used by an earlier rasterize() algorithm,
1648: * and I've left it in place should it be needed again.
1649: * But recent changes haven't been tested/exercised.
1650: * ======================================================================= */
1651: /* --- entry point --- */
1652: raster *rastile ( subraster *tiles, int ntiles )
1653: {
1654: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1655: Allocations and Declarations
1656: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1657: raster *new_raster(), *composite=(raster *)NULL; /*raster back to caller*/
1658: int width=0, height=0, pixsz=0, /*width,height,pixsz of composite raster*/
1659: toprow=9999, rightcol=-999, /* extreme upper-right corner of tiles */
1660: botrow=-999, leftcol=9999; /* extreme lower-left corner of tiles */
1661: int itile; /* tiles[] index */
1662: int rastput(); /* overlay each tile in composite raster */
1663: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1664: run through tiles[] to determine dimensions for composite raster
1665: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1666: /* --- determine row and column bounds of composite raster --- */
1667: for ( itile=0; itile<ntiles; itile++ )
1668: {
1669: subraster *tile = &(tiles[itile]); /* ptr to current tile */
1670: /* --- upper-left corner of composite --- */
1671: toprow = min2(toprow, tile->toprow);
1672: leftcol = min2(leftcol, tile->leftcol);
1673: /* --- lower-right corner of composite --- */
1674: botrow = max2(botrow, tile->toprow + (tile->image)->height - 1);
1675: rightcol = max2(rightcol, tile->leftcol + (tile->image)->width - 1);
1676: /* --- pixsz of composite --- */
1677: pixsz = max2(pixsz,(tile->image)->pixsz);
1678: } /* --- end-of-for(itile) --- */
1679: /* --- calculate width and height from bounds --- */
1680: width = rightcol - leftcol + 1;
1681: height = botrow - toprow + 1;
1682: /* --- sanity check (quit if bad dimensions) --- */
1683: if ( width<1 || height<1 ) goto end_of_job;
1684: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1685: allocate composite raster, and embed tiles[] within it
1686: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1687: /* --- allocate composite raster --- */
1688: if ( (composite=new_raster(width,height,pixsz)) /*allocate composite raster*/
1689: == (raster *)NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* and quit if failed */
1690: /* --- embed tiles[] in composite --- */
1691: for ( itile=0; itile<ntiles; itile++ )
1692: { subraster *tile = &(tiles[itile]); /* ptr to current tile */
1693: rastput (composite, tile->image, /* overlay tile image at...*/
1694: tile->toprow-toprow, tile->leftcol-leftcol, 1); } /*upper-left corner*/
1695: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1696: Back to caller with composite raster (or null for any error)
1697: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1698: end_of_job:
1699: return ( composite ); /* back with composite or null ptr */
1700: } /* --- end-of-function rastile() --- */
1701:
1702:
1703: /* ==========================================================================
1.2 albertel 1704: * Function: rastsmash ( sp1, sp2 )
1.1 albertel 1705: * Purpose: When concatanating sp1||sp2, calculate #pixels
1.2 albertel 1706: * we can "smash sp2 left"
1.1 albertel 1707: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1708: * Arguments: sp1 (I) subraster * to left-hand raster
1709: * sp2 (I) subraster * to right-hand raster
1710: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.2 albertel 1711: * Returns: ( int ) max #pixels we can smash sp1||sp2,
1.1 albertel 1712: * or "blanksignal" if sp2 intentionally blank,
1713: * or 0 for any error.
1714: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1715: * Notes: o
1716: * ======================================================================= */
1717: /* --- entry point --- */
1.2 albertel 1718: int rastsmash ( subraster *sp1, subraster *sp2 )
1.1 albertel 1719: {
1720: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1721: Allocations and Declarations
1722: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.2 albertel 1723: int nsmash = 0; /* #pixels to smash sp1||sp2 */
1.1 albertel 1724: int base1 = sp1->baseline, /*baseline for left-hand subraster*/
1725: height1 = (sp1->image)->height, /* height for left-hand subraster */
1726: width1 = (sp1->image)->width, /* width for left-hand subraster */
1727: base2 = sp2->baseline, /*baseline for right-hand subraster*/
1728: height2 = (sp2->image)->height, /* height for right-hand subraster */
1729: width2 = (sp2->image)->width; /* width for right-hand subraster */
1730: int base = max2(base1,base2), /* max ascenders - 1 above baseline*/
1731: top1=base-base1, top2=base-base2, /* top irow indexes for sp1, sp2 */
1732: bot1=top1+height1-1, bot2=top2+height2-1, /* bot irow indexes */
1733: height = max2(bot1,bot2)+1; /* total height */
1734: int irow1=0,irow2=0, icol=0; /* row,col indexes */
1735: int firstcol1[1025], nfirst1=0, /* 1st sp1 col containing set pixel*/
1736: firstcol2[1025], nfirst2=0; /* 1st sp2 col containing set pixel*/
1737: int smin=9999, xmin=9999,ymin=9999; /* min separation (s=x+y) */
1738: int type_raster(); /* display debugging output */
1739: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1740: find right edge of sp1 and left edge of sp2 (these will be abutting edges)
1741: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1742: /* --- check args --- */
1743: if ( isstring ) goto end_of_job; /* ignore string rasters */
1.2 albertel 1744: if ( 0 && istextmode ) goto end_of_job; /* don't smash in text mode */
1745: if ( height > 1023 ) goto end_of_job; /* don't try to smash huge image */
1.1 albertel 1746: if ( sp2->type == blanksignal ) /*blanksignal was propagated to us*/
1.2 albertel 1747: goto end_of_job; /* don't smash intentional blank */
1.1 albertel 1748: /* --- init firstcol1[], firstcol2[] --- */
1749: for ( irow1=0; irow1<height; irow1++ ) /* for each row */
1750: firstcol1[irow1] = firstcol2[irow1] = blanksignal; /* signal empty rows */
1751: /* --- set firstcol2[] indicating left edge of sp2 --- */
1752: for ( irow2=top2; irow2<=bot2; irow2++ ) /* for each row inside sp2 */
1753: for ( icol=0; icol<width2; icol++ ) /* find first non-empty col in row */
1754: if ( getpixel(sp2->image,irow2-top2,icol) != 0 ) /* found a set pixel */
1755: { firstcol2[irow2] = icol; /* icol is #cols from left edge */
1756: nfirst2++; /* bump #rows containing set pixels*/
1757: break; } /* and go on to next row */
1758: if ( nfirst2 < 1 ) /*right-hand sp2 is completely blank*/
1.2 albertel 1759: { nsmash = blanksignal; /* signal intentional blanks */
1760: goto end_of_job; } /* don't smash intentional blanks */
1.1 albertel 1761: /* --- now check if preceding image in sp1 was an intentional blank --- */
1762: if ( sp1->type == blanksignal ) /*blanksignal was propagated to us*/
1.2 albertel 1763: goto end_of_job; /* don't smash intentional blank */
1.1 albertel 1764: /* --- set firstcol1[] indicating right edge of sp1 --- */
1765: for ( irow1=top1; irow1<=bot1; irow1++ ) /* for each row inside sp1 */
1766: for ( icol=width1-1; icol>=0; icol-- ) /* find last non-empty col in row */
1767: if ( getpixel(sp1->image,irow1-top1,icol) != 0 ) /* found a set pixel */
1768: { firstcol1[irow1] = (width1-1)-icol; /* save #cols from right edge */
1769: nfirst1++; /* bump #rows containing set pixels*/
1770: break; } /* and go on to next row */
1771: if ( nfirst1 < 1 ) /*left-hand sp1 is completely blank*/
1.2 albertel 1772: goto end_of_job; /* don't smash intentional blanks */
1.1 albertel 1773: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1774: find minimum separation
1775: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1776: for ( irow2=top2; irow2<=bot2; irow2++ ) { /* check each row inside sp2 */
1777: int margin1, margin2=firstcol2[irow2]; /* #cols to first set pixel */
1.3 albertel 1778: if ( margin2 != blanksignal ) { /* irow2 not an empty/blank row */
1.1 albertel 1779: for ( irow1=max2(irow2-smin,top1); ; irow1++ )
1780: if ( irow1 > min2(irow2+smin,bot1) ) break; /* upper bound check */
1781: else
1782: if ( (margin1=firstcol1[irow1]) != blanksignal ) { /*have non-blank row*/
1783: int dx=(margin1+margin2), dy=absval(irow2-irow1), ds=dx+dy; /* deltas */
1784: if ( ds >= smin ) continue; /* min unchanged */
1.2 albertel 1785: if ( dy>smashmargin && dx<xmin && smin<9999 ) continue; /* dy alone */
1.1 albertel 1786: smin=ds; xmin=dx; ymin=dy; /* set new min */
1787: } /* --- end-of-if(margin1!=blanksignal) --- */
1.3 albertel 1788: } /* --- end-of-if(margin2!=blanksignal) --- */
1.2 albertel 1789: if ( smin<2 ) goto end_of_job; /* can't smash */
1.1 albertel 1790: } /* --- end-of-for(irow2) --- */
1.2 albertel 1791: /*nsmash = min2(xmin,width2);*/ /* permissible smash */
1792: nsmash = xmin; /* permissible smash */
1.1 albertel 1793: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.2 albertel 1794: Back to caller with #pixels to smash sp1||sp2
1.1 albertel 1795: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1796: end_of_job:
1797: /* --- debugging output --- */
1798: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel >= 99 ) /* display for debugging */
1.2 albertel 1799: { fprintf(msgfp,"rastsmash> nsmash=%d, smashmargin=%d\n",
1800: nsmash,smashmargin);
1.1 albertel 1801: if ( msglevel >= 999 ) /* also display rasters */
1.2 albertel 1802: { fprintf(msgfp,"rastsmash>left-hand image...\n");
1.1 albertel 1803: if(sp1!=NULL) type_raster(sp1->image,msgfp); /* left image */
1.2 albertel 1804: fprintf(msgfp,"rastsmash>right-hand image...\n");
1.1 albertel 1805: if(sp2!=NULL) type_raster(sp2->image,msgfp); } /* right image */
1806: fflush(msgfp); }
1.2 albertel 1807: return ( nsmash ); /* back with #smash pixels */
1808: } /* --- end-of-function rastsmash() --- */
1.1 albertel 1809:
1810:
1811: /* ==========================================================================
1.3 albertel 1812: * Function: rastsmashcheck ( term )
1813: * Purpose: Check an exponent term to see if its leading symbol
1814: * would make smashing dangerous
1815: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1816: * Arguments: term (I) char * to null-terminated string
1817: * containing right-hand exponent term about to
1818: * be smashed against existing left-hand.
1819: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1820: * Returns: ( int ) 1 if it's okay to smash term, or
1821: * 0 if smash is dangerous.
1822: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1823: * Notes: o
1824: * ======================================================================= */
1825: /* --- entry point --- */
1826: int rastsmashcheck ( char *term )
1827: {
1828: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1829: Allocations and Declarations
1830: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1831: int isokay = 0; /* 1 to signal okay to caller */
1832: static char nosmashchars[64] = "-.,="; /* don't smash these leading chars */
1833: static char *nosmashstrs[64] = { "\\frac", NULL }; /* or leading strings */
1834: static char *grayspace[64] = { "\\tiny", "\\small", "\\normalsize",
1835: "\\large", "\\Large", "\\LARGE", "\\huge", "\\Huge", NULL };
1836: char *expression = term; /* local ptr to beginning of expression */
1837: char *token = NULL; int i; /* token = nosmashstrs[i] or grayspace[i] */
1838: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1839: see if smash check enabled
1840: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1841: if ( smashcheck < 1 ) { /* no smash checking wanted */
1842: if ( smashcheck >= 0 ) /* -1 means check should always fail */
1843: isokay = 1; /* otherwise (if 0), signal okay to smash */
1844: goto end_of_job; } /* return to caller */
1845: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1846: skip leading white and gray space
1847: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1848: /* --- first check input --- */
1849: if ( term == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* no input so return 0 to caller */
1850: if ( *term == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* ditto for empty string */
1851: /* --- skip leading white space --- */
1852: skipwhite(term); /* skip leading white sapce */
1853: if ( *term == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* nothing but white space */
1854: /* --- skip leading gray space --- */
1855: skipgray:
1856: for ( i=0; (token=grayspace[i]) != NULL; i++ ) /* check each grayspace */
1857: if ( strncmp(term,token,strlen(token)) == 0 ) { /* found grayspace */
1858: term += strlen(token); /* skip past this grayspace token */
1859: if ( *term == '\000' ) { /* nothing left so quit */
1860: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel >= 99 ) /* display for debugging */
1861: fprintf(msgfp,"rastsmashcheck> only grayspace in %.32s\n",expression);
1862: goto end_of_job; }
1863: goto skipgray; } /* restart grayspace check from beginning */
1864: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1865: check for leading no-smash single char
1866: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1867: /* --- don't smash if term begins with a "nosmash" char --- */
1868: if ( (token=strchr(nosmashchars,*term)) != NULL ) {
1869: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel >= 99 ) /* display for debugging */
1870: fprintf(msgfp,"rastsmashcheck> char %.1s found in %.32s\n",token,term);
1871: goto end_of_job; }
1872: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1873: check for leading no-smash token
1874: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1875: for ( i=0; (token=nosmashstrs[i]) != NULL; i++ ) /* check each nosmashstr */
1876: if ( strncmp(term,token,strlen(token)) == 0 ) { /* found a nosmashstr */
1877: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel >= 99 ) /* display for debugging */
1878: fprintf(msgfp,"rastsmashcheck> token %s found in %.32s\n",token,term);
1879: goto end_of_job; } /* so don't smash term */
1880: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1881: back to caller
1882: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1883: isokay = 1; /* no problem, so signal okay to smash */
1884: end_of_job:
1885: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel >= 999 ) /* display for debugging */
1886: fprintf(msgfp,"rastsmashcheck> returning isokay=%d for \"%.32s\"\n",
1887: isokay,(expression==NULL?"<no input>":expression));
1888: return ( isokay ); /* back to caller with 1 if okay to smash */
1889: } /* --- end-of-function rastsmashcheck() --- */
1890:
1891:
1892: /* ==========================================================================
1.1 albertel 1893: * Function: accent_subraster ( accent, width, height, pixsz )
1894: * Purpose: Allocate a new subraster of width x height
1895: * (or maybe different dimensions, depending on accent),
1896: * and draw an accent (\hat or \vec or \etc) that fills it
1897: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1898: * Arguments: accent (I) int containing either HATACCENT or VECACCENT,
1899: * etc, indicating the type of accent desired
1900: * width (I) int containing desired width of accent (#cols)
1901: * height (I) int containing desired height of accent(#rows)
1902: * pixsz (I) int containing 1 for bitmap, 8 for bytemap
1903: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1904: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to newly-allocated subraster with accent,
1905: * or NULL for any error.
1906: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1907: * Notes: o Some accents have internally-determined dimensions,
1908: * and caller should check dimensions in returned subraster
1909: * ======================================================================= */
1910: /* --- entry point --- */
1911: subraster *accent_subraster ( int accent, int width, int height, int pixsz )
1912: {
1913: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1914: Allocations and Declarations
1915: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1916: /* --- general info --- */
1917: raster *new_raster(), *rp=NULL; /*raster containing desired accent*/
1918: subraster *new_subraster(), *sp=NULL; /* subraster returning accent */
1919: int delete_raster(), delete_subraster(); /*free allocated raster on err*/
1920: int line_raster(), /* draws lines */
1.2 albertel 1921: rule_raster(), /* draw solid boxes */
1.1 albertel 1922: thickness = 1; /* line thickness */
1923: /*int pixval = (pixsz==1? 1 : (pixsz==8?255:(-1)));*/ /*black pixel value*/
1924: /* --- other working info --- */
1925: int col0, col1, /* cols for line */
1926: row0, row1; /* rows for line */
1927: subraster *get_delim(), *accsp=NULL; /*find suitable cmex10 symbol/accent*/
1928: /* --- info for under/overbraces, tildes, etc --- */
1929: char brace[16]; /*"{" for over, "}" for under, etc*/
1930: raster *rastrot(), /* rotate { for overbrace, etc */
1931: *rastcpy(); /* may need copy of original */
1932: subraster *arrow_subraster(); /* rightarrow for vec */
1933: subraster *rastack(); /* stack accent atop extra space */
1934: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1935: outer switch() traps accents that may change caller's height,width
1936: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1937: switch ( accent )
1938: {
1939: default:
1940: /* -----------------------------------------------------------------------
1941: inner switch() first allocates fixed-size raster for accents that don't
1942: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
1943: if ( (rp = new_raster(width,height,pixsz)) /* allocate fixed-size raster */
1944: != NULL ) /* and if we succeeded... */
1945: switch ( accent ) /* ...draw requested accent in it */
1946: {
1947: /* --- unrecognized request --- */
1948: default: delete_raster(rp); /* unrecognized accent requested */
1949: rp = NULL; break; /* so free raster and signal error */
1950: /* --- bar request --- */
1951: case UNDERBARACCENT:
1952: case BARACCENT:
1.2 albertel 1953: thickness = 1; /*height-1;*/ /* adjust thickness */
1.1 albertel 1954: if ( accent == BARACCENT ) /* bar is above expression */
1.2 albertel 1955: { row0 = row1 = max2(height-3,0); /* row numbers for overbar */
1956: line_raster(rp,row0,0,row1,width-1,thickness); } /*blanks at bot*/
1.1 albertel 1957: else /* underbar is below expression */
1.2 albertel 1958: { row0 = row1 = min2(2,height-1); /* row numbers for underbar */
1959: line_raster(rp,row0,0,row1,width-1,thickness); } /*blanks at top*/
1.1 albertel 1960: break;
1961: /* --- dot request --- */
1962: case DOTACCENT:
1963: thickness = height-1; /* adjust thickness */
1.2 albertel 1964: /*line_raster(rp,0,width/2,1,(width/2)+1,thickness);*//*centered dot*/
1965: rule_raster(rp,0,(width+1-thickness)/2,thickness,thickness,3); /*box*/
1.1 albertel 1966: break;
1967: /* --- ddot request --- */
1968: case DDOTACCENT:
1969: thickness = height-1; /* adjust thickness */
1.2 albertel 1970: col0 = max2((width+1)/3-(thickness/2)-1,0); /* one-third of width */
1971: col1 = min2((2*width+1)/3-(thickness/2)+1,width-thickness); /*2/3rds*/
1972: if ( col0+thickness >= col1 ) /* dots overlap */
1973: { col0 = max2(col0-1,0); /* try moving left dot more left */
1974: col1 = min2(col1+1,width-thickness); } /* and right dot right */
1975: if ( col0+thickness >= col1 ) /* dots _still_ overlap */
1976: thickness = max2(thickness-1,1); /* so try reducing thickness */
1977: /*line_raster(rp,0,col0,1,col0+1,thickness);*//*set dot at 1st third*/
1978: /*line_raster(rp,0,col1,1,col1+1,thickness);*//*and another at 2nd*/
1979: rule_raster(rp,0,col0,thickness,thickness,3); /*box at 1st third*/
1980: rule_raster(rp,0,col1,thickness,thickness,3); /*box at 2nd third*/
1.1 albertel 1981: break;
1982: /* --- hat request --- */
1983: case HATACCENT:
1.2 albertel 1984: thickness = 1; /*(width<=12? 2 : 3);*/ /* adjust thickness */
1.1 albertel 1985: line_raster(rp,height-1,0,0,width/2,thickness); /* / part of hat*/
1986: line_raster(rp,0,(width-1)/2,height-1,width-1,thickness); /* \ part*/
1987: break;
1988: /* --- sqrt request --- */
1989: case SQRTACCENT:
1990: col1 = SQRTWIDTH(height) - 1; /* right col of sqrt symbol */
1991: col0 = (col1+2)/3; /* midpoint col of sqrt */
1992: row0 = (height+1)/2; /* midpoint row of sqrt */
1993: row1 = height-1; /* bottom row of sqrt */
1994: line_raster(rp,row0,0,row1,col0,thickness); /* descending portion */
1995: line_raster(rp,row1,col0,0,col1,thickness); /* ascending portion */
1996: line_raster(rp,0,col1,0,width-1,thickness); /*overbar of thickness 1*/
1997: break;
1998: } /* --- end-of-inner-switch(accent) --- */
1999: break; /* break from outer accent switch */
2000: /* --- underbrace, overbrace request --- */
2001: case UNDERBRACE:
2002: case OVERBRACE:
2003: if ( accent == UNDERBRACE ) strcpy(brace,"}"); /* start with } brace */
2004: if ( accent == OVERBRACE ) strcpy(brace,"{"); /* start with { brace */
2005: if ( (accsp=get_delim(brace,width,CMEX10)) /* use width for height */
2006: != NULL ) /* found desired brace */
2007: { rp = rastrot(accsp->image); /* rotate 90 degrees clockwise */
2008: delete_subraster(accsp); } /* and free subraster "envelope" */
2009: break;
2010: /* --- hat request --- */
2011: case HATACCENT:
2012: if ( accent == HATACCENT ) strcpy(brace,"<"); /* start with < */
2013: if ( (accsp=get_delim(brace,width,CMEX10)) /* use width for height */
2014: != NULL ) /* found desired brace */
2015: { rp = rastrot(accsp->image); /* rotate 90 degrees clockwise */
2016: delete_subraster(accsp); } /* and free subraster "envelope" */
2017: break;
2018: /* --- vec request --- */
2019: case VECACCENT:
2020: height = 2*(height/2) + 1; /* force height odd */
2021: if ( (accsp=arrow_subraster(width,height,pixsz,1,0)) /*build rightarrow*/
2022: != NULL ) /* succeeded */
2023: { rp = accsp->image; /* "extract" raster with bitmap */
2024: free((void *)accsp); } /* and free subraster "envelope" */
2025: break;
2026: /* --- tilde request --- */
2027: case TILDEACCENT:
2028: accsp=(width<25? get_delim("\\sim",-width,CMSY10) :
2029: get_delim("~",-width,CMEX10)); /*width search for tilde*/
2030: if ( accsp != NULL ) /* found desired tilde */
2031: if ( (sp=rastack(new_subraster(1,1,pixsz),accsp,1,0,1,3))/*space below*/
2032: != NULL ) /* have tilde with space below it */
2033: { rp = sp->image; /* "extract" raster with bitmap */
1.2 albertel 2034: free((void *)sp); /* and free subraster "envelope" */
2035: leftsymdef = NULL; } /* so \tilde{x}^2 works properly */
1.1 albertel 2036: break;
2037: } /* --- end-of-outer-switch(accent) --- */
2038: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2039: if we constructed accent raster okay, embed it in a subraster and return it
2040: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2041: /* --- if all okay, allocate subraster to contain constructed raster --- */
1.3 albertel 2042: if ( rp != NULL ) { /* accent raster constructed okay */
1.1 albertel 2043: if ( (sp=new_subraster(0,0,0)) /* allocate subraster "envelope" */
2044: == NULL ) /* and if we fail to allocate */
2045: delete_raster(rp); /* free now-unneeded raster */
2046: else /* subraster allocated okay */
2047: { /* --- init subraster parameters, embedding raster in it --- */
2048: sp->type = IMAGERASTER; /* constructed image */
2049: sp->image = rp; /* raster we just constructed */
2050: sp->size = (-1); /* can't set font size here */
2051: sp->baseline = 0; } /* can't set baseline here */
1.3 albertel 2052: } /* --- end-of-if(rp!=NULL) --- */
1.1 albertel 2053: /* --- return subraster containing desired accent to caller --- */
2054: return ( sp ); /* return accent or NULL to caller */
2055: } /* --- end-of-function accent_subraster() --- */
2056:
2057:
2058: /* ==========================================================================
2059: * Function: arrow_subraster ( width, height, pixsz, drctn, isBig )
2060: * Purpose: Allocate a raster/subraster and draw left/right arrow in it
2061: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2062: * Arguments: width (I) int containing number of cols for arrow
2063: * height (I) int containing number of rows for arrow
2064: * pixsz (I) int containing 1 for bitmap, 8 for bytemap
2065: * drctn (I) int containing +1 for right arrow,
2066: * or -1 for left, 0 for leftright
2067: * isBig (I) int containing 1/true for \Long arrows,
2068: * or false for \long arrows, i.e.,
2069: * true for ===> or false for --->.
2070: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2071: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to constructed left/right arrow
2072: * or NULL for any error.
2073: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2074: * Notes: o
2075: * ======================================================================= */
2076: /* --- entry point --- */
2077: subraster *arrow_subraster ( int width, int height, int pixsz,
2078: int drctn, int isBig )
2079: {
2080: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2081: Allocations and Declarations
2082: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2083: subraster *new_subraster(), *arrowsp=NULL; /* allocate arrow subraster */
2084: int rule_raster(); /* draw arrow line */
2085: int irow, midrow=height/2; /* index, midrow is arrowhead apex */
1.2 albertel 2086: int icol, thickness=(height>15?2:2); /* arrowhead thickness and index */
1.1 albertel 2087: int pixval = (pixsz==1? 1 : (pixsz==8?255:(-1))); /* black pixel value */
2088: int ipix, /* raster pixmap[] index */
2089: npix = width*height; /* #pixels malloced in pixmap[] */
2090: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2091: allocate raster/subraster and draw arrow line
2092: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2093: if ( height < 3 ) { height=3; midrow=1; } /* set minimum height */
2094: if ( (arrowsp=new_subraster(width,height,pixsz)) /* allocate empty raster */
2095: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* and quit if failed */
2096: if ( !isBig ) /* single line */
2097: rule_raster(arrowsp->image,midrow,0,width,1,0); /*draw line across midrow*/
2098: else
2099: { int delta = (width>6? (height>15? 3: (height>7? 2 : 1)) : 1);
2100: rule_raster(arrowsp->image,midrow-delta,delta,width-2*delta,1,0);
2101: rule_raster(arrowsp->image,midrow+delta,delta,width-2*delta,1,0); }
2102: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2103: construct arrowhead(s)
2104: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2105: for ( irow=0; irow<height; irow++ ) /* for each row of arrow */
2106: {
2107: int delta = abs(irow-midrow); /*arrowhead offset for irow*/
2108: /* --- right arrowhead --- */
2109: if ( drctn >= 0 ) /* right arrowhead wanted */
2110: for ( icol=0; icol<thickness; icol++ ) /* for arrowhead thickness */
2111: { ipix = ((irow+1)*width - 1) - delta - icol; /* rightmost-delta-icol */
1.3 albertel 2112: if ( ipix >= 0 ) { /* bounds check */
1.1 albertel 2113: if ( pixsz == 1 ) /* have a bitmap */
2114: setlongbit((arrowsp->image)->pixmap,ipix);/*turn on arrowhead bit*/
2115: else /* should have a bytemap */
2116: if ( pixsz == 8 ) /* check pixsz for bytemap */
1.3 albertel 2117: ((arrowsp->image)->pixmap)[ipix] = pixval; } }/*set arrowhead byte*/
1.1 albertel 2118: /* --- left arrowhead (same as right except for ipix calculation) --- */
2119: if ( drctn <= 0 ) /* left arrowhead wanted */
2120: for ( icol=0; icol<thickness; icol++ ) /* for arrowhead thickness */
2121: { ipix = irow*width + delta + icol; /* leftmost bit+delta+icol */
1.3 albertel 2122: if ( ipix < npix ) { /* bounds check */
1.1 albertel 2123: if ( pixsz == 1 ) /* have a bitmap */
2124: setlongbit((arrowsp->image)->pixmap,ipix);/*turn on arrowhead bit*/
2125: else /* should have a bytemap */
2126: if ( pixsz == 8 ) /* check pixsz for bytemap */
1.3 albertel 2127: ((arrowsp->image)->pixmap)[ipix] = pixval; } }/*set arrowhead byte*/
1.1 albertel 2128: } /* --- end-of-for(irow) --- */
2129: end_of_job:
2130: return ( arrowsp ); /*back to caller with arrow or NULL*/
2131: } /* --- end-of-function arrow_subraster() --- */
2132:
2133:
2134: /* ==========================================================================
2135: * Function: uparrow_subraster ( width, height, pixsz, drctn, isBig )
2136: * Purpose: Allocate a raster/subraster and draw up/down arrow in it
2137: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2138: * Arguments: width (I) int containing number of cols for arrow
2139: * height (I) int containing number of rows for arrow
2140: * pixsz (I) int containing 1 for bitmap, 8 for bytemap
2141: * drctn (I) int containing +1 for up arrow,
2142: * or -1 for down, or 0 for updown
2143: * isBig (I) int containing 1/true for \Long arrows,
2144: * or false for \long arrows, i.e.,
2145: * true for ===> or false for --->.
2146: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2147: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to constructed up/down arrow
2148: * or NULL for any error.
2149: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2150: * Notes: o
2151: * ======================================================================= */
2152: /* --- entry point --- */
2153: subraster *uparrow_subraster ( int width, int height, int pixsz,
2154: int drctn, int isBig )
2155: {
2156: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2157: Allocations and Declarations
2158: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2159: subraster *new_subraster(), *arrowsp=NULL; /* allocate arrow subraster */
2160: int rule_raster(); /* draw arrow line */
2161: int icol, midcol=width/2; /* index, midcol is arrowhead apex */
1.2 albertel 2162: int irow, thickness=(width>15?2:2); /* arrowhead thickness and index */
1.1 albertel 2163: int pixval = (pixsz==1? 1 : (pixsz==8?255:(-1))); /* black pixel value */
2164: int ipix, /* raster pixmap[] index */
2165: npix = width*height; /* #pixels malloced in pixmap[] */
2166: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2167: allocate raster/subraster and draw arrow line
2168: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2169: if ( width < 3 ) { width=3; midcol=1; } /* set minimum width */
2170: if ( (arrowsp=new_subraster(width,height,pixsz)) /* allocate empty raster */
2171: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* and quit if failed */
2172: if ( !isBig ) /* single line */
2173: rule_raster(arrowsp->image,0,midcol,1,height,0); /*draw line down midcol*/
2174: else
2175: { int delta = (height>6? (width>15? 3: (width>7? 2 : 1)) : 1);
2176: rule_raster(arrowsp->image,delta,midcol-delta,1,height-2*delta,0);
2177: rule_raster(arrowsp->image,delta,midcol+delta,1,height-2*delta,0); }
2178: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2179: construct arrowhead(s)
2180: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2181: for ( icol=0; icol<width; icol++ ) /* for each col of arrow */
2182: {
2183: int delta = abs(icol-midcol); /*arrowhead offset for icol*/
2184: /* --- up arrowhead --- */
2185: if ( drctn >= 0 ) /* up arrowhead wanted */
2186: for ( irow=0; irow<thickness; irow++ ) /* for arrowhead thickness */
2187: { ipix = (irow+delta)*width + icol; /* leftmost+icol */
1.3 albertel 2188: if ( ipix < npix ) { /* bounds check */
1.1 albertel 2189: if ( pixsz == 1 ) /* have a bitmap */
2190: setlongbit((arrowsp->image)->pixmap,ipix);/*turn on arrowhead bit*/
2191: else /* should have a bytemap */
2192: if ( pixsz == 8 ) /* check pixsz for bytemap */
1.3 albertel 2193: ((arrowsp->image)->pixmap)[ipix] = pixval; } }/*set arrowhead byte*/
1.1 albertel 2194: /* --- down arrowhead (same as up except for ipix calculation) --- */
2195: if ( drctn <= 0 ) /* down arrowhead wanted */
2196: for ( irow=0; irow<thickness; irow++ ) /* for arrowhead thickness */
2197: { ipix = (height-1-delta-irow)*width + icol; /* leftmost + icol */
1.3 albertel 2198: if ( ipix > 0 ) { /* bounds check */
1.1 albertel 2199: if ( pixsz == 1 ) /* have a bitmap */
2200: setlongbit((arrowsp->image)->pixmap,ipix);/*turn on arrowhead bit*/
2201: else /* should have a bytemap */
2202: if ( pixsz == 8 ) /* check pixsz for bytemap */
1.3 albertel 2203: ((arrowsp->image)->pixmap)[ipix] = pixval; } }/*set arrowhead byte*/
1.2 albertel 2204: } /* --- end-of-for(icol) --- */
1.1 albertel 2205: end_of_job:
2206: return ( arrowsp ); /*back to caller with arrow or NULL*/
2207: } /* --- end-of-function uparrow_subraster() --- */
2208:
2209:
2210: /* ==========================================================================
2211: * Function: rule_raster ( rp, top, left, width, height, type )
2212: * Purpose: Draw a solid or dashed line (or box) in existing raster rp,
2213: * starting at top,left with dimensions width,height.
2214: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2215: * Arguments: rp (I) raster * to raster in which rule
2216: * will be drawn
2217: * top (I) int containing row at which top-left corner
2218: * of rule starts (0 is topmost)
2219: * left (I) int containing col at which top-left corner
2220: * of rule starts (0 is leftmost)
2221: * width (I) int containing number of cols for rule
2222: * height (I) int containing number of rows for rule
2223: * type (I) int containing 0 for solid rule,
2224: * 1 for horizontal dashes, 2 for vertical
1.3 albertel 2225: * 3 for solid rule with corners removed (bevel)
2226: * 4 for strut (nothing drawn)
1.1 albertel 2227: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2228: * Returns: ( int ) 1 if rule drawn okay,
2229: * or 0 for any error.
2230: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2231: * Notes: o Rule line is implicitly "horizontal" or "vertical" depending
2232: * on relative width,height dimensions. It's a box if they're
2233: * more or less comparable.
2234: * ======================================================================= */
2235: /* --- entry point --- */
2236: int rule_raster ( raster *rp, int top, int left,
2237: int width, int height, int type )
2238: {
2239: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2240: Allocations and Declarations
2241: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.2 albertel 2242: int irow=0, icol=0; /* indexes over rp raster */
2243: int ipix = 0, /* raster pixmap[] index */
1.1 albertel 2244: npix = rp->width * rp->height; /* #pixels malloced in rp->pixmap[] */
2245: int isfatal = 0; /* true to abend on out-of-bounds error */
1.3 albertel 2246: int hdash=1, vdash=2, /* type for horizontal, vertical dashes */
2247: bevel=99/*3*/, strut=4; /* type for bevel (turned off), strut */
1.1 albertel 2248: int dashlen=3, spacelen=2, /* #pixels for dash followed by space */
2249: isdraw=1; /* true when drawing dash (init for solid) */
2250: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2251: Check args
2252: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.3 albertel 2253: if ( rp == (raster *)NULL ) { /* no raster arg supplied */
1.1 albertel 2254: if ( workingbox != (subraster *)NULL ) /* see if we have a workingbox */
2255: rp = workingbox->image; /* use workingbox if possible */
1.3 albertel 2256: else return ( 0 ); } /* otherwise signal error to caller */
2257: if ( type == bevel ) /* remove corners of solid box */
1.2 albertel 2258: if ( width<3 || height<3 ) type=0; /* too small to remove corners */
1.1 albertel 2259: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2260: Fill line/box
2261: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.3 albertel 2262: if ( width > 0 ) /* zero width implies strut*/
2263: for ( irow=top; irow<top+height; irow++ ) /* for each scan line */
1.1 albertel 2264: {
1.3 albertel 2265: if ( type == strut ) isdraw = 0; /* draw nothing for strut */
1.1 albertel 2266: if ( type == vdash ) /*set isdraw for vert dash*/
2267: isdraw = (((irow-top)%(dashlen+spacelen)) < dashlen);
2268: ipix = irow*rp->width + left - 1; /*first pixel preceding icol*/
2269: for ( icol=left; icol<left+width; icol++ ) /* each pixel in scan line */
2270: {
1.3 albertel 2271: if ( type == bevel ) { /* remove corners of box */
1.2 albertel 2272: if ( (irow==top && icol==left) /* top-left corner */
2273: || (irow==top && icol>=left+width-1) /* top-right corner */
2274: || (irow>=top+height-1 && icol==left) /* bottom-left corner */
2275: || (irow>=top+height-1 && icol>=left+width-1) ) /* bottom-right */
1.3 albertel 2276: isdraw = 0; else isdraw = 1; } /*set isdraw to skip corner*/
1.1 albertel 2277: if ( type == hdash ) /*set isdraw for horiz dash*/
2278: isdraw = (((icol-left)%(dashlen+spacelen)) < dashlen);
2279: if ( ++ipix >= npix ) /* bounds check failed */
2280: if ( isfatal ) goto end_of_job; /* abort if error is fatal */
2281: else break; /*or just go on to next row*/
2282: else /*ibit is within rp bounds*/
1.3 albertel 2283: if ( isdraw ) { /*and we're drawing this bit*/
1.1 albertel 2284: if ( rp->pixsz == 1 ) /* have a bitmap */
2285: setlongbit(rp->pixmap,ipix); /* so turn on bit in line */
2286: else /* should have a bytemap */
2287: if ( rp->pixsz == 8 ) /* check pixsz for bytemap */
1.3 albertel 2288: ((unsigned char *)(rp->pixmap))[ipix] = 255; } /* set black byte */
1.1 albertel 2289: } /* --- end-of-for(icol) --- */
2290: } /* --- end-of-for(irow) --- */
2291: end_of_job:
2292: return ( isfatal? (ipix<npix? 1:0) : 1 );
2293: } /* --- end-of-function rule_raster() --- */
2294:
2295:
2296: /* ==========================================================================
2297: * Function: line_raster ( rp, row0, col0, row1, col1, thickness )
2298: * Purpose: Draw a line from row0,col0 to row1,col1 of thickness
2299: * in existing raster rp.
2300: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2301: * Arguments: rp (I) raster * to raster in which a line
2302: * will be drawn
2303: * row0 (I) int containing row at which
2304: * line will start (0 is topmost)
2305: * col0 (I) int containing col at which
2306: * line will start (0 is leftmost)
2307: * row1 (I) int containing row at which
2308: * line will end (rp->height-1 is bottom-most)
2309: * col1 (I) int containing col at which
2310: * line will end (rp->width-1 is rightmost)
2311: * thickness (I) int containing number of pixels/bits
2312: * thick the line will be
2313: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2314: * Returns: ( int ) 1 if line drawn okay,
2315: * or 0 for any error.
2316: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2317: * Notes: o if row0==row1, a horizontal line is drawn
2318: * between col0 and col1, with row0(==row1) the top row
2319: * and row0+(thickness-1) the bottom row
2320: * o if col0==col1, a vertical bar is drawn
2321: * between row0 and row1, with col0(==col1) the left col
2322: * and col0+(thickness-1) the right col
2323: * o if both the above, you get a square thickness x thickness
2324: * whose top-left corner is row0,col0.
2325: * ======================================================================= */
2326: /* --- entry point --- */
2327: int line_raster ( raster *rp, int row0, int col0,
2328: int row1, int col1, int thickness )
2329: {
2330: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2331: Allocations and Declarations
2332: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.2 albertel 2333: int irow=0, icol=0, /* indexes over rp raster */
1.1 albertel 2334: locol=col0, hicol=col1, /* col limits at irow */
2335: lorow=row0, hirow=row1; /* row limits at icol */
1.2 albertel 2336: int width=rp->width, height=rp->height; /* dimensions of input raster */
2337: int ipix = 0, /* raster pixmap[] index */
2338: npix = width*height; /* #pixels malloced in rp->pixmap[] */
1.1 albertel 2339: int isfatal = 0; /* true to abend on out-of-bounds error */
2340: int isline=(row1==row0), isbar=(col1==col0); /*true if slope a=0,\infty*/
2341: double dy = row1-row0 /* + (row1>=row0? +1.0 : -1.0) */, /* delta-x */
2342: dx = col1-col0 /* + (col1>=col0? +1.0 : -1.0) */, /* delta-y */
2343: a= (isbar||isline? 0.0 : dy/dx), /* slope = tan(theta) = dy/dx */
1.2 albertel 2344: xcol=0, xrow=0; /* calculated col at irow, or row at icol */
1.1 albertel 2345: double ar = ASPECTRATIO, /* aspect ratio width/height of one pixel */
2346: xwidth= (isline? 0.0 : /*#pixels per row to get sloped line thcknss*/
2347: ((double)thickness)*sqrt((dx*dx)+(dy*dy*ar*ar))/fabs(dy*ar)),
2348: xheight = 1.0;
2349: int line_recurse(), isrecurse=1; /* true to draw line recursively */
2350: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2351: Check args
2352: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.3 albertel 2353: if ( rp == (raster *)NULL ) { /* no raster arg supplied */
1.1 albertel 2354: if ( workingbox != (subraster *)NULL ) /* see if we have a workingbox */
2355: rp = workingbox->image; /* use workingbox if possible */
1.3 albertel 2356: else return ( 0 ); } /* otherwise signal error to caller */
1.1 albertel 2357: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2358: Initialization
2359: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.3 albertel 2360: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=29 ) { /* debugging */
1.1 albertel 2361: fprintf(msgfp,"line_raster> row,col0=%d,%d row,col1=%d,%d, thickness=%d\n"
2362: "\t dy,dx=%3.1f,%3.1f, a=%4.3f, xwidth=%4.3f\n",
1.3 albertel 2363: row0,col0, row1,col1, thickness, dy,dx, a, xwidth); fflush(msgfp); }
1.1 albertel 2364: /* --- check for recursive line drawing --- */
1.2 albertel 2365: if ( isrecurse ) { /* drawing lines recursively */
2366: for ( irow=0; irow<thickness; irow++ ) /* each line 1 pixel thick */
2367: { double xrow0=(double)row0, xcol0=(double)col0,
2368: xrow1=(double)row1, xcol1=(double)col1;
2369: if ( isline ) xrow0 = xrow1 = (double)(row0+irow);
2370: else if ( isbar ) xcol0 = xcol1 = (double)(col0+irow);
2371: if( xrow0>(-0.001) && xcol0>(-0.001) /*check line inside raster*/
2372: && xrow1<((double)(height-1)+0.001) && xcol1<((double)(width-1)+0.001) )
2373: line_recurse(rp,xrow0,xcol0,xrow1,xcol1,thickness); }
2374: return ( 1 ); }
1.1 albertel 2375: /* --- set params for horizontal line or vertical bar --- */
2376: if ( isline ) /*interpret row as top row*/
2377: row1 = row0 + (thickness-1); /* set bottom row for line */
2378: if ( 0&&isbar ) /*interpret col as left col*/
2379: hicol = col0 + (thickness-1); /* set right col for bar */
2380: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2381: draw line one row at a time
2382: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2383: for ( irow=min2(row0,row1); irow<=max2(row0,row1); irow++ ) /*each scan line*/
2384: {
2385: if ( !isbar && !isline ) /* neither vert nor horiz */
2386: { xcol = col0 + ((double)(irow-row0))/a; /* "middle" col in irow */
2387: locol = max2((int)(xcol-0.5*(xwidth-1.0)),0); /* leftmost col */
2388: hicol = min2((int)(xcol+0.5*(xwidth-0.0)),max2(col0,col1)); } /*right*/
2389: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=29 ) /* debugging */
2390: fprintf(msgfp,"\t irow=%d, xcol=%4.2f, lo,hicol=%d,%d\n",
2391: irow,xcol,locol,hicol);
2392: ipix = irow*rp->width + min2(locol,hicol) - 1; /*first pix preceding icol*/
2393: for ( icol=min2(locol,hicol); icol<=max2(locol,hicol); icol++ ) /*each pix*/
2394: if ( ++ipix >= npix ) /* bounds check failed */
2395: if ( isfatal ) goto end_of_job; /* abort if error is fatal */
2396: else break; /*or just go on to next row*/
2397: else /* turn on pixel in line */
2398: if ( rp->pixsz == 1 ) /* have a pixel bitmap */
2399: setlongbit(rp->pixmap,ipix); /* so turn on bit in line */
2400: else /* should have a bytemap */
2401: if ( rp->pixsz == 8 ) /* check pixsz for bytemap */
2402: ((unsigned char *)(rp->pixmap))[ipix] = 255; /* set black byte */
2403: } /* --- end-of-for(irow) --- */
2404: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2405: now _redraw_ line one col at a time to avoid "gaps"
2406: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2407: if ( 1 )
2408: for ( icol=min2(col0,col1); icol<=max2(col0,col1); icol++ )/*each scan line*/
2409: {
2410: if ( !isbar && !isline ) /* neither vert nor horiz */
2411: { xrow = row0 + ((double)(icol-col0))*a; /* "middle" row in icol */
2412: lorow = max2((int)(xrow-0.5*(xheight-1.0)),0); /* topmost row */
2413: hirow = min2((int)(xrow+0.5*(xheight-0.0)),max2(row0,row1)); } /*bot*/
2414: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=29 ) /* debugging */
2415: fprintf(msgfp,"\t icol=%d, xrow=%4.2f, lo,hirow=%d,%d\n",
2416: icol,xrow,lorow,hirow);
2417: ipix = irow*rp->width + min2(locol,hicol) - 1; /*first pix preceding icol*/
2418: for ( irow=min2(lorow,hirow); irow<=max2(lorow,hirow); irow++ ) /*each pix*/
2419: if ( irow<0 || irow>=rp->height
2420: || icol<0 || icol>=rp->width ) /* bounds check */
2421: if ( isfatal ) goto end_of_job; /* abort if error is fatal */
2422: else continue; /*or just go on to next row*/
2423: else
2424: setpixel(rp,irow,icol,255); /* set pixel at irow,icol */
2425: } /* --- end-of-for(irow) --- */
2426: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2427: Back to caller with 1=okay, 0=failed.
2428: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2429: end_of_job:
2430: return ( isfatal? (ipix<npix? 1:0) : 1 );
2431: } /* --- end-of-function line_raster() --- */
2432:
2433:
2434: /* ==========================================================================
2435: * Function: line_recurse ( rp, row0, col0, row1, col1, thickness )
2436: * Purpose: Draw a line from row0,col0 to row1,col1 of thickness
2437: * in existing raster rp.
2438: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2439: * Arguments: rp (I) raster * to raster in which a line
2440: * will be drawn
2441: * row0 (I) double containing row at which
2442: * line will start (0 is topmost)
2443: * col0 (I) double containing col at which
2444: * line will start (0 is leftmost)
2445: * row1 (I) double containing row at which
2446: * line will end (rp->height-1 is bottom-most)
2447: * col1 (I) double containing col at which
2448: * line will end (rp->width-1 is rightmost)
2449: * thickness (I) int containing number of pixels/bits
2450: * thick the line will be
2451: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2452: * Returns: ( int ) 1 if line drawn okay,
2453: * or 0 for any error.
2454: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2455: * Notes: o Recurses, drawing left- and right-halves of line
2456: * until a horizontal or vertical segment is found
2457: * ======================================================================= */
2458: /* --- entry point --- */
2459: int line_recurse ( raster *rp, double row0, double col0,
2460: double row1, double col1, int thickness )
2461: {
2462: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2463: Allocations and Declarations
2464: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2465: double delrow = fabs(row1-row0), /* 0 if line horizontal */
2466: delcol = fabs(col1-col0), /* 0 if line vertical */
2467: tolerance = 0.5; /* draw line when it goes to point */
2468: double midrow = 0.5*(row0+row1), /* midpoint row */
2469: midcol = 0.5*(col0+col1); /* midpoint col */
2470: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2471: recurse if either delta > tolerance
2472: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2473: if ( delrow > tolerance /* row hasn't converged */
2474: || delcol > tolerance ) /* col hasn't converged */
2475: { line_recurse(rp,row0,col0,midrow,midcol,thickness); /* left half */
2476: line_recurse(rp,midrow,midcol,row1,col1,thickness); /* right half */
2477: return ( 1 ); }
2478: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2479: draw converged point
2480: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2481: setpixel(rp,iround(midrow),iround(midcol),255); /*set pixel at midrow,midcol*/
2482: return ( 1 );
2483: } /* --- end-of-function line_recurse() --- */
2484:
2485:
2486: /* ==========================================================================
2487: * Function: circle_raster ( rp, row0, col0, row1, col1,
2488: * thickness, quads )
2489: * Purpose: Draw quad(rant)s of an ellipse in box determined by
2490: * diagonally opposite corner points (row0,col0) and
2491: * (row1,col1), of thickness pixels in existing raster rp.
2492: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2493: * Arguments: rp (I) raster * to raster in which an ellipse
2494: * will be drawn
2495: * row0 (I) int containing 1st corner row bounding ellipse
2496: * (0 is topmost)
2497: * col0 (I) int containing 1st corner col bounding ellipse
2498: * (0 is leftmost)
2499: * row1 (I) int containing 2nd corner row bounding ellipse
2500: * (rp->height-1 is bottom-most)
2501: * col1 (I) int containing 2nd corner col bounding ellipse
2502: * (rp->width-1 is rightmost)
2503: * thickness (I) int containing number of pixels/bits
2504: * thick the ellipse arc line will be
2505: * quads (I) char * to null-terminated string containing
2506: * any subset/combination of "1234" specifying
2507: * which quadrant(s) of ellipse to draw.
2508: * NULL ptr draws all four quadrants;
2509: * otherwise 1=upper-right quadrant,
2510: * 2=uper-left, 3=lower-left, 4=lower-right,
2511: * i.e., counterclockwise from 1=positive quad.
2512: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2513: * Returns: ( int ) 1 if ellipse drawn okay,
2514: * or 0 for any error.
2515: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2516: * Notes: o row0==row1 or col0==col1 are errors
2517: * o using ellipse equation x^2/a^2 + y^2/b^2 = 1
2518: * ======================================================================= */
2519: /* --- entry point --- */
2520: int circle_raster ( raster *rp, int row0, int col0,
2521: int row1, int col1, int thickness, char *quads )
2522: {
2523: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2524: Allocations and Declarations
2525: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2526: /* --- lower-left and upper-right bounding points (in our coords) --- */
2527: int lorow = min2(row0,row1), /* lower bounding row (top of box) */
2528: locol = min2(col0,col1), /* lower bounding col (left of box)*/
2529: hirow = max2(row0,row1), /* upper bounding row (bot of box) */
2530: hicol = max2(col0,col1); /* upper bounding col (right of box)*/
2531: /* --- a and b ellipse params --- */
2532: int width = hicol-locol+1, /* width of bounding box */
2533: height= hirow-lorow+1, /* height of bounding box */
2534: islandscape = (width>=height? 1:0); /*true if ellipse lying on side*/
2535: double a = ((double)width)/2.0, /* x=a when y=0 */
2536: b = ((double)height)/2.0, /* y=b when x=0 */
2537: abmajor = (islandscape? a : b), /* max2(a,b) */
2538: abminor = (islandscape? b : a), /* min2(a,b) */
2539: abmajor2 = abmajor*abmajor, /* abmajor^2 */
2540: abminor2 = abminor*abminor; /* abminor^2 */
2541: /* --- other stuff --- */
2542: int imajor=0, nmajor=max2(width,height), /*index, #pixels on major axis*/
2543: iminor=0, nminor=min2(width,height); /* solved index on minor axis */
2544: int irow, icol, /* raster indexes at circumference */
2545: rsign=1, csign=1; /* row,col signs, both +1 in quad 1*/
2546: double midrow= ((double)(row0+row1))/2.0, /* center row */
2547: midcol= ((double)(col0+col1))/2.0; /* center col */
2548: double xy, xy2, /* major axis ellipse coord */
2549: yx2, yx; /* solved minor ellipse coord */
2550: int isokay = 1; /* true if no pixels out-of-bounds */
2551: char *qptr=NULL, *allquads="1234"; /* quadrants if input quads==NULL */
2552: int circle_recurse(), isrecurse=1; /* true to draw ellipse recursively*/
2553: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2554: pixel-by-pixel along positive major axis, quit when it goes negative
2555: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2556: if ( quads == NULL ) quads = allquads; /* draw all quads, or only user's */
2557: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=39 ) /* debugging */
2558: fprintf(msgfp,"circle_raster> width,height;quads=%d,%d,%s\n",
2559: width,height,quads);
2560: if ( nmajor < 1 ) isokay = 0; /* problem with input args */
2561: else
2562: {
2563: if ( isrecurse ) /* use recursive algorithm */
2564: {
2565: for ( qptr=quads; *qptr!='\000'; qptr++ ) /* for each character in quads */
2566: {
2567: double theta0=0.0, theta1=0.0; /* set thetas based on quadrant */
2568: switch ( *qptr ) /* check for quadrant 1,2,3,4 */
2569: { default: /* unrecognized, assume quadrant 1 */
2570: case '1': theta0= 0.0; theta1= 90.0; break; /* first quadrant */
2571: case '2': theta0= 90.0; theta1=180.0; break; /* second quadrant */
2572: case '3': theta0=180.0; theta1=270.0; break; /* third quadrant */
2573: case '4': theta0=270.0; theta1=360.0; break; } /* fourth quadrant */
2574: circle_recurse(rp,row0,col0,row1,col1,thickness,theta0,theta1);
2575: } /* --- end-of-for(qptr) --- */
2576: return ( 1 );
2577: } /* --- end-of-if(isrecurse) --- */
2578: for ( imajor=(nmajor+1)/2; ; imajor-- )
2579: {
2580: /* --- xy is coord along major axis, yx is "solved" along minor axis --- */
2581: xy = ((double)imajor); /* xy = abmajor ... 0 */
2582: if ( xy < 0.0 ) break; /* negative side symmetrical */
2583: yx2 = abminor2*(1.0 - xy*xy/abmajor2); /* "solve" ellipse equation */
2584: yx = (yx2>0.0? sqrt(yx2) : 0.0); /* take sqrt if possible */
2585: iminor = iround(yx); /* nearest integer */
2586: /* --- set pixels for each requested quadrant --- */
2587: for ( qptr=quads; *qptr!='\000'; qptr++ ) /* for each character in quads */
2588: {
2589: rsign = (-1); csign = 1; /* init row,col in user quadrant 1 */
2590: switch ( *qptr ) /* check for quadrant 1,2,3,4 */
2591: { default: break; /* unrecognized, assume quadrant 1 */
2592: case '4': rsign = 1; break; /* row,col both pos in quadrant 4 */
2593: case '3': rsign = 1; /* row pos, col neg in quadrant 3 */
2594: case '2': csign = (-1); break; } /* row,col both neg in quadrant 2 */
2595: irow = iround(midrow + (double)rsign*(islandscape?yx:xy));
2596: irow = min2(hirow,max2(lorow,irow)); /* keep irow in bounds */
2597: icol = iround(midcol + (double)csign*(islandscape?xy:yx));
2598: icol = min2(hicol,max2(locol,icol)); /* keep icol in bounds */
2599: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=49 ) /* debugging */
2600: fprintf(msgfp,"\t...imajor=%d; iminor,quad,irow,icol=%d,%c,%d,%d\n",
2601: imajor,iminor,*qptr,irow,icol);
2602: if ( irow<0 || irow>=rp->height /* row outside raster */
2603: || icol<0 || icol>=rp->width ) /* col outside raster */
2604: { isokay = 0; /* signal out-of-bounds pixel */
2605: continue; } /* but still try remaining points */
2606: setpixel(rp,irow,icol,255); /* set pixel at irow,icol */
2607: } /* --- end-of-for(qptr) --- */
2608: } /* --- end-of-for(imajor) --- */
2609: /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------
2610: now do it _again_ along minor axis to avoid "gaps"
2611: ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2612: if ( 1 && iminor>0 )
2613: for ( iminor=(nminor+1)/2; ; iminor-- )
2614: {
2615: /* --- yx is coord along minor axis, xy is "solved" along major axis --- */
2616: yx = ((double)iminor); /* yx = abminor ... 0 */
2617: if ( yx < 0.0 ) break; /* negative side symmetrical */
2618: xy2 = abmajor2*(1.0 - yx*yx/abminor2); /* "solve" ellipse equation */
2619: xy = (xy2>0.0? sqrt(xy2) : 0.0); /* take sqrt if possible */
2620: imajor = iround(xy); /* nearest integer */
2621: /* --- set pixels for each requested quadrant --- */
2622: for ( qptr=quads; *qptr!='\000'; qptr++ ) /* for each character in quads */
2623: {
2624: rsign = (-1); csign = 1; /* init row,col in user quadrant 1 */
2625: switch ( *qptr ) /* check for quadrant 1,2,3,4 */
2626: { default: break; /* unrecognized, assume quadrant 1 */
2627: case '4': rsign = 1; break; /* row,col both pos in quadrant 4 */
2628: case '3': rsign = 1; /* row pos, col neg in quadrant 3 */
2629: case '2': csign = (-1); break; } /* row,col both neg in quadrant 2 */
2630: irow = iround(midrow + (double)rsign*(islandscape?yx:xy));
2631: irow = min2(hirow,max2(lorow,irow)); /* keep irow in bounds */
2632: icol = iround(midcol + (double)csign*(islandscape?xy:yx));
2633: icol = min2(hicol,max2(locol,icol)); /* keep icol in bounds */
2634: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=49 ) /* debugging */
2635: fprintf(msgfp,"\t...iminor=%d; imajor,quad,irow,icol=%d,%c,%d,%d\n",
2636: iminor,imajor,*qptr,irow,icol);
2637: if ( irow<0 || irow>=rp->height /* row outside raster */
2638: || icol<0 || icol>=rp->width ) /* col outside raster */
2639: { isokay = 0; /* signal out-of-bounds pixel */
2640: continue; } /* but still try remaining points */
2641: setpixel(rp,irow,icol,255); /* set pixel at irow,icol */
2642: } /* --- end-of-for(qptr) --- */
2643: } /* --- end-of-for(iminor) --- */
2644: } /* --- end-of-if/else(nmajor<1) --- */
2645: return ( isokay );
2646: } /* --- end-of-function circle_raster() --- */
2647:
2648:
2649: /* ==========================================================================
2650: * Function: circle_recurse ( rp, row0, col0, row1, col1,
2651: * thickness, theta0, theta1 )
2652: * Purpose: Recursively draws arc theta0<=theta<=theta1 of the ellipse
2653: * in box determined by diagonally opposite corner points
2654: * (row0,col0) and (row1,col1), of thickness pixels in raster rp.
2655: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2656: * Arguments: rp (I) raster * to raster in which an ellipse
2657: * will be drawn
2658: * row0 (I) int containing 1st corner row bounding ellipse
2659: * (0 is topmost)
2660: * col0 (I) int containing 1st corner col bounding ellipse
2661: * (0 is leftmost)
2662: * row1 (I) int containing 2nd corner row bounding ellipse
2663: * (rp->height-1 is bottom-most)
2664: * col1 (I) int containing 2nd corner col bounding ellipse
2665: * (rp->width-1 is rightmost)
2666: * thickness (I) int containing number of pixels/bits
2667: * thick the ellipse arc line will be
2668: * theta0 (I) double containing first angle -360 -> +360
2669: * theta1 (I) double containing second angle -360 -> +360
2670: * 0=x-axis, positive moving counterclockwise
2671: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2672: * Returns: ( int ) 1 if ellipse drawn okay,
2673: * or 0 for any error.
2674: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2675: * Notes: o row0==row1 or col0==col1 are errors
2676: * o using ellipse equation x^2/a^2 + y^2/b^2 = 1
2677: * Then, with x=r*cos(theta), y=r*sin(theta), ellipse
2678: * equation is r = ab/sqrt(a^2*sin^2(theta)+b^2*cos^2(theta))
2679: * ======================================================================= */
2680: /* --- entry point --- */
2681: int circle_recurse ( raster *rp, int row0, int col0,
2682: int row1, int col1, int thickness, double theta0, double theta1 )
2683: {
2684: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2685: Allocations and Declarations
2686: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2687: /* --- lower-left and upper-right bounding points (in our coords) --- */
2688: int lorow = min2(row0,row1), /* lower bounding row (top of box) */
2689: locol = min2(col0,col1), /* lower bounding col (left of box)*/
2690: hirow = max2(row0,row1), /* upper bounding row (bot of box) */
2691: hicol = max2(col0,col1); /* upper bounding col (right of box)*/
2692: /* --- a and b ellipse params --- */
2693: int width = hicol-locol+1, /* width of bounding box */
2694: height= hirow-lorow+1; /* height of bounding box */
2695: double a = ((double)width)/2.0, /* col x=a when row y=0 */
2696: b = ((double)height)/2.0, /* row y=b when col x=0 */
2697: ab=a*b, a2=a*a, b2=b*b; /* product and squares */
2698: /* --- arc parameters --- */
2699: double rads = 0.017453292, /* radians per degree = 1/57.29578 */
2700: lotheta = rads*dmod(min2(theta0,theta1),360), /* smaller angle */
2701: hitheta = rads*dmod(max2(theta0,theta1),360), /* larger angle */
2702: locos=cos(lotheta), losin=sin(lotheta), /* trigs for lotheta */
2703: hicos=cos(hitheta), hisin=sin(hitheta), /* trigs for hitheta */
2704: rlo = ab/sqrt(b2*locos*locos+a2*losin*losin), /* r for lotheta */
2705: rhi = ab/sqrt(b2*hicos*hicos+a2*hisin*hisin), /* r for hitheta */
2706: xlo=rlo*locos, ylo=rlo*losin, /*col,row pixel coords for lotheta*/
2707: xhi=rhi*hicos, yhi=rhi*hisin, /*col,row pixel coords for hitheta*/
2708: xdelta=fabs(xhi-xlo), ydelta=fabs(yhi-ylo), /* col,row deltas */
2709: tolerance = 0.5; /* convergence tolerance */
2710: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2711: recurse if either delta > tolerance
2712: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2713: if ( ydelta > tolerance /* row hasn't converged */
2714: || xdelta > tolerance ) /* col hasn't converged */
2715: { double midtheta = 0.5*(theta0+theta1); /* mid angle for arc */
2716: circle_recurse(rp,row0,col0,row1,col1,thickness,theta0,midtheta); /*lo*/
2717: circle_recurse(rp,row0,col0,row1,col1,thickness,midtheta,theta1); }/*hi*/
2718: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2719: draw converged point
2720: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2721: else
2722: { double xcol=0.5*(xlo+xhi), yrow=0.5*(ylo+yhi), /* relative to center*/
2723: centerrow = 0.5*((double)(lorow+hirow)), /* ellipse y-center */
2724: centercol = 0.5*((double)(locol+hicol)), /* ellipse x-center */
2725: midrow=centerrow-yrow, midcol=centercol+xcol; /* pixel coords */
2726: setpixel(rp,iround(midrow),iround(midcol),255); } /* set midrow,midcol */
2727: return ( 1 );
2728: } /* --- end-of-function circle_recurse() --- */
2729:
2730:
2731: /* ==========================================================================
2732: * Function: bezier_raster ( rp, r0,c0, r1,c1, rt,ct )
2733: * Purpose: Recursively draw bezier from r0,c0 to r1,c1
2734: * (with tangent point rt,ct) in existing raster rp.
2735: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2736: * Arguments: rp (I) raster * to raster in which a line
2737: * will be drawn
2738: * r0 (I) double containing row at which
2739: * bezier will start (0 is topmost)
2740: * c0 (I) double containing col at which
2741: * bezier will start (0 is leftmost)
2742: * r1 (I) double containing row at which
2743: * bezier will end (rp->height-1 is bottom-most)
2744: * c1 (I) double containing col at which
2745: * bezier will end (rp->width-1 is rightmost)
2746: * rt (I) double containing row for tangent point
2747: * ct (I) double containing col for tangent point
2748: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2749: * Returns: ( int ) 1 if line drawn okay,
2750: * or 0 for any error.
2751: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2752: * Notes: o Recurses, drawing left- and right-halves of bezier curve
2753: * until a point is found
2754: * ======================================================================= */
2755: /* --- entry point --- */
2756: int bezier_raster ( raster *rp, double r0, double c0,
2757: double r1, double c1, double rt, double ct )
2758: {
2759: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2760: Allocations and Declarations
2761: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2762: double delrow = fabs(r1-r0), /* 0 if same row */
2763: delcol = fabs(c1-c0), /* 0 if same col */
2764: tolerance = 0.5; /* draw curve when it goes to point*/
2765: double midrow = 0.5*(r0+r1), /* midpoint row */
2766: midcol = 0.5*(c0+c1); /* midpoint col */
2767: int irow=0, icol=0; /* point to be drawn */
2768: int status = 1; /* return status */
2769: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2770: recurse if either delta > tolerance
2771: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2772: if ( delrow > tolerance /* row hasn't converged */
2773: || delcol > tolerance ) /* col hasn't converged */
2774: { bezier_raster(rp, r0,c0, /* left half */
2775: 0.5*(rt+midrow), 0.5*(ct+midcol),
2776: 0.5*(r0+rt), 0.5*(c0+ct) );
2777: bezier_raster(rp, 0.5*(rt+midrow), 0.5*(ct+midcol), /* right half */
2778: r1,c1,
2779: 0.5*(r1+rt), 0.5*(c1+ct) );
2780: return ( 1 ); }
2781: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2782: draw converged point
2783: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2784: /* --- get integer point --- */
2785: irow = iround(midrow); /* row pixel coord */
2786: icol = iround(midcol); /* col pixel coord */
2787: /* --- bounds check --- */
2788: if ( irow>=0 && irow<rp->height /* row in bounds */
2789: && icol>=0 && icol<rp->width ) /* col in bounds */
2790: setpixel(rp,irow,icol,255); /* so set pixel at irow,icol*/
2791: else status = 0; /* bad status if out-of-bounds */
2792: return ( status );
2793: } /* --- end-of-function bezier_raster() --- */
2794:
2795:
2796: /* ==========================================================================
2797: * Function: border_raster ( rp, ntop, nbot, isline, isfree )
2798: * Purpose: Allocate a new raster containing a copy of input rp,
2799: * along with ntop extra rows at top and nbot at bottom,
2800: * and whose width is either adjusted correspondingly,
2801: * or is automatically enlarged to a multiple of 8
2802: * with original bitmap centered
2803: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2804: * Arguments: rp (I) raster * to raster on which a border
2805: * is to be placed
2806: * ntop (I) int containing number extra rows at top.
2807: * if negative, abs(ntop) used, and same
2808: * number of extra cols added at left.
2809: * nbot (I) int containing number extra rows at bottom.
2810: * if negative, abs(nbot) used, and same
2811: * number of extra cols added at right.
2812: * isline (I) int containing 0 to leave border pixels clear
2813: * or >0 to draw a line around border of width
2814: * isline.
2815: * isfree (I) int containing true to free rp before return
2816: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2817: * Returns: ( raster * ) ptr to bordered raster,
2818: * or NULL for any error.
2819: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2820: * Notes: o
2821: * ======================================================================= */
2822: /* --- entry point --- */
2823: raster *border_raster ( raster *rp, int ntop, int nbot,
2824: int isline, int isfree )
2825: {
2826: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2827: Allocations and Declarations
2828: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2829: raster *new_raster(), *bp=(raster *)NULL; /*raster back to caller*/
2830: int rastput(); /* overlay rp in new bordered raster */
1.3 albertel 2831: int width = (rp==NULL?0:rp->width), /* width of raster */
2832: height = (rp==NULL?0:rp->height), /* height of raster */
2833: istopneg=0, isbotneg=0, /* true if ntop or nbot negative */
1.1 albertel 2834: leftmargin = 0; /* adjust width to whole number of bytes */
1.3 albertel 2835: int delete_raster(); /* free input rp if isfree is true */
1.1 albertel 2836: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2837: Initialization
2838: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2839: if ( rp == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* no input raster provided */
2840: if ( isstring || (1 && rp->height==1) ) /* explicit string signal or infer */
2841: { bp=rp; goto end_of_job; } /* return ascii string unchanged */
2842: /* --- check for negative args --- */
2843: if ( ntop < 0 ) { ntop = -ntop; istopneg=1; } /*flip positive and set flag*/
2844: if ( nbot < 0 ) { nbot = -nbot; isbotneg=1; } /*flip positive and set flag*/
2845: /* --- adjust height for ntop and nbot margins --- */
2846: height += (ntop+nbot); /* adjust height for margins */
2847: /* --- adjust width for left and right margins --- */
2848: if ( istopneg || isbotneg ) /*caller wants nleft=ntop and/or nright=nbot*/
2849: { /* --- adjust width (and leftmargin) as requested by caller -- */
2850: if ( istopneg ) { width += ntop; leftmargin = ntop; }
2851: if ( isbotneg ) width += nbot; }
2852: else
2853: { /* --- or adjust width (and leftmargin) to whole number of bytes --- */
2854: leftmargin = (width%8==0? 0 : 8-(width%8)); /*makes width multiple of 8*/
2855: width += leftmargin; /* width now multiple of 8 */
2856: leftmargin /= 2; } /* center original raster */
2857: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2858: allocate bordered raster, and embed rp within it
2859: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2860: /* --- allocate bordered raster --- */
2861: if ( (bp=new_raster(width,height,rp->pixsz)) /*allocate bordered raster*/
2862: == (raster *)NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* and quit if failed */
2863: /* --- embed rp in it --- */
2864: rastput(bp,rp,ntop,leftmargin,1); /* rp embedded in bp */
2865: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2866: draw border if requested
2867: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2868: if ( isline )
2869: { int irow, icol, nthick=isline; /*height,width index, line thickness*/
2870: /* --- draw left- and right-borders --- */
2871: for ( irow=0; irow<height; irow++ ) /* for each row of bp */
2872: for ( icol=0; icol<nthick; icol++ ) /* and each pixel of thickness */
2873: { setpixel(bp,irow,icol,255); /* left border */
2874: setpixel(bp,irow,width-1-icol,255); } /* right border */
2875: /* --- draw top- and bottom-borders --- */
2876: for ( icol=0; icol<width; icol++ ) /* for each col of bp */
2877: for ( irow=0; irow<nthick; irow++ ) /* and each pixel of thickness */
2878: { setpixel(bp,irow,icol,255); /* top border */
2879: setpixel(bp,height-1-irow,icol,255); } /* bottom border */
2880: } /* --- end-of-if(isline) --- */
2881: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2882: free rp if no longer needed
2883: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2884: if ( isfree ) /*caller no longer needs rp*/
2885: delete_raster(rp); /* so free it for him */
2886: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2887: Back to caller with bordered raster (or null for any error)
2888: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2889: end_of_job:
2890: return ( bp ); /* back with bordered or null ptr */
2891: } /* --- end-of-function border_raster() --- */
2892:
2893:
2894: /* ==========================================================================
1.3 albertel 2895: * Function: backspace_raster ( rp, nback, pback, minspace, isfree )
2896: * Purpose: Allocate a new raster containing a copy of input rp,
2897: * but with trailing nback columns removed.
2898: * If minspace>=0 then (at least) that many columns
2899: * of whitespace will be left in place, regardless of nback.
2900: * If minspace<0 then existing black pixels will be deleted
2901: * as required.
2902: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2903: * Arguments: rp (I) raster * to raster on which a border
2904: * is to be placed
2905: * nback (I) int containing number of columns to
2906: * backspace (>=0)
2907: * pback (O) ptr to int returning #pixels actually
2908: * backspaced (or NULL to not use)
2909: * minspace (I) int containing number of columns
2910: * of whitespace to be left in place
2911: * isfree (I) int containing true to free rp before return
2912: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2913: * Returns: ( raster * ) ptr to backspaced raster,
2914: * or NULL for any error.
2915: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2916: * Notes: o For \! negative space, for \hspace{-10}, etc.
2917: * ======================================================================= */
2918: /* --- entry point --- */
2919: raster *backspace_raster ( raster *rp, int nback, int *pback, int minspace,
2920: int isfree )
2921: {
2922: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2923: Allocations and Declarations
2924: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2925: raster *new_raster(), *bp=(raster *)NULL; /* raster returned to caller */
2926: int delete_raster(); /* free input rp if isfree is true */
2927: int width = (rp==NULL?0:rp->width), /* original width of raster */
2928: height = (rp==NULL?0:rp->height), /* height of raster */
2929: mback = nback, /* nback adjusted for minspace */
2930: newwidth = width, /* adjusted width after backspace */
2931: icol=0, irow=0; /* col,row index */
2932: if ( rp == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* no input given */
2933: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2934: locate rightmost column of rp containing ink, and determine backspaced width
2935: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2936: /* --- locate rightmost column of rp containing ink --- */
2937: if ( minspace >= 0 ) /* only needed if given minspace */
2938: for ( icol=width-1; icol>=0; icol-- ) /* find first non-empty col in row */
2939: for ( irow=0; irow<height; irow++ ) /* for each row inside rp */
2940: if ( getpixel(rp,irow,icol) != 0 ) { /* found a set pixel */
2941: int whitecols = (width-1) - icol; /* #cols containing white space */
2942: mback = min2(nback,max2(0,whitecols-minspace)); /*leave minspace cols*/
2943: goto gotright; } /* no need to look further */
2944: /* --- determine width of new backspaced raster --- */
2945: gotright: /* found col with ink (or rp empty)*/
2946: if ( mback > width ) mback = width; /* can't backspace before beginning*/
2947: newwidth = max2(1,width-mback); /* #cols in backspaced raster */
2948: if ( pback != NULL ) *pback = width-newwidth; /* caller wants #pixels */
2949: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2950: allocate new raster and fill it with leftmost cols of rp
2951: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2952: /* --- allocate backspaced raster --- */
2953: if ( (bp=new_raster(newwidth,height,rp->pixsz)) /*allocate backspaced raster*/
2954: == (raster *)NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* and quit if failed */
2955: /* --- fill new raster --- */
2956: if ( width-nback > 0 ) /* don't fill 1-pixel wide empty bp*/
2957: for ( icol=0; icol<newwidth; icol++ ) /* find first non-empty col in row */
2958: for ( irow=0; irow<height; irow++ ) /* for each row inside rp */
2959: { int value = getpixel(rp,irow,icol); /* original pixel at irow,icol */
2960: setpixel(bp,irow,icol,value); } /* saved in backspaced raster */
2961: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2962: Back to caller with backspaced raster (or null for any error)
2963: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2964: end_of_job:
2965: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=999 ) { fprintf(msgfp, /* diagnostics */
2966: "backspace_raster> nback=%d,minspace=%d,mback=%d, width:old=%d,new=%d\n",
2967: nback,minspace,mback,width,newwidth); fflush(msgfp); }
2968: if ( isfree && bp!=NULL ) delete_raster(rp); /* free original raster */
2969: return ( bp ); /* back with backspaced or null ptr*/
2970: } /* --- end-of-function backspace_raster() --- */
2971:
2972:
2973: /* ==========================================================================
1.1 albertel 2974: * Function: type_raster ( rp, fp )
2975: * Purpose: Emit an ascii dump representing rp, on fp.
2976: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2977: * Arguments: rp (I) ptr to raster struct for which an
2978: * ascii dump is to be constructed.
2979: * fp (I) File ptr to output device (defaults to
2980: * stdout if passed as NULL).
2981: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2982: * Returns: ( int ) 1 if completed successfully,
2983: * or 0 otherwise (for any error).
2984: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
2985: * Notes:
2986: * ======================================================================= */
2987: /* --- entry point --- */
2988: int type_raster ( raster *rp, FILE *fp )
2989: {
2990: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
2991: Allocations and Declarations
2992: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
2993: static int display_width = 72; /* max columns for display */
2994: static char display_chars[16] = /* display chars for bytemap */
2995: { ' ','1','2','3','4','5','6','7','8','9','A','B','C','D','E','*' };
2996: char scanline[133]; /* ascii image for one scan line */
2997: int scan_width; /* #chars in scan (<=display_width)*/
2998: int irow, locol,hicol=(-1); /* height index, width indexes */
1.2 albertel 2999: raster *gftobitmap(), *bitmaprp=rp; /* convert .gf to bitmap if needed */
3000: int delete_raster(); /*free bitmap converted for display*/
1.1 albertel 3001: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3002: initialization
3003: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3004: /* --- redirect null fp --- */
3005: if ( fp == (FILE *)NULL ) fp = stdout; /* default fp to stdout if null */
1.3 albertel 3006: if ( msglevel >= 999 ) { fprintf(fp, /* debugging diagnostics */
3007: "type_raster> width=%d height=%d ...\n",
3008: rp->width,rp->height); fflush(fp); }
1.1 albertel 3009: /* --- check for ascii string --- */
3010: if ( isstring /* pixmap has string, not raster */
1.2 albertel 3011: || (0 && rp->height==1) ) /* infer input rp is a string */
1.1 albertel 3012: {
3013: char *string = (char *)(rp->pixmap); /*interpret pixmap as ascii string*/
3014: int width = strlen(string); /* #chars in ascii string */
3015: while ( width > display_width-2 ) /* too big for one line */
3016: { fprintf(fp,"\"%.*s\"\n",display_width-2,string); /*display leading chars*/
3017: string += (display_width-2); /* bump string past displayed chars*/
3018: width -= (display_width-2); } /* decrement remaining width */
3019: fprintf(fp,"\"%.*s\"\n",width,string); /* display trailing chars */
3020: return ( 1 );
3021: } /* --- end-of-if(isstring) --- */
3022: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3023: display ascii dump of bitmap image (in segments if display_width < rp->width)
3024: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.2 albertel 3025: if ( rp->format == 2 /* input is .gf-formatted */
3026: || rp->format == 3 )
3027: bitmaprp = gftobitmap(rp); /* so convert it for display */
3028: if ( bitmaprp != NULL ) /* if we have image for display */
3029: while ( (locol=hicol+1) < rp->width ) /*start where prev segment left off*/
1.1 albertel 3030: {
3031: /* --- set hicol for this pass (locol set above) --- */
3032: hicol += display_width; /* show as much as display allows */
3033: if (hicol >= rp->width) hicol = rp->width - 1; /*but not more than raster*/
3034: scan_width = hicol-locol+1; /* #chars in this scan */
3035: if ( locol > 0 ) fprintf(fp,"----------\n"); /*separator between segments*/
3036: /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------
3037: display all scan lines for this local...hicol segment range
3038: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3039: for ( irow=0; irow<rp->height; irow++ ) /* all scan lines for col range */
3040: {
3041: /* --- allocations and declarations --- */
3042: int ipix, /* pixmap[] index for this scan */
3043: lopix = irow*rp->width + locol; /*first pixmap[] pixel in this scan*/
3044: /* --- set chars in scanline[] based on pixels in rp->pixmap[] --- */
3045: for ( ipix=0; ipix<scan_width; ipix++ ) /* set each char */
1.2 albertel 3046: if ( bitmaprp->pixsz == 1 ) /*' '=0 or '*'=1 to display bitmap*/
3047: scanline[ipix]=(getlongbit(bitmaprp->pixmap,lopix+ipix)==1? '*':'.');
1.1 albertel 3048: else /* should have a bytemap */
1.2 albertel 3049: if ( bitmaprp->pixsz == 8 ) /* double-check pixsz for bytemap */
3050: { int pixval = (int)((bitmaprp->pixmap)[lopix+ipix]), /*byte value*/
1.1 albertel 3051: ichar = min2(15,pixval/16); /* index for ' ', '1'...'e', '*' */
3052: scanline[ipix] = display_chars[ichar]; } /*set ' ' for 0-15, etc*/
3053: /* --- display completed scan line --- */
3054: fprintf(fp,"%.*s\n",scan_width,scanline);
3055: } /* --- end-of-for(irow) --- */
3056: } /* --- end-of-while(hicol<rp->width) --- */
3057: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3058: Back to caller with 1=okay, 0=failed.
3059: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.2 albertel 3060: if ( rp->format == 2 /* input was .gf-format */
3061: || rp->format == 3 )
3062: if ( bitmaprp != NULL ) /* and we converted it for display */
3063: delete_raster(bitmaprp); /* no longer needed, so free it */
1.1 albertel 3064: return ( 1 );
3065: } /* --- end-of-function type_raster() --- */
3066:
3067:
3068: /* ==========================================================================
3069: * Function: type_bytemap ( bp, grayscale, width, height, fp )
3070: * Purpose: Emit an ascii dump representing bp, on fp.
3071: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3072: * Arguments: bp (I) intbyte * to bytemap for which an
3073: * ascii dump is to be constructed.
3074: * grayscale (I) int containing #gray shades, 256 for 8-bit
3075: * width (I) int containing #cols in bytemap
3076: * height (I) int containing #rows in bytemap
3077: * fp (I) File ptr to output device (defaults to
3078: * stdout if passed as NULL).
3079: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3080: * Returns: ( int ) 1 if completed successfully,
3081: * or 0 otherwise (for any error).
3082: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3083: * Notes:
3084: * ======================================================================= */
3085: /* --- entry point --- */
3086: int type_bytemap ( intbyte *bp, int grayscale,
3087: int width, int height, FILE *fp )
3088: {
3089: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3090: Allocations and Declarations
3091: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3092: static int display_width = 72; /* max columns for display */
3093: int byte_width = 3, /* cols to display byte (ff+space) */
3094: maxbyte = 0; /* if maxbyte<16, set byte_width=2 */
3095: int white_byte = 0, /* show dots for white_byte's */
3096: black_byte = grayscale-1; /* show stars for black_byte's */
3097: char scanline[133]; /* ascii image for one scan line */
3098: int scan_width, /* #chars in scan (<=display_width)*/
3099: scan_cols; /* #cols in scan (hicol-locol+1) */
3100: int ibyte, /* bp[] index */
3101: irow, locol,hicol=(-1); /* height index, width indexes */
3102: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3103: initialization
3104: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3105: /* --- redirect null fp --- */
3106: if ( fp == (FILE *)NULL ) fp = stdout; /* default fp to stdout if null */
3107: /* --- check for ascii string --- */
3108: if ( isstring ) /* bp has ascii string, not raster */
3109: { width = strlen((char *)bp); /* #chars in ascii string */
3110: height = 1; } /* default */
3111: /* --- see if we can get away with byte_width=1 --- */
3112: for ( ibyte=0; ibyte<width*height; ibyte++ ) /* check all bytes */
3113: { int byteval = (int)bp[ibyte]; /* current byte value */
3114: if ( byteval < black_byte ) /* if it's less than black_byte */
3115: maxbyte = max2(maxbyte,byteval); } /* then find max non-black value */
3116: if ( maxbyte < 16 ) /* bytevals will fit in one column */
3117: byte_width = 1; /* so reset display byte_width */
3118: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3119: display ascii dump of bitmap image (in segments if display_width < rp->width)
3120: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3121: while ( (locol=hicol+1) < width ) /*start where prev segment left off*/
3122: {
3123: /* --- set hicol for this pass (locol set above) --- */
3124: hicol += display_width/byte_width; /* show as much as display allows */
3125: if (hicol >= width) hicol = width - 1; /* but not more than bytemap */
3126: scan_cols = hicol-locol+1; /* #cols in this scan */
3127: scan_width = byte_width*scan_cols; /* #chars in this scan */
3128: if ( locol>0 && !isstring ) fprintf(fp,"----------\n"); /* separator */
3129: /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------
3130: display all scan lines for this local...hicol segment range
3131: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
3132: for ( irow=0; irow<height; irow++ ) /* all scan lines for col range */
3133: {
3134: /* --- allocations and declarations --- */
3135: int lobyte = irow*width + locol; /* first bp[] byte in this scan */
3136: char scanbyte[32]; /* sprintf() buffer for byte */
3137: /* --- set chars in scanline[] based on bytes in bytemap bp[] --- */
3138: memset(scanline,' ',scan_width); /* blank out scanline */
3139: for ( ibyte=0; ibyte<scan_cols; ibyte++ ) /* set chars for each col */
3140: { int byteval = (int)bp[lobyte+ibyte]; /* value of current byte */
3141: memset(scanbyte,'.',byte_width); /* dot-fill scanbyte */
3142: if ( byteval == black_byte ) /* but if we have a black byte */
3143: memset(scanbyte,'*',byte_width); /* star-fill scanbyte instead */
3144: if ( byte_width > 1 ) /* don't blank out single char */
3145: scanbyte[byte_width-1] = ' '; /* blank-fill rightmost character */
3146: if ( byteval != white_byte /* format bytes that are non-white */
3147: && byteval != black_byte ) /* and that are non-black */
3148: sprintf(scanbyte,"%*x ",max2(1,byte_width-1),byteval); /*hex-format*/
3149: memcpy(scanline+ibyte*byte_width,scanbyte,byte_width); } /*in line*/
3150: /* --- display completed scan line --- */
3151: fprintf(fp,"%.*s\n",scan_width,scanline);
3152: } /* --- end-of-for(irow) --- */
3153: } /* --- end-of-while(hicol<width) --- */
3154: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3155: Back to caller with 1=okay, 0=failed.
3156: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3157: return ( 1 );
3158: } /* --- end-of-function type_bytemap() --- */
3159:
3160:
3161: /* ==========================================================================
3162: * Function: xbitmap_raster ( rp, fp )
3163: * Purpose: Emit a mime xbitmap representing rp, on fp.
3164: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3165: * Arguments: rp (I) ptr to raster struct for which a mime
3166: * xbitmap is to be constructed.
3167: * fp (I) File ptr to output device (defaults to
3168: * stdout if passed as NULL).
3169: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3170: * Returns: ( int ) 1 if completed successfully,
3171: * or 0 otherwise (for any error).
3172: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3173: * Notes:
3174: * ======================================================================= */
3175: /* --- entry point --- */
3176: int xbitmap_raster ( raster *rp, FILE *fp )
3177: {
3178: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3179: Allocations and Declarations
3180: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3181: char *title = "image"; /* dummy title */
3182: int hex_bitmap(); /* dump bitmap as hex bytes */
3183: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3184: emit text to display mime xbitmap representation of rp->bitmap image
3185: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3186: /* --- first redirect null fp --- */
3187: if ( fp == (FILE *)NULL ) fp = stdout; /* default fp to stdout if null */
3188: /* --- check for ascii string --- */
3189: if ( isstring ) /* pixmap has string, not raster */
3190: return ( 0 ); /* can't handle ascii string */
3191: /* --- emit prologue strings and hex dump of bitmap for mime xbitmap --- */
3192: fprintf( fp, "Content-type: image/x-xbitmap\n\n" );
3193: fprintf( fp, "#define %s_width %d\n#define %s_height %d\n",
3194: title,rp->width, title,rp->height );
3195: fprintf( fp, "static char %s_bits[] = {\n", title );
3196: hex_bitmap(rp,fp,0,0); /* emit hex dump of bitmap bytes */
3197: fprintf (fp,"};\n"); /* ending with "};" for C array */
3198: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3199: Back to caller with 1=okay, 0=failed.
3200: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3201: return ( 1 );
3202: } /* --- end-of-function xbitmap_raster() --- */
3203:
3204:
3205: /* ==========================================================================
1.2 albertel 3206: * Function: type_pbmpgm ( rp, ptype, file )
3207: * Purpose: Write pbm or pgm image of rp to file
3208: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3209: * Arguments: rp (I) ptr to raster struct for which
3210: * a pbm/pgm file is to be written.
3211: * ptype (I) int containing 1 for pbm, 2 for pgm, or
3212: * 0 to determine ptype from values in rp
3213: * file (I) ptr to null-terminated char string
3214: * containing name of fuke to be written
3215: * (see notes below).
3216: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3217: * Returns: ( int ) total #bytes written,
3218: * or 0 for any error.
3219: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3220: * Notes: o (a) If file==NULL, output is written to stdout;
3221: * (b) if *file=='\000' then file is taken as the
3222: * address of an output buffer to which output
3223: * is written (and is followed by a terminating
3224: * '\0' which is not counted in #bytes returned);
3225: * (c) otherwise file is the filename (opened and
3226: * closed internally) to which output is written,
3227: * except that any final .ext extension is replaced
3228: * by .pbm or .pgm depending on ptype.
3229: * ======================================================================= */
3230: /* --- entry point --- */
3231: int type_pbmpgm ( raster *rp, int ptype, char *file )
3232: {
3233: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3234: Allocations and Declarations
3235: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3236: int isokay=0, nbytes=0; /* completion flag, total #bytes written */
3237: int irow=0, jcol=0; /*height(row), width(col) indexes in raster*/
3238: int pixmin=9999, pixmax=(-9999), /* min, max pixel value in raster */
3239: ngray = 0; /* #gray scale values */
3240: FILE /* *fopen(), */ *fp=NULL; /* pointer to output file (or NULL) */
3241: char outline[1024], outfield[256], /* output line, field */
3242: cr[16] = "\n\000"; /* cr at end-of-line */
3243: int maxlinelen = 70; /* maximum allowed line length */
3244: int pixfrac=6; /* use (pixmax-pixmin)/pixfrac as step */
3245: static char
3246: *suffix[] = { NULL, ".pbm", ".pgm" }, /* file.suffix[ptype] */
3247: *magic[] = { NULL, "P1", "P2" }, /*identifying "magic number"*/
3248: *mode[] = { NULL, "w", "w" }; /* fopen() mode[ptype] */
3249: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3250: check input, determine grayscale, and set up output file if necessary
3251: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3252: /* --- check input args --- */
3253: if ( rp == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* no input raster provided */
3254: if ( ptype != 0 ) /* we'll determine ptype below */
3255: if ( ptype<1 || ptype>2 ) goto end_of_job; /*invalid output graphic format*/
3256: /* --- determine largest (and smallest) value in pixmap --- */
3257: for ( irow=0; irow<rp->height; irow++ ) /* for each row, top-to-bottom */
3258: for ( jcol=0; jcol<rp->width; jcol++ ) /* for each col, left-to-right */
3259: { int pixval = getpixel(rp,irow,jcol); /* value of pixel at irow,jcol */
3260: pixmin = min2(pixmin,pixval); /* new minimum */
3261: pixmax = max2(pixmax,pixval); } /* new maximum */
3262: ngray = 1 + (pixmax-pixmin); /* should be 2 for b/w bitmap */
3263: if ( ptype == 0 ) /* caller wants us to set ptype */
3264: ptype = (ngray>=3?2:1); /* use grayscale if >2 shades */
3265: /* --- open output file if necessary --- */
3266: if ( file == NULL ) fp = stdout; /*null ptr signals output to stdout*/
3267: else if ( *file != '\000' ) { /* explicit filename provided, so...*/
3268: char fname[512], *pdot=NULL; /* file.ext, ptr to last . in fname*/
3269: strncpy(fname,file,255); /* local copy of file name */
3270: fname[255] = '\000'; /* make sure it's null terminated */
3271: if ( (pdot=strrchr(fname,'.')) == NULL ) /*no extension on original name*/
3272: strcat(fname,suffix[ptype]); /* so add extension */
3273: else /* we already have an extension */
3274: strcpy(pdot,suffix[ptype]); /* so replace original extension */
3275: if ( (fp = fopen(fname,mode[ptype])) /* open output file */
3276: == (FILE *)NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if failed to open */
3277: } /* --- ens-of-if(*file!='\0') --- */
3278: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3279: format and write header
3280: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3281: /* --- format header info --- */
3282: *outline = '\000'; /* initialize line buffer */
3283: strcat(outline,magic[ptype]); /* begin file with "magic number" */
3284: strcat(outline,cr); /* followed by cr to end line */
3285: sprintf(outfield,"%d %d",rp->width,rp->height); /* format width and height */
3286: strcat(outline,outfield); /* add width and height to header */
3287: strcat(outline,cr); /* followed by cr to end line */
3288: if ( ptype == 2 ) /* need max grayscale value */
3289: { sprintf(outfield,"%d",pixmax); /* format maximum pixel value */
3290: strcat(outline,outfield); /* add max value to header */
3291: strcat(outline,cr); } /* followed by cr to end line */
3292: /* --- write header to file or memory buffer --- */
3293: if ( fp == NULL ) /* if we have no open file... */
3294: strcat(file,outline); /* add header to caller's buffer */
3295: else /* or if we have an open file... */
3296: if ( fputs(outline,fp) /* try writing header to open file */
3297: == EOF ) goto end_of_job; /* return with error if failed */
3298: nbytes += strlen(outline); /* bump output byte count */
3299: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3300: format and write pixels
3301: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3302: *outline = '\000'; /* initialize line buffer */
3303: for ( irow=0; irow<=rp->height; irow++ ) /* for each row, top-to-bottom */
3304: for ( jcol=0; jcol<rp->width; jcol++ ) { /* for each col, left-to-right */
3305: /* --- format value at irow,jcol--- */
3306: *outfield = '\000'; /* init empty field */
3307: if ( irow < rp->height ) { /* check row index */
3308: int pixval = getpixel(rp,irow,jcol); /* value of pixel at irow,jcol */
3309: if ( ptype == 1 ) /* pixval must be 1 or 0 */
3310: pixval = (pixval>pixmin+((pixmax-pixmin)/pixfrac)?1:0);
3311: sprintf(outfield,"%d ",pixval); } /* format pixel value */
3312: /* --- write line if this value won't fit on it (or last line) --- */
3313: if ( strlen(outline)+strlen(outfield)+strlen(cr) >= maxlinelen /*won't fit*/
3314: || irow >= rp->height ) { /* force writing last line */
3315: strcat(outline,cr); /* add cr to end current line */
3316: if ( fp == NULL ) /* if we have no open file... */
3317: strcat(file,outline); /* add header to caller's buffer */
3318: else /* or if we have an open file... */
3319: if ( fputs(outline,fp) /* try writing header to open file */
3320: == EOF ) goto end_of_job; /* return with error if failed */
3321: nbytes += strlen(outline); /* bump output byte count */
3322: *outline = '\000'; /* re-initialize line buffer */
3323: } /* --- end-of-if(strlen>=maxlinelen) --- */
3324: if ( irow >= rp->height ) break; /* done after writing last line */
3325: /* --- concatanate value to line -- */
3326: strcat(outline,outfield); /* concatanate value to line */
3327: } /* --- end-of-for(jcol,irow) --- */
3328: isokay = 1; /* signal successful completion */
3329: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3330: Back to caller with total #bytes written, or 0=failed.
3331: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3332: end_of_job:
3333: if ( fp != NULL /* output written to an open file */
3334: && fp != stdout ) /* and it's not just stdout */
3335: fclose(fp); /* so close file before returning */
3336: return ( (isokay?nbytes:0) ); /*back to caller with #bytes written*/
3337: } /* --- end-of-function type_pbmpgm() --- */
3338:
3339:
3340: /* ==========================================================================
1.1 albertel 3341: * Function: cstruct_chardef ( cp, fp, col1 )
3342: * Purpose: Emit a C struct of cp on fp, starting in col1.
3343: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3344: * Arguments: cp (I) ptr to chardef struct for which
3345: * a C struct is to be generated.
3346: * fp (I) File ptr to output device (defaults to
3347: * stdout if passed as NULL).
3348: * col1 (I) int containing 0...65; output lines
3349: * are preceded by col1 blanks.
3350: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3351: * Returns: ( int ) 1 if completed successfully,
3352: * or 0 otherwise (for any error).
3353: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3354: * Notes:
3355: * ======================================================================= */
3356: /* --- entry point --- */
3357: int cstruct_chardef ( chardef *cp, FILE *fp, int col1 )
3358: {
3359: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3360: Allocations and Declarations
3361: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3362: char field[64]; /* field within output line */
3363: int cstruct_raster(), /* emit a raster */
3364: emit_string(); /* emit a string and comment */
3365: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3366: emit charnum, location, name / hirow, hicol, lorow, locol
3367: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3368: /* --- charnum, location, name --- */
3369: sprintf(field,"{ %3d,%5d,\n", cp->charnum,cp->location); /*char#,location*/
3370: emit_string ( fp, col1, field, "character number, location");
3371: /* --- toprow, topleftcol, botrow, botleftcol --- */
1.2 albertel 3372: sprintf(field," %3d,%2d, %3d,%2d,\n", /* format... */
1.1 albertel 3373: cp->toprow,cp->topleftcol, /* toprow, topleftcol, */
3374: cp->botrow,cp->botleftcol); /* and botrow, botleftcol */
3375: emit_string ( fp, col1, field, "topleft row,col, and botleft row,col");
3376: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3377: emit raster and chardef's closing brace, and then return to caller
3378: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3379: cstruct_raster(&cp->image,fp,col1+4); /* emit raster */
3380: emit_string ( fp, 0, " }", NULL); /* emit closing brace */
3381: return ( 1 ); /* back to caller with 1=okay, 0=failed */
3382: } /* --- end-of-function cstruct_chardef() --- */
3383:
3384:
3385: /* ==========================================================================
3386: * Function: cstruct_raster ( rp, fp, col1 )
3387: * Purpose: Emit a C struct of rp on fp, starting in col1.
3388: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3389: * Arguments: rp (I) ptr to raster struct for which
3390: * a C struct is to be generated.
3391: * fp (I) File ptr to output device (defaults to
3392: * stdout if passed as NULL).
3393: * col1 (I) int containing 0...65; output lines
3394: * are preceded by col1 blanks.
3395: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3396: * Returns: ( int ) 1 if completed successfully,
3397: * or 0 otherwise (for any error).
3398: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3399: * Notes:
3400: * ======================================================================= */
3401: /* --- entry point --- */
3402: int cstruct_raster ( raster *rp, FILE *fp, int col1 )
3403: {
3404: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3405: Allocations and Declarations
3406: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3407: char field[64]; /* field within output line */
3408: char typecast[64] = "(pixbyte *)"; /* type cast for pixmap string */
3409: int hex_bitmap(); /* to emit raster bitmap */
3410: int emit_string(); /* emit a string and comment */
3411: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3412: emit width and height
3413: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.2 albertel 3414: sprintf(field,"{ %2d, %3d,%2d,%2d, %s\n", /* format width,height,pixsz */
3415: rp->width,rp->height,rp->format,rp->pixsz,typecast);
3416: emit_string ( fp, col1, field, "width,ht, fmt,pixsz,map...");
1.1 albertel 3417: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3418: emit bitmap and closing brace, and return to caller
3419: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3420: hex_bitmap(rp,fp,col1+2,1); /* emit bitmap */
3421: emit_string ( fp, 0, " }", NULL); /* emit closing brace */
3422: return ( 1 ); /* back to caller with 1=okay, 0=failed */
3423: } /* --- end-of-function cstruct_raster() --- */
3424:
3425:
3426: /* ==========================================================================
3427: * Function: hex_bitmap ( rp, fp, col1, isstr )
3428: * Purpose: Emit a hex dump of the bitmap of rp on fp, starting in col1.
3429: * If isstr (is string) is true, the dump is of the form
3430: * "\x01\x02\x03\x04\x05..."
3431: * Otherwise, if isstr is false, the dump is of the form
3432: * 0x01,0x02,0x03,0x04,0x05...
3433: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3434: * Arguments: rp (I) ptr to raster struct for which
3435: * a hex dump is to be constructed.
3436: * fp (I) File ptr to output device (defaults to
3437: * stdout if passed as NULL).
3438: * col1 (I) int containing 0...65; output lines
3439: * are preceded by col1 blanks.
3440: * isstr (I) int specifying dump format as described above
3441: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3442: * Returns: ( int ) 1 if completed successfully,
3443: * or 0 otherwise (for any error).
3444: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3445: * Notes:
3446: * ======================================================================= */
3447: /* --- entry point --- */
3448: int hex_bitmap ( raster *rp, FILE *fp, int col1, int isstr )
3449: {
3450: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3451: Allocations and Declarations
3452: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.2 albertel 3453: int ibyte, /* pixmap[ibyte] index */
3454: nbytes = pixbytes(rp); /*#bytes in bitmap or .gf-formatted*/
1.1 albertel 3455: char stub[64]=" ";/* col1 leading blanks */
3456: int linewidth = 64, /* (roughly) rightmost column */
3457: colwidth = (isstr? 4:5); /* #cols required for each byte */
3458: int ncols = (linewidth-col1)/colwidth; /* new line after ncols bytes */
3459: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3460: initialization
3461: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3462: /* --- redirect null fp --- */
3463: if ( fp == (FILE *)NULL ) fp = stdout; /* default fp to stdout if null */
3464: /* --- emit initial stub if wanted --- */
3465: if ( col1 > 0 ) fprintf(fp,"%.*s",col1,stub); /* stub preceding 1st line */
3466: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3467: emit hex dump of rp->bitmap image
3468: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3469: if ( isstr ) fprintf(fp,"\""); /* opening " before first line */
3470: for ( ibyte=0; ibyte<nbytes; ibyte++ ) /* one byte at a time */
3471: {
3472: /* --- display a byte as hex char or number, depending on isstr --- */
3473: if ( isstr ) /* string format wanted */
3474: fprintf(fp,"\\x%02x",(rp->pixmap)[ibyte]); /*print byte as hex char*/
3475: else /* comma-separated format wanted */
3476: fprintf(fp,"0x%02x",(rp->pixmap)[ibyte]); /*print byte as hex number*/
3477: /* --- add a separator and newline, etc, as necessary --- */
3478: if ( ibyte < nbytes-1) /* not the last byte yet */
3479: {
3480: if ( !isstr ) fprintf(fp,","); /* follow hex number with comma */
1.3 albertel 3481: if ( (ibyte+1)%ncols==0 ) { /* need new line after every ncols */
1.1 albertel 3482: if ( !isstr ) /* for hex numbers format ... */
3483: fprintf(fp,"\n%.*s",col1,stub); /* ...just need newline and stub */
3484: else /* for string format... */
1.3 albertel 3485: fprintf(fp,"\"\n%.*s\"",col1,stub); } /*...need closing, opening "s*/
1.1 albertel 3486: } /* --- end-of-if(ibyte<nbytes-1) --- */
3487: } /* --- end-of-for(ibyte) --- */
3488: if ( isstr ) fprintf(fp,"\""); /* closing " after last line */
3489: return ( 1 ); /* back with 1=okay, 0=failed */
3490: } /* --- end-of-function hex_bitmap() --- */
3491:
3492:
3493: /* ==========================================================================
3494: * Function: emit_string ( fp, col1, string, comment )
3495: * Purpose: Emit string on fp, starting in col1,
3496: * and followed by right-justified comment.
3497: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3498: * Arguments: fp (I) File ptr to output device (defaults to
3499: * stdout if passed as NULL).
3500: * col1 (I) int containing 0 or #blanks preceding string
3501: * string (I) char * containing string to be emitted.
3502: * If last char of string is '\n',
3503: * the emitted line ends with a newline,
3504: * otherwise not.
3505: * comment (I) NULL or char * containing right-justified
3506: * comment (we enclose between /star and star/)
3507: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3508: * Returns: ( int ) 1 if completed successfully,
3509: * or 0 otherwise (for any error).
3510: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3511: * Notes: o
3512: * ======================================================================= */
3513: /* --- entry point --- */
3514: int emit_string ( FILE *fp, int col1, char *string, char *comment )
3515: {
3516: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3517: Allocations and Declarations
3518: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3519: char line[256]; /* construct line with caller's fields */
3520: int fieldlen; /* #chars in one of caller's fields */
3521: int linelen = 72; /*line length (for right-justified comment)*/
3522: int isnewline = 0; /* true to emit \n at end of line */
3523: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3524: construct line containing prolog, string, epilog, and finally comment
3525: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3526: /* --- init line --- */
3527: memset(line,' ',255); /* start line with blanks */
3528: /* --- embed string into line --- */
3529: if ( string != NULL ) /* if caller gave us a string... */
3530: { fieldlen = strlen(string); /* #cols required for string */
3531: if ( string[fieldlen-1] == '\n' ) /* check last char for newline */
3532: { isnewline = 1; /* got it, so set flag */
3533: fieldlen--; } /* but don't print it yet */
3534: memcpy(line+col1,string,fieldlen); /* embid string starting at col1 */
3535: col1 += fieldlen; } /* bump col past epilog */
3536: /* --- embed comment into line --- */
3537: if ( comment != NULL ) /* if caller gave us a comment... */
3538: { fieldlen = 6 + strlen(comment); /* plus /star, star/, 2 spaces */
3539: if ( linelen-fieldlen < col1 ) /* comment won't fit */
3540: fieldlen -= (col1 - (linelen-fieldlen)); /* truncate comment to fit */
3541: if ( fieldlen > 6 ) /* can fit all or part of comment */
3542: sprintf(line+linelen-fieldlen,"/%c %.*s %c/", /* so embed it in line */
3543: '*', fieldlen-6,comment, '*');
3544: col1 = linelen; } /* indicate line filled */
3545: /* --- line completed --- */
3546: line[col1] = '\000'; /* null-terminate completed line */
3547: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3548: emit line, then back to caller with 1=okay, 0=failed.
3549: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3550: /* --- first redirect null fp --- */
3551: if ( fp == (FILE *)NULL ) fp = stdout; /* default fp to stdout if null */
3552: /* --- emit line (and optional newline) --- */
3553: fprintf(fp,"%.*s",linelen,line); /* no more than linelen chars */
3554: if ( isnewline ) fprintf(fp,"\n"); /*caller wants terminating newline*/
3555: return ( 1 );
3556: } /* --- end-of-function emit_string() --- */
3557:
3558:
3559: /* ==========================================================================
1.2 albertel 3560: * Function: gftobitmap ( gf )
3561: * Purpose: convert .gf-like pixmap to bitmap image
3562: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3563: * Arguments: gf (I) raster * to struct in .gf-format
3564: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3565: * Returns: ( raster * ) image-format raster * if successful,
3566: * or NULL for any error.
3567: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3568: * Notes: o
3569: * ======================================================================= */
3570: /* --- entry point --- */
3571: raster *gftobitmap ( raster *gf )
3572: {
3573: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3574: Allocations and Declarations
3575: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3576: raster *new_raster(), *rp=NULL; /* image raster retuned to caller */
3577: int width=0, height=0, totbits=0; /* gf->width, gf->height, #bits */
3578: int format=0, icount=0, ncounts=0, /*.gf format, count index, #counts*/
3579: ibit=0, bitval=0; /* bitmap index, bit value */
3580: int isrepeat = 1, /* true to process repeat counts */
3581: repeatcmds[2] = {255,15}, /*opcode for repeat/duplicate count*/
3582: nrepeats=0, irepeat=0, /* scan line repeat count,index */
3583: wbits = 0; /* count bits to width of scan line*/
3584: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3585: initialization
3586: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3587: /* --- check args --- */
3588: if ( gf == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* input raster not provided */
3589: format = gf->format; /* 2 or 3 */
3590: if ( format!=2 && format!=3 ) goto end_of_job; /* invalid raster format */
3591: ncounts = gf->pixsz; /*pixsz is really #counts in pixmap*/
3592: /* --- allocate output raster with proper dimensions for bitmap --- */
3593: width=gf->width; height=gf->height; /* dimensions of raster */
3594: if ( (rp = new_raster(width,height,1)) /* allocate new raster and bitmap */
3595: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if failed to allocate */
3596: totbits = width*height; /* total #bits in image */
3597: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3598: fill bitmap
3599: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3600: for ( icount=0,bitval=0; icount<ncounts; icount++ )
3601: {
3602: int nbits = (int)(getbyfmt(format,gf->pixmap,icount)); /*#bits to set*/
3603: if ( isrepeat /* we're proxessing repeat counts */
1.3 albertel 3604: && nbits == repeatcmds[format-2] ) { /* and repeat opcode found */
1.2 albertel 3605: if ( nrepeats == 0 ) /* recursive repeat is error */
3606: { nrepeats = (int)(getbyfmt(format,gf->pixmap,icount+1));/*repeat count*/
3607: nbits = (int)(getbyfmt(format,gf->pixmap,icount+2)); /*#bits to set*/
3608: icount += 2; } /* bump byte/nibble count */
3609: else /* some internal error occurred */
3610: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=1 ) /* report error */
1.3 albertel 3611: fprintf(msgfp,"gftobitmap> found embedded repeat command\n"); }
1.2 albertel 3612: if ( 0 )
3613: fprintf(stdout,
3614: "gftobitmap> icount=%d bitval=%d nbits=%d ibit=%d totbits=%d\n",
3615: icount,bitval,nbits,ibit,totbits);
3616: for ( ; nbits>0; nbits-- ) /* count down */
3617: { if ( ibit >= totbits ) goto end_of_job; /* overflow check */
3618: for ( irepeat=0; irepeat<=nrepeats; irepeat++ )
3619: if ( bitval == 1 ) /* set pixel */
3620: { setlongbit(rp->pixmap,(ibit+irepeat*width)); }
3621: else /* clear pixel */
3622: { unsetlongbit(rp->pixmap,(ibit+irepeat*width)); }
3623: if ( nrepeats > 0 ) wbits++; /* count another repeated bit */
3624: ibit++; } /* bump bit index */
3625: bitval = 1-bitval; /* flip bit value */
3626: if ( wbits >= width ) { /* completed repeats */
3627: ibit += nrepeats*width; /*bump bit count past repeated scans*/
3628: if ( wbits > width ) /* out-of alignment error */
3629: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=1 ) /* report error */
3630: fprintf(msgfp,"gftobitmap> width=%d wbits=%d\n",width,wbits);
3631: wbits = nrepeats = 0; } /* reset repeat counts */
3632: } /* --- end-of-for(icount) --- */
3633: end_of_job:
3634: return ( rp ); /* back to caller with image */
3635: } /* --- end-of-function gftobitmap() --- */
3636:
3637:
3638: /* ==========================================================================
1.1 albertel 3639: * Function: get_symdef ( symbol )
3640: * Purpose: returns mathchardef struct for symbol
3641: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3642: * Arguments: symbol (I) char * containing symbol
3643: * whose corresponding mathchardef is wanted
3644: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3645: * Returns: ( mathchardef * ) pointer to struct defining symbol,
3646: * or NULL for any error
3647: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3648: * Notes: o Input symbol need only contain a leading substring to match,
3649: * e.g., \gam passed in symbol will match \gamma in the table.
3650: * If the table contains two or more possible matches,
3651: * the shortest is returned, e.g., input \e will return with
3652: * data for \eta rather than \epsilon. To get \epsilon,
3653: * you must pass a leading substring long enough to eliminate
3654: * shorter table matches, i.e., in this case \ep
3655: * ======================================================================= */
3656: /* --- entry point --- */
3657: mathchardef *get_symdef ( char *symbol )
3658: {
3659: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3660: Allocations and Declarations
3661: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3662: mathchardef *symdefs = symtable; /* table of mathchardefs */
1.3 albertel 3663: int ligdef=0, get_ligature(); /* or we may have a ligature */
1.1 albertel 3664: int idef = 0, /* symdefs[] index */
3665: bestdef = (-9999); /*index of shortest matching symdef*/
3666: int symlen = strlen(symbol), /* length of input symbol */
3667: deflen, minlen=9999; /*length of shortest matching symdef*/
3668: int /*alnumsym = (symlen==1 && isalnum(*symbol)),*/ /*alphanumeric sym*/
3669: alphasym = (symlen==1 && isalpha(*symbol)); /* or alpha symbol */
1.2 albertel 3670: int family = fontinfo[fontnum].family; /* current font family */
1.1 albertel 3671: static char *displaysyms[][2] = { /*xlate to Big sym for \displaystyle*/
1.2 albertel 3672: /* --- see table on page 536 in TLC2 --- */
1.1 albertel 3673: {"\\int", "\\Bigint"},
3674: {"\\oint", "\\Bigoint"},
3675: {"\\sum", "\\Bigsum"},
3676: {"\\prod", "\\Bigprod"},
3677: {"\\coprod", "\\Bigcoprod"},
1.2 albertel 3678: /* --- must be 'big' when related to similar binary operators --- */
3679: {"\\bigcup", "\\Bigcup"},
3680: {"\\bigsqcup", "\\Bigsqcup"},
3681: {"\\bigcap", "\\Bigcap"},
3682: /*{"\\bigsqcap", "\\sqcap"},*/ /* don't have \Bigsqcap */
3683: {"\\bigodot", "\\Bigodot"},
3684: {"\\bigoplus", "\\Bigoplus"},
3685: {"\\bigominus", "\\ominus"},
3686: {"\\bigotimes", "\\Bigotimes"},
3687: {"\\bigoslash", "\\oslash"},
3688: {"\\biguplus", "\\Biguplus"},
3689: {"\\bigwedge", "\\Bigwedge"},
3690: {"\\bigvee", "\\Bigvee"},
1.1 albertel 3691: {NULL, NULL} };
3692: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.3 albertel 3693: First check for ligature
3694: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3695: isligature = 0; /* init signal for no ligature */
3696: if ( family == CYR10 ) /*only check for cyrillic ligatures*/
3697: if ( (ligdef=get_ligature(subexprptr,family)) /* check for ligature */
3698: >= 0 ) /* found a ligature */
3699: { bestdef = ligdef; /* set bestdef for ligature */
3700: isligature = 1; /* signal we found a ligature */
3701: goto end_of_job; } /* so just give it to caller */
3702: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.1 albertel 3703: If in \displaystyle mode, first xlate int to Bigint, etc.
3704: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3705: if ( isdisplaystyle > 1 ) /* we're in \displaystyle mode */
3706: for ( idef=0; ; idef++ ) { /* lookup symbol in displaysyms */
3707: char *fromsym = displaysyms[idef][0], /* look for this symbol */
3708: *tosym = displaysyms[idef][1]; /* and xlate it to this symbol */
3709: if ( fromsym == NULL ) break; /* end-of-table */
3710: if ( !strcmp(symbol,fromsym) ) /* found a match */
3711: { if ( msglevel>=99 && msgfp!=NULL ) /* debugging output */
3712: { fprintf(msgfp,"get_symdef> isdisplaystyle=%d, xlated %s to %s\n",
3713: isdisplaystyle,symbol,tosym); fflush(msgfp); }
3714: symbol = tosym; /* so look up tosym instead */
3715: symlen = strlen(symbol); /* reset symbol length */
3716: break; } /* no need to search further */
3717: } /* --- end-of-for(idef) --- */
3718: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3719: search symdefs[] in order for first occurrence of symbol
3720: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3721: for ( idef=0; ;idef++ ) /* until trailer record found */
3722: if ( symdefs[idef].symbol == NULL ) break; /* reached end-of-table */
3723: else /* check against caller's symbol */
3724: if ( strncmp(symbol,symdefs[idef].symbol,symlen) == 0 ) /* found match */
1.3 albertel 3725: if ( (fontnum==0||family==CYR10) /* mathmode, so check every match */
1.2 albertel 3726: || (0 && istextmode && (!alphasym /* text mode and not alpha symbol */
3727: || symdefs[idef].handler!=NULL)) /* or text mode and directive */
3728: || (symdefs[idef].family==family /* have correct family */
3729: && symdefs[idef].handler==NULL) ) /* and not a handler collision */
3730: #if 0
3731: || (fontnum==1 && symdefs[idef].family==CMR10) /*textmode && rm text*/
3732: || (fontnum==2 && symdefs[idef].family==CMMI10) /*textmode && it text*/
3733: || (fontnum==3 && symdefs[idef].family==BBOLD10 /*textmode && bb text*/
3734: && symdefs[idef].handler==NULL)
3735: || (fontnum==4 && symdefs[idef].family==CMMIB10 /*textmode && bf text*/
3736: && symdefs[idef].handler==NULL) )
3737: #endif
1.1 albertel 3738: if ( (deflen=strlen(symdefs[idef].symbol)) < minlen ) /*new best match*/
3739: { bestdef = idef; /* save index of new best match */
3740: if ( (minlen = deflen) /* and save its len for next test */
3741: == symlen ) break; } /*perfect match, so return with it*/
3742: if ( bestdef < 0 ) /* failed to look up symbol */
1.2 albertel 3743: if ( fontnum != 0 ) /* we're in a restricted font mode */
3744: { int oldfontnum = fontnum; /* save current font family */
3745: mathchardef *symdef = NULL; /* lookup result with fontnum=0 */
3746: fontnum = 0; /*try to look up symbol in any font*/
3747: symdef = get_symdef(symbol); /* repeat lookup with fontnum=0 */
3748: fontnum = oldfontnum; /* reset font family */
3749: return symdef; } /* caller gets fontnum=0 lookup */
1.3 albertel 3750: end_of_job:
3751: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=999 ) /* debugging output */
3752: { fprintf(msgfp,
3753: "get_symdef> symbol=%s matches symtable[%d]=%s (isligature=%d)\n",
3754: symbol,bestdef,(bestdef<0?"NotFound":symdefs[bestdef].symbol),isligature);
1.1 albertel 3755: fflush(msgfp); }
1.3 albertel 3756: return ( (bestdef<0? NULL : &(symdefs[bestdef])) );/*NULL or best symdef[]*/
1.1 albertel 3757: } /* --- end-of-function get_symdef() --- */
3758:
3759:
3760: /* ==========================================================================
1.3 albertel 3761: * Function: get_ligature ( expression, family )
3762: * Purpose: returns symtable[] index for ligature
3763: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3764: * Arguments: expression (I) char * containing ligature
3765: * whose corresponding mathchardef is wanted
3766: * family (I) int containing NOVALUE for any family,
3767: * or, e.g., CYR10 for cyrillic, etc.
3768: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3769: * Returns: ( int ) symtable[] index defining ligature,
3770: * or -9999 if no ligature found or for any error
3771: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3772: * Notes: o
3773: * ======================================================================= */
3774: /* --- entry point --- */
3775: int get_ligature ( char *expression, int family )
3776: {
3777: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3778: Allocations and Declarations
3779: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3780: mathchardef *symdefs = symtable; /* table of mathchardefs */
3781: char *ligature = expression /*- 1*/, /* expression ptr */
3782: *symbol = NULL; /* symdefs[idef].symbol */
3783: int liglen = strlen(ligature); /* #chars remaining in expression */
3784: int iscyrfam = (family==CYR10); /* true for cyrillic families */
3785: int idef = 0, /* symdefs[] index */
3786: bestdef = (-9999), /*index of longest matching symdef*/
3787: maxlen=(-9999); /*length of longest matching symdef*/
3788: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3789: search symdefs[] in order for first occurrence of symbol
3790: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3791: if ( !isstring ) { /* no ligatures in "string" mode */
3792: for ( idef=0; ;idef++ ) /* until trailer record found */
3793: if ( (symbol=symdefs[idef].symbol) == NULL ) break; /* end-of-table */
3794: else { /* check against caller's ligature */
3795: int symlen = strlen(symbol); /* #chars in symbol */
3796: if ( ( symlen>1 || iscyrfam ) /*ligature >1 char long or cyrillic*/
3797: && symlen <= liglen /* and enough remaining chars */
3798: && ( *symbol!='\\' || iscyrfam ) /* not escaped or cyrillic */
3799: && symdefs[idef].handler == NULL ) /* and not a handler */
3800: if ( strncmp(ligature,symbol,symlen) == 0 ) /* found match */
3801: if ( family < 0 /* no family specifies */
3802: || symdefs[idef].family == family ) /* or have correct family */
3803: if ( symlen > maxlen ) /* new longest ligature */
3804: { bestdef = idef; /* save index of new best match */
3805: maxlen = symlen; } /* and save its len for next test */
3806: } /* --- end-of-if/else(symbol==NULL) --- */
3807: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=999 ) /* debugging output */
3808: { fprintf(msgfp,"get_ligature> ligature=%.4s matches symtable[%d]=%s\n",
3809: ligature,bestdef,(bestdef<0?"NotFound":symdefs[bestdef].symbol));
3810: fflush(msgfp); }
3811: } /* --- end-of-if(!isstring) --- */
3812: return ( bestdef ); /* -9999 or index of best symdef[] */
3813: } /* --- end-of-function get_ligature --- */
3814:
3815:
3816: /* ==========================================================================
1.1 albertel 3817: * Function: get_chardef ( symdef, size )
3818: * Purpose: returns chardef ptr containing data for symdef at given size
3819: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3820: * Arguments: symdef (I) mathchardef * corresponding to symbol
3821: * whose corresponding chardef is wanted
1.2 albertel 3822: * size (I) int containing 0-5 for desired size
1.1 albertel 3823: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3824: * Returns: ( chardef * ) pointer to struct defining symbol at size,
3825: * or NULL for any error
3826: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3827: * Notes: o if size unavailable, the next-closer-to-normalsize
3828: * is returned instead.
3829: * ======================================================================= */
3830: /* --- entry point --- */
3831: chardef *get_chardef ( mathchardef *symdef, int size )
3832: {
3833: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3834: Allocations and Declarations
3835: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3836: fontfamily *fonts = fonttable; /* table of font families */
3837: chardef **fontdef, /*tables for desired font, by size*/
3838: *gfdata = (chardef *)NULL; /* chardef for symdef,size */
3839: int ifont; /* fonts[] index */
3840: int family, charnum; /* indexes retrieved from symdef */
3841: int sizeinc = 0, /*+1 or -1 to get closer to normal*/
3842: normalsize = 2; /* this size always present */
3843: int isBig = 0; /*true if symbol's 1st char is upper*/
3844: char *symptr = NULL; /* look for 1st alpha of symbol */
3845: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3846: initialization
3847: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3848: /* --- check symdef --- */
1.3 albertel 3849: if ( symdef == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* get_symdef() probably failed */
1.1 albertel 3850: /* --- get local copy of indexes from symdef --- */
3851: family = symdef->family; /* font family containing symbol */
3852: charnum = symdef->charnum; /* char# of symbol within font */
3853: /* --- check for supersampling --- */
3854: if ( issupersampling ) /* check for supersampling fonts */
3855: if ( fonts != ssfonttable ) /* uh oh--probably internal error */
3856: { fonts = ssfonttable; } /* force it */
3857: /* --- check requested size, and set size increment --- */
3858: if ( 0 && issupersampling ) /* set size index for supersampling */
3859: size = LARGESTSIZE+1; /* index 1 past largest size */
3860: else /* low pass indexes 0...LARGESTSIZE */
3861: {
3862: if( size<0 ) size = 0; /* size was definitely too small */
3863: if( size>LARGESTSIZE ) size = LARGESTSIZE; /* or definitely too large */
3864: if( size<normalsize ) sizeinc = (+1); /*use next larger if size too small*/
3865: if( size>normalsize ) sizeinc = (-1); /*or next smaller if size too large*/
3866: }
3867: /* --- check for really big symbol (1st char of symbol name uppercase) --- */
3868: for ( symptr=symdef->symbol; *symptr!='\000'; symptr++ ) /*skip leading \'s*/
3869: if ( isalpha(*symptr) ) /* found leading alpha char */
3870: { isBig = isupper(*symptr); /* is 1st char of name uppercase? */
3871: if ( !isBig /* 1st char lowercase */
3872: && strlen(symptr) >= 4 ) /* but followed by at least 3 chars */
3873: isBig = !memcmp(symptr,"big\\",4) /* isBig if name starts with big\ */
3874: || !memcmp(symptr,"bigg",4); /* or with bigg */
3875: break; } /* don't check beyond 1st char */
3876: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3877: find font family in table of fonts[]
3878: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3879: /* --- look up font family --- */
3880: for ( ifont=0; ;ifont++ ) /* until trailer record found */
1.3 albertel 3881: if ( fonts[ifont].family < 0 ) { /* error, no such family */
3882: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=99 ) { /* emit error */
3883: fprintf(msgfp,"get_chardef> failed to find font family %d\n",
3884: family); fflush(msgfp); }
3885: goto end_of_job; } /* quit if can't find font family*/
1.1 albertel 3886: else if ( fonts[ifont].family == family ) break; /* found font family */
3887: /* --- get local copy of table for this family by size --- */
3888: fontdef = fonts[ifont].fontdef; /* font by size */
3889: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3890: get font in desired size, or closest available size, and return symbol
3891: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3892: /* --- get font in desired size --- */
3893: while ( 1 ) /* find size or closest available */
3894: if ( fontdef[size] != NULL ) break; /* found available size */
3895: else /* adjust size closer to normal */
3896: if ( size == NORMALSIZE /* already normal so no more sizes,*/
1.3 albertel 3897: || sizeinc == 0 ) { /* or must be supersampling */
3898: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=99 ) { /* emit error */
3899: fprintf(msgfp,"get_chardef> failed to find font size %d\n",
3900: size); fflush(msgfp); }
3901: goto end_of_job; } /* quit if can't find desired size */
1.1 albertel 3902: else /*bump size 1 closer to NORMALSIZE*/
3903: size += sizeinc; /* see if adjusted size available */
3904: /* --- ptr to chardef struct --- */
3905: gfdata = &((fontdef[size])[charnum]); /*ptr to chardef for symbol in size*/
3906: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3907: kludge to tweak CMEX10 (which appears to have incorrect descenders)
3908: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3909: if ( family == CMEX10 ) /* cmex10 needs tweak */
3910: { int height = gfdata->toprow - gfdata->botrow + 1; /*total height of char*/
3911: gfdata->botrow = (isBig? (-height/3) : (-height/4));
3912: gfdata->toprow = gfdata->botrow + gfdata->image.height; }
3913: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3914: return subraster containing chardef data for symbol in requested size
3915: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.3 albertel 3916: end_of_job:
3917: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=999 )
3918: { if (symdef == NULL) fprintf(msgfp,"get_chardef> input symdef==NULL\n");
3919: else
3920: fprintf(msgfp,"get_chardef> requested symbol=\"%s\" size=%d %s\n",
3921: symdef->symbol,size,(gfdata==NULL?"FAILED":"Succeeded"));
3922: fflush(msgfp); }
3923: return ( gfdata ); /*ptr to chardef for symbol in size*/
1.1 albertel 3924: } /* --- end-of-function get_chardef() --- */
3925:
3926:
3927: /* ==========================================================================
3928: * Function: get_charsubraster ( symdef, size )
3929: * Purpose: returns new subraster ptr containing
3930: * data for symdef at given size
3931: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.2 albertel 3932: * Arguments: symdef (I) mathchardef * corresponding to symbol whose
3933: * corresponding chardef subraster is wanted
3934: * size (I) int containing 0-5 for desired size
1.1 albertel 3935: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3936: * Returns: ( subraster * ) pointer to struct defining symbol at size,
3937: * or NULL for any error
3938: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
3939: * Notes: o just wraps a subraster envelope around get_chardef()
3940: * ======================================================================= */
3941: /* --- entry point --- */
3942: subraster *get_charsubraster ( mathchardef *symdef, int size )
3943: {
3944: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3945: Allocations and Declarations
3946: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3947: chardef *get_chardef(), *gfdata=NULL; /* chardef struct for symdef,size */
3948: int get_baseline(); /* baseline of gfdata */
3949: subraster *new_subraster(), *sp=NULL; /* subraster containing gfdata */
1.2 albertel 3950: raster *bitmaprp=NULL, *gftobitmap(); /* convert .gf-format to bitmap */
3951: int delete_subraster(); /* in case gftobitmap() fails */
1.1 albertel 3952: int aasupsamp(), /*antialias char with supersampling*/
3953: grayscale=256; /* aasupersamp() parameters */
3954: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
3955: look up chardef for symdef at size, and embed data (gfdata) in subraster
3956: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
3957: if ( (gfdata=get_chardef(symdef,size)) /* look up chardef for symdef,size */
3958: != NULL ) /* and check that we found it */
3959: if ( (sp=new_subraster(0,0,0)) /* allocate subraster "envelope" */
3960: != NULL ) /* and check that we succeeded */
3961: {
1.2 albertel 3962: raster *image = &(gfdata->image); /* ptr to chardef's bitmap or .gf */
3963: int format = image->format; /* 1=bitmap, else .gf */
1.1 albertel 3964: sp->symdef = symdef; /* replace NULL with caller's arg */
3965: sp->size = size; /*replace default with caller's size*/
3966: sp->baseline = get_baseline(gfdata); /* get baseline of character */
1.2 albertel 3967: if ( format == 1 ) /* already a bitmap */
3968: { sp->type = CHARASTER; /* static char raster */
3969: sp->image = image; } /* store ptr to its bitmap */
3970: else /* need to convert .gf-to-bitmap */
3971: if ( (bitmaprp = gftobitmap(image)) /* convert */
3972: != (raster *)NULL ) /* successful */
3973: { sp->type = IMAGERASTER; /* allocated raster will be freed */
3974: sp->image = bitmaprp; } /* store ptr to converted bitmap */
3975: else /* conversion failed */
3976: { delete_subraster(sp); /* free unneeded subraster */
3977: sp = (subraster *)NULL; /* signal error to caller */
3978: goto end_of_job; } /* quit */
1.1 albertel 3979: if ( issupersampling ) /* antialias character right here */
3980: {
3981: raster *aa = NULL; /* antialiased char raster */
3982: int status = aasupsamp(sp->image,&aa,shrinkfactor,grayscale);
3983: if ( status ) /* supersampled successfully */
3984: { int baseline = sp->baseline; /* baseline before supersampling */
3985: int height = gfdata->image.height; /* #rows before supersampling */
3986: sp->image = aa; /* replace chardef with ss image */
3987: if ( baseline >= height-1 ) /* baseline at bottom of char */
3988: sp->baseline = aa->height -1; /* so keep it at bottom */
3989: else /* char has descenders */
3990: sp->baseline /= shrinkfactor; /* rescale baseline */
3991: sp->type = IMAGERASTER; } /* character is an image raster */
3992: } /* --- end-of-if(issupersampling) --- */
3993: } /* --- end-of-if(sp!=NULL) --- */
1.2 albertel 3994: end_of_job:
3995: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=999 )
1.3 albertel 3996: { fprintf(msgfp,"get_charsubraster> requested symbol=\"%s\" baseline=%d"
3997: " %s %s\n", symdef->symbol, (sp==NULL?0:sp->baseline),
3998: (sp==NULL?"FAILED":"Succeeded"), (gfdata==NULL?"(gfdata=NULL)":" "));
3999: fflush(msgfp); }
1.1 albertel 4000: return ( sp ); /* back to caller */
4001: } /* --- end-of-function get_charsubraster() --- */
4002:
4003:
4004: /* ==========================================================================
1.2 albertel 4005: * Function: get_symsubraster ( symbol, size )
4006: * Purpose: returns new subraster ptr containing
4007: * data for symbol at given size
4008: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4009: * Arguments: symbol (I) char * corresponding to symbol
4010: * whose corresponding subraster is wanted
4011: * size (I) int containing 0-5 for desired size
4012: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4013: * Returns: ( subraster * ) pointer to struct defining symbol at size,
4014: * or NULL for any error
4015: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4016: * Notes: o just combines get_symdef() and get_charsubraster()
4017: * ======================================================================= */
4018: /* --- entry point --- */
4019: subraster *get_symsubraster ( char *symbol, int size )
4020: {
4021: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4022: Allocations and Declarations
4023: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4024: subraster *sp=NULL, *get_charsubraster(); /* subraster containing gfdata */
4025: mathchardef *symdef=NULL, *get_symdef(); /* mathchardef lookup for symbol */
4026: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4027: look up mathchardef for symbol
4028: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4029: if ( symbol != NULL ) /* user supplied input symbol */
4030: symdef = get_symdef(symbol); /*look up corresponding mathchardef*/
4031: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4032: look up chardef for mathchardef and wrap a subraster structure around data
4033: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4034: if ( symdef != NULL ) /* lookup succeeded */
4035: sp = get_charsubraster(symdef,size); /* so get symbol data in subraster */
4036: return ( sp ); /* back to caller with sp or NULL */
4037: } /* --- end-of-function get_symsubraster() --- */
4038:
4039:
4040: /* ==========================================================================
1.1 albertel 4041: * Function: get_baseline ( gfdata )
4042: * Purpose: returns baseline for a chardef struct
4043: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4044: * Arguments: gfdata (I) chardef * containing chardef for symbol
4045: * whose baseline is wanted
4046: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4047: * Returns: ( int ) baseline for symdef,
4048: * or -1 for any error
4049: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4050: * Notes: o Unlike TeX, the top-left corners of our rasters are (0,0),
4051: * with (row,col) increasing as you move down and right.
4052: * Baselines are calculated with respect to this scheme,
4053: * so 0 would mean the very top row is on the baseline
4054: * and everything else descends below the baseline.
4055: * ======================================================================= */
4056: /* --- entry point --- */
4057: int get_baseline ( chardef *gfdata )
4058: {
4059: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4060: Allocations and Declarations
4061: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4062: int /*toprow = gfdata->toprow,*/ /*TeX top row from .gf file info*/
4063: botrow = gfdata->botrow, /*TeX bottom row from .gf file info*/
4064: height = gfdata->image.height; /* #rows comprising symbol */
4065: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4066: give caller baseline
4067: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4068: return ( (height-1) + botrow ); /* note: descenders have botrow<0 */
4069: } /* --- end-of-function get_baseline() --- */
4070:
4071:
4072: /* ==========================================================================
4073: * Function: get_delim ( char *symbol, int height, int family )
4074: * Purpose: returns subraster corresponding to the samllest
4075: * character containing symbol, but at least as large as height,
4076: * and in caller's family (if specified).
4077: * If no symbol character as large as height is available,
4078: * then the largest availabale character is returned instead.
4079: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4080: * Arguments: symbol (I) char * containing (substring of) desired
4081: * symbol, e.g., if symbol="(", then any
4082: * mathchardef like "(" or "\\(", etc, match.
4083: * height (I) int containing minimum acceptable height
4084: * for returned character
4085: * family (I) int containing -1 to consider all families,
4086: * or, e.g., CMEX10 for only that family
4087: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4088: * Returns: ( subraster * ) best matching character available,
4089: * or NULL for any error
4090: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4091: * Notes: o If height is passed as negative, its absolute value is used
4092: * but the best-fit width is searched for (rather than height)
4093: * ======================================================================= */
4094: /* --- entry point --- */
4095: subraster *get_delim ( char *symbol, int height, int family )
4096: {
4097: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4098: Allocations and Declarations
4099: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4100: mathchardef *symdefs = symtable; /* table of mathchardefs */
4101: subraster *get_charsubraster(), *sp=(subraster *)NULL; /* best match char */
4102: subraster *make_delim(); /* construct delim if can't find it*/
4103: chardef *get_chardef(), *gfdata=NULL; /* get chardef struct for a symdef */
4104: char lcsymbol[256], *symptr, /* lowercase symbol for comparison */
4105: *unescsymbol = symbol; /* unescaped symbol */
4106: int symlen = (symbol==NULL?0:strlen(symbol)), /* #chars in caller's sym*/
4107: deflen = 0; /* length of symdef (aka lcsymbol) */
4108: int idef = 0, /* symdefs[] index */
4109: bestdef = (-9999), /* index of best fit symdef */
4110: bigdef = (-9999); /*index of biggest (in case no best)*/
4111: int size = 0, /* size index 0...LARGESTSIZE */
4112: bestsize = (-9999), /* index of best fit size */
4113: bigsize = (-9999); /*index of biggest (in case no best)*/
4114: int defheight, bestheight=9999, /* height of best fit symdef */
4115: bigheight = (-9999); /*height of biggest(in case no best)*/
4116: int iswidth = 0; /* true if best-fit width desired */
4117: int isunesc = 0, /* true if leading escape removed */
4118: issq=0, isoint=0; /* true for \sqcup,etc, \oint,etc */
1.3 albertel 4119: int iscurly = 0; /* true for StMary's curly symbols */
1.1 albertel 4120: char *bigint="bigint", *bigoint="bigoint"; /* substitutes for int, oint */
4121: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4122: determine if searching height or width, and search symdefs[] for best-fit
4123: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4124: /* --- arg checks --- */
4125: if ( symlen < 1 ) return (sp); /* no input symbol suplied */
4126: if ( strcmp(symbol,"e") == 0 ) return(sp); /* e causes segfault??? */
1.3 albertel 4127: if ( strstr(symbol,"curly") != NULL ) iscurly=1; /* user wants curly delim */
1.1 albertel 4128: /* --- ignore leading escapes for CMEX10 --- */
4129: if ( 1 ) /* ignore leading escape */
4130: if ( (family==CMEX10 || family==CMSYEX) ) { /* for CMEX10 or CMSYEX */
4131: if ( strstr(symbol,"sq") != NULL ) /* \sq symbol requested */
4132: issq = 1; /* seq \sq signal */
4133: if ( strstr(symbol,"oint") != NULL ) /* \oint symbol requested */
4134: isoint = 1; /* seq \oint signal */
4135: if ( *symbol=='\\' ) /* have leading \ */
4136: { unescsymbol = symbol+1; /* push past leading \ */
4137: if ( --symlen < 1 ) return(sp); /* one less char */
4138: if ( strcmp(unescsymbol,"int") == 0 ) /* \int requested by caller */
4139: unescsymbol = bigint; /* but big version looks better */
4140: if ( strcmp(unescsymbol,"oint") == 0 ) /* \oint requested by caller */
4141: unescsymbol = bigoint; /* but big version looks better */
4142: symlen = strlen(unescsymbol); /* explicitly recalculate length */
4143: isunesc = 1; } /* signal leading escape removed */
4144: } /* --- end-of-if(family) --- */
4145: /* --- determine whether searching for best-fit height or width --- */
4146: if ( height < 0 ) /* negative signals width search */
4147: { height = (-height); /* flip "height" positive */
4148: iswidth = 1; } /* set flag for width search */
4149: /* --- search symdefs[] for best-fit height (or width) --- */
4150: for ( idef=0; ;idef++ ) /* until trailer record found */
4151: {
4152: char *defsym = symdefs[idef].symbol; /* local copies */
4153: int deffam = symdefs[idef].family;
4154: if ( defsym == NULL ) break; /* reached end-of-table */
4155: else /* check against caller's symbol */
4156: if ( family<0 || deffam == family /* if explicitly in caller's family*/
1.2 albertel 4157: || (family==CMSYEX && (deffam==CMSY10||deffam==CMEX10||deffam==STMARY10)) )
1.1 albertel 4158: {
4159: strcpy(lcsymbol,defsym); /* local copy of symdefs[] symbol */
4160: if ( isunesc && *lcsymbol=='\\' ) /* ignored leading \ in symbol */
4161: strcpy(lcsymbol,lcsymbol+1); /* so squeeze it out of lcsymbol too*/
4162: if ( 0 ) /* don't ignore case */
4163: for ( symptr=lcsymbol; *symptr!='\000'; symptr++ ) /*for each symbol ch*/
4164: if ( isalpha(*symptr) ) *symptr=tolower(*symptr); /*lowercase the char*/
4165: deflen = strlen(lcsymbol); /* #chars in symbol we're checking */
4166: if ((symptr=strstr(lcsymbol,unescsymbol)) != NULL) /*found caller's sym*/
4167: if ( (isoint || strstr(lcsymbol,"oint")==NULL) /* skip unwanted "oint"*/
4168: && (issq || strstr(lcsymbol,"sq")==NULL) ) /* skip unwanted "sq" */
1.3 albertel 4169: if ( ( deffam == CMSY10 ? /* CMSY10 or not CMSY10 */
1.1 albertel 4170: symptr == lcsymbol /* caller's sym is a prefix */
4171: && deflen == symlen: /* and same length */
1.3 albertel 4172: (iscurly || strstr(lcsymbol,"curly")==NULL) &&/*not unwanted curly*/
4173: (symptr == lcsymbol /* caller's sym is a prefix */
4174: || symptr == lcsymbol+deflen-symlen) ) ) /* or a suffix */
1.1 albertel 4175: for ( size=0; size<=LARGESTSIZE; size++ ) /* check all font sizes */
4176: if ( (gfdata=get_chardef(&(symdefs[idef]),size)) != NULL ) /*got one*/
4177: { defheight = gfdata->image.height; /* height of this character */
4178: if ( iswidth ) /* width search wanted instead... */
4179: defheight = gfdata->image.width; /* ...so substitute width */
4180: leftsymdef = &(symdefs[idef]); /* set symbol class, etc */
4181: if ( defheight>=height && defheight<bestheight ) /*new best fit*/
4182: { bestdef=idef; bestsize=size; /* save indexes of best fit */
4183: bestheight = defheight; } /* and save new best height */
4184: if ( defheight >= bigheight ) /* new biggest character */
4185: { bigdef=idef; bigsize=size; /* save indexes of biggest */
4186: bigheight = defheight; } /* and save new big height */
4187: } /* --- end-of-if(gfdata!=NULL) --- */
4188: } /* --- end-of-if(family) --- */
4189: } /* --- end-of-for(idef) --- */
4190: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4191: construct subraster for best fit character, and return it to caller
4192: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4193: if ( bestdef >= 0 ) /* found a best fit for caller */
4194: sp = get_charsubraster(&(symdefs[bestdef]),bestsize); /* best subraster */
1.2 albertel 4195: if ( (sp==NULL && height-bigheight>5) /* try to construct delim */
4196: || bigdef < 0 ) /* delim not in font tables */
1.1 albertel 4197: sp = make_delim(symbol,(iswidth?-height:height)); /* try to build delim */
4198: if ( sp==NULL && bigdef>=0 ) /* just give biggest to caller */
4199: sp = get_charsubraster(&(symdefs[bigdef]),bigsize); /* biggest subraster */
1.2 albertel 4200: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=99 )
4201: fprintf(msgfp,"get_delim> symbol=%.50s, height=%d family=%d isokay=%s\n",
4202: (symbol==NULL?"null":symbol),height,family,(sp==NULL?"fail":"success"));
1.1 albertel 4203: return ( sp );
4204: } /* --- end-of-function get_delim() --- */
4205:
4206:
4207: /* ==========================================================================
4208: * Function: make_delim ( char *symbol, int height )
4209: * Purpose: constructs subraster corresponding to symbol
4210: * exactly as large as height,
4211: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4212: * Arguments: symbol (I) char * containing, e.g., if symbol="("
4213: * for desired delimiter
4214: * height (I) int containing height
4215: * for returned character
4216: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4217: * Returns: ( subraster * ) constructed delimiter
4218: * or NULL for any error
4219: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4220: * Notes: o If height is passed as negative, its absolute value is used
4221: * and interpreted as width (rather than height)
4222: * ======================================================================= */
4223: /* --- entry point --- */
4224: subraster *make_delim ( char *symbol, int height )
4225: {
4226: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4227: Allocations and Declarations
4228: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4229: subraster *sp = (subraster *)NULL, /* subraster returned to caller */
4230: *new_subraster(); /* allocate subraster */
1.2 albertel 4231: subraster *get_symsubraster(), /* look up delim pieces in cmex10 */
4232: *symtop=NULL, *symbot=NULL, *symmid=NULL, *symbar=NULL, /* pieces */
4233: *topsym=NULL, *botsym=NULL, *midsym=NULL, *barsym=NULL, /* +filler */
4234: *rastack(), *rastcat(); /* stack pieces, concat filler */
4235: int isdrawparen = 0; /*1=draw paren, 0=build from pieces*/
1.1 albertel 4236: raster *rasp = (raster *)NULL; /* sp->image */
4237: int isokay=0, delete_subraster(); /* set true if delimiter drawn ok */
1.2 albertel 4238: int pixsz = 1, /* pixels are one bit each */
4239: symsize = 0; /* size arg for get_symsubraster() */
1.1 albertel 4240: int thickness = 1; /* drawn lines are one pixel thick */
4241: int aspectratio = 8; /* default height/width for parens */
4242: int iswidth = 0, /*true if width specified by height*/
4243: width = height; /* #pixels width (e.g., of ellipse)*/
1.2 albertel 4244: char *lp=NULL, *rp=NULL, /* check symbol for left or right */
4245: *lp2=NULL, *rp2=NULL, /* synonym for lp,rp */
4246: *lp3=NULL, *rp3=NULL, /* synonym for lp,rp */
4247: *lp4=NULL, *rp4=NULL; /* synonym for lp,rp */
1.1 albertel 4248: int circle_raster(), /* ellipse for ()'s in sp->image */
4249: rule_rsater(), /* horizontal or vertical lines */
4250: line_raster(); /* line between two points */
1.2 albertel 4251: subraster *uparrow_subraster(); /* up/down arrows */
4252: int isprealloc = 1; /*pre-alloc subraster, except arrow*/
4253: int oldsmashmargin = smashmargin, /* save original smashmargin */
1.3 albertel 4254: wasnocatspace = isnocatspace; /* save original isnocatspace */
1.1 albertel 4255: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4256: initialization
4257: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4258: /* --- determine whether constructing height or width --- */
4259: if ( height < 0 ) /* negative "height" signals width */
4260: { width = height = (-height); /* flip height positive */
4261: iswidth = 1; } /* set flag for width */
4262: if ( height < 3 ) goto end_of_job; /* too small, must be error */
4263: /* --- set default width (or height) accordingly --- */
4264: if ( iswidth ) height = (width+(aspectratio+1)/2)/aspectratio;
4265: else width = (height+(aspectratio+1)/2)/aspectratio;
4266: if ( strchr(symbol,'=') != NULL /* left or right || bracket wanted */
1.2 albertel 4267: || strstr(symbol,"\\|") != NULL /* same || in standard tex notation*/
4268: || strstr(symbol,"dbl") != NULL ) /* semantic bracket with ||'s */
4269: width = max2(width,6); /* need space between two |'s */
1.1 albertel 4270: if ( width < 2 ) width=2; /* set min width */
4271: if ( strchr(symbol,'(') != NULL /* if left ( */
4272: || strchr(symbol,')') != NULL ) /* or right ) paren wanted */
1.2 albertel 4273: { width = (3*width)/2; /* adjust width */
4274: if ( !isdrawparen ) isprealloc=0; } /* don't prealloc if building */
4275: if ( strchr(symbol,'/') != NULL /* left / */
4276: || strstr(symbol,"\\\\") != NULL /* or \\ for right \ */
4277: || strstr(symbol,"backsl") != NULL ) /* or \backslash for \ */
4278: width = max2(height/3,5);
4279: if ( strstr(symbol,"arrow") != NULL ) /* arrow wanted */
4280: { width = min2(height/3,20); /* adjust width */
4281: isprealloc = 0; } /* don't preallocate subraster */
4282: if ( strchr(symbol,'{') != NULL /* if left { */
4283: || strchr(symbol,'}') != NULL ) /* or right } brace wanted */
4284: { isprealloc = 0; } /* don't preallocate */
1.1 albertel 4285: /* --- allocate and initialize subraster for constructed delimiter --- */
1.2 albertel 4286: if ( isprealloc ) /* pre-allocation wanted */
4287: { if ( (sp=new_subraster(width,height,pixsz)) /* allocate new subraster */
4288: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if failed */
4289: /* --- initialize delimiter subraster parameters --- */
4290: sp->type = IMAGERASTER; /* image */
4291: sp->symdef = NULL; /* not applicable for image */
4292: sp->baseline = height/2 + 2; /* is a little above center good? */
4293: sp->size = NORMALSIZE; /* size (probably unneeded) */
4294: rasp = sp->image; } /* pointer to image in subraster */
1.1 albertel 4295: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4296: ( ) parens
4297: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4298: if ( (lp=strchr(symbol,'(')) != NULL /* left ( paren wanted */
4299: || (rp=strchr(symbol,')')) != NULL ) /* right ) paren wanted */
4300: {
1.2 albertel 4301: if ( isdrawparen ) { /* draw the paren */
4302: int mywidth = min2(width,20); /* max width for ()'s */
4303: circle_raster ( rasp, /* embedded raster image */
1.1 albertel 4304: 0, 0, /* row0,col0 are upper-left corner */
4305: height-1, mywidth-1, /* row1,col1 are lower-right */
4306: thickness, /* line thickness is 1 pixel */
4307: (rp==NULL?"23":"41") ); /* "1234" quadrants to be drawn */
1.2 albertel 4308: isokay = 1; } /* set flag */
4309: else {
4310: int isleft = (lp!=NULL?1:0); /* true for left, false for right */
4311: char *parentop = (isleft?"\\leftparentop":"\\rightparentop"),
4312: *parenbot = (isleft?"\\leftparenbot":"\\rightparenbot"),
4313: *parenbar = (isleft?"\\leftparenbar":"\\rightparenbar");
4314: int baseht=0, barht=0, /* height of base=top+bot, bar */
4315: ibar=0, nbars=0; /* bar index, #bars between top&bot*/
4316: int largestsize = min2(2,LARGESTSIZE), /* largest size for parens */
4317: topfill=(isleft?0:0), botfill=(isleft?0:0),
4318: barfill=(isleft?0:7); /* alignment fillers */
4319: /* --- get pieces at largest size smaller than total height --- */
4320: for ( symsize=largestsize; symsize>=0; symsize-- ) /*largest to smallest*/
4321: {
4322: /* --- get pieces at current test size --- */
4323: isokay = 1; /* check for all pieces */
4324: if ( (symtop=get_symsubraster(parentop,symsize)) == NULL ) isokay=0;
4325: if ( (symbot=get_symsubraster(parenbot,symsize)) == NULL ) isokay=0;
4326: if ( (symbar=get_symsubraster(parenbar,symsize)) == NULL ) isokay=0;
4327: /* --- check sum of pieces against total desired height --- */
4328: if ( isokay ) { /* all pieces retrieved */
4329: baseht = (symtop->image)->height + (symbot->image)->height; /*top+bot*/
4330: barht = (symbar->image)->height; /* bar height */
4331: if ( baseht < height+5 ) break; /* largest base that's not too big */
4332: if ( symsize < 1 ) break; /* or smallest available base */
4333: } /* --- end-of-if(isokay) --- */
4334: /* --- free test pieces that were too big --- */
4335: if ( symtop != NULL ) delete_subraster(symtop); /* free top */
4336: if ( symbot != NULL ) delete_subraster(symbot); /* free bot */
4337: if ( symbar != NULL ) delete_subraster(symbar); /* free bar */
4338: isokay = 0; /* nothing available */
4339: if ( symsize < 1 ) break; /* leave isokay=0 after smallest */
4340: } /* --- end-of-for(symsize) --- */
4341: /* --- construct brace from pieces --- */
4342: if ( isokay ) { /* we have the pieces */
4343: /* --- add alignment fillers --- */
1.3 albertel 4344: smashmargin=0; isnocatspace=99; /*turn off rastcat smashing,space*/
1.2 albertel 4345: topsym = (topfill>0?rastcat(new_subraster(topfill,1,1),symtop,3):symtop);
4346: botsym = (botfill>0?rastcat(new_subraster(botfill,1,1),symbot,3):symbot);
4347: barsym = (barfill>0?rastcat(new_subraster(barfill,1,1),symbar,3):symbar);
4348: smashmargin = oldsmashmargin; /* reset smashmargin */
1.3 albertel 4349: isnocatspace = wasnocatspace; /* reset isnocatspace */
1.2 albertel 4350: /* --- #bars needed between top and bot --- */
4351: nbars = (barht<1?0:max2(0,1+(height-baseht)/barht)); /* #bars needed */
4352: /* --- stack pieces --- */
4353: sp = topsym; /* start with top piece */
4354: if ( nbars > 0 ) /* need nbars between top and bot */
4355: for ( ibar=1; ibar<=nbars; ibar++ ) sp = rastack(barsym,sp,1,0,0,2);
4356: sp = rastack(botsym,sp,1,0,0,3); /* bottom below bars or middle */
4357: delete_subraster(barsym); /* barsym no longer needed */
4358: } /* --- end-of-if(isokay) --- */
4359: } /* --- end-of-if/else(isdrawparen) --- */
1.1 albertel 4360: } /* --- end-of-if(left- or right-() paren wanted) --- */
4361: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.2 albertel 4362: { } braces
4363: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4364: else
4365: if ( (lp=strchr(symbol,'{')) != NULL /* left { brace wanted */
4366: || (rp=strchr(symbol,'}')) != NULL ) /* right } brace wanted */
4367: {
4368: int isleft = (lp!=NULL?1:0); /* true for left, false for right */
4369: char *bracetop = (isleft?"\\leftbracetop":"\\rightbracetop"),
4370: *bracebot = (isleft?"\\leftbracebot":"\\rightbracebot"),
4371: *bracemid = (isleft?"\\leftbracemid":"\\rightbracemid"),
4372: *bracebar = (isleft?"\\leftbracebar":"\\rightbracebar");
4373: int baseht=0, barht=0, /* height of base=top+bot+mid, bar */
4374: ibar=0, nbars=0; /* bar index, #bars above,below mid*/
4375: int largestsize = min2(2,LARGESTSIZE), /* largest size for braces */
4376: topfill=(isleft?4:0), botfill=(isleft?4:0),
4377: midfill=(isleft?0:4), barfill=(isleft?4:4); /* alignment fillers */
4378: /* --- get pieces at largest size smaller than total height --- */
4379: for ( symsize=largestsize; symsize>=0; symsize-- ) /*largest to smallest*/
4380: {
4381: /* --- get pieces at current test size --- */
4382: isokay = 1; /* check for all pieces */
4383: if ( (symtop=get_symsubraster(bracetop,symsize)) == NULL ) isokay=0;
4384: if ( (symbot=get_symsubraster(bracebot,symsize)) == NULL ) isokay=0;
4385: if ( (symmid=get_symsubraster(bracemid,symsize)) == NULL ) isokay=0;
4386: if ( (symbar=get_symsubraster(bracebar,symsize)) == NULL ) isokay=0;
4387: /* --- check sum of pieces against total desired height --- */
4388: if ( isokay ) { /* all pieces retrieved */
4389: baseht = (symtop->image)->height + (symbot->image)->height
4390: + (symmid->image)->height; /* top+bot+mid height */
4391: barht = (symbar->image)->height; /* bar height */
4392: if ( baseht < height+5 ) break; /* largest base that's not too big */
4393: if ( symsize < 1 ) break; /* or smallest available base */
4394: } /* --- end-of-if(isokay) --- */
4395: /* --- free test pieces that were too big --- */
4396: if ( symtop != NULL ) delete_subraster(symtop); /* free top */
4397: if ( symbot != NULL ) delete_subraster(symbot); /* free bot */
4398: if ( symmid != NULL ) delete_subraster(symmid); /* free mid */
4399: if ( symbar != NULL ) delete_subraster(symbar); /* free bar */
4400: isokay = 0; /* nothing available */
4401: if ( symsize < 1 ) break; /* leave isokay=0 after smallest */
4402: } /* --- end-of-for(symsize) --- */
4403: /* --- construct brace from pieces --- */
4404: if ( isokay ) { /* we have the pieces */
4405: /* --- add alignment fillers --- */
1.3 albertel 4406: smashmargin=0; isnocatspace=99; /*turn off rastcat smashing,space*/
1.2 albertel 4407: topsym = (topfill>0?rastcat(new_subraster(topfill,1,1),symtop,3):symtop);
4408: botsym = (botfill>0?rastcat(new_subraster(botfill,1,1),symbot,3):symbot);
4409: midsym = (midfill>0?rastcat(new_subraster(midfill,1,1),symmid,3):symmid);
4410: barsym = (barfill>0?rastcat(new_subraster(barfill,1,1),symbar,3):symbar);
4411: smashmargin = oldsmashmargin; /* reset smashmargin */
1.3 albertel 4412: isnocatspace = wasnocatspace; /* reset isnocatspace */
1.2 albertel 4413: /* --- #bars needed on each side of mid piece --- */
4414: nbars = (barht<1?0:max2(0,1+(height-baseht)/barht/2)); /*#bars per side*/
4415: /* --- stack pieces --- */
4416: sp = topsym; /* start with top piece */
4417: if ( nbars > 0 ) /* need nbars above middle */
4418: for ( ibar=1; ibar<=nbars; ibar++ ) sp = rastack(barsym,sp,1,0,0,2);
4419: sp = rastack(midsym,sp,1,0,0,3); /*mid after top or bars*/
4420: if ( nbars > 0 ) /* need nbars below middle */
4421: for ( ibar=1; ibar<=nbars; ibar++ ) sp = rastack(barsym,sp,1,0,0,2);
4422: sp = rastack(botsym,sp,1,0,0,3); /* bottom below bars or middle */
4423: delete_subraster(barsym); /* barsym no longer needed */
4424: } /* --- end-of-if(isokay) --- */
4425: } /* --- end-of-if(left- or right-{} brace wanted) --- */
4426: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.1 albertel 4427: [ ] brackets
4428: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4429: else
4430: if ( (lp=strchr(symbol,'[')) != NULL /* left [ bracket wanted */
1.2 albertel 4431: || (rp=strchr(symbol,']')) != NULL /* right ] bracket wanted */
4432: || (lp2=strstr(symbol,"lceil")) != NULL /* left ceiling wanted */
4433: || (rp2=strstr(symbol,"rceil")) != NULL /* right ceiling wanted */
4434: || (lp3=strstr(symbol,"lfloor")) != NULL /* left floor wanted */
4435: || (rp3=strstr(symbol,"rfloor")) != NULL /* right floor wanted */
4436: || (lp4=strstr(symbol,"llbrack")) != NULL /* left semantic bracket */
4437: || (rp4=strstr(symbol,"rrbrack")) != NULL ) /* right semantic bracket */
4438: {
4439: /* --- use rule_raster ( rasp, top, left, width, height, type=0 ) --- */
4440: int mywidth = min2(width,12), /* max width for horizontal bars */
4441: wthick = 1; /* thickness of top.bottom bars */
4442: thickness = (height<25?1:2); /* set lines 1 or 2 pixels thick */
4443: if ( lp2!=NULL || rp2!=NULL || lp3!=NULL || rp3 !=NULL ) /*ceil or floor*/
4444: wthick = thickness; /* same thickness for top/bot bar */
4445: if ( lp3==NULL && rp3==NULL ) /* set top bar if floor not wanted */
4446: rule_raster(rasp, 0,0, mywidth,wthick, 0); /* top horizontal bar */
4447: if ( lp2==NULL && rp2==NULL ) /* set bot bar if ceil not wanted */
4448: rule_raster(rasp, height-wthick,0, mywidth,thickness, 0); /* bottom */
4449: if ( lp!=NULL || lp2!=NULL || lp3!=NULL || lp4!=NULL ) /* left bracket */
1.1 albertel 4450: rule_raster(rasp, 0,0, thickness,height, 0); /* left vertical bar */
1.2 albertel 4451: if ( lp4 != NULL ) /* 2nd left vertical bar needed */
4452: rule_raster(rasp, 0,thickness+1, 1,height, 0); /* 2nd left vertical bar */
4453: if ( rp!=NULL || rp2!=NULL || rp3!=NULL || rp4!=NULL ) /* right bracket */
1.1 albertel 4454: rule_raster(rasp, 0,mywidth-thickness, thickness,height, 0); /* right */
1.2 albertel 4455: if ( rp4 != NULL ) /* 2nd right vertical bar needed */
4456: rule_raster(rasp, 0,mywidth-thickness-2, 1,height, 0); /*2nd right vert*/
1.1 albertel 4457: isokay = 1; /* set flag */
4458: } /* --- end-of-if(left- or right-[] bracket wanted) --- */
4459: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4460: < > brackets
4461: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4462: else
4463: if ( (lp=strchr(symbol,'<')) != NULL /* left < bracket wanted */
4464: || (rp=strchr(symbol,'>')) != NULL ) /* right > bracket wanted */
4465: {
1.2 albertel 4466: /* --- use line_raster( rasp, row0, col0, row1, col1, thickness ) --- */
4467: int mywidth = min2(width,12), /* max width for brackets */
4468: mythick = 1; /* all lines one pixel thick */
4469: thickness = (height<25?1:2); /* set line pixel thickness */
1.1 albertel 4470: if ( lp != NULL ) /* left < bracket wanted */
1.2 albertel 4471: { line_raster(rasp,height/2,0,0,mywidth-1,mythick);
4472: if ( thickness>1 )
4473: line_raster(rasp,height/2,1,0,mywidth-1,mythick);
4474: line_raster(rasp,height/2,0,height-1,mywidth-1,mythick);
4475: if ( thickness>1 )
4476: line_raster(rasp,height/2,1,height-1,mywidth-1,mythick); }
1.1 albertel 4477: if ( rp != NULL ) /* right > bracket wanted */
1.2 albertel 4478: { line_raster(rasp,height/2,mywidth-1,0,0,mythick);
4479: if ( thickness>1 )
4480: line_raster(rasp,height/2,mywidth-2,0,0,mythick);
4481: line_raster(rasp,height/2,mywidth-1,height-1,0,mythick);
4482: if ( thickness>1 )
4483: line_raster(rasp,height/2,mywidth-2,height-1,0,mythick); }
1.1 albertel 4484: isokay = 1; /* set flag */
4485: } /* --- end-of-if(left- or right-<> bracket wanted) --- */
4486: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.2 albertel 4487: / \ delimiters
4488: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4489: else
4490: if ( (lp=strchr(symbol,'/')) != NULL /* left / wanted */
4491: || (rp=strstr(symbol,"\\\\")) != NULL /* right \ wanted */
4492: || (rp2=strstr(symbol,"backsl")) != NULL ) /* right \ wanted */
4493: {
4494: /* --- use line_raster( rasp, row0, col0, row1, col1, thickness ) --- */
4495: int mywidth = width; /* max width for / \ */
4496: thickness = 1; /* set line pixel thickness */
4497: if ( lp != NULL ) /* left / wanted */
4498: line_raster(rasp,0,mywidth-1,height-1,0,thickness);
4499: if ( rp!=NULL || rp2!=NULL ) /* right \ wanted */
4500: line_raster(rasp,0,0,height-1,mywidth-1,thickness);
4501: isokay = 1; /* set flag */
4502: } /* --- end-of-if(left- or right-/\ delimiter wanted) --- */
4503: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4504: arrow delimiters
4505: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4506: else
4507: if ( strstr(symbol,"arrow") != NULL ) /* arrow delimiter wanted */
4508: {
4509: /* --- use uparrow_subraster(width,height,pixsz,drctn,isBig) --- */
4510: int mywidth = width; /* max width for / \ */
4511: int isBig = (strstr(symbol,"Up")!=NULL /* isBig if we have an Up */
4512: || strstr(symbol,"Down")!=NULL); /* or a Down */
4513: int drctn = +1; /* init for uparrow */
4514: if ( strstr(symbol,"down")!=NULL /* down if we have down */
4515: || strstr(symbol,"Down")!=NULL ) /* or Down */
4516: { drctn = (-1); /* reset direction to down */
4517: if ( strstr(symbol,"up")!=NULL /* updown if we have up or Up */
4518: || strstr(symbol,"Up")!=NULL ) /* and down or Down */
4519: drctn = 0; } /* reset direction to updown */
4520: sp = uparrow_subraster(mywidth,height,pixsz,drctn,isBig);
4521: if ( sp != NULL )
4522: { sp->type = IMAGERASTER; /* image */
4523: sp->symdef = NULL; /* not applicable for image */
4524: sp->baseline = height/2 + 2; /* is a little above center good? */
4525: sp->size = NORMALSIZE; /* size (probably unneeded) */
4526: isokay = 1; } /* set flag */
4527: } /* --- end-of-if(arrow delimiter wanted) --- */
4528: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.1 albertel 4529: \- for | | brackets or \= for || || brackets
4530: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4531: else
4532: if ( (lp=strchr(symbol,'-')) != NULL /* left or right | bracket wanted */
4533: || (lp2=strchr(symbol,'|')) != NULL /* synonym for | bracket */
4534: || (rp=strchr(symbol,'=')) != NULL /* left or right || bracket wanted */
4535: || (rp2=strstr(symbol,"\\|"))!= NULL ) /* || in standard tex notation */
4536: {
4537: /* --- rule_raster ( rasp, top, left, width, height, type=0 ) --- */
4538: int midcol = width/2; /* middle col, left of mid if even */
4539: if ( rp != NULL /* left or right || bracket wanted */
4540: || rp2 != NULL ) /* or || in standard tex notation */
1.2 albertel 4541: { thickness = (height<75?1:2); /* each | of || 1 or 2 pixels thick*/
1.1 albertel 4542: rule_raster(rasp, 0,max2(0,midcol-2), thickness,height, 0); /* left */
4543: rule_raster(rasp, 0,min2(width,midcol+2), thickness,height, 0); }
4544: else /*nb, lp2 spuriously set if rp2 set*/
4545: if ( lp != NULL /* left or right | bracket wanted */
4546: || lp2 != NULL ) /* ditto for synomym */
1.2 albertel 4547: { thickness = (height<75?1:2); /* set | 1 or 2 pixels thick */
1.1 albertel 4548: rule_raster(rasp, 0,midcol, thickness,height, 0); } /*mid vertical bar*/
4549: isokay = 1; /* set flag */
4550: } /* --- end-of-if(left- or right-[] bracket wanted) --- */
4551: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4552: back to caller
4553: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4554: end_of_job:
1.2 albertel 4555: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=99 )
4556: fprintf(msgfp,"make_delim> symbol=%.50s, isokay=%d\n",
4557: (symbol==NULL?"null":symbol),isokay);
1.1 albertel 4558: if ( !isokay ) /* don't have requested delimiter */
1.2 albertel 4559: { if (sp!=NULL) delete_subraster(sp); /* so free unneeded structure */
1.1 albertel 4560: sp = NULL; } /* and signal error to caller */
4561: return ( sp ); /*back to caller with delim or NULL*/
4562: } /* --- end-of-function make_delim() --- */
4563:
4564:
4565: /* ==========================================================================
4566: * Function: texchar ( expression, chartoken )
4567: * Purpose: scans expression, returning either its first character,
4568: * or the next \sequence if that first char is \,
4569: * and a pointer to the first expression char past that.
4570: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4571: * Arguments: expression (I) char * to first char of null-terminated
4572: * string containing valid LaTeX expression
4573: * to be scanned
4574: * chartoken (O) char * to null-terminated string returning
4575: * either the first (non-whitespace) character
4576: * of expression if that char isn't \, or else
4577: * the \ and everything following it up to
4578: * the next non-alphabetic character (but at
4579: * least one char following the \ even if
4580: * it's non-alpha)
4581: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4582: * Returns: ( char * ) ptr to the first char of expression
4583: * past returned chartoken,
4584: * or NULL for any parsing error.
4585: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4586: * Notes: o Does *not* skip leading whitespace, but simply
4587: * returns any whitespace character as the next character.
4588: * ======================================================================= */
4589: /* --- entry point --- */
4590: char *texchar ( char *expression, char *chartoken )
4591: {
4592: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4593: Allocations and Declarations
4594: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4595: int esclen = 0, /*length of escape sequence*/
4596: maxesclen = 128; /* max len of esc sequence */
4597: char *ptoken = chartoken; /* ptr into chartoken */
4598: int iprefix = 0; /* prefix index */
4599: static char *prefixes[] = /*e.g., \big followed by ( */
4600: { /* "\\left", "\\right", */
4601: "\\big", "\\Big", "\\bigg", "\\Bigg",
4602: "\\bigl", "\\Bigl", "\\biggl", "\\Biggl",
4603: "\\bigr", "\\Bigr", "\\biggr", "\\Biggr", NULL };
1.3 albertel 4604: static char *starred[] = /* may be followed by * */
4605: { "\\hspace", "\\!", NULL };
1.1 albertel 4606: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4607: just return the next char if it's not \
4608: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4609: /* --- error check for end-of-string --- */
4610: *ptoken = '\000'; /* init in case of error */
4611: if ( expression == NULL ) return(NULL); /* nothing to scan */
4612: if ( *expression == '\000' ) return(NULL); /* nothing to scan */
4613: /* --- always returning first character (either \ or some other char) --- */
4614: *ptoken++ = *expression++; /* here's first character */
4615: /* --- if first char isn't \, then just return it to caller --- */
4616: if ( !isthischar(*(expression-1),ESCAPE) ) /* not a \, so return char */
4617: { *ptoken = '\000'; /* add a null terminator */
4618: goto end_of_job; } /* ptr past returned char */
4619: if ( *expression == '\000' ) /* \ is very last char */
4620: { *chartoken = '\000'; /* flush bad trailing \ */
4621: return(NULL); } /* and signal end-of-job */
4622: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4623: we have an escape sequence, so return all alpha chars following \
4624: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4625: /* --- accumulate chars until first non-alpha char found --- */
4626: for ( ; isalpha(*expression); esclen++ ) /* till first non-alpha... */
4627: { if ( esclen < maxesclen-3 ) /* more room in chartoken */
4628: *ptoken++ = *expression; /*copy alpha char, bump ptr*/
4629: expression++; } /* bump expression ptr */
4630: /* --- if we have a prefix, append next texchar, e.g., \big( --- */
4631: *ptoken = '\000'; /* set null for compare */
4632: for ( iprefix=0; prefixes[iprefix] != NULL; iprefix++ ) /* run thru list */
4633: if ( strcmp(chartoken,prefixes[iprefix]) == 0 ) /* have an exact match */
4634: { char nextchar[256]; int nextlen=0; /* texchar after prefix */
4635: skipwhite(expression); /* skip space after prefix*/
4636: expression = texchar(expression,nextchar); /* get nextchar */
4637: if ( (nextlen = strlen(nextchar)) > 0 ) /* #chars in nextchar */
4638: { strcpy(ptoken,nextchar); /* append nextchar */
4639: ptoken += strlen(nextchar); /* point to null terminator*/
4640: esclen += strlen(nextchar); } /* and bump escape length */
4641: break; } /* stop checking prefixes */
4642: /* --- every \ must be followed by at least one char, e.g., \[ --- */
4643: if ( esclen < 1 ) /* \ followed by non-alpha */
4644: *ptoken++ = *expression++; /*copy non-alpha, bump ptrs*/
1.3 albertel 4645: *ptoken = '\000'; /* null-terminate token */
4646: /* --- check for \hspace* or other starred commands --- */
4647: for ( iprefix=0; starred[iprefix] != NULL; iprefix++ ) /* run thru list */
4648: if ( strcmp(chartoken,starred[iprefix]) == 0 ) /* have an exact match */
4649: if ( *expression == '*' ) /* follows by a * */
4650: { *ptoken++ = *expression++; /* copy * and bump ptr */
4651: *ptoken = '\000'; /* null-terminate token */
4652: break; } /* stop checking */
4653: /* --- respect spaces in text mode, except first space after \escape --- */
4654: if ( esclen >= 1 ) { /*only for alpha \sequences*/
1.2 albertel 4655: if ( istextmode ) /* in \rm or \it text mode */
4656: if ( isthischar(*expression,WHITEDELIM) ) /* delim follows \sequence */
4657: expression++; } /* so flush delim */
1.1 albertel 4658: /* --- back to caller --- */
4659: end_of_job:
4660: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=999 )
4661: { fprintf(msgfp,"texchar> returning token = \"%s\"\n",chartoken);
4662: fflush(msgfp); }
4663: return ( expression ); /*ptr to 1st non-alpha char*/
4664: } /* --- end-of-function texchar() --- */
4665:
4666:
4667: /* ==========================================================================
4668: * Function: texsubexpr (expression,subexpr,maxsubsz,
4669: * left,right,isescape,isdelim)
4670: * Purpose: scans expression, returning everything between a balanced
4671: * left{...right} subexpression if the first non-whitespace
4672: * char of expression is an (escaped or unescaped) left{,
4673: * or just the next texchar() otherwise,
4674: * and a pointer to the first expression char past that.
4675: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4676: * Arguments: expression (I) char * to first char of null-terminated
4677: * string containing valid LaTeX expression
4678: * to be scanned
4679: * subexpr (O) char * to null-terminated string returning
4680: * either everything between a balanced {...}
4681: * subexpression if the first char is {,
4682: * or the next texchar() otherwise.
4683: * maxsubsz (I) int containing max #bytes returned
4684: * in subexpr buffer (0 means unlimited)
4685: * left (I) char * specifying allowable left delimiters
4686: * that begin subexpression, e.g., "{[(<"
4687: * right (I) char * specifying matching right delimiters
4688: * in the same order as left, e.g., "}])>"
4689: * isescape (I) int controlling whether escaped and/or
4690: * unescaped left,right are matched;
4691: * see isbrace() comments below for details.
4692: * isdelim (I) int containing true (non-zero) to return
4693: * the leading left and trailing right delims
4694: * (if any were found) along with subexpr,
4695: * or containing false=0 to return subexpr
4696: * without its delimiters
4697: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4698: * Returns: ( char * ) ptr to the first char of expression
4699: * past returned subexpr (see Notes),
4700: * or NULL for any parsing error.
4701: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4702: * Notes: o If subexpr is of the form left{...right},
4703: * the outer {}'s are returned as part of subexpr
4704: * if isdelim is true; if isdelim is false the {}'s aren't
4705: * returned. In either case the returned pointer is
4706: * *always* bumped past the closing right}, even if
4707: * that closing right} isn't returned in subexpr.
4708: * o If subexpr is not of the form left{...right},
4709: * the returned pointer is on the character immediately
4710: * following the last character returned in subexpr
4711: * o \. acts as LaTeX \right. and matches any \left(
4712: * And it also acts as a LaTeX \left. and matches any \right)
4713: * ======================================================================= */
4714: /* --- entry point --- */
4715: char *texsubexpr ( char *expression, char *subexpr, int maxsubsz,
4716: char *left, char *right, int isescape, int isdelim )
4717: {
4718: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4719: Allocations and Declarations
4720: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4721: char *texchar(); /*next char (or \sequence) from expression*/
1.2 albertel 4722: char *leftptr, leftdelim[256] = "(\000", /* left( found in expression */
4723: rightdelim[256] = ")\000"; /* and matching right) */
1.1 albertel 4724: char *origexpression=expression, *origsubexpr=subexpr; /*original inputs*/
1.2 albertel 4725: char *strtexchr(), *texleft(); /* check for \left, and get it */
1.1 albertel 4726: int gotescape = 0, /* true if leading char of expression is \ */
4727: prevescape = 0; /* while parsing, true if preceding char \ */
4728: int isbrace(); /* check for left,right braces */
4729: int isanyright = 1; /* true matches any right with left, (...] */
4730: int isleftdot = 0; /* true if left brace is a \. */
4731: int nestlevel = 1; /* current # of nested braces */
1.3 albertel 4732: int subsz=0 /*,maxsubsz=MAXSUBXSZ*/; /*#chars in returned subexpr buffer*/
1.1 albertel 4733: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4734: skip leading whitespace and just return the next char if it's not {
4735: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4736: /* --- skip leading whitespace and error check for end-of-string --- */
4737: *subexpr = '\000'; /* init in case of error */
4738: if ( expression == NULL ) return(NULL); /*can't dereference null ptr*/
4739: skipwhite(expression); /* leading whitespace gone */
4740: if ( *expression == '\000' ) return(NULL); /* nothing left to scan */
4741: /* --- set maxsubsz --- */
1.3 albertel 4742: if ( maxsubsz < 1 ) maxsubsz = MAXSUBXSZ-2; /* input 0 means unlimited */
1.1 albertel 4743: /* --- check for escape --- */
4744: if ( isthischar(*expression,ESCAPE) ) /* expression is escaped */
4745: gotescape = 1; /* so set flag accordingly */
1.2 albertel 4746: /* --- check for \left...\right --- */
4747: if ( gotescape ) /* begins with \ */
4748: if ( memcmp(expression+1,"left",4) ) /* and followed by left */
4749: if ( strchr(left,'l') != NULL ) /* caller wants \left's */
4750: if ( strtexchr(expression,"\\left") == expression ) /*expression=\left...*/
4751: { char *pright = texleft(expression,subexpr,maxsubsz, /* find ...\right*/
4752: (isdelim?NULL:leftdelim),rightdelim);
4753: if ( isdelim ) strcat(subexpr,rightdelim); /* caller wants delims */
4754: return ( pright ); /*back to caller past \right*/
4755: } /* --- end-of-if(expression=="\\left") --- */
1.1 albertel 4756: /* --- if first char isn't left{ or script, just return it to caller --- */
1.3 albertel 4757: if ( !isbrace(expression,left,isescape) ) { /* not a left{ */
1.1 albertel 4758: if ( !isthischar(*expression,SCRIPTS) ) /* and not a script */
4759: return ( texchar(expression,subexpr) ); /* next char to caller */
4760: else /* --- kludge for super/subscripts to accommodate texscripts() --- */
4761: { *subexpr++ = *expression; /* signal script */
4762: *subexpr = '\000'; /* null-terminate subexpr */
1.3 albertel 4763: return ( expression ); } } /* leave script in stream */
1.1 albertel 4764: /* --- extract left and find matching right delimiter --- */
4765: *leftdelim = *(expression+gotescape); /* the left( in expression */
4766: if ( (gotescape && *leftdelim == '.') /* we have a left \. */
4767: || (gotescape && isanyright) ) /*or are matching any right*/
4768: { isleftdot = 1; /* so just set flag */
4769: *leftdelim = '\000'; } /* and reset leftdelim */
4770: else /* find matching \right */
4771: if ( (leftptr=strchr(left,*leftdelim)) != NULL ) /* ptr to that left( */
4772: *rightdelim = right[(int)(leftptr-left)]; /* get the matching right) */
4773: else /* can't happen -- pgm bug */
4774: return ( NULL ); /*just signal eoj to caller*/
4775: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4776: accumulate chars between balanced {}'s, i.e., till nestlevel returns to 0
4777: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4778: /* --- first initialize by bumping past left{ or \{ --- */
4779: if ( isdelim ) *subexpr++ = *expression++; /*caller wants { in subexpr*/
4780: else expression++; /* always bump past left{ */
1.3 albertel 4781: if ( gotescape ) { /*need to bump another char*/
1.1 albertel 4782: if ( isdelim ) *subexpr++ = *expression++; /* caller wants char, too */
1.3 albertel 4783: else expression++; } /* else just bump past it */
1.1 albertel 4784: /* --- set maximum size for numerical arguments --- */
4785: if ( 0 ) /* check turned on or off? */
4786: if ( !isescape && !isdelim ) /*looking for numerical arg*/
4787: maxsubsz = 96; /* set max arg size */
4788: /* --- search for matching right} --- */
4789: while ( 1 ) /*until balanced right} */
4790: {
4791: /* --- error check for end-of-string --- */
4792: if ( *expression == '\000' ) /* premature end-of-string */
4793: { if ( 0 && (!isescape && !isdelim) ) /*looking for numerical arg,*/
4794: { expression = origexpression; /* so end-of-string is error*/
4795: subexpr = origsubexpr; } /* so reset all ptrs */
1.3 albertel 4796: if ( isdelim ) { /* generate fake right */
1.1 albertel 4797: if ( gotescape ) /* need escaped right */
4798: { *subexpr++ = '\\'; /* set escape char */
4799: *subexpr++ = '.'; } /* and fake \right. */
4800: else /* escape not wanted */
1.3 albertel 4801: *subexpr++ = *rightdelim; } /* so fake actual right */
1.1 albertel 4802: *subexpr = '\000'; /* null-terminate subexpr */
4803: return ( expression ); } /* back with final token */
4804: /* --- check preceding char for escape --- */
4805: if ( isthischar(*(expression-1),ESCAPE) ) /* previous char was \ */
4806: prevescape = 1-prevescape; /* so flip escape flag */
4807: else prevescape = 0; /* or turn flag off */
4808: /* --- check for { and } (un/escaped as per leading left) --- */
4809: if ( gotescape == prevescape ) /* escaped iff leading is */
4810: { /* --- check for (closing) right delim and see if we're done --- */
4811: if ( isthischar(*expression,rightdelim) /* found a right} */
4812: || (isleftdot && isthischar(*expression,right)) /*\left. matches all*/
4813: || (prevescape && isthischar(*expression,".")) ) /*or found \right. */
4814: if ( --nestlevel < 1 ) /*\right balances 1st \left*/
4815: { if ( isdelim ) /*caller wants } in subexpr*/
4816: *subexpr++ = *expression; /* so end subexpr with } */
4817: else /*check for \ before right}*/
4818: if ( prevescape ) /* have unwanted \ */
4819: *(subexpr-1) = '\000'; /* so replace it with null */
4820: *subexpr = '\000'; /* null-terminate subexpr */
4821: return ( expression+1 ); } /* back with char after } */
4822: /* --- check for (another) left{ --- */
4823: if ( isthischar(*expression,leftdelim) /* found another left{ */
4824: || (isleftdot && isthischar(*expression,left)) ) /* any left{ */
4825: nestlevel++;
4826: } /* --- end-of-if(gotescape==prevescape) --- */
4827: /* --- not done, so copy char to subexpr and continue with next char --- */
4828: if ( ++subsz < maxsubsz-5 ) /* more room in subexpr */
4829: *subexpr++ = *expression; /* so copy char and bump ptr*/
4830: expression++; /* bump expression ptr */
4831: } /* --- end-of-while(1) --- */
4832: } /* --- end-of-function texsubexpr() --- */
4833:
4834:
4835: /* ==========================================================================
1.2 albertel 4836: * Function: texleft (expression,subexpr,maxsubsz,ldelim,rdelim)
4837: * Purpose: scans expression, starting after opening \left,
4838: * and returning ptr after matching closing \right.
4839: * Everything between is returned in subexpr, if given.
4840: * Likewise, if given, ldelim returns delimiter after \left
4841: * and rdelim returns delimiter after \right.
4842: * If ldelim is given, the returned subexpr doesn't include it.
4843: * If rdelim is given, the returned pointer is after that delim.
4844: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4845: * Arguments: expression (I) char * to first char of null-terminated
4846: * string immediately following opening \left
4847: * subexpr (O) char * to null-terminated string returning
4848: * either everything between balanced
4849: * \left ... \right. If leftdelim given,
4850: * subexpr does _not_ contain that delimiter.
4851: * maxsubsz (I) int containing max #bytes returned
4852: * in subexpr buffer (0 means unlimited)
4853: * ldelim (O) char * returning delimiter following
4854: * opening \left
4855: * rdelim (O) char * returning delimiter following
4856: * closing \right
4857: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4858: * Returns: ( char * ) ptr to the first char of expression
4859: * past closing \right, or past closing
4860: * right delimiter if rdelim!=NULL,
4861: * or NULL for any error.
4862: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4863: * Notes: o
4864: * ======================================================================= */
4865: /* --- entry point --- */
4866: char *texleft ( char *expression, char *subexpr, int maxsubsz,
4867: char *ldelim, char *rdelim )
4868: {
4869: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4870: Allocations and Declarations
4871: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4872: char *texchar(), /* get delims after \left,\right */
4873: *strtexchr(), *pright=expression; /* locate matching \right */
4874: static char left[16]="\\left", right[16]="\\right"; /* tex delimiters */
4875: int sublen = 0; /* #chars between \left...\right */
4876: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4877: initialization
4878: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4879: /* --- init output --- */
4880: if ( subexpr != NULL ) *subexpr = '\000'; /* init subexpr, if given */
4881: if ( ldelim != NULL ) *ldelim = '\000'; /* init ldelim, if given */
4882: if ( rdelim != NULL ) *rdelim = '\000'; /* init rdelim, if given */
4883: /* --- check args --- */
4884: if ( expression == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* no input supplied */
4885: if ( *expression == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* nothing after \left */
4886: /* --- determine left delimiter --- */
4887: if ( ldelim != NULL ) /* caller wants left delim */
4888: { skipwhite(expression); /* interpret \left ( as \left( */
4889: expression = texchar(expression,ldelim); } /*delim from expression*/
4890: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4891: locate \right balancing opening \left
4892: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4893: /* --- first \right following \left --- */
4894: if ( (pright=strtexchr(expression,right)) /* look for \right after \left */
4895: != NULL ) { /* found it */
4896: /* --- find matching \right by pushing past any nested \left's --- */
4897: char *pleft = expression; /* start after first \left( */
4898: while ( 1 ) { /*break when matching \right found*/
4899: /* -- locate next nested \left if there is one --- */
4900: if ( (pleft=strtexchr(pleft,left)) /* find next \left */
4901: == NULL ) break; /*no more, so matching \right found*/
4902: pleft += strlen(left); /* push ptr past \left token */
4903: if ( pleft >= pright ) break; /* not nested if \left after \right*/
4904: /* --- have nested \left, so push forward to next \right --- */
4905: if ( (pright=strtexchr(pright+strlen(right),right)) /* find next \right */
4906: == NULL ) break; /* ran out of \right's */
4907: } /* --- end-of-while(1) --- */
4908: } /* --- end-of-if(pright!=NULL) --- */
4909: /* --- set subexpression length, push pright past \right --- */
4910: if ( pright != (char *)NULL ) /* found matching \right */
4911: { sublen = (int)(pright-expression); /* #chars between \left...\right */
4912: pright += strlen(right); } /* so push pright past \right */
4913: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4914: get rightdelim and subexpr between \left...\right
4915: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4916: /* --- get delimiter following \right --- */
1.3 albertel 4917: if ( rdelim != NULL ) { /* caller wants right delim */
1.2 albertel 4918: if ( pright == (char *)NULL ) /* assume \right. at end of exprssn*/
4919: { strcpy(rdelim,"."); /* set default \right. */
4920: sublen = strlen(expression); /* use entire remaining expression */
4921: pright = expression + sublen; } /* and push pright to end-of-string*/
4922: else /* have explicit matching \right */
4923: { skipwhite(pright); /* interpret \right ) as \right) */
4924: pright = texchar(pright,rdelim); /* pull delim from expression */
1.3 albertel 4925: if ( *rdelim == '\000' ) strcpy(rdelim,"."); } } /* or set \right. */
1.2 albertel 4926: /* --- get subexpression between \left...\right --- */
4927: if ( sublen > 0 ) /* have subexpr */
4928: if ( subexpr != NULL ) { /* and caller wants it */
4929: if ( maxsubsz > 0 ) sublen = min2(sublen,maxsubsz-1); /* max buffer size */
4930: memcpy(subexpr,expression,sublen); /* stuff between \left...\right */
4931: subexpr[sublen] = '\000'; } /* null-terminate subexpr */
4932: end_of_job:
4933: if ( msglevel>=99 && msgfp!=NULL )
4934: { fprintf(msgfp,"texleft> ldelim=%s, rdelim=%s, subexpr=%.128s\n",
4935: (ldelim==NULL?"none":ldelim),(rdelim==NULL?"none":rdelim),
4936: (subexpr==NULL?"none":subexpr)); fflush(msgfp); }
4937: return ( pright );
4938: } /* --- end-of-function texleft --- */
4939:
4940:
4941: /* ==========================================================================
1.1 albertel 4942: * Function: texscripts ( expression, subscript, superscript, which )
4943: * Purpose: scans expression, returning subscript and/or superscript
4944: * if expression is of the form _x^y or ^{x}_{y},
4945: * or any (valid LaTeX) permutation of the above,
4946: * and a pointer to the first expression char past "scripts"
4947: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4948: * Arguments: expression (I) char * to first char of null-terminated
4949: * string containing valid LaTeX expression
4950: * to be scanned
4951: * subscript (O) char * to null-terminated string returning
4952: * subscript (without _), if found, or "\000"
4953: * superscript (O) char * to null-terminated string returning
4954: * superscript (without ^), if found, or "\000"
4955: * which (I) int containing 1 for subscript only,
4956: * 2 for superscript only, >=3 for either/both
4957: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4958: * Returns: ( char * ) ptr to the first char of expression
4959: * past returned "scripts" (unchanged
4960: * except for skipped whitespace if
4961: * neither subscript nor superscript found),
4962: * or NULL for any parsing error.
4963: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
4964: * Notes: o an input expression like ^a^b_c will return superscript="b",
4965: * i.e., totally ignoring all but the last "script" encountered
4966: * ======================================================================= */
4967: /* --- entry point --- */
4968: char *texscripts ( char *expression, char *subscript,
4969: char *superscript, int which )
4970: {
4971: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4972: Allocations and Declarations
4973: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
4974: char *texsubexpr(); /* next subexpression from expression */
4975: int gotsub=0, gotsup=0; /* check that we don't eat, e.g., x_1_2 */
4976: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.2 albertel 4977: init "scripts"
1.1 albertel 4978: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.2 albertel 4979: if ( subscript != NULL ) *subscript = '\000'; /*init in case no subscript*/
4980: if ( superscript!=NULL ) *superscript = '\000'; /*init in case no super*/
1.1 albertel 4981: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
4982: get subscript and/or superscript from expression
4983: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.2 albertel 4984: while ( expression != NULL ) {
4985: skipwhite(expression); /* leading whitespace gone */
4986: if ( *expression == '\000' ) return(expression); /* nothing left to scan */
1.1 albertel 4987: if ( isthischar(*expression,SUBSCRIPT) /* found _ */
4988: && (which==1 || which>2 ) ) /* and caller wants it */
4989: { if ( gotsub /* found 2nd subscript */
4990: || subscript == NULL ) break; /* or no subscript buffer */
4991: gotsub = 1; /* set subscript flag */
4992: expression = texsubexpr(expression+1,subscript,0,"{","}",0,0); }
4993: else /* no _, check for ^ */
4994: if ( isthischar(*expression,SUPERSCRIPT) /* found ^ */
4995: && which>=2 ) /* and caller wants it */
4996: { if ( gotsup /* found 2nd superscript */
4997: || superscript == NULL ) break; /* or no superscript buffer*/
4998: gotsup = 1; /* set superscript flag */
4999: expression = texsubexpr(expression+1,superscript,0,"{","}",0,0); }
5000: else /* neither _ nor ^ */
5001: return ( expression ); /*return ptr past "scripts"*/
1.2 albertel 5002: } /* --- end-of-while(expression!=NULL) --- */
1.1 albertel 5003: return ( expression );
5004: } /* --- end-of-function texscripts() --- */
5005:
5006:
5007: /* ==========================================================================
5008: * Function: isbrace ( expression, braces, isescape )
5009: * Purpose: checks leading char(s) of expression for a brace,
5010: * either escaped or unescaped depending on isescape,
5011: * except that { and } are always matched, if they're
5012: * in braces, regardless of isescape.
5013: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5014: * Arguments: expression (I) char * to first char of null-terminated
5015: * string containing a valid LaTeX expression
5016: * whose leading char(s) are checked for braces
5017: * that begin subexpression, e.g., "{[(<"
5018: * braces (I) char * specifying matching brace delimiters
5019: * to be checked for, e.g., "{[(<" or "}])>"
5020: * isescape (I) int containing 0 to match only unescaped
5021: * braces, e.g., (...) or {...}, etc,
5022: * or containing 1 to match only escaped
5023: * braces, e.g., \(...\) or \[...\], etc,
5024: * or containing 2 to match either.
5025: * But note: if {,} are in braces
5026: * then they're *always* matched whether
5027: * escaped or not, regardless of isescape.
5028: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5029: * Returns: ( int ) 1 if the leading char(s) of expression
5030: * is a brace, or 0 if not.
5031: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5032: * Notes: o
5033: * ======================================================================= */
5034: /* --- entry point --- */
5035: int isbrace ( char *expression, char *braces, int isescape )
5036: {
5037: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
5038: Allocations and Declarations
5039: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
5040: int gotescape = 0, /* true if leading char is an escape */
5041: gotbrace = 0; /*true if first non-escape char is a brace*/
5042: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
5043: check for brace
5044: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.3 albertel 5045: /* --- first check for end-of-string or \= ligature --- */
5046: if ( *expression == '\000' /* nothing to check */
5047: || isligature ) goto end_of_job; /* have a \= ligature */
1.1 albertel 5048: /* --- check leading char for escape --- */
5049: if ( isthischar(*expression,ESCAPE) ) /* expression is escaped */
5050: { gotescape = 1; /* so set flag accordingly */
5051: expression++; } /* and bump past escape */
5052: /* --- check (maybe next char) for brace --- */
5053: if ( isthischar(*expression,braces) ) /* expression is braced */
5054: gotbrace = 1; /* so set flag accordingly */
5055: if ( gotescape && *expression == '.' ) /* \. matches any brace */
5056: gotbrace = 1; /* set flag */
5057: /* --- check for TeX brace { or } --- */
5058: if ( gotbrace && isthischar(*expression,"{}") ) /*expression has TeX brace*/
5059: if ( isescape ) isescape = 2; /* reset escape flag */
5060: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
5061: back to caller
5062: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.3 albertel 5063: end_of_job:
5064: if ( msglevel>=999 && msgfp!=NULL )
5065: { fprintf(msgfp,"isbrace> expression=%.8s, gotbrace=%d (isligature=%d)\n",
5066: expression,gotbrace,isligature); fflush(msgfp); }
5067: if ( gotbrace && /* found a brace */
1.1 albertel 5068: ( isescape==2 || /* escape irrelevant */
5069: gotescape==isescape ) /* un/escaped as requested */
5070: ) return ( 1 ); return ( 0 ); /* return 1,0 accordingly */
5071: } /* --- end-of-function isbrace() --- */
5072:
5073:
5074: /* ==========================================================================
5075: * Function: preamble ( expression, size, subexpr )
5076: * Purpose: parses $-terminated preamble, if present, at beginning
5077: * of expression, re-setting size if necessary, and
5078: * returning any other parameters besides size in subexpr.
5079: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5080: * Arguments: expression (I) char * to first char of null-terminated
5081: * string containing LaTeX expression possibly
5082: * preceded by $-terminated preamble
5083: * size (I/O) int * containing 0-4 default font size,
5084: * and returning size modified by first
5085: * preamble parameter (or unchanged)
5086: * subexpr(O) char * returning any remaining preamble
5087: * parameters past size
5088: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5089: * Returns: ( char * ) ptr to first char past preamble in expression
5090: * or NULL for any parsing error.
5091: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5092: * Notes: o size can be any number >=0. If preceded by + or -, it's
5093: * interpreted as an increment to input size; otherwise
5094: * it's interpreted as the size.
5095: * o if subexpr is passed as NULL ptr, then returned expression
5096: * ptr will have "flushed" and preamble parameters after size
5097: * ======================================================================= */
5098: /* --- entry point --- */
5099: char *preamble ( char *expression, int *size, char *subexpr )
5100: {
5101: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
5102: Allocations and Declarations
5103: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
5104: char pretext[512], *prep=expression, /*pream from expression, ptr into it*/
5105: *dollar, *comma; /* preamble delimiters */
5106: int prelen = 0, /* preamble length */
5107: sizevalue = 0, /* value of size parameter */
5108: isfontsize = 0, /*true if leading fontsize present*/
5109: isdelta = 0; /*true to increment passed size arg*/
5110: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
5111: initialization
5112: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
5113: if ( subexpr != NULL ) /* caller passed us an address */
5114: *subexpr = '\000'; /* so init assuming no preamble */
5115: if ( expression == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* no input */
5116: if ( *expression == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* input is an empty string */
5117: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
5118: process preamble if present
5119: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
5120: /*process_preamble:*/
5121: if ( (dollar=strchr(expression,'$')) /* $ signals preceding preamble */
1.3 albertel 5122: != NULL ) { /* found embedded $ */
1.1 albertel 5123: if ( (prelen = (int)(dollar-expression)) /*#chars in expression preceding $*/
5124: > 0 ) { /* must have preamble preceding $ */
5125: if ( prelen < 65 ) { /* too long for a prefix */
5126: memcpy(pretext,expression,prelen); /* local copy of preamble */
5127: pretext[prelen] = '\000'; /* null-terminated */
5128: if ( strchr(pretext,*(ESCAPE))==NULL /*shouldn't be an escape in preamble*/
5129: && strchr(pretext,'{') == NULL ) { /*shouldn't be a left{ in preamble*/
5130: /* --- skip any leading whitespace --- */
5131: prep = pretext; /* start at beginning of preamble */
5132: skipwhite(prep); /* skip any leading white space */
5133: /* --- check for embedded , or leading +/- (either signalling size) --- */
5134: if ( isthischar(*prep,"+-") ) /* have leading + or - */
5135: isdelta = 1; /* so use size value as increment */
5136: comma = strchr(pretext,','); /* , signals leading size param */
5137: /* --- process leading size parameter if present --- */
5138: if ( comma != NULL /* size param explicitly signalled */
5139: || isdelta || isdigit(*prep) ) { /* or inferred implicitly */
5140: /* --- parse size parameter and reset size accordingly --- */
5141: if( comma != NULL ) *comma = '\000';/*, becomes null, terminating size*/
5142: sizevalue = atoi(prep); /* convert size string to integer */
5143: if ( size != NULL ) /* caller passed address for size */
5144: *size = (isdelta? *size+sizevalue : sizevalue); /* so reset size */
5145: /* --- finally, set flag and shift size parameter out of preamble --- */
5146: isfontsize = 1; /*set flag showing font size present*/
5147: if ( comma != NULL ) strcpy(pretext,comma+1);/*leading size param gone*/
5148: } /* --- end-of-if(comma!=NULL||etc) --- */
5149: /* --- copy any preamble params following size to caller's subexpr --- */
5150: if ( comma != NULL || !isfontsize ) /*preamb contains params past size*/
5151: if ( subexpr != NULL ) /* caller passed us an address */
5152: strcpy(subexpr,pretext); /*so return extra params to caller*/
5153: /* --- finally, set prep to shift preamble out of expression --- */
5154: prep = expression + prelen+1; /* set prep past $ in expression */
5155: } /* --- end-of-if(strchr(pretext,*ESCAPE)==NULL) --- */
5156: } /* --- end-of-if(prelen<65) --- */
5157: } /* --- end-of-if(prelen>0) --- */
5158: else { /* $ is first char of expression */
5159: int ndollars = 0; /* number of $...$ pairs removed */
5160: prep = expression; /* start at beginning of expression*/
5161: while ( *prep == '$' ) { /* remove all matching $...$'s */
5162: int explen = strlen(prep)-1; /* index of last char in expression*/
5163: if ( explen < 2 ) break; /* no $...$'s left to remove */
5164: if ( prep[explen] != '$' ) break; /* unmatched $ */
5165: prep[explen] = '\000'; /* remove trailing $ */
5166: prep++; /* and remove matching leading $ */
5167: ndollars++; /* count another pair removed */
5168: } /* --- end-of-while(*prep=='$') --- */
5169: ispreambledollars = ndollars; /* set flag to fix \displaystyle */
5170: if ( ndollars == 1 ) /* user submitted $...$ expression */
5171: isdisplaystyle = 0; /* so set \textstyle */
5172: if ( ndollars > 1 ) /* user submitted $$...$$ */
5173: isdisplaystyle = 2; /* so set \displaystyle */
5174: /*goto process_preamble;*/ /*check for preamble after leading $*/
5175: } /* --- end-of-if/else(prelen>0) --- */
1.3 albertel 5176: } /* --- end-of-if(dollar!=NULL) --- */
1.1 albertel 5177: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
5178: back to caller
5179: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
5180: end_of_job:
5181: return ( prep ); /*expression, or ptr past preamble*/
5182: } /* --- end-of-function preamble() --- */
5183:
5184:
5185: /* ==========================================================================
5186: * Function: mimeprep ( expression )
5187: * Purpose: preprocessor for mimeTeX input, e.g.,
5188: * (a) removes comments,
5189: * (b) converts \left( to \( and \right) to \),
5190: * (c) xlates &html; special chars to equivalent latex
5191: * Should only be called once (after unescape_url())
5192: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5193: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char * to first char of null-terminated
5194: * string containing mimeTeX/LaTeX expression,
5195: * and returning preprocessed string
5196: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5197: * Returns: ( char * ) ptr to input expression,
5198: * or NULL for any parsing error.
5199: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5200: * Notes: o
5201: * ======================================================================= */
5202: /* --- entry point --- */
5203: char *mimeprep ( char *expression )
5204: {
5205: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
5206: Allocations and Declarations
5207: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
5208: char *expptr=expression, /* ptr within expression */
5209: *tokptr=NULL, /*ptr to token found in expression*/
5210: *texsubexpr(), argval[8192]; /*parse for macro args after token*/
5211: char *strchange(); /* change leading chars of string */
1.3 albertel 5212: char *strwstr(); /*use strwstr() instead of strstr()*/
1.1 albertel 5213: char *findbraces(); /*find left { and right } for \atop*/
5214: int idelim=0, /* left- or right-index */
5215: isymbol=0; /*symbols[],rightcomment[],etc index*/
5216: int xlateleft = 0; /* true to xlate \left and \right */
5217: /* ---
5218: * comments
5219: * -------- */
5220: char *leftptr=NULL; /* find leftcomment in expression */
5221: static char *leftcomment = "%%", /* open comment */
5222: *rightcomment[] = {"\n", "%%", NULL}; /* close comments */
5223: /* ---
5224: * special long (more than 1-char) \left and \right delimiters
5225: * ----------------------------------------------------------- */
5226: static char *leftfrom[] = /* xlate any \left suffix... */
5227: { "\\|", /* \left\| */
5228: "\\{", /* \left\{ */
5229: "\\langle", /* \left\langle */
5230: NULL } ; /* --- end-of-leftfrom[] --- */
5231: static char *leftto[] = /* ...to this instead */
5232: { "=", /* = */
5233: "{", /* { */
5234: "<", /* < */
5235: NULL } ; /* --- end-of-leftto[] --- */
5236: static char *rightfrom[] = /* xlate any \right suffix... */
5237: { "\\|", /* \right\| */
5238: "\\}", /* \right\} */
5239: "\\rangle", /* \right\rangle */
5240: NULL } ; /* --- end-of-rightfrom[] --- */
5241: static char *rightto[] = /* ...to this instead */
5242: { "=", /* = */
5243: "}", /* } */
5244: ">", /* > */
5245: NULL } ; /* --- end-of-rightto[] --- */
5246: /* ---
5247: * { \atop }-like commands
5248: * ----------------------- */
5249: char *atopsym=NULL; /* atopcommands[isymbol] */
5250: static char *atopcommands[] = /* list of {a+b\command c+d}'s */
5251: { "\\over", /* plain tex for \frac */
5252: "\\choose", /* binomial coefficient */
5253: #ifndef NOATOP /*noatop preserves old mimeTeX rule*/
5254: "\\atop",
5255: #endif
5256: NULL } ; /* --- end-of-atopcommands[] --- */
5257: static char *atopdelims[] = /* delims for atopcommands[] */
5258: { NULL, NULL, /* \\over has no delims */
5259: "\\left(", "\\right)", /* \\choose has ( ) delims*/
5260: #ifndef NOATOP /*noatop preserves old mimeTeX rule*/
5261: NULL, NULL, /* \\atop has no delims */
5262: #endif
5263: NULL, NULL } ; /* --- end-of-atopdelims[] --- */
5264: /* ---
5265: * html special/escape chars converted to latex equivalents
5266: * -------------------------------------------------------- */
5267: char *htmlsym=NULL; /* symbols[isymbol].html */
5268: static struct { char *html; char *args; char *latex; } symbols[] =
5269: { /* ---------------------------------------
5270: user-supplied newcommands
5271: --------------------------------------- */
5272: #ifdef NEWCOMMANDS /* -DNEWCOMMANDS=\"filename.h\" */
5273: #include NEWCOMMANDS
5274: #endif
1.3 albertel 5275: /* ---------------------------------------
5276: Cyrillic termchar mimeTeX equivalent...
5277: --------------------------------------- */
5278: { "\\\'G", "embed\\","{\\acute{G}}" },
5279: { "\\\'g", "embed\\","{\\acute{g}}" },
5280: { "\\\'K", "embed\\","{\\acute{K}}" },
5281: { "\\\'k", "embed\\","{\\acute{k}}" },
5282: { "\\u U", "embed\\","{\\breve{U}}" },
5283: { "\\u u", "embed\\","{\\breve{u}}" },
5284: /*{ "\\\"E", "embed\\","{\\ddot{E}}" },*/
5285: /*{ "\\\"e", "embed\\","{\\ddot{e}}" },*/
5286: { "\\\"I", "embed\\","{\\ddot{\\=I}}" },
5287: { "\\\"\\i", "embed\\","{\\ddot{\\=\\i}}" },
1.1 albertel 5288: /* ------------------------------------------
5289: LaTeX Macro #args,default template...
5290: ------------------------------------------ */
5291: { "\\lvec", "2n", "{#2_1,\\cdots,#2_{#1}}" },
1.2 albertel 5292: { "\\grave", "1", "{\\stackrel{\\Huge\\gravesym}{#1}}" }, /* \grave */
5293: { "\\acute", "1", "{\\stackrel{\\Huge\\acutesym}{#1}}" }, /* \acute */
5294: { "\\check", "1", "{\\stackrel{\\Huge\\checksym}{#1}}" }, /* \check */
5295: { "\\breve", "1", "{\\stackrel{\\Huge\\brevesym}{#1}}" }, /* \breve */
1.3 albertel 5296: { "\\buildrel","3", "{\\stackrel{#1}{#3}}" }, /* ignore #2 = \over */
1.1 albertel 5297: { "\\overset", NULL, "\\stackrel" }, /* just an alias */
5298: { "\\underset", "2", "\\relstack{#2}{#1}" }, /* reverse args */
5299: /* ---------------------------------------
1.2 albertel 5300: html char termchar LaTeX equivalent...
1.1 albertel 5301: --------------------------------------- */
5302: { """, ";", "\"" }, /* " is first, " */
5303: { "&", ";", "&" },
5304: { "<", ";", "<" },
5305: { ">", ";", ">" },
1.3 albertel 5306: { "\", ";", "\\" }, /* backslash */
5307: { "&backslash",";", "\\" },
1.1 albertel 5308: { " ", ";", "~" },
5309: { "¡", ";", "{\\raisebox{-2}{\\rotatebox{180}{!}}}" },
5310: { "¦", ";", "|" },
5311: { "±", ";", "\\pm" },
5312: { "²", ";", "{{}^2}" },
5313: { "³", ";", "{{}^3}" },
5314: { "µ", ";", "\\mu" },
5315: { "¹", ";", "{{}^1}" },
5316: { "¼", ";", "{\\frac14}" },
5317: { "½", ";", "{\\frac12}" },
5318: { "¾", ";", "{\\frac34}" },
5319: { "¿", ";", "{\\raisebox{-2}{\\rotatebox{180}{?}}}" },
5320: { "Â", ";", "{\\rm~\\hat~A}" },
5321: { "Ã", ";", "{\\rm~\\tilde~A}" },
5322: { "Ä", ";", "{\\rm~\\ddot~A}" },
5323: { "Å", ";", "{\\rm~A\\limits^{-1$o}}" },
5324: { "ã", ";", "{\\rm~\\tilde~a}" },
5325: { "ÿ", ";", "{\\rm~\\ddot~y}" }, /* ÿ is last, ÿ */
5326: /* ---------------------------------------
1.2 albertel 5327: html tag termchar LaTeX equivalent...
5328: --------------------------------------- */
1.3 albertel 5329: { "<br>", "embed\\i","\\\\" },
5330: { "<br/>", "embed\\i","\\\\" },
5331: /* ---------------------------------------
5332: garbage termchar LaTeX equivalent...
5333: --------------------------------------- */
5334: { "< TEX >", "embed\\i","\000" },
5335: { "< / TEX >","embed\\i","\000" },
5336: { "<br / >", "embed\\i","\000" },
1.2 albertel 5337: /* ---------------------------------------
1.1 albertel 5338: LaTeX termchar mimeTeX equivalent...
5339: --------------------------------------- */
5340: { "\\AA", NULL, "{\\rm~A\\limits^{-1$o}}" },
5341: { "\\aa", NULL, "{\\rm~a\\limits^{-1$o}}" },
5342: { "\\bmod", NULL, "{\\hspace2{\\rm~mod}\\hspace2}" },
5343: { "\\vdots", NULL, "{\\raisebox3{\\rotatebox{90}{\\ldots}}}" },
1.2 albertel 5344: { "\\dots", NULL, "{\\cdots}" },
1.1 albertel 5345: { "\\cdots", NULL, "{\\raisebox3{\\ldots}}" },
5346: { "\\ldots", NULL, "{\\fs4.\\hspace1.\\hspace1.}" },
5347: { "\\ddots", NULL, "{\\fs4\\raisebox8.\\hspace1\\raisebox4.\\hspace1.}"},
5348: { "\\notin", NULL, "{\\not\\in}" },
5349: { "\\neq", NULL, "{\\not=}" },
1.2 albertel 5350: { "\\ne", NULL, "{\\not=}" },
1.1 albertel 5351: { "\\hbar", NULL, "{\\compose~h{{\\fs{-1}-\\atop\\vspace3}}}" },
5352: { "\\angle", NULL, "{\\compose{\\hspace{3}\\lt}{\\circle(10,15;-80,80)}}"},
1.2 albertel 5353: { "\\textcelsius", NULL, "{\\textdegree C}"},
5354: { "\\textdegree", NULL, "{\\Large^{^{\\tiny\\mathbf o}}}"},
1.1 albertel 5355: { "\\cr", NULL, "\\\\" },
1.2 albertel 5356: { "\\iiint", NULL, "{\\int\\int\\int}\\limits" },
1.1 albertel 5357: { "\\iint", NULL, "{\\int\\int}\\limits" },
5358: { "\\Bigiint", NULL, "{\\Bigint\\Bigint}\\limits" },
1.2 albertel 5359: { "\\bigsqcap",NULL, "{\\fs{+4}\\sqcap}" },
1.1 albertel 5360: { "!`", NULL, "{\\raisebox{-2}{\\rotatebox{180}{!}}}" },
5361: { "?`", NULL, "{\\raisebox{-2}{\\rotatebox{180}{?}}}" },
1.2 albertel 5362: { "^\'", "embed","\'" }, /* avoid ^^ when re-xlating \' below */
5363: { "\'\'\'\'","embed","^{\\fs{-1}\\prime\\prime\\prime\\prime}" },
5364: { "\'\'\'", "embed","^{\\fs{-1}\\prime\\prime\\prime}" },
5365: { "\'\'", "embed","^{\\fs{-1}\\prime\\prime}" },
5366: { "\'", "embed","^{\\fs{-1}\\prime}" },
1.1 albertel 5367: { "\\rightleftharpoons",NULL,"{\\rightharpoonup\\atop\\leftharpoondown}" },
1.2 albertel 5368: { "\\therefore",NULL,"{\\Huge\\raisebox{-4}{.\\atop.\\,.}}" },
1.1 albertel 5369: { "\\LaTeX", NULL, "{\\rm~L\\raisebox{3}{\\fs{-1}A}\\TeX}" },
5370: { "\\TeX", NULL, "{\\rm~T\\raisebox{-3}{E}X}" },
5371: { "\\cyan", NULL, "{\\reverse\\red\\reversebg}" },
5372: { "\\magenta",NULL, "{\\reverse\\green\\reversebg}" },
5373: { "\\yellow",NULL, "{\\reverse\\blue\\reversebg}" },
1.2 albertel 5374: { "\\cancel",NULL, "\\Not" },
1.1 albertel 5375: { "\\hhline",NULL, "\\Hline" },
5376: { "\\Hline", NULL, "\\hline\\,\\\\\\hline" },
5377: /* ---------------------------------------------------------
5378: "Algebra Syntax" termchar mimeTeX/LaTeX equivalent...
5379: ------------------------------------------------------------ */
5380: { "sqrt", "1", "{\\sqrt{#1}}" },
5381: { "sin", "1", "{\\sin{#1}}" },
5382: { "cos", "1", "{\\cos{#1}}" },
5383: { "asin", "1", "{\\sin^{-1}{#1}}" },
5384: { "acos", "1", "{\\cos^{-1}{#1}}" },
1.2 albertel 5385: { "exp", "1", "{{\\rm~e}^{#1}}" },
1.1 albertel 5386: { "det", "1", "{\\left|{#1}\\right|}" },
5387: /* ---------------------------------------
5388: LaTeX Constant termchar value...
5389: --------------------------------------- */
5390: { "\\thinspace", NULL, "2" },
5391: { "\\thinmathspace", NULL, "2" },
5392: { "\\textwidth", NULL, "400" },
5393: { NULL, NULL, NULL }
5394: } ; /* --- end-of-symbols[] --- */
5395: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
5396: first remove comments
5397: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
5398: expptr = expression; /* start search at beginning */
5399: while ( (leftptr=strstr(expptr,leftcomment)) != NULL ) /*found leftcomment*/
5400: {
5401: char *rightsym=NULL; /* rightcomment[isymbol] */
5402: expptr = leftptr+strlen(leftcomment); /* start rightcomment search here */
5403: /* --- check for any closing rightcomment, in given precedent order --- */
5404: if ( *expptr != '\000' ) /*have chars after this leftcomment*/
5405: for(isymbol=0; (rightsym=rightcomment[isymbol]) != NULL; isymbol++)
5406: if ( (tokptr=strstr(expptr,rightsym)) != NULL ) /*found rightcomment*/
5407: { tokptr += strlen(rightsym); /* first char after rightcomment */
5408: if ( *tokptr == '\000' ) /*nothing after this rightcomment*/
5409: { *leftptr = '\000'; /*so terminate expr at leftcomment*/
5410: break; } /* and stop looking for comments */
5411: *leftptr = '~'; /* replace entire comment by ~ */
5412: strcpy(leftptr+1,tokptr); /* and squeeze out comment */
5413: goto next_comment; } /* stop looking for rightcomment */
5414: /* --- no rightcomment after opening leftcomment --- */
5415: *leftptr = '\000'; /* so terminate expression */
5416: /* --- resume search past squeezed-out comment --- */
5417: next_comment:
5418: if ( *leftptr == '\000' ) break; /* reached end of expression */
5419: expptr = leftptr+1; /*resume search after this comment*/
5420: } /* --- end-of-while(leftptr!=NULL) --- */
5421: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
5422: run thru table, converting all occurrences of each macro to its expansion
5423: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
5424: for(isymbol=0; (htmlsym=symbols[isymbol].html) != NULL; isymbol++)
5425: {
5426: int htmllen = strlen(htmlsym); /* length of escape, _without_ ; */
5427: int isalgebra = isalpha((int)(*htmlsym)); /* leading char alphabetic */
1.3 albertel 5428: int isembedded = 0, /* true to xlate even if embedded */
5429: isstrwstr = 0, /* true to use strwstr() */
5430: wstrlen = 0; /* length of strwstr() match */
1.1 albertel 5431: char *aleft="{([<|", *aright="})]>|"; /*left,right delims for alg syntax*/
1.3 albertel 5432: char embedkeywd[99] = "embed", /* keyword to signal embedded token*/
5433: embedterm = '\000'; /* char immediately after embed */
5434: int embedlen = strlen(embedkeywd); /* #chars in embedkeywd */
1.1 albertel 5435: char *args = symbols[isymbol].args, /* number {}-args, optional []-arg */
5436: *htmlterm = args, /*if *args nonumeric, then html term*/
5437: *latexsym = symbols[isymbol].latex; /*latex replacement for htmlsym*/
5438: char abuff[8192]; int iarg,nargs=0; /* macro expansion params */
1.3 albertel 5439: char wstrwhite[99]; /* whitespace chars for strwstr() */
1.1 albertel 5440: if ( args != NULL ) /*we have args (or htmlterm) param*/
1.3 albertel 5441: if ( *args != '\000' ) { /* and it's not an empty string */
1.1 albertel 5442: if ( strchr("0123456789",*args) != NULL ) /* is 1st char #args=0-9 ? */
5443: { htmlterm = NULL; /* if so, then we have no htmlterm */
5444: *abuff = *args; abuff[1] = '\000'; /* #args char in ascii buffer */
5445: nargs = atoi(abuff); } /* interpret #args to numeric */
1.3 albertel 5446: else if ( strncmp(args,embedkeywd,embedlen) == 0 )/*xlate embedded token*/
1.2 albertel 5447: { htmlterm = NULL; /* if so, then we have no htmlterm */
1.3 albertel 5448: isembedded = 1 ; /* turn on embedded flag */
5449: embedterm = args[embedlen]; /* char immediately after embed */
5450: if (strlen(args) > embedlen+1) { /* have embed,white for strwstr() */
5451: isstrwstr = 1; /* turn on strwtsr flag */
5452: strcpy(wstrwhite,args+6); } } /* and set its whitespace arg */
5453: } /* --- end-of-if(*args!='\000') --- */
1.1 albertel 5454: expptr = expression; /* re-start search at beginning */
1.3 albertel 5455: while ( ( tokptr=(!isstrwstr?strstr(expptr,htmlsym): /* just use strtsr */
5456: strwstr(expptr,htmlsym,wstrwhite,&wstrlen)) ) /* or use our strwstr */
5457: != NULL ) /* found another sym */
5458: { int toklen = (!isstrwstr?htmllen:wstrlen); /* length of matched sym */
5459: char termchar = *(tokptr+toklen), /* char terminating html sequence */
1.2 albertel 5460: prevchar = (tokptr==expptr?' ':*(tokptr-1)); /*char preceding html*/
1.3 albertel 5461: int escapelen = toklen; /* total length of escape sequence */
1.1 albertel 5462: *abuff = '\000'; /* default to empty string */
5463: if ( latexsym != NULL ) /* table has .latex xlation */
5464: if ( *latexsym != '\000' ) /* and it's not an empty string */
5465: strcpy(abuff,latexsym); /* so get local copy */
5466: if ( htmlterm != NULL ) /* sequence may have terminator */
5467: escapelen += (isthischar(termchar,htmlterm)?1:0); /*add terminator*/
1.2 albertel 5468: if ( !isembedded ) /* don't xlate embedded sequence */
5469: if ( isalpha((int)termchar) ) /*we just have prefix of longer sym*/
1.3 albertel 5470: { expptr = tokptr+toklen; /* just resume search after prefix */
1.1 albertel 5471: continue; } /* but don't replace it */
1.2 albertel 5472: if ( isembedded ) /* for embedded sequence */
1.3 albertel 5473: if ( !isthischar(embedterm,ESCAPE) /* don't xlate escaped \token */
5474: && isthischar(prevchar,ESCAPE) ) /* and we have escaped \token */
5475: { expptr = tokptr+toklen; /*just resume search after literal*/
1.2 albertel 5476: continue; } /* but don't replace it */
1.1 albertel 5477: if ( !isthischar(*htmlsym,ESCAPE) /* our symbol isn't escaped */
1.2 albertel 5478: && isalpha(*htmlsym) /* and our symbol starts with alpha*/
1.1 albertel 5479: && !isthischar(*htmlsym,"&") ) /* and not an &html; special char */
5480: if ( tokptr != expression ) /* then if we're past beginning */
5481: if ( isthischar(*(tokptr-1),ESCAPE) /*and if inline symbol escaped*/
5482: || (isalpha(*(tokptr-1))) ) /* or if suffix of longer string */
5483: { expptr = tokptr+escapelen; /*just resume search after literal*/
5484: continue; } /* but don't replace it */
5485: if ( nargs > 0 ) /*substitute #1,#2,... in latexsym*/
5486: {
5487: char *arg1ptr = tokptr+escapelen;/* nargs begin after macro literal */
5488: char *optarg = args+1; /* ptr 1 char past #args digit 0-9 */
5489: expptr = arg1ptr; /* ptr to beginning of next arg */
5490: for ( iarg=1; iarg<=nargs; iarg++ ) /* one #`iarg` arg at a time */
5491: {
5492: char argsignal[32] = "#1", /* #1...#9 signals arg replacement */
5493: *argsigptr = NULL; /* ptr to argsignal in abuff[] */
5494: /* --- get argument value --- */
5495: *argval = '\000'; /* init arg as empty string */
5496: skipwhite(expptr); /* and skip leading white space */
5497: if ( iarg==1 && *optarg!='\000' /* check for optional [arg] */
5498: && !isalgebra ) /* but not in "algebra syntax" */
5499: { strcpy(argval,optarg); /* init with default value */
5500: if ( *expptr == '[' ) /* but user gave us [argval] */
5501: expptr = texsubexpr(expptr,argval,0,"[","]",0,0); } /*so get it*/
5502: else /* not optional, so get {argval} */
1.3 albertel 5503: if ( *expptr != '\000' ) { /* check that some argval provided */
1.1 albertel 5504: if ( !isalgebra ) /* only { } delims for latex macro */
5505: expptr = texsubexpr(expptr,argval,0,"{","}",0,0); /*get {argval}*/
5506: else /*any delim for algebra syntax macro*/
5507: { expptr = texsubexpr(expptr,argval,0,aleft,aright,0,1);
5508: if ( isthischar(*argval,aleft) ) /* have delim-enclosed arg */
5509: if ( *argval != '{' ) /* and it's not { }-enclosed */
5510: { strchange(0,argval,"\\left"); /* insert opening \left, */
1.3 albertel 5511: strchange(0,argval+strlen(argval)-1,"\\right"); } }/*\right*/
5512: } /* --- end-of-if(*expptr!='\000') --- */
1.1 albertel 5513: /* --- replace #`iarg` in macro with argval --- */
5514: sprintf(argsignal,"#%d",iarg); /* #1...#9 signals argument */
5515: while ( (argsigptr=strstr(argval,argsignal)) != NULL ) /* #1...#9 */
5516: strcpy(argsigptr,argsigptr+strlen(argsignal)); /*can't be in argval*/
5517: while ( (argsigptr=strstr(abuff,argsignal)) != NULL ) /* #1...#9 */
5518: strchange(strlen(argsignal),argsigptr,argval); /*replaced by argval*/
5519: } /* --- end-of-for(iarg) --- */
5520: escapelen += ((int)(expptr-arg1ptr)); /* add in length of all args */
5521: } /* --- end-of-if(nargs>0) --- */
5522: strchange(escapelen,tokptr,abuff); /*replace macro or html symbol*/
5523: expptr = tokptr + strlen(abuff); /*resume search after macro / html*/
5524: } /* --- end-of-while(tokptr!=NULL) --- */
5525: } /* --- end-of-for(isymbol) --- */
5526: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.3 albertel 5527: convert \left( to \( and \right) to \), etc.
5528: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
5529: if ( xlateleft ) /* \left...\right xlation wanted */
5530: for ( idelim=0; idelim<2; idelim++ ) /* 0 for \left and 1 for \right */
5531: {
5532: char *lrstr = (idelim==0?"\\left":"\\right"); /* \left on 1st pass */
5533: int lrlen = (idelim==0?5:6); /* strlen() of \left or \right */
5534: char *braces = (idelim==0?LEFTBRACES ".":RIGHTBRACES "."), /*([{<or)]}>*/
5535: **lrfrom= (idelim==0?leftfrom:rightfrom), /* long braces like \| */
5536: **lrto = (idelim==0?leftto:rightto), /* xlated to 1-char like = */
5537: *lrsym = NULL; /* lrfrom[isymbol] */
5538: expptr = expression; /* start search at beginning */
5539: while ( (tokptr=strstr(expptr,lrstr)) != NULL ) /* found \left or \right */
5540: {
5541: if ( isthischar(*(tokptr+lrlen),braces) ) /* followed by a 1-char brace*/
5542: { strcpy(tokptr+1,tokptr+lrlen); /* so squeeze out "left" or "right"*/
5543: expptr = tokptr+2; } /* and resume search past brace */
5544: else /* may be a "long" brace like \| */
5545: {
5546: expptr = tokptr+lrlen; /*init to resume search past\left\rt*/
5547: for(isymbol=0; (lrsym=lrfrom[isymbol]) != NULL; isymbol++)
5548: { int symlen = strlen(lrsym); /* #chars in delim, e.g., 2 for \| */
5549: if ( memcmp(tokptr+lrlen,lrsym,symlen) == 0 ) /* found long delim*/
5550: { strcpy(tokptr+1,tokptr+lrlen+symlen-1); /* squeeze out delim */
5551: *(tokptr+1) = *(lrto[isymbol]); /* last char now 1-char delim*/
5552: expptr = tokptr+2 - lrlen; /* resume search past 1-char delim*/
5553: break; } /* no need to check more lrsym's */
5554: } /* --- end-of-for(isymbol) --- */
5555: } /* --- end-of-if/else(isthischar()) --- */
5556: } /* --- end-of-while(tokptr!=NULL) --- */
5557: } /* --- end-of-for(idelim) --- */
5558: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.1 albertel 5559: run thru table, converting all {a+b\atop c+d} to \atop{a+b}{c+d}
5560: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
5561: for(isymbol=0; (atopsym=atopcommands[isymbol]) != NULL; isymbol++)
5562: {
5563: int atoplen = strlen(atopsym); /* #chars in \atop */
5564: expptr = expression; /* re-start search at beginning */
5565: while ( (tokptr=strstr(expptr,atopsym)) != NULL ) /* found another atop */
5566: { char *leftbrace=NULL, *rightbrace=NULL; /*ptr to opening {, closing }*/
5567: char termchar = *(tokptr+atoplen); /* \atop followed by terminator */
5568: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=999 )
5569: { fprintf(msgfp,"mimeprep> offset=%d rhs=\"%s\"\n",
5570: (int)(tokptr-expression),tokptr);
5571: fflush(msgfp); }
5572: if ( isalpha((int)termchar) ) /*we just have prefix of longer sym*/
5573: { expptr = tokptr+atoplen; /* just resume search after prefix */
5574: continue; } /* but don't process it */
5575: leftbrace = findbraces(expression,tokptr); /* find left { */
5576: rightbrace = findbraces(NULL,tokptr+atoplen-1); /* find right } */
5577: if ( leftbrace==NULL || rightbrace==NULL )
5578: { expptr += atoplen; continue; } /* skip command if didn't find */
5579: else /* we have bracketed { \atop } */
5580: {
5581: int leftlen = (int)(tokptr-leftbrace) - 1, /* #chars in left arg */
5582: rightlen = (int)(rightbrace-tokptr) - atoplen, /* and in right*/
5583: totlen = (int)(rightbrace-leftbrace) + 1; /*tot in { \atop }*/
5584: char *open=atopdelims[2*isymbol], *close=atopdelims[2*isymbol+1];
5585: char arg[8192], command[8192]; /* left/right args, new \atop{}{} */
5586: *command = '\000'; /* start with null string */
5587: if (open!=NULL) strcat(command,open); /* add open delim if needed */
5588: strcat(command,atopsym); /* add command with \atop */
5589: arg[0] = '{'; /* arg starts with { */
5590: memcpy(arg+1,leftbrace+1,leftlen); /* extract left-hand arg */
5591: arg[leftlen+1] = '\000'; /* and null terminate it */
5592: strcat(command,arg); /* concatanate {left-arg to \atop */
5593: strcat(command,"}{"); /* close left-arg, open right-arg */
5594: memcpy(arg,tokptr+atoplen,rightlen); /* right-hand arg */
5595: arg[rightlen] = '}'; /* add closing } */
5596: arg[rightlen+1] = '\000'; /* and null terminate it */
5597: if ( isthischar(*arg,WHITEMATH) ) /* 1st char was mandatory space */
5598: strcpy(arg,arg+1); /* so squeeze it out */
5599: strcat(command,arg); /* concatanate right-arg} */
5600: if (close!=NULL) strcat(command,close); /* add close delim if needed*/
5601: strchange(totlen-2,leftbrace+1,command); /* {\atop} --> {\atop{}{}} */
5602: expptr = leftbrace+strlen(command); /*resume search past \atop{}{}*/
5603: }
5604: } /* --- end-of-while(tokptr!=NULL) --- */
5605: } /* --- end-of-for(isymbol) --- */
5606: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
5607: back to caller with preprocessed expression
5608: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
5609: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=99 ) /* display preprocessed expression */
5610: { fprintf(msgfp,"mimeprep> expression=\"\"%s\"\"\n",expression);
5611: fflush(msgfp); }
5612: return ( expression );
5613: } /* --- end-of-function mimeprep() --- */
5614:
5615:
5616: /* ==========================================================================
5617: * Function: strchange ( int nfirst, char *from, char *to )
5618: * Purpose: Changes the nfirst leading chars of `from` to `to`.
5619: * For example, to change char x[99]="12345678" to "123ABC5678"
5620: * call strchange(1,x+3,"ABC")
5621: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5622: * Arguments: nfirst (I) int containing #leading chars of `from`
5623: * that will be replace by `to`
5624: * from (I/O) char * to null-terminated string whose nfirst
5625: * leading chars will be replaced by `to`
5626: * to (I) char * to null-terminated string that will
5627: * replace the nfirst leading chars of `from`
5628: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5629: * Returns: ( char * ) ptr to first char of input `from`
5630: * or NULL for any error.
5631: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5632: * Notes: o If strlen(to)>nfirst, from must have memory past its null
5633: * (i.e., we don't do a realloc)
5634: * ======================================================================= */
5635: /* --- entry point --- */
5636: char *strchange ( int nfirst, char *from, char *to )
5637: {
5638: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
5639: Allocations and Declarations
5640: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
5641: int tolen = (to==NULL?0:strlen(to)), /* #chars in replacement string */
5642: nshift = abs(tolen-nfirst); /*need to shift from left or right*/
5643: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
5644: shift from left or right to accommodate replacement of its nfirst chars by to
5645: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
5646: if ( tolen < nfirst ) /* shift left is easy */
5647: strcpy(from,from+nshift); /* because memory doesn't overlap */
5648: if ( tolen > nfirst ) /* need more room at start of from */
5649: { char *pfrom = from+strlen(from); /* ptr to null terminating from */
5650: for ( ; pfrom>=from; pfrom-- ) /* shift all chars including null */
5651: *(pfrom+nshift) = *pfrom; } /* shift chars nshift places right */
5652: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
5653: from has exactly the right number of free leading chars, so just put to there
5654: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
5655: if ( tolen != 0 ) /* make sure to not empty or null */
5656: memcpy(from,to,tolen); /* chars moved into place */
5657: return ( from ); /* changed string back to caller */
5658: } /* --- end-of-function strchange() --- */
5659:
5660:
5661: /* ==========================================================================
5662: * Function: strreplace (char *string, char *from, char *to, int nreplace)
5663: * Purpose: Changes the first nreplace occurrences of 'from' to 'to'
5664: * in string, or all occurrences if nreplace=0.
5665: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5666: * Arguments: string (I/0) char * to null-terminated string in which
5667: * occurrence of 'from' will be replaced by 'to'
5668: * from (I) char * to null-terminated string
5669: * to be replaced by 'to'
5670: * to (I) char * to null-terminated string that will
5671: * replace 'from'
5672: * nreplace (I) int containing (maximum) number of
5673: * replacements, or 0 to replace all.
5674: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5675: * Returns: ( int ) number of replacements performed,
5676: * or 0 for no replacements or -1 for any error.
5677: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5678: * Notes: o
5679: * ======================================================================= */
5680: /* --- entry point --- */
5681: int strreplace ( char *string, char *from, char *to, int nreplace )
5682: {
5683: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
5684: Allocations and Declarations
5685: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
5686: int fromlen = (from==NULL?0:strlen(from)), /* #chars to be replaced */
5687: tolen = (to==NULL?0:strlen(to)); /* #chars in replacement string */
5688: char *pfrom = (char *)NULL, /*ptr to 1st char of from in string*/
5689: *pstring = string, /*ptr past previously replaced from*/
5690: *strchange(); /* change 'from' to 'to' */
5691: int nreps = 0; /* #replacements returned to caller*/
5692: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
5693: repace occurrences of 'from' in string to 'to'
5694: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
5695: if ( string == (char *)NULL /* no input string */
5696: || (fromlen<1 && nreplace<=0) ) /* replacing empty string forever */
5697: nreps = (-1); /* so signal error */
5698: else /* args okay */
5699: while (nreplace<1 || nreps<nreplace) /* up to #replacements requested */
5700: {
5701: if ( fromlen > 0 ) /* have 'from' string */
5702: pfrom = strstr(pstring,from); /*ptr to 1st char of from in string*/
5703: else pfrom = pstring; /*or empty from at start of string*/
5704: if ( pfrom == (char *)NULL ) break; /*no more from's, so back to caller*/
5705: if ( strchange(fromlen,pfrom,to) /* leading 'from' changed to 'to' */
5706: == (char *)NULL ) { nreps=(-1); break; } /* signal error to caller */
5707: nreps++; /* count another replacement */
5708: pstring = pfrom+tolen; /* pick up search after 'to' */
5709: if ( *pstring == '\000' ) break; /* but quit at end of string */
5710: } /* --- end-of-while() --- */
5711: return ( nreps ); /* #replacements back to caller */
5712: } /* --- end-of-function strreplace() --- */
5713:
5714:
5715: /* ==========================================================================
1.3 albertel 5716: * Function: strwstr (char *string, char *substr, char *white, int *sublen)
5717: * Purpose: Find first substr in string, but wherever substr contains
5718: * a whitespace char (in white), string may contain any number
5719: * (including 0) of whitespace chars. If white contains I or i,
5720: * then match is case-insensitive (and I,i _not_ whitespace).
5721: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5722: * Arguments: string (I) char * to null-terminated string in which
5723: * first occurrence of substr will be found
5724: * substr (I) char * to null-terminated string containing
5725: * "template" that will be searched for
5726: * white (I) char * to null-terminated string containing
5727: * whitespace chars. If NULL or empty, then
5728: * "~ \t\n\r\f\v" (WHITEMATH in mimetex.h) used.
5729: * If white contains I or i, then match is
5730: * case-insensitive (and I,i _not_ considered
5731: * whitespace).
5732: * sublen (O) address of int returning "length" of substr
5733: * found in string (which may be longer or
5734: * shorter than substr itself).
5735: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5736: * Returns: ( char * ) ptr to first char of substr in string
5737: * or NULL if not found or for any error.
5738: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5739: * Notes: o Wherever a single whitespace char appears in substr,
5740: * the corresponding position in string may contain any
5741: * number (including 0) of whitespace chars, e.g.,
5742: * string="abc def" and string="abcdef" both match
5743: * substr="c d" at offset 2 of string.
5744: * o If substr="c d" (two spaces between c and d),
5745: * then string must have at least one space, so now "abcdef"
5746: * doesn't match. In general, the minimum number of spaces
5747: * in string is the number of spaces in substr minus 1
5748: * (so 1 space in substr permits 0 spaces in string).
5749: * o Embedded spaces are counted in sublen, e.g.,
5750: * string="c d" (three spaces) matches substr="c d"
5751: * with sublen=5 returned. But string="ab c d" will
5752: * also match substr=" c d" returning sublen=5 and
5753: * a ptr to the "c". That is, the mandatory preceding
5754: * space is _not_ counted as part of the match.
5755: * But all the embedded space is counted.
5756: * (An inconsistent bug/feature is that mandatory
5757: * terminating space is counted.)
5758: * o Moreover, string="c d" matches substr=" c d", i.e.,
5759: * the very beginning of a string is assumed to be preceded
5760: * by "virtual blanks".
5761: * ======================================================================= */
5762: /* --- entry point --- */
5763: char *strwstr ( char *string, char *substr, char *white, int *sublen )
5764: {
5765: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
5766: Allocations and Declarations
5767: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
5768: char *psubstr=substr, *pstring=string,/*ptr to current char in substr,str*/
5769: *pfound = (char *)NULL; /*ptr to found substr back to caller*/
5770: char *pwhite=NULL, whitespace[256]; /* callers white whithout i,I */
5771: int iscase = (white==NULL?1: /* case-sensitive if i,I in white */
5772: strchr(white,'i')==NULL && strchr(white,'I')==NULL);
5773: int foundlen = 0; /* length of substr found in string*/
5774: int nstrwhite=0, nsubwhite=0, /* #leading white chars in str,sub */
5775: nminwhite=0; /* #mandatory leading white in str */
5776: int nstrchars=0, nsubchars=0, /* #non-white chars to be matched */
5777: isncmp=0; /*strncmp() or strncasecmp() result*/
5778: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
5779: Initialization
5780: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
5781: /* --- set up whitespace --- */
5782: strcpy(whitespace,WHITEMATH); /*default if no user input for white*/
5783: if ( white != NULL ) /*user provided ptr to white string*/
5784: if ( *white != '\000' ) { /*and it's not just an empty string*/
5785: strcpy(whitespace,white); /* so use caller's white spaces */
5786: while ( (pwhite=strchr(whitespace,'i')) != NULL ) /* have an embedded i */
5787: strcpy(pwhite,pwhite+1); /* so squeeze it out */
5788: while ( (pwhite=strchr(whitespace,'I')) != NULL ) /* have an embedded I */
5789: strcpy(pwhite,pwhite+1); /* so squeeze it out */
5790: if ( *whitespace == '\000' ) /* caller's white just had i,I */
5791: strcpy(whitespace,WHITEMATH); } /* so revert back to default */
5792: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
5793: Find first occurrence of substr in string
5794: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
5795: if ( string != NULL ) /* caller passed us a string ptr */
5796: while ( *pstring != '\000' ) { /* break when string exhausted */
5797: char *pstrptr = pstring; /* (re)start at next char in string*/
5798: int leadingwhite = 0; /* leading whitespace */
5799: psubstr = substr; /* start at beginning of substr */
5800: foundlen = 0; /* reset length of found substr */
5801: if ( substr != NULL ) /* caller passed us a substr ptr */
5802: while ( *psubstr != '\000' ) { /*see if pstring begins with substr*/
5803: /* --- check for end-of-string before finding match --- */
5804: if ( *pstrptr == '\000' ) /* end-of-string without a match */
5805: goto nextstrchar; /* keep trying with next char */
5806: /* --- actual amount of whitespace in string and substr --- */
5807: nsubwhite = strspn(psubstr,whitespace); /* #leading white chars in sub */
5808: nstrwhite = strspn(pstrptr,whitespace); /* #leading white chars in str */
5809: nminwhite = max2(0,nsubwhite-1); /* #mandatory leading white in str */
5810: /* --- check for mandatory leading whitespace in string --- */
5811: if ( pstrptr != string ) /*not mandatory at start of string*/
5812: if ( nstrwhite < nminwhite ) /* too little leading white space */
5813: goto nextstrchar; /* keep trying with next char */
5814: /* ---hold on to #whitespace chars in string preceding substr match--- */
5815: if ( pstrptr == pstring ) /* whitespace at start of substr */
5816: leadingwhite = nstrwhite; /* save it as leadingwhite */
5817: /* --- check for optional whitespace --- */
5818: if ( psubstr != substr ) /* always okay at start of substr */
5819: if ( nstrwhite>0 && nsubwhite<1 ) /* too much leading white space */
5820: goto nextstrchar; /* keep trying with next char */
5821: /* --- skip any leading whitespace in substr and string --- */
5822: psubstr += nsubwhite; /* push past leading sub whitespace*/
5823: pstrptr += nstrwhite; /* push past leading str whitespace*/
5824: /* --- now get non-whitespace chars that we have to match --- */
5825: nsubchars = strcspn(psubstr,whitespace); /* #non-white chars in sub */
5826: nstrchars = strcspn(pstrptr,whitespace); /* #non-white chars in str */
5827: if ( nstrchars < nsubchars ) /* too few chars for match */
5828: goto nextstrchar; /* keep trying with next char */
5829: /* --- see if next nsubchars are a match --- */
5830: isncmp = (iscase? strncmp(pstrptr,psubstr,nsubchars): /*case sensitive*/
5831: strncasecmp(pstrptr,psubstr,nsubchars)); /*case insensitive*/
5832: if ( isncmp != 0 ) /* no match */
5833: goto nextstrchar; /* keep trying with next char */
5834: /* --- push past matched chars --- */
5835: psubstr += nsubchars; pstrptr += nsubchars; /*nsubchars were matched*/
5836: } /* --- end-of-while(*psubstr!='\000') --- */
5837: pfound = pstring + leadingwhite; /* found match starting at pstring */
5838: foundlen = (int)(pstrptr-pfound); /* consisting of this many chars */
5839: goto end_of_job; /* back to caller */
5840: /* ---failed to find substr, continue trying with next char in string--- */
5841: nextstrchar: /* continue outer loop */
5842: pstring++; /* bump to next char in string */
5843: } /* --- end-of-while(*pstring!='\000') --- */
5844: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
5845: Back to caller with ptr to first occurrence of substr in string
5846: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
5847: end_of_job:
5848: if ( msglevel>=999 && msgfp!=NULL) { /* debugging/diagnostic output */
5849: fprintf(msgfp,"strwstr> str=\"%.72s\" sub=\"%s\" found at offset %d\n",
5850: string,substr,(pfound==NULL?(-1):(int)(pfound-string))); fflush(msgfp); }
5851: if ( sublen != NULL ) /*caller wants length of found substr*/
5852: *sublen = foundlen; /* give it to him along with ptr */
5853: return ( pfound ); /*ptr to first found substr, or NULL*/
5854: } /* --- end-of-function strwstr() --- */
5855:
5856:
5857: /* ==========================================================================
5858: * Function: strtexchr ( char *string, char *texchr )
1.1 albertel 5859: * Purpose: Find first texchr in string, but texchr must be followed
5860: * by non-alpha
5861: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5862: * Arguments: string (I) char * to null-terminated string in which
1.3 albertel 5863: * first occurrence of delim will be found
1.1 albertel 5864: * texchr (I) char * to null-terminated string that
5865: * will be searched for
5866: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5867: * Returns: ( char * ) ptr to first char of texchr in string
5868: * or NULL if not found or for any error.
5869: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5870: * Notes: o texchr should contain its leading \, e.g., "\\left"
5871: * ======================================================================= */
5872: /* --- entry point --- */
5873: char *strtexchr ( char *string, char *texchr )
5874: {
5875: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
5876: Allocations and Declarations
5877: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.2 albertel 5878: char delim, *ptexchr=(char *)NULL; /* ptr returned to caller*/
1.1 albertel 5879: char *pstring = string; /* start or continue up search here*/
5880: int texchrlen = (texchr==NULL?0:strlen(texchr)); /* #chars in texchr */
5881: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
5882: locate texchr in string
5883: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
5884: if ( string != (char *)NULL /* check that we got input string */
1.3 albertel 5885: && texchrlen > 0 ) { /* and a texchr to search for */
1.1 albertel 5886: while ( (ptexchr=strstr(pstring,texchr)) /* look for texchr in string */
5887: != (char *)NULL ) /* found it */
5888: if ( (delim = ptexchr[texchrlen]) /* char immediately after texchr */
5889: == '\000' ) break; /* texchr at very end of string */
5890: else /* if there are chars after texchr */
5891: if ( isalpha(delim) /*texchr is prefix of longer symbol*/
5892: || 0 ) /* other tests to be determined */
5893: pstring = ptexchr + texchrlen; /* continue search after texchr */
5894: else /* passed all tests */
1.3 albertel 5895: break; } /*so return ptr to texchr to caller*/
1.1 albertel 5896: return ( ptexchr ); /* ptr to texchar back to caller */
5897: } /* --- end-of-function strtexchr() --- */
5898:
5899:
5900: /* ==========================================================================
5901: * Function: findbraces ( char *expression, char *command )
5902: * Purpose: If expression!=NULL, finds opening left { preceding command;
5903: * if expression==NULL, finds closing right } after command.
5904: * For example, to parse out {a+b\over c+d} call findbraces()
5905: * twice.
5906: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5907: * Arguments: expression (I) NULL to find closing right } after command,
5908: * or char * to null-terminated string to find
5909: * left opening { preceding command.
5910: * command (I) char * to null-terminated string whose
5911: * first character is usually the \ of \command
5912: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5913: * Returns: ( char * ) ptr to either opening { or closing },
5914: * or NULL for any error.
5915: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5916: * Notes: o
5917: * ======================================================================= */
5918: /* --- entry point --- */
5919: char *findbraces ( char *expression, char *command )
5920: {
5921: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
5922: Allocations and Declarations
5923: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
5924: int isopen = (expression==NULL?0:1); /* true to find left opening { */
5925: char *left="{", *right="}", /* delims bracketing {x\command y} */
5926: *delim = (isopen?left:right), /* delim we want, { if isopen */
5927: *match = (isopen?right:left), /* matching delim, } if isopen */
5928: *brace = NULL; /* ptr to delim returned to caller */
5929: int inc = (isopen?-1:+1); /* pointer increment */
5930: int level = 1; /* nesting level, for {{}\command} */
5931: char *ptr = command; /* start search here */
5932: int setbrace = 1; /* true to set {}'s if none found */
5933: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
5934: search for left opening { before command, or right closing } after command
5935: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
5936: while ( 1 ) /* search for brace, or until end */
5937: {
5938: /* --- next char to check for delim --- */
5939: ptr += inc; /* bump ptr left or right */
5940: /* --- check for beginning or end of expression --- */
5941: if ( isopen ) /* going left, check for beginning */
5942: { if ( ptr < expression ) break; } /* went before start of string */
5943: else { if ( *ptr == '\000' ) break; } /* went past end of string */
5944: /* --- don't check this char if it's escaped --- */
5945: if ( !isopen || ptr>expression ) /* very first char can't be escaped*/
5946: if ( isthischar(*(ptr-1),ESCAPE) ) /* escape char precedes current */
5947: continue; /* so don't check this char */
5948: /* --- check for delim --- */
5949: if ( isthischar(*ptr,delim) ) /* found delim */
5950: if ( --level == 0 ) /* and it's not "internally" nested*/
5951: { brace = ptr; /* set ptr to brace */
5952: goto end_of_job; } /* and return it to caller */
5953: /* --- check for matching delim --- */
5954: if ( isthischar(*ptr,match) ) /* found matching delim */
5955: level++; /* so bump nesting level */
5956: } /* --- end-of-while(1) --- */
5957: end_of_job:
5958: if ( brace == (char *)NULL ) /* open{ or close} not found */
5959: if ( setbrace ) /* want to force one at start/end? */
5960: brace = ptr; /* { before expressn, } after cmmnd*/
5961: return ( brace ); /*back to caller with delim or NULL*/
5962: } /* --- end-of-function findbraces() --- */
5963: #endif /* PART2 */
5964:
5965: /* ---
5966: * PART3
5967: * ------ */
5968: #if !defined(PARTS) || defined(PART3)
5969: /* ==========================================================================
5970: * Function: rasterize ( expression, size )
5971: * Purpose: returns subraster corresponding to (a valid LaTeX) expression
5972: * at font size
5973: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5974: * Arguments: expression (I) char * to first char of null-terminated
5975: * string containing valid LaTeX expression
5976: * to be rasterized
5977: * size (I) int containing 0-4 default font size
5978: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5979: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to expression,
5980: * or NULL for any parsing error.
5981: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
5982: * Notes: o This is mimeTeX's "main" reusable entry point. Easy to use:
5983: * just call it with a LaTeX expression, and get back a bitmap
5984: * of that expression. Then do what you want with the bitmap.
5985: * ======================================================================= */
5986: /* --- entry point --- */
5987: subraster *rasterize ( char *expression, int size )
5988: {
5989: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
5990: Allocations and Declarations
5991: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.3 albertel 5992: char *preamble(), pretext[512]; /* process preamble, if present */
5993: char chartoken[MAXSUBXSZ+1], *texsubexpr(), /*get subexpression from expr*/
1.1 albertel 5994: *subexpr = chartoken; /* token may be parenthesized expr */
5995: int isbrace(); /* check subexpr for braces */
5996: mathchardef *symdef, *get_symdef(); /*get mathchardef struct for symbol*/
1.3 albertel 5997: int ligdef, get_ligature(); /*get symtable[] index for ligature*/
1.1 albertel 5998: int natoms=0; /* #atoms/tokens processed so far */
5999: int type_raster(); /* display debugging output */
6000: subraster *rasterize(), /* recurse */
6001: *rastparen(), /* handle parenthesized subexpr's */
6002: *rastlimits(); /* handle sub/superscripted expr's */
6003: subraster *rastcat(), /* concatanate atom subrasters */
6004: *subrastcpy(), /* copy final result if a charaster*/
6005: *new_subraster(); /* new subraster for isstring mode */
6006: subraster *get_charsubraster(), /* character subraster */
6007: *sp=NULL, *prevsp=NULL, /* raster for current, prev char */
6008: *expraster = (subraster *)NULL; /* raster returned to caller */
6009: int delete_subraster(); /* free everything before returning*/
1.3 albertel 6010: int family = fontinfo[fontnum].family; /* current font family */
6011: int isleftscript = 0, /* true if left-hand term scripted */
6012: wasscripted = 0, /* true if preceding token scripted*/
6013: wasdelimscript = 0; /* true if preceding delim scripted*/
1.1 albertel 6014: /*int pixsz = 1;*/ /*default #bits per pixel, 1=bitmap*/
6015: /* --- global values saved/restored at each recursive iteration --- */
1.2 albertel 6016: int wasstring = isstring, /* initial isstring mode flag */
1.1 albertel 6017: wasdisplaystyle = isdisplaystyle, /*initial displaystyle mode flag*/
1.2 albertel 6018: oldfontnum = fontnum, /* initial font family */
1.1 albertel 6019: oldfontsize = fontsize, /* initial fontsize */
6020: olddisplaysize = displaysize, /* initial \displaystyle size */
6021: oldshrinkfactor = shrinkfactor, /* initial shrinkfactor */
1.2 albertel 6022: oldsmashmargin = smashmargin, /* initial smashmargin */
6023: oldissmashdelta = issmashdelta, /* initial issmashdelta */
1.3 albertel 6024: oldisexplicitsmash = isexplicitsmash, /* initial isexplicitsmash */
6025: oldisscripted = isscripted, /* initial isscripted */
1.1 albertel 6026: *oldworkingparam = workingparam; /* initial working parameter */
6027: subraster *oldworkingbox = workingbox, /* initial working box */
6028: *oldleftexpression = leftexpression; /*left half rasterized so far*/
6029: double oldunitlength = unitlength; /* initial unitlength */
6030: mathchardef *oldleftsymdef = leftsymdef; /* init oldleftsymdef */
6031: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6032: initialization
6033: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6034: recurlevel++; /* wind up one more recursion level*/
6035: leftexpression = NULL; /* no leading left half yet */
6036: isreplaceleft = 0; /* reset replaceleft flag */
1.3 albertel 6037: if(1)fraccenterline = NOVALUE; /* reset \frac baseline signal */
1.1 albertel 6038: /* shrinkfactor = shrinkfactors[max2(0,min2(size,LARGESTSIZE))];*/ /*set sf*/
6039: shrinkfactor = shrinkfactors[max2(0,min2(size,16))]; /* have 17 sf's */
1.3 albertel 6040: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel >= 9 ) { /*display expression for debugging*/
6041: fprintf(msgfp,
6042: "rasterize> recursion#%d, size=%d,\n\texpression=\"%s\"\n",
6043: recurlevel,size,(expression==NULL?"<null>":expression)); fflush(msgfp); }
1.1 albertel 6044: if ( expression == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* nothing given to do */
6045: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6046: preocess optional $-terminated preamble preceding expression
6047: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6048: expression = preamble(expression,&size,pretext); /* size may be modified */
6049: if ( *expression == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* nothing left to do */
6050: fontsize = size; /* start at requested size */
6051: if ( isdisplaystyle == 1 ) /* displaystyle enabled but not set*/
6052: if ( !ispreambledollars ) /* style fixed by $$...$$'s */
6053: isdisplaystyle = (fontsize>=displaysize? 2:1); /*force at large fontsize*/
6054: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6055: build up raster one character (or subexpression) at a time
6056: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6057: while ( 1 )
6058: {
1.3 albertel 6059: /* --- kludge for \= cyrillic ligature --- */
6060: isligature = 0; /* no ligature found yet */
6061: family = fontinfo[fontnum].family; /* current font family */
6062: if ( family == CYR10 ) /* may have cyrillic \= ligature */
6063: if ( (ligdef = get_ligature(expression,family)) /*check for any ligature*/
6064: >= 0 ) /* got some ligature */
6065: if ( memcmp(symtable[ligdef].symbol,"\\=",2) == 0 ) /* starts with \= */
6066: isligature = 1; /* signal \= ligature */
1.1 albertel 6067: /* --- get next character/token or subexpression --- */
1.3 albertel 6068: subexprptr = expression; /* ptr within expression to subexpr*/
1.1 albertel 6069: expression = texsubexpr(expression,chartoken,0,LEFTBRACES,RIGHTBRACES,1,1);
6070: subexpr = chartoken; /* "local" copy of chartoken ptr */
6071: leftsymdef = NULL; /* no character identified yet */
6072: sp = NULL; /* no subraster yet */
6073: size = fontsize; /* in case reset by \tiny, etc */
1.3 albertel 6074: /*isleftscript = isdelimscript;*/ /*was preceding term scripted delim*/
6075: wasscripted = isscripted; /* true if preceding token scripted*/
6076: wasdelimscript = isdelimscript; /* preceding \right delim scripted */
6077: if(1)isscripted = 0; /* no subscripted expression yet */
6078: isdelimscript = 0; /* reset \right delim scripted flag*/
1.1 albertel 6079: /* --- debugging output --- */
1.3 albertel 6080: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel >= 9 ) { /* display chartoken for debugging */
6081: fprintf(msgfp,
6082: "rasterize> recursion#%d,atom#%d=\"%s\" (isligature=%d,isleftscript=%d)\n",
6083: recurlevel,natoms+1,chartoken,isligature,isleftscript); fflush(msgfp); }
1.1 albertel 6084: if ( expression == NULL /* no more tokens */
6085: && *subexpr == '\000' ) break; /* and this token empty */
6086: if ( *subexpr == '\000' ) break; /* enough if just this token empty */
6087: /* --- check for parenthesized subexpression --- */
6088: if ( isbrace(subexpr,LEFTBRACES,1) ) /* got parenthesized subexpression */
6089: { if ( (sp=rastparen(&subexpr,size,prevsp)) /* rasterize subexpression */
6090: == NULL ) continue; } /* flush it if failed to rasterize */
6091: else /* --- single-character atomic token --- */
6092: if ( !isthischar(*subexpr,SCRIPTS) ) /* scripts handled below */
6093: {
1.3 albertel 6094: /* --- first check for opening $ in \text{ if $n-m$ even} --- */
6095: if ( istextmode /* we're in \text mode */
6096: && *subexpr=='$' && subexpr[1]=='\000' ) { /* and have an opening $ */
6097: char *endptr=NULL, mathexpr[MAXSUBXSZ+1]; /* $expression$ in \text{ }*/
6098: int exprlen = 0; /* length of $expression$ */
6099: int textfontnum = fontnum; /* current text font number */
6100: /*if ( (endptr=strrchr(expression,'$')) != NULL )*/ /*ptr to closing $*/
6101: if ( (endptr=strchr(expression,'$')) != NULL ) /* ptr to closing $ */
6102: exprlen = (int)(endptr-expression); /* #chars preceding closing $ */
6103: else { /* no closing $ found */
6104: exprlen = strlen(expression); /* just assume entire expression */
6105: endptr = expression + (exprlen-1); } /*and push expression to '\000'*/
6106: exprlen = min2(exprlen,MAXSUBXSZ); /* don't overflow mathexpr[] */
6107: if ( exprlen > 0 ) { /* have something between $$ */
6108: memcpy(mathexpr,expression,exprlen); /*local copy of math expression*/
6109: mathexpr[exprlen] = '\000'; /* null-terminate it */
6110: fontnum = 0; /* set math mode */
6111: sp = rasterize(mathexpr,size); /* and rasterize $expression$ */
6112: fontnum = textfontnum; } /* set back to text mode */
6113: expression = endptr+1; /* push expression past closing $ */
6114: } /* --- end-of-if(istextmode&&*subexpr=='$') --- */
6115: else
6116: /* --- otherwise, look up mathchardef for atomic token in table --- */
6117: if ( (leftsymdef=symdef=get_symdef(chartoken)) /*mathchardef for token*/
6118: == NULL ) /* lookup failed */
6119: { char literal[512] = "[?]"; /*display for unrecognized literal*/
6120: int oldfontnum = fontnum; /* error display in default mode */
6121: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel >= 29 ) /* display unrecognized symbol*/
1.1 albertel 6122: { fprintf(msgfp,"rasterize> get_symdef() failed for \"%s\"\n",
6123: chartoken); fflush(msgfp); }
1.3 albertel 6124: sp = (subraster *)NULL; /* init to signal failure */
6125: if ( warninglevel < 1 ) continue; /* warnings not wanted */
6126: fontnum = 0; /* reset from \mathbb, etc */
6127: if ( isthischar(*chartoken,ESCAPE) ) /* we got unrecognized \escape*/
6128: { /* --- so display literal {\rm~[\backslash~chartoken?]} --- */
6129: strcpy(literal,"{\\rm~[\\backslash~"); /* init token */
6130: strcat(literal,chartoken+1); /* add chars following leading \ */
6131: strcat(literal,"?]}"); } /* add closing brace */
6132: sp = rasterize(literal,size-1); /* rasterize literal token */
6133: fontnum = oldfontnum; /* reset font family */
6134: if ( sp == (subraster *)NULL ) continue; }/*flush if rasterize fails*/
6135: else /* --- check if we have special handler to process this token --- */
6136: if ( symdef->handler != NULL ) /* have a handler for this token */
6137: { int arg1=symdef->charnum, arg2=symdef->family, arg3=symdef->class;
6138: if ( (sp = (subraster *) /* returned void* is subraster* */
6139: (*(symdef->handler))(&expression,size,prevsp,arg1,arg2,arg3))==NULL)
6140: continue; } /* flush token if handler failed */
6141: else /* --- no handler, so just get subraster for this character --- */
6142: if ( !isstring ) /* rasterizing */
6143: { if ( isligature ) /* found a ligature */
6144: expression = subexprptr + strlen(symdef->symbol); /*push past it*/
6145: if ( (sp=get_charsubraster(symdef,size)) /* get subraster */
1.1 albertel 6146: == NULL ) continue; } /* flush token if failed */
1.3 albertel 6147: else /* constructing ascii string */
1.1 albertel 6148: { char *symbol = symdef->symbol; /* symbol for ascii string */
6149: int symlen = (symbol!=NULL?strlen(symbol):0); /*#chars in symbol*/
6150: if ( symlen < 1 ) continue; /* no symbol for ascii string */
6151: if ( (sp=new_subraster(symlen+1,1,8)) /* subraster for symbol */
6152: == NULL ) continue; /* flush token if malloc failed */
6153: sp->type = ASCIISTRING; /* set subraster type */
6154: sp->symdef = symdef; /* and set symbol definition */
6155: sp->baseline = 1; /* default (should be unused) */
6156: strcpy((char *)((sp->image)->pixmap),symbol); /* copy symbol */
6157: /*((char *)((sp->image)->pixmap))[symlen] = '\000';*/ } /*null*/
1.3 albertel 6158: } /* --- end-of-if(!isthischar(*subexpr,SCRIPTS)) --- */
1.1 albertel 6159: /* --- handle any super/subscripts following symbol or subexpression --- */
6160: sp = rastlimits(&expression,size,sp);
1.3 albertel 6161: isleftscript = (wasscripted||wasdelimscript?1:0);/*preceding term scripted*/
1.1 albertel 6162: /* --- debugging output --- */
1.3 albertel 6163: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel >= 9 ) { /* display raster for debugging */
6164: fprintf(msgfp,"rasterize> recursion#%d,atom#%d%s\n",
6165: recurlevel,natoms+1,(sp==NULL?" = <null>":"..."));
6166: if ( msglevel >= 9 ) fprintf(msgfp,
6167: " isleftscript=%d is/wasscripted=%d,%d is/wasdelimscript=%d,%d\n",
6168: isleftscript,isscripted,wasscripted,isdelimscript,wasdelimscript);
6169: if ( msglevel >= 99 )
6170: if(sp!=NULL) type_raster(sp->image,msgfp); /* display raster */
6171: fflush(msgfp); } /* flush msgfp buffer */
1.1 albertel 6172: /* --- accumulate atom or parenthesized subexpression --- */
6173: if ( natoms < 1 /* nothing previous to concat */
6174: || expraster == NULL /* or previous was complete error */
6175: || isreplaceleft ) /* or we're replacing previous */
1.2 albertel 6176: { if ( 1 && expraster!=NULL ) /* probably replacing left */
6177: delete_subraster(expraster); /* so first free original left */
6178: expraster = subrastcpy(sp); /* copy static CHARASTER or left */
1.1 albertel 6179: isreplaceleft = 0; } /* reset replacement flag */
6180: else /*we've already built up atoms so...*/
1.3 albertel 6181: if ( sp != NULL ) { /* ...if we have a new term */
6182: int prevsmashmargin = smashmargin; /* save current smash margin */
6183: if ( isleftscript ) { /* don't smash against scripts */
6184: isdelimscript = 0; /* reset \right delim scripted flag*/
6185: if ( !isexplicitsmash ) smashmargin = 0; } /* signal no smash wanted */
6186: expraster = rastcat(expraster,sp,1); /* concat new term, free previous */
6187: smashmargin = prevsmashmargin; } /* restore current smash margin */
1.1 albertel 6188: delete_subraster(prevsp); /* free prev (if not a CHARASTER) */
6189: prevsp = sp; /* current becomes previous */
6190: leftexpression = expraster; /* left half rasterized so far */
6191: /* --- bump count --- */
6192: natoms++; /* bump #atoms count */
6193: } /* --- end-of-while(expression!=NULL) --- */
6194: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6195: back to caller with rasterized expression
6196: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6197: end_of_job:
6198: delete_subraster(prevsp); /* free last (if not a CHARASTER) */
6199: /* --- debugging output --- */
6200: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel >= 999 ) /* display raster for debugging */
6201: { fprintf(msgfp,"rasterize> Final recursion level=%d, atom#%d...\n",
6202: recurlevel,natoms);
6203: if ( expraster != (subraster *)NULL ) /* i.e., if natoms>0 */
6204: type_raster(expraster->image,msgfp); /* display completed raster */
6205: fflush(msgfp); } /* flush msgfp buffer */
1.2 albertel 6206: /* --- set final raster buffer --- */
6207: if ( 1 && expraster != (subraster *)NULL ) /* have an expression */
1.3 albertel 6208: { int type = expraster->type; /* type of constructed image */
6209: if ( type != FRACRASTER ) /* leave \frac alone */
6210: expraster->type = IMAGERASTER; /* set type to constructed image */
1.2 albertel 6211: if ( istextmode ) /* but in text mode */
6212: expraster->type = blanksignal; /* set type to avoid smash */
6213: expraster->size = fontsize; } /* set original input font size */
1.1 albertel 6214: /* --- restore flags/values to original saved values --- */
6215: isstring = wasstring; /* string mode reset */
6216: isdisplaystyle = wasdisplaystyle; /* displaystyle mode reset */
1.2 albertel 6217: fontnum = oldfontnum; /* font family reset */
1.1 albertel 6218: fontsize = oldfontsize; /* fontsize reset */
6219: displaysize = olddisplaysize; /* \displaystyle size reset */
6220: shrinkfactor = oldshrinkfactor; /* shrinkfactor reset */
1.2 albertel 6221: smashmargin = oldsmashmargin; /* smashmargin reset */
6222: issmashdelta = oldissmashdelta; /* issmashdelta reset */
1.3 albertel 6223: isexplicitsmash = oldisexplicitsmash; /* isexplicitsmash reset */
6224: isscripted = oldisscripted; /* isscripted reset */
1.1 albertel 6225: workingparam = oldworkingparam; /* working parameter reset */
6226: workingbox = oldworkingbox; /* working box reset */
6227: leftexpression = oldleftexpression; /* leftexpression reset */
6228: leftsymdef = oldleftsymdef; /* leftsymdef reset */
6229: unitlength = oldunitlength; /* unitlength reset */
6230: recurlevel--; /* unwind one recursion level */
6231: /* --- return final subraster to caller --- */
6232: return ( expraster );
6233: } /* --- end-of-function rasterize() --- */
6234:
6235:
6236: /* ==========================================================================
6237: * Function: rastparen ( subexpr, size, basesp )
6238: * Purpose: parentheses handler, returns a subraster corresponding to
6239: * parenthesized subexpression at font size
6240: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
6241: * Arguments: subexpr (I) char ** to first char of null-terminated
6242: * string beginning with a LEFTBRACES
6243: * to be rasterized
6244: * size (I) int containing 0-5 default font size
6245: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
6246: * immediately preceding leading left{
6247: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
6248: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
6249: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to subexpr,
6250: * or NULL for any parsing error
6251: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
6252: * Notes: o This "handler" isn't in the mathchardef symbol table,
6253: * but is called directly from rasterize(), as necessary.
6254: * o Though subexpr is returned unchanged, it's passed as char **
6255: * for consistency with other handlers. Ditto, basesp is unused
6256: * but passed for consistency
6257: * ======================================================================= */
6258: /* --- entry point --- */
6259: subraster *rastparen ( char **subexpr, int size, subraster *basesp )
6260: {
6261: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6262: Allocations and Declarations
6263: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6264: char *expression = *subexpr; /* dereference subexpr to get char* */
6265: int explen = strlen(expression); /* total #chars, including parens */
6266: int isescape = 0, /* true if parens \escaped */
6267: isrightdot = 0, /* true if right paren is \right. */
6268: isleftdot = 0; /* true if left paren is \left. */
1.3 albertel 6269: char left[32], right[32]; /* parens enclosing expresion */
6270: char noparens[MAXSUBXSZ+1]; /* get subexpr without parens */
1.1 albertel 6271: subraster *rasterize(), *sp=NULL; /* rasterize what's between ()'s */
6272: int isheight = 1; /*true=full height, false=baseline*/
6273: int height, /* height of rasterized noparens[] */
6274: baseline; /* and its baseline */
1.2 albertel 6275: int family = /*CMSYEX*/ CMEX10; /* family for paren chars */
1.1 albertel 6276: subraster *get_delim(), *lp=NULL, *rp=NULL; /* left and right paren chars */
6277: subraster *rastcat(); /* concatanate subrasters */
6278: int delete_subraster(); /*in case of error after allocation*/
6279: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6280: rasterize "interior" of expression, i.e., without enclosing parens
6281: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6282: /* --- first see if enclosing parens are \escaped --- */
6283: if ( isthischar(*expression,ESCAPE) ) /* expression begins with \escape */
6284: isescape = 1; /* so set flag accordingly */
6285: /* --- get expression *without* enclosing parens --- */
6286: strcpy(noparens,expression); /* get local copy of expression */
6287: noparens[explen-(1+isescape)] = '\000'; /* null-terminate before right} */
6288: strcpy(noparens,noparens+(1+isescape)); /* and then squeeze out left{ */
6289: /* --- rasterize it --- */
6290: if ( (sp = rasterize(noparens,size)) /*rasterize "interior" of expression*/
6291: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if failed */
6292: /* --- no need to add parentheses for unescaped { --- */
6293: if ( !isescape && isthischar(*expression,"{") ) /* don't add parentheses */
6294: goto end_of_job; /* just return sp to caller */
6295: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6296: obtain paren characters to enclose noparens[] raster with
6297: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6298: /* --- first get left and right parens from expression --- */
6299: memset(left,0,16); memset(right,0,16); /* init parens with nulls */
6300: left[0] = *(expression+isescape); /* left{ is 1st or 2nd char */
6301: right[0] = *(expression+explen-1); /* right} is always last char */
6302: isleftdot = (isescape && isthischar(*left,".")); /* true if \left. */
6303: isrightdot = (isescape && isthischar(*right,".")); /* true if \right. */
6304: /* --- need height of noparens[] raster as minimum parens height --- */
6305: height = (sp->image)->height; /* height of noparens[] raster */
6306: baseline = sp->baseline; /* baseline of noparens[] raster */
6307: if ( !isheight ) height = baseline+1; /* parens only enclose baseline up */
6308: /* --- get best-fit parentheses characters --- */
6309: if ( !isleftdot ) /* if not \left. */
6310: lp = get_delim(left,height+1,family); /* get left paren char */
6311: if ( !isrightdot ) /* and if not \right. */
6312: rp = get_delim(right,height+1,family); /* get right paren char */
6313: if ( (lp==NULL && !isleftdot) /* check that we got left( */
6314: || (rp==NULL && !isrightdot) ) /* and right) if needed */
6315: { delete_subraster(sp); /* if failed, free subraster */
6316: if ( lp != NULL ) free ((void *)lp);/*free left-paren subraster envelope*/
6317: if ( rp != NULL ) free ((void *)rp);/*and right-paren subraster envelope*/
6318: sp = (subraster *)NULL; /* signal error to caller */
6319: goto end_of_job; } /* and quit */
6320: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6321: set paren baselines to center on noparens[] raster, and concat components
6322: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6323: /* --- set baselines to center paren chars on raster --- */
6324: if ( lp != NULL ) /* ignore for \left. */
6325: lp->baseline = baseline + ((lp->image)->height - height)/2;
6326: if ( rp != NULL ) /* ignore for \right. */
6327: rp->baseline = baseline + ((rp->image)->height - height)/2;
6328: /* --- concat lp||sp||rp to obtain final result --- */
6329: if ( lp != NULL ) /* ignore \left. */
6330: sp = rastcat(lp,sp,3); /* concat lp||sp and free sp,lp */
6331: if ( sp != NULL ) /* succeeded or ignored \left. */
6332: if ( rp != NULL ) /* ignore \right. */
6333: sp = rastcat(sp,rp,3); /* concat sp||rp and free sp,rp */
6334: /* --- back to caller --- */
6335: end_of_job:
6336: return ( sp );
6337: } /* --- end-of-function rastparen() --- */
6338:
6339:
6340: /* ==========================================================================
6341: * Function: rastlimits ( expression, size, basesp )
6342: * Purpose: \limits, \nolimts, _ and ^ handler,
6343: * dispatches call to rastscripts() or to rastdispmath()
6344: * as necessary, to handle sub/superscripts following symbol
6345: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
6346: * Arguments: expression (I) char ** to first char of null-terminated
6347: * LaTeX expression (unused/unchanged)
6348: * size (I) int containing base font size (not used,
6349: * just stored in subraster)
6350: * basesp (I) subraster * to current character (or
6351: * subexpression) immediately preceding script
6352: * indicator
6353: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
6354: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster returned by rastscripts()
6355: * or rastdispmath(), or NULL for any error
6356: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
6357: * Notes: o
6358: * ======================================================================= */
6359: /* --- entry point --- */
6360: subraster *rastlimits ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp )
6361: {
6362: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6363: Allocations and Declarations
6364: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6365: subraster *rastscripts(), *rastdispmath(), /*one of these will do the work*/
6366: *rastcat(), /* may need to concat scripts */
1.3 albertel 6367: *rasterize(), /* may need to construct dummy base*/
6368: *scriptsp = basesp, /* and this will become the result */
6369: *dummybase = basesp; /* for {}_i construct a dummy base */
1.1 albertel 6370: int isdisplay = (-1); /* set 1 for displaystyle, else 0 */
1.2 albertel 6371: int oldsmashmargin = smashmargin; /* save original smashmargin */
1.1 albertel 6372: int type_raster(); /* display debugging output */
1.3 albertel 6373: int delete_subraster(); /* free dummybase, if necessary */
6374: int rastsmashcheck(); /* check if okay to smash scripts */
1.1 albertel 6375: /* --- to check for \limits or \nolimits preceding scripts --- */
6376: char *texchar(), *exprptr=*expression, limtoken[255]; /*check for \limits*/
6377: int toklen=0; /* strlen(limtoken) */
6378: mathchardef *tokdef, *get_symdef(); /* mathchardef struct for limtoken */
6379: int class=(leftsymdef==NULL?NOVALUE:leftsymdef->class); /*base sym class*/
6380: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6381: determine whether or not to use displaymath
6382: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6383: scriptlevel++; /* first, increment subscript level*/
6384: *limtoken = '\000'; /* no token yet */
1.3 albertel 6385: isscripted = 0; /* signal term not (text) scripted */
1.1 albertel 6386: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=999 )
6387: { fprintf(msgfp,"rastlimits> scriptlevel#%d exprptr=%.48s\n",
6388: scriptlevel,(exprptr==NULL?"null":exprptr)); fflush(msgfp); }
6389: if ( isstring ) goto end_of_job; /* no scripts for ascii string */
6390: /* --- check for \limits or \nolimits --- */
6391: skipwhite(exprptr); /* skip white space before \limits */
6392: if ( exprptr != NULL ) /* expression ptr supplied */
6393: if ( *exprptr != '\000' ) /* something in expression */
6394: exprptr = texchar(exprptr,limtoken); /* retrieve next token */
6395: if ( *limtoken != '\000' ) /* have token */
6396: if ( (toklen=strlen(limtoken)) >= 3 ) /* which may be \[no]limits */
6397: if ( memcmp("\\limits",limtoken,toklen) == 0 /* may be \limits */
6398: || memcmp("\\nolimits",limtoken,toklen) == 0 ) /* or may be \nolimits */
6399: if ( (tokdef= get_symdef(limtoken)) /* look up token to be sure */
1.3 albertel 6400: != NULL ) { /* found token in table */
1.1 albertel 6401: if ( strcmp("\\limits",tokdef->symbol) == 0 ) /* found \limits */
6402: isdisplay = 1; /* so explicitly set displaymath */
6403: else /* wasn't \limits */
6404: if ( strcmp("\\nolimits",tokdef->symbol) == 0 ) /* found \nolimits */
1.3 albertel 6405: isdisplay = 0; } /* so explicitly reset displaymath */
1.1 albertel 6406: /* --- see if we found \[no]limits --- */
6407: if ( isdisplay != (-1) ) /* explicit directive found */
6408: *expression = exprptr; /* so bump expression past it */
6409: else /* noexplicit directive */
6410: { isdisplay = 0; /* init displaymath flag off */
1.3 albertel 6411: if ( isdisplaystyle ) { /* we're in displaystyle math mode */
1.1 albertel 6412: if ( isdisplaystyle >= 5 ) /* and mode irrevocably forced true */
6413: { if ( class!=OPENING && class!=CLOSING ) /*don't force ('s and )'s*/
6414: isdisplay = 1; } /* set flag if mode forced true */
6415: else
6416: if ( isdisplaystyle >= 2 ) /*or mode forced conditionally true*/
6417: { if ( class!=VARIABLE && class!=ORDINARY /*don't force characters*/
6418: && class!=OPENING && class!=CLOSING /*don't force ('s and )'s*/
6419: && class!=BINARYOP /* don't force binary operators */
6420: && class!=NOVALUE ) /* finally, don't force "images" */
6421: isdisplay = 1; } /* set flag if mode forced true */
6422: else /* determine mode from base symbol */
6423: if ( class == DISPOPER ) /* it's a displaystyle operator */
1.3 albertel 6424: isdisplay = 1; } } /* so set flag */
1.1 albertel 6425: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6426: dispatch call to create sub/superscripts
6427: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6428: if ( isdisplay ) /* scripts above/below base symbol */
6429: scriptsp = rastdispmath(expression,size,basesp); /* everything all done */
1.3 albertel 6430: else { /* scripts alongside base symbol */
6431: if ( dummybase == NULL ) /* no base symbol preceding scripts*/
6432: dummybase = rasterize("\\rule0{10}",size); /*guess a typical base symbol*/
6433: issmashokay = 1; /*haven't found a no-smash char yet*/
6434: if((scriptsp=rastscripts(expression,size,dummybase)) == NULL) /*no scripts*/
1.1 albertel 6435: scriptsp = basesp; /* so just return unscripted symbol*/
1.3 albertel 6436: else { /* symbols followed by scripts */
6437: isscripted = 1; /*signal current term text-scripted*/
1.1 albertel 6438: if ( basesp != NULL ) /* have base symbol */
1.3 albertel 6439: { /*if(0)smashmargin = 0;*/ /*don't smash script (doesn't work)*/
1.2 albertel 6440: /*scriptsp = rastcat(basesp,scriptsp,2);*//*concat scripts to base sym*/
1.3 albertel 6441: /* --- smash (or just concat) script raster against base symbol --- */
6442: if ( !issmashokay ) /* don't smash leading - */
6443: if ( !isexplicitsmash ) scriptsp->type = blanksignal; /*don't smash*/
1.2 albertel 6444: scriptsp = rastcat(basesp,scriptsp,3); /*concat scripts to base sym*/
1.3 albertel 6445: if(1) scriptsp->type = IMAGERASTER; /* flip type of composite object */
6446: /* --- smash (or just concat) scripted term to stuff to its left --- */
6447: issmashokay = 1; /* okay to smash base expression */
6448: if ( 0 && smashcheck > 1 ) /* smashcheck=2 to check base */
6449: /* note -- we _don't_ have base expression available to check */
6450: issmashokay = rastsmashcheck(*expression); /*check if okay to smash*/
6451: if ( !issmashokay ) /* don't smash leading - */
6452: if ( !isexplicitsmash ) scriptsp->type = blanksignal; /*don't smash*/
6453: scriptsp->size = size; } } } /* and set font size */
1.1 albertel 6454: end_of_job:
1.2 albertel 6455: smashmargin = oldsmashmargin; /* reset original smashmargin */
1.3 albertel 6456: if ( dummybase != basesp ) delete_subraster(dummybase); /*free work area*/
1.1 albertel 6457: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=99 )
6458: { fprintf(msgfp,"rastlimits> scriptlevel#%d returning %s\n",
6459: scriptlevel,(scriptsp==NULL?"null":"..."));
6460: if ( scriptsp != NULL ) /* have a constructed raster */
6461: type_raster(scriptsp->image,msgfp); /*display constructed raster*/
6462: fflush(msgfp); }
6463: scriptlevel--; /*lastly, decrement subscript level*/
6464: return ( scriptsp );
6465: } /* --- end-of-function rastlimits() --- */
6466:
6467:
6468: /* ==========================================================================
6469: * Function: rastscripts ( expression, size, basesp )
6470: * Purpose: super/subscript handler, returns subraster for the leading
6471: * scripts in expression, whose base symbol is at font size
6472: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
6473: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
6474: * string beginning with a super/subscript,
6475: * and returning ptr immediately following
6476: * last script character processed.
6477: * size (I) int containing 0-4 default font size
6478: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
6479: * immediately preceding leading script
6480: * (scripts will be placed relative to base)
6481: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
6482: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to scripts,
6483: * or NULL for any parsing error
6484: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
6485: * Notes: o This "handler" isn't in the mathchardef symbol table,
6486: * but is called directly from rasterize(), as necessary.
6487: * ======================================================================= */
6488: /* --- entry point --- */
6489: subraster *rastscripts ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp )
6490: {
6491: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6492: Allocations and Declarations
6493: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6494: char *texscripts(), /* parse expression for scripts */
6495: subscript[512], supscript[512]; /* scripts parsed from expression */
6496: subraster *rasterize(), *subsp=NULL, *supsp=NULL; /* rasterize scripts */
6497: subraster *new_subraster(), *sp=NULL, /* super- over subscript subraster */
6498: *rastack(); /*sets scripts in displaymath mode*/
6499: raster *rp=NULL; /* image raster embedded in sp */
6500: int height=0, width=0, baseline=0, /* height,width,baseline of sp */
6501: subht=0, subwidth=0, subln=0, /* height,width,baseline of sub */
6502: supht=0, supwidth=0, supln=0, /* height,width,baseline of sup */
6503: baseht=0, baseln=0; /* height,baseline of base */
6504: int bdescend=0, sdescend=0; /* descender of base, subscript */
6505: int issub=0, issup=0, isboth=0, /* true if we have sub,sup,both */
6506: isbase=0; /* true if we have base symbol */
6507: int szval = min2(max2(size,0),LARGESTSIZE), /* 0...LARGESTSIZE */
6508: vbetween = 2, /* vertical space between scripts */
6509: vabove = szval+1, /*sup's top/bot above base's top/bot*/
6510: vbelow = szval+1, /*sub's top/bot below base's top/bot*/
6511: vbottom = szval+1; /*sup's bot above (sub's below) bsln*/
6512: /*int istweak = 1;*/ /* true to tweak script positioning */
6513: int rastput(); /*put scripts in constructed raster*/
6514: int delete_subraster(); /* free work areas */
1.3 albertel 6515: int rastsmashcheck(); /* check if okay to smash scripts */
1.1 albertel 6516: int pixsz = 1; /*default #bits per pixel, 1=bitmap*/
6517: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6518: Obtain subscript and/or superscript expressions, and rasterize them/it
6519: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6520: /* --- parse for sub,superscript(s), and bump expression past it(them) --- */
6521: if ( expression == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* no *ptr given */
6522: if ( *expression == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* no expression given */
6523: if ( *(*expression) == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* nothing in expression */
6524: *expression = texscripts(*expression,subscript,supscript,3);
6525: /* --- rasterize scripts --- */
6526: if ( *subscript != '\000' ) /* have a subscript */
6527: subsp = rasterize(subscript,size-1); /* so rasterize it at size-1 */
6528: if ( *supscript != '\000' ) /* have a superscript */
6529: supsp = rasterize(supscript,size-1); /* so rasterize it at size-1 */
6530: /* --- set flags for convenience --- */
6531: issub = (subsp != (subraster *)NULL); /* true if we have subscript */
6532: issup = (supsp != (subraster *)NULL); /* true if we have superscript */
6533: isboth = (issub && issup); /* true if we have both */
6534: if (!issub && !issup) goto end_of_job; /* quit if we have neither */
1.3 albertel 6535: /* --- check for leading no-smash chars (if enabled) --- */
6536: issmashokay = 0; /* default, don't smash scripts */
6537: if ( smashcheck > 0 ) { /* smash checking wanted */
6538: issmashokay = 1; /*haven't found a no-smash char yet*/
6539: if ( issub ) /* got a subscript */
6540: issmashokay = rastsmashcheck(subscript); /* check if okay to smash */
6541: if ( issmashokay ) /* clean sub, so check sup */
6542: if ( issup ) /* got a superscript */
6543: issmashokay = rastsmashcheck(supscript); /* check if okay to smash */
6544: } /* --- end-of-if(smashcheck>0) --- */
1.1 albertel 6545: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6546: get height, width, baseline of scripts, and height, baseline of base symbol
6547: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6548: /* --- get height and width of components --- */
6549: if ( issub ) /* we have a subscript */
6550: { subht = (subsp->image)->height; /* so get its height */
6551: subwidth = (subsp->image)->width; /* and width */
6552: subln = subsp->baseline; } /* and baseline */
6553: if ( issup ) /* we have a superscript */
6554: { supht = (supsp->image)->height; /* so get its height */
6555: supwidth = (supsp->image)->width; /* and width */
6556: supln = supsp->baseline; } /* and baseline */
6557: /* --- get height and baseline of base, and descender of base and sub --- */
6558: if ( basesp == (subraster *)NULL ) /* no base symbol for scripts */
6559: basesp = leftexpression; /* try using left side thus far */
6560: if ( basesp != (subraster *)NULL ) /* we have base symbol for scripts */
6561: { baseht = (basesp->image)->height; /* height of base symbol */
6562: baseln = basesp->baseline; /* and its baseline */
6563: bdescend = baseht-(baseln+1); /* and base symbol descender */
6564: sdescend = bdescend + vbelow; /*sub must descend by at least this*/
6565: if ( baseht > 0 ) isbase = 1; } /* set flag */
6566: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6567: determine width of constructed raster
6568: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6569: width = max2(subwidth,supwidth); /*widest component is overall width*/
6570: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6571: determine height and baseline of constructed raster
6572: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6573: /* --- both super/subscript --- */
6574: if ( isboth ) /*we have subscript and superscript*/
6575: { height = max2(subht+vbetween+supht, /* script heights + space bewteen */
6576: vbelow+baseht+vabove); /*sub below base bot, sup above top*/
6577: baseline = baseln + (height-baseht)/2; } /*center scripts on base symbol*/
6578: /* --- superscript only --- */
6579: if ( !issub ) /* we only have a superscript */
6580: { height = max3(baseln+1+vabove, /* sup's top above base symbol top */
6581: supht+vbottom, /* sup's bot above baseln */
6582: supht+vabove-bdescend); /* sup's bot above base symbol bot */
6583: baseline = height-1; } /*sup's baseline at bottom of raster*/
6584: /* --- subscript only --- */
1.3 albertel 6585: if ( !issup ) { /* we only have a subscript */
1.1 albertel 6586: if ( subht > sdescend ) /*sub can descend below base bot...*/
6587: { height = subht; /* ...without extra space on top */
6588: baseline = height-(sdescend+1); /* sub's bot below base symbol bot */
6589: baseline = min2(baseline,max2(baseln-vbelow,0)); }/*top below base top*/
6590: else /* sub's top will be below baseln */
6591: { height = sdescend+1; /* sub's bot below base symbol bot */
1.3 albertel 6592: baseline = 0; } } /* sub's baseline at top of raster */
1.1 albertel 6593: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6594: construct raster with superscript over subscript
6595: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6596: /* --- allocate subraster containing constructed raster --- */
6597: if ( (sp=new_subraster(width,height,pixsz)) /*allocate subraster and raster*/
6598: == NULL ) /* and if we fail to allocate */
6599: goto end_of_job; /* quit */
6600: /* --- initialize subraster parameters --- */
6601: sp->type = IMAGERASTER; /* set type as constructed image */
6602: sp->size = size; /* set given size */
6603: sp->baseline = baseline; /* composite scripts baseline */
6604: rp = sp->image; /* raster embedded in subraster */
6605: /* --- place super/subscripts in new raster --- */
6606: if ( issup ) /* we have a superscript */
6607: rastput(rp,supsp->image,0,0,1); /* it goes in upper-left corner */
6608: if ( issub ) /* we have a subscript */
6609: rastput(rp,subsp->image,height-subht,0,1); /*in lower-left corner*/
6610: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6611: free unneeded component subrasters and return final result to caller
6612: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6613: end_of_job:
6614: if ( issub ) delete_subraster(subsp); /* free unneeded subscript */
6615: if ( issup ) delete_subraster(supsp); /* and superscript */
6616: return ( sp );
6617: } /* --- end-of-function rastscripts() --- */
6618:
6619:
6620: /* ==========================================================================
6621: * Function: rastdispmath ( expression, size, sp )
6622: * Purpose: displaymath handler, returns sp along with
6623: * its immediately following super/subscripts
6624: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
6625: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
6626: * string immediately following sp to be
6627: * rasterized along with its super/subscripts,
6628: * and returning ptr immediately following last
6629: * character processed.
6630: * size (I) int containing 0-4 default font size
6631: * sp (I) subraster * to display math operator
6632: * to which super/subscripts will be added
6633: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
6634: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to sp
6635: * plus its scripts, or NULL for any error
6636: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
6637: * Notes: o sp returned unchanged if no super/subscript(s) follow it.
6638: * ======================================================================= */
6639: /* --- entry point --- */
6640: subraster *rastdispmath ( char **expression, int size, subraster *sp )
6641: {
6642: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6643: Allocations and Declarations
6644: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6645: char *texscripts(), /* parse expression for scripts */
6646: subscript[512], supscript[512]; /* scripts parsed from expression */
6647: int issub=0, issup=0; /* true if we have sub,sup */
6648: subraster *rasterize(), *subsp=NULL, *supsp=NULL, /* rasterize scripts */
6649: *rastack(), /* stack operator with scripts */
6650: *new_subraster(); /* for dummy base sp, if needed */
6651: int vspace = 1; /* vertical space between scripts */
6652: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6653: Obtain subscript and/or superscript expressions, and rasterize them/it
6654: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6655: /* --- parse for sub,superscript(s), and bump expression past it(them) --- */
6656: if ( expression == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* no *ptr given */
6657: if ( *expression == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* no expression given */
6658: if ( *(*expression) == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* nothing in expression */
6659: *expression = texscripts(*expression,subscript,supscript,3);
6660: /* --- rasterize scripts --- */
6661: if ( *subscript != '\000' ) /* have a subscript */
6662: subsp = rasterize(subscript,size-1); /* so rasterize it at size-1 */
6663: if ( *supscript != '\000' ) /* have a superscript */
6664: supsp = rasterize(supscript,size-1); /* so rasterize it at size-1 */
6665: /* --- set flags for convenience --- */
6666: issub = (subsp != (subraster *)NULL); /* true if we have subscript */
6667: issup = (supsp != (subraster *)NULL); /* true if we have superscript */
6668: if (!issub && !issup) goto end_of_job; /*return operator alone if neither*/
6669: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6670: stack operator and its script(s)
6671: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6672: /* --- stack superscript atop operator --- */
1.3 albertel 6673: if ( issup ) { /* we have a superscript */
1.1 albertel 6674: if ( sp == NULL ) /* but no base expression */
6675: sp = supsp; /* so just use superscript */
6676: else /* have base and superscript */
6677: if ( (sp=rastack(sp,supsp,1,vspace,1,3)) /* stack supsp atop base sp */
1.3 albertel 6678: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; } /* and quit if failed */
1.1 albertel 6679: /* --- stack operator+superscript atop subscript --- */
1.3 albertel 6680: if ( issub ) { /* we have a subscript */
1.1 albertel 6681: if ( sp == NULL ) /* but no base expression */
6682: sp = subsp; /* so just use subscript */
6683: else /* have base and subscript */
6684: if ( (sp=rastack(subsp,sp,2,vspace,1,3)) /* stack sp atop base subsp */
1.3 albertel 6685: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; } /* and quit if failed */
1.1 albertel 6686: sp->type = IMAGERASTER; /* flip type of composite object */
6687: sp->size = size; /* and set font size */
6688: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6689: free unneeded component subrasters and return final result to caller
6690: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6691: end_of_job:
6692: return ( sp );
6693: } /* --- end-of-function rastdispmath() --- */
6694:
6695:
6696: /* ==========================================================================
6697: * Function: rastleft ( expression, size, basesp, ildelim, arg2, arg3 )
6698: * Purpose: \left...\right handler, returns a subraster corresponding to
6699: * delimited subexpression at font size
6700: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
6701: * Arguments: expression (I) char ** to first char of null-terminated
6702: * string beginning with a \left
6703: * to be rasterized
6704: * size (I) int containing 0-5 default font size
6705: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
6706: * immediately preceding leading left{
6707: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
1.2 albertel 6708: * ildelim (I) int containing ldelims[] index of
1.1 albertel 6709: * left delimiter
6710: * arg2 (I) int unused
6711: * arg3 (I) int unused
6712: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
6713: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to subexpr,
6714: * or NULL for any parsing error
6715: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
6716: * Notes: o
6717: * ======================================================================= */
6718: /* --- entry point --- */
6719: subraster *rastleft ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
6720: int ildelim, int arg2, int arg3 )
6721: {
6722: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6723: Allocations and Declarations
6724: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6725: subraster *rasterize(), *sp=NULL; /*rasterize between \left...\right*/
6726: subraster *get_delim(), *lp=NULL, *rp=NULL; /* left and right delim chars */
6727: subraster *rastlimits(); /*handle sub/super scripts on lp,rp*/
6728: subraster *rastcat(); /* concat lp||sp||rp subrasters */
6729: int family=CMSYEX, /* get_delim() family */
6730: height=0, rheight=0, /* subexpr, right delim height */
6731: margin=(size+1), /* delim height margin over subexpr*/
6732: opmargin=(5); /* extra margin for \int,\sum,\etc */
1.3 albertel 6733: char /* *texleft(),*/ subexpr[MAXSUBXSZ+1];/*chars between \left...\right*/
1.1 albertel 6734: char *texchar(), /* get delims after \left,\right */
6735: ldelim[256]=".", rdelim[256]="."; /* delims following \left,\right */
6736: char *strtexchr(), *pleft, *pright; /*locate \right matching our \left*/
6737: int isleftdot=0, isrightdot=0; /* true if \left. or \right. */
1.3 albertel 6738: int isleftscript=0, isrightscript=0; /* true if delims are scripted */
1.1 albertel 6739: int sublen=0; /* strlen(subexpr) */
6740: int idelim=0; /* 1=left,2=right */
1.2 albertel 6741: /* int gotldelim = 0; */ /* true if ildelim given by caller */
1.1 albertel 6742: int delete_subraster(); /* free subraster if rastleft fails*/
6743: int wasdisplaystyle = isdisplaystyle; /* save current displaystyle */
1.2 albertel 6744: int istextleft=0, istextright=0; /* true for non-displaystyle delims*/
1.1 albertel 6745: /* --- recognized delimiters --- */
6746: static char left[16]="\\left", right[16]="\\right"; /* tex delimiters */
6747: static char *ldelims[] = {
6748: "unused", ".", /* 1 for \left., \right. */
6749: "(", ")", /* 2,3 for \left(, \right) */
6750: "\\{","\\}", /* 4,5 for \left\{, \right\} */
6751: "[", "]", /* 6,7 for \left[, \right] */
6752: "<", ">", /* 8,9 for \left<, \right> */
6753: "|", "\\|", /* 10,11 for \left,\right |,\|*/
6754: NULL };
6755: /* --- recognized operator delimiters --- */
6756: static char *opdelims[] = { /* operator delims from cmex10 */
6757: "int", "sum", "prod",
6758: "cup", "cap", "dot",
6759: "plus", "times", "wedge",
6760: "vee",
6761: NULL }; /* --- end-of-opdelims[] --- */
6762: /* --- delimiter xlation --- */
6763: static char *xfrom[] = /* xlate any delim suffix... */
6764: { "\\|", /* \| */
6765: "\\{", /* \{ */
6766: "\\}", /* \} */
6767: "\\lbrace", /* \lbrace */
6768: "\\rbrace", /* \rbrace */
6769: "\\langle", /* \langle */
6770: "\\rangle", /* \rangle */
6771: NULL } ; /* --- end-of-xfrom[] --- */
6772: static char *xto[] = /* ...to this instead */
6773: { "=", /* \| to = */
6774: "{", /* \{ to { */
6775: "}", /* \} to } */
6776: "{", /* \lbrace to { */
6777: "}", /* \rbrace to } */
6778: "<", /* \langle to < */
6779: ">", /* \rangle to > */
6780: NULL } ; /* --- end-of-xto[] --- */
1.2 albertel 6781: /* --- non-displaystyle delimiters --- */
6782: static char *textdelims[] = /* these delims _aren't_ display */
6783: { "|", "=",
6784: "(", ")",
6785: "[", "]",
6786: "<", ">",
6787: "{", "}",
6788: "dbl", /* \lbrackdbl and \rbrackdbl */
6789: NULL } ; /* --- end-of-textdelims[] --- */
1.1 albertel 6790: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6791: initialization
6792: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6793: /* --- check args --- */
6794: if ( *(*expression) == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* nothing after \left */
6795: /* --- determine left delimiter, and set default \right. delimiter --- */
6796: if ( ildelim!=NOVALUE && ildelim>=1 ) /* called with explicit left delim */
1.2 albertel 6797: { strcpy(ldelim,ldelims[ildelim]); /* so just get a local copy */
6798: /* gotldelim = 1; */ } /* and set flag that we got it */
1.1 albertel 6799: else /* trapped \left without delim */
6800: { skipwhite(*expression); /* interpret \left ( as \left( */
1.2 albertel 6801: if ( *(*expression) == '\000' ) /* end-of-string after \left */
6802: goto end_of_job; /* so return NULL */
6803: *expression = texchar(*expression,ldelim); /*pull delim from expression*/
6804: if ( *expression == NULL /* probably invalid end-of-string */
6805: || *ldelim == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; } /* no delimiter */
1.1 albertel 6806: strcpy(rdelim,"."); /* init default \right. delim */
6807: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6808: locate \right balancing our opening \left
6809: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6810: /* --- first \right following \left --- */
6811: if ( (pright=strtexchr(*expression,right)) /* look for \right after \left */
6812: != NULL ) { /* found it */
6813: /* --- find matching \right by pushing past any nested \left's --- */
6814: pleft = *expression; /* start after first \left( */
6815: while ( 1 ) { /*break when matching \right found*/
6816: /* -- locate next nested \left if there is one --- */
6817: if ( (pleft=strtexchr(pleft,left)) /* find next \left */
6818: == NULL ) break; /*no more, so matching \right found*/
6819: pleft += strlen(left); /* push ptr past \left token */
6820: if ( pleft >= pright ) break; /* not nested if \left after \right*/
6821: /* --- have nested \left, so push forward to next \right --- */
6822: if ( (pright=strtexchr(pright+strlen(right),right)) /* find next \right */
6823: == NULL ) break; /* ran out of \right's */
6824: } /* --- end-of-while(1) --- */
6825: } /* --- end-of-if(pright!=NULL) --- */
6826: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6827: push past \left(_a^b sub/superscripts, if present
6828: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6829: pleft = *expression; /*reset pleft after opening \left( */
1.2 albertel 6830: if ( (lp=rastlimits(expression,size,lp)) /*dummy call push expression past b*/
6831: != NULL ) /* found actual _a^b scripts, too */
6832: { delete_subraster(lp); /* but we don't need them */
6833: lp = NULL; } /* reset pointer, too */
1.1 albertel 6834: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6835: get \right delimiter and subexpression between \left...\right, xlate delims
6836: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6837: /* --- get delimiter following \right --- */
6838: if ( pright == (char *)NULL ) { /* assume \right. at end of exprssn*/
6839: strcpy(rdelim,"."); /* set default \right. */
6840: sublen = strlen(*expression); /* use entire remaining expression */
6841: memcpy(subexpr,*expression,sublen); /* copy all remaining chars */
6842: *expression += sublen; } /* and push expression to its null */
6843: else { /* have explicit matching \right */
6844: sublen = (int)(pright-(*expression)); /* #chars between \left...\right */
6845: memcpy(subexpr,*expression,sublen); /* copy chars preceding \right */
6846: *expression = pright+strlen(right); /* push expression past \right */
6847: skipwhite(*expression); /* interpret \right ) as \right) */
6848: *expression = texchar(*expression,rdelim); /*pull delim from expression*/
6849: if ( *rdelim == '\000' ) strcpy(rdelim,"."); } /* \right. if no rdelim */
6850: /* --- get subexpression between \left...\right --- */
6851: if ( sublen < 1 ) goto end_of_job; /* nothing between delimiters */
6852: subexpr[sublen] = '\000'; /* and null-terminate it */
1.2 albertel 6853: /* --- adjust margin for expressions containing \middle's --- */
6854: if ( strtexchr(subexpr,"\\middle") != NULL ) /* have enclosed \middle's */
6855: margin = 1; /* so don't "overwhelm" them */
1.1 albertel 6856: /* --- check for operator delimiter --- */
6857: for ( idelim=0; opdelims[idelim]!=NULL; idelim++ )
6858: if ( strstr(ldelim,opdelims[idelim]) != NULL ) /* found operator */
6859: { margin += opmargin; /* extra height for operator */
6860: if ( *ldelim == '\\' ) /* have leading escape */
6861: strcpy(ldelim,ldelim+1); /* squeeze it out */
6862: break; } /* no need to check rest of table */
1.2 albertel 6863: /* --- xlate delimiters and check for textstyle --- */
1.1 albertel 6864: for ( idelim=1; idelim<=2; idelim++ ) { /* 1=left, 2=right */
6865: char *lrdelim = (idelim==1? ldelim:rdelim); /* ldelim or rdelim */
6866: int ix; char *xdelim; /* xfrom[] and xto[] index, delim */
6867: for( ix=0; (xdelim=xfrom[ix]) != NULL; ix++ )
6868: if ( strcmp(lrdelim,xdelim) == 0 ) /* found delim to xlate */
6869: { strcpy(lrdelim,xto[ix]); /* replace with corresponding xto[]*/
6870: break; } /* no need to check further */
1.2 albertel 6871: for( ix=0; (xdelim=textdelims[ix]) != NULL; ix++ )
6872: if ( strstr(lrdelim,xdelim) != 0 ) /* found textstyle delim */
6873: { if ( idelim == 1 ) /* if it's the \left one */
6874: istextleft = 1; /* set left textstyle flag */
6875: else istextright = 1; /* else set right textstyle flag */
6876: break; } /* no need to check further */
1.1 albertel 6877: } /* --- end-of-for(idelim) --- */
6878: /* --- debugging --- */
6879: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=99 )
6880: fprintf(msgfp,"rastleft> left=\"%s\" right=\"%s\" subexpr=\"%s\"\n",
6881: ldelim,rdelim,subexpr);
6882: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6883: rasterize subexpression
6884: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6885: /* --- rasterize subexpression --- */
6886: if ( (sp = rasterize(subexpr,size)) /* rasterize chars between delims */
6887: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if failed */
6888: height = (sp->image)->height; /* height of subexpr raster */
6889: rheight = height+margin; /*default rheight as subexpr height*/
6890: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6891: rasterize delimiters, reset baselines, and add sub/superscripts if present
6892: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6893: /* --- check for dot delimiter --- */
6894: isleftdot = (strchr(ldelim,'.')!=NULL); /* true if \left. */
6895: isrightdot = (strchr(rdelim,'.')!=NULL); /* true if \right. */
6896: /* --- get rasters for best-fit delim characters, add sub/superscripts --- */
1.2 albertel 6897: isdisplaystyle = (istextleft?0:9); /* force \displaystyle */
1.1 albertel 6898: if ( !isleftdot ) /* if not \left. */
6899: { /* --- first get requested \left delimiter --- */
6900: lp = get_delim(ldelim,rheight,family); /* get \left delim char */
6901: /* --- reset lp delim baseline to center delim on subexpr raster --- */
6902: if ( lp != NULL ) /* if get_delim() succeeded */
6903: { int lheight = (lp->image)->height; /* actual height of left delim */
6904: lp->baseline = sp->baseline + (lheight - height)/2;
6905: if ( lheight > rheight ) /* got bigger delim than requested */
6906: rheight = lheight-1; } /* make sure right delim matches */
6907: /* --- then add on any sub/superscripts attached to \left( --- */
1.3 albertel 6908: lp = rastlimits(&pleft,size,lp); /*\left(_a^b and push pleft past b*/
6909: isleftscript = isscripted; } /* check if left delim scripted */
1.2 albertel 6910: isdisplaystyle = (istextright?0:9); /* force \displaystyle */
1.1 albertel 6911: if ( !isrightdot ) /* and if not \right. */
6912: { /* --- first get requested \right delimiter --- */
6913: rp = get_delim(rdelim,rheight,family); /* get \right delim char */
6914: /* --- reset rp delim baseline to center delim on subexpr raster --- */
6915: if ( rp != NULL ) /* if get_delim() succeeded */
6916: rp->baseline = sp->baseline + ((rp->image)->height - height)/2;
6917: /* --- then add on any sub/superscripts attached to \right) --- */
1.3 albertel 6918: rp = rastlimits(expression,size,rp); /*\right)_c^d, expression past d*/
6919: isrightscript = isscripted; } /* check if right delim scripted */
1.1 albertel 6920: isdisplaystyle = wasdisplaystyle; /* original \displystyle default */
6921: /* --- check that we got delimiters --- */
6922: if ( 0 )
6923: if ( (lp==NULL && !isleftdot) /* check that we got left( */
6924: || (rp==NULL && !isrightdot) ) /* and right) if needed */
6925: { if ( lp != NULL ) free ((void *)lp); /* free \left-delim subraster */
6926: if ( rp != NULL ) free ((void *)rp); /* and \right-delim subraster */
6927: if (0) { delete_subraster(sp); /* if failed, free subraster */
6928: sp = (subraster *)NULL; } /* signal error to caller */
6929: goto end_of_job; } /* and quit */
6930: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6931: concat lp || sp || rp components
6932: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6933: /* --- concat lp||sp||rp to obtain final result --- */
6934: if ( lp != NULL ) /* ignore \left. */
6935: sp = rastcat(lp,sp,3); /* concat lp||sp and free sp,lp */
6936: if ( sp != NULL ) /* succeeded or ignored \left. */
6937: if ( rp != NULL ) /* ignore \right. */
6938: sp = rastcat(sp,rp,3); /* concat sp||rp and free sp,rp */
6939: /* --- back to caller --- */
6940: end_of_job:
1.3 albertel 6941: isdelimscript = isrightscript; /* signal if right delim scripted */
1.1 albertel 6942: return ( sp );
6943: } /* --- end-of-function rastleft() --- */
6944:
6945:
6946: /* ==========================================================================
1.2 albertel 6947: * Function: rastright ( expression, size, basesp, ildelim, arg2, arg3 )
6948: * Purpose: ...\right handler, intercepts an unexpected/unbalanced \right
6949: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
6950: * Arguments: expression (I) char ** to first char of null-terminated
6951: * string beginning with a \right
6952: * to be rasterized
6953: * size (I) int containing 0-5 default font size
6954: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
6955: * immediately preceding leading left{
6956: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
6957: * ildelim (I) int containing rdelims[] index of
6958: * right delimiter
6959: * arg2 (I) int unused
6960: * arg3 (I) int unused
6961: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
6962: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to subexpr,
6963: * or NULL for any parsing error
6964: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
6965: * Notes: o
6966: * ======================================================================= */
6967: /* --- entry point --- */
6968: subraster *rastright ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
6969: int ildelim, int arg2, int arg3 )
6970: {
6971: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
6972: Allocations and Declarations
6973: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6974: subraster /* *rasterize(),*/ *sp=NULL; /*rasterize \right subexpr's*/
6975: if ( sp != NULL ) /* returning entire expression */
6976: {
6977: isreplaceleft = 1; /* set flag to replace left half*/
6978: }
6979: return ( sp );
6980: } /* --- end-of-function rastright() --- */
6981:
6982:
6983: /* ==========================================================================
6984: * Function: rastmiddle ( expression, size, basesp, arg1, arg2, arg3 )
6985: * Purpose: \middle handler, returns subraster corresponding to
6986: * entire expression with \middle delimiter(s) sized to fit.
6987: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
6988: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
6989: * string immediately following \middle to be
6990: * rasterized, and returning ptr immediately
6991: * to terminating null.
6992: * size (I) int containing 0-5 default font size
6993: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
6994: * immediately preceding \middle
6995: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
6996: * arg1 (I) int unused
6997: * arg2 (I) int unused
6998: * arg3 (I) int unused
6999: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
7000: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to expression,
7001: * or NULL for any parsing error
7002: * (expression ptr unchanged if error occurs)
7003: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
7004: * Notes: o
7005: * ======================================================================= */
7006: /* --- entry point --- */
7007: subraster *rastmiddle ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
7008: int arg1, int arg2, int arg3 )
7009: {
7010: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7011: Allocations and Declarations
7012: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7013: subraster *rasterize(), *sp=NULL, *subsp[32]; /*rasterize \middle subexpr's*/
7014: char *exprptr = *expression, /* local copy of ptr to expression */
7015: *texchar(), delim[32][132], /* delimiters following \middle's */
7016: *strtexchr(), /* locate \middle's */
1.3 albertel 7017: subexpr[MAXSUBXSZ+1], *subptr=NULL;/*subexpression between \middle's*/
1.2 albertel 7018: int height=0, habove=0, hbelow=0; /* height, above & below baseline */
7019: int idelim, ndelims=0, /* \middle count (max 32) */
7020: family = CMSYEX; /* delims from CMSY10 or CMEX10 */
7021: subraster *subrastcpy(), /* copy subraster */
7022: *rastcat(), /* concatanate subraster */
7023: *get_delim(); /* get rasterized delimiter */
7024: int delete_subraster(); /* free work area subsp[]'s at eoj */
7025: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7026: initialization
7027: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7028: subsp[0] = leftexpression; /* expressn preceding 1st \middle */
7029: subsp[1] = NULL; /* set first null */
7030: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7031: accumulate subrasters between consecutive \middle\delim...\middle\delim...'s
7032: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7033: while ( ndelims < 30 ) /* max of 31 \middle's */
7034: {
7035: /* --- maintain max height above,below baseline --- */
7036: if ( subsp[ndelims] != NULL ) /*exprssn preceding current \middle*/
7037: { int baseline = (subsp[ndelims])->baseline; /* #rows above baseline */
7038: height = ((subsp[ndelims])->image)->height; /* tot #rows (height) */
7039: habove = max2(habove,baseline); /* max #rows above baseline */
7040: hbelow = max2(hbelow,height-baseline); } /* max #rows below baseline */
7041: /* --- get delimter after \middle --- */
7042: skipwhite(exprptr); /*skip space betwn \middle & \delim*/
7043: exprptr = texchar(exprptr,delim[ndelims]); /* \delim after \middle */
7044: if ( *(delim[ndelims]) == '\000' ) /* \middle at end-of-expression */
7045: break; /* ignore it and consider job done */
7046: ndelims++; /* count another \middle\delim */
7047: /* --- get subexpression between \delim and next \middle --- */
7048: subsp[ndelims] = NULL; /* no subexpresion yet */
7049: if ( *exprptr == '\000' ) /* end-of-expression after \delim */
7050: break; /* so we have all subexpressions */
7051: if ( (subptr = strtexchr(exprptr,"\\middle")) /* find next \middle */
7052: == NULL ) /* no more \middle's */
1.3 albertel 7053: { strncpy(subexpr,exprptr,MAXSUBXSZ); /*get entire remaining expression*/
7054: subexpr[MAXSUBXSZ] = '\000'; /* make sure it's null-terminated */
1.2 albertel 7055: exprptr += strlen(exprptr); } /* push exprptr to terminating '\0'*/
7056: else /* have another \middle */
7057: { int sublen = (int)(subptr-exprptr); /* #chars between \delim...\middle*/
1.3 albertel 7058: memcpy(subexpr,exprptr,min2(sublen,MAXSUBXSZ)); /* get subexpression */
7059: subexpr[min2(sublen,MAXSUBXSZ)] = '\000'; /* and null-terminate it */
1.2 albertel 7060: exprptr += (sublen+strlen("\\middle")); } /* push exprptr past \middle*/
7061: /* --- rasterize subexpression --- */
7062: subsp[ndelims] = rasterize(subexpr,size); /* rasterize subexpresion */
7063: } /* --- end-of-while(1) --- */
7064: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7065: construct \middle\delim's and concatanate them between subexpressions
7066: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7067: if ( ndelims < 1 /* no delims */
7068: || (height=habove+hbelow) < 1 ) /* or no subexpressions? */
7069: goto end_of_job; /* just flush \middle directive */
7070: for ( idelim=0; idelim<=ndelims; idelim++ )
7071: {
7072: /* --- first add on subexpression preceding delim --- */
1.3 albertel 7073: if ( subsp[idelim] != NULL ) { /* have subexpr preceding delim */
1.2 albertel 7074: if ( sp == NULL ) /* this is first piece */
7075: { sp = subsp[idelim]; /* so just use it */
7076: if ( idelim == 0 ) sp = subrastcpy(sp); } /* or copy leftexpression */
1.3 albertel 7077: else sp = rastcat(sp,subsp[idelim],(idelim>0?3:1)); } /* or concat it */
1.2 albertel 7078: /* --- now construct delimiter --- */
7079: if ( *(delim[idelim]) != '\000' ) /* have delimter */
7080: { subraster *delimsp = get_delim(delim[idelim],height,family);
7081: if ( delimsp != NULL ) /* rasterized delim */
7082: { delimsp->baseline = habove; /* set baseline */
7083: if ( sp == NULL ) /* this is first piece */
7084: sp = delimsp; /* so just use it */
7085: else sp = rastcat(sp,delimsp,3); } } /*or concat to existing pieces*/
7086: } /* --- end-of-for(idelim) --- */
7087: /* --- back to caller --- */
7088: end_of_job:
7089: if ( 0 ) /* now handled above */
7090: for ( idelim=1; idelim<=ndelims; idelim++ ) /* free subsp[]'s (not 0) */
7091: if ( subsp[idelim] != NULL ) /* have allocated subraster */
7092: delete_subraster(subsp[idelim]); /* so free it */
7093: if ( sp != NULL ) /* returning entire expression */
7094: { int newht = (sp->image)->height; /* height of returned subraster */
7095: sp->baseline = min2(newht-1,newht/2+5); /* guess new baseline */
7096: isreplaceleft = 1; /* set flag to replace left half*/
7097: *expression += strlen(*expression); } /* and push to terminating null*/
7098: return ( sp );
7099: } /* --- end-of-function rastmiddle() --- */
7100:
7101:
7102: /* ==========================================================================
1.1 albertel 7103: * Function: rastflags ( expression, size, basesp, flag, value, arg3 )
7104: * Purpose: sets an internal flag, e.g., for \rm, or sets an internal
7105: * value, e.g., for \unitlength=<value>, and returns NULL
7106: * so nothing is displayed
7107: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
7108: * Arguments: expression (I) char ** to first char of null-terminated
7109: * LaTeX expression (unused/unchanged)
7110: * size (I) int containing base font size (not used,
7111: * just stored in subraster)
7112: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
1.2 albertel 7113: * immediately preceding "flags" directive
7114: * (unused but passed for consistency)
1.1 albertel 7115: * flag (I) int containing #define'd symbol specifying
7116: * internal flag to be set
7117: * value (I) int containing new value of flag
7118: * arg3 (I) int unused
7119: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
7120: * Returns: ( subraster * ) NULL so nothing is displayed
7121: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
7122: * Notes: o
7123: * ======================================================================= */
7124: /* --- entry point --- */
7125: subraster *rastflags ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
7126: int flag, int value, int arg3 )
7127: {
7128: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7129: Allocations and Declarations
7130: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7131: char *texsubexpr(), /* parse expression for... */
7132: valuearg[1024]="NOVALUE"; /* value from expression, if needed */
7133: int argvalue=NOVALUE, /* atoi(valuearg) */
7134: isdelta=0, /* true if + or - precedes valuearg */
7135: valuelen=0; /* strlen(valuearg) */
1.3 albertel 7136: double dblvalue=(-99.), strtod(); /*convert ascii {valuearg} to double*/
1.1 albertel 7137: static int displaystylelevel = (-99); /* \displaystyle set at recurlevel */
7138: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7139: set flag or value
7140: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7141: switch ( flag )
7142: {
7143: default: break; /* unrecognized flag */
1.2 albertel 7144: case ISFONTFAM:
1.1 albertel 7145: if ( isthischar((*(*expression)),WHITEMATH) ) /* \rm followed by white */
7146: (*expression)++; /* skip leading ~ after \rm */
1.2 albertel 7147: fontnum = value; /* set font family */
1.1 albertel 7148: break;
7149: case ISSTRING: isstring=value; break; /* set string/image mode */
7150: case ISDISPLAYSTYLE: /* set \displaystyle mode */
7151: displaystylelevel = recurlevel; /* \displaystyle set at recurlevel */
7152: isdisplaystyle=value; break;
7153: case ISOPAQUE: istransparent=value; break; /* set transparent/opaque */
7154: case ISREVERSE: /* reverse video */
7155: if ( value==1 || value==NOVALUE )
7156: { fgred=255-fgred; fggreen=255-fggreen; fgblue=255-fgblue; }
7157: if ( value==2 || value==NOVALUE )
7158: { bgred=255-bgred; bggreen=255-bggreen; bgblue=255-bgblue; }
7159: if ( value==2 || value==NOVALUE )
7160: isblackonwhite = !isblackonwhite;
1.3 albertel 7161: if ( gammacorrection > 0.0001 ) /* have gamma correction */
7162: gammacorrection = REVERSEGAMMA; /* use reverse video gamma instead */
1.1 albertel 7163: break;
7164: case ISSUPER: /* set supersampling/lowpass flag */
7165: #ifndef SSFONTS /* don't have ss fonts loaded */
7166: value = 0; /* so force lowpass */
7167: #endif
7168: isss = issupersampling = value;
7169: fonttable = (issupersampling?ssfonttable:aafonttable); /* set fonts */
7170: break;
7171: case ISFONTSIZE: /* set fontsize */
7172: case ISDISPLAYSIZE: /* set displaysize */
1.3 albertel 7173: case ISCONTENTTYPE: /*enable/disable content-type lines*/
1.1 albertel 7174: case ISSHRINK: /* set shrinkfactor */
7175: case ISAAALGORITHM: /* set anti-aliasing algorithm */
7176: case ISWEIGHT: /* set font weight */
7177: case ISCENTERWT: /* set lowpass center pixel weight */
7178: case ISADJACENTWT: /* set lowpass adjacent weight */
7179: case ISCORNERWT: /* set lowpass corner weight */
7180: case ISCOLOR: /* set red(1),green(2),blue(3) */
1.2 albertel 7181: case ISSMASH: /* set (minimum) "smash" margin */
1.3 albertel 7182: case ISGAMMA: /* set gamma correction */
1.1 albertel 7183: if ( value != NOVALUE ) /* passed a fixed value to be set */
1.3 albertel 7184: { argvalue = value; /* set given fixed int value */
7185: dblvalue = (double)value; } /* or maybe interpreted as double */
1.1 albertel 7186: else /* get value from expression */
7187: { *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,valuearg,1023,"{","}",0,0);
7188: if ( *valuearg != '\000' ) /* guard against empty string */
7189: if ( !isalpha(*valuearg) ) /* and against alpha string args */
7190: if ( !isthischar(*valuearg,"?") ) /*leading ? is query for value*/
7191: { isdelta = isthischar(*valuearg,"+-"); /* leading + or - */
7192: if ( memcmp(valuearg,"--",2) == 0 ) /* leading -- signals...*/
7193: { isdelta=0; strcpy(valuearg,valuearg+1); } /* ...not delta */
1.3 albertel 7194: switch ( flag ) { /* convert to double or int */
7195: default: argvalue = atoi(valuearg); break; /* convert to int */
7196: case ISGAMMA:
7197: dblvalue = strtod(valuearg,NULL); break; } /* or to double */
7198: } /* --- end-of-if(*valuearg!='?') --- */
7199: } /* --- end-of-if(value==NOVALUE) --- */
1.1 albertel 7200: switch ( flag )
7201: {
7202: default: break;
7203: case ISCOLOR: /* set color */
7204: slower(valuearg); /* convert arg to lower case */
7205: if ( argvalue==1 || strstr(valuearg,"red") )
7206: { fggreen = fgblue = (isblackonwhite?0:255);
7207: fgred = (isblackonwhite?255:0); }
7208: if ( argvalue==2 || strstr(valuearg,"green") )
7209: { fgred = fgblue = (isblackonwhite?0:255);
7210: fggreen = (isblackonwhite?255:0); }
7211: if ( argvalue==3 || strstr(valuearg,"blue") )
7212: { fgred = fggreen = (isblackonwhite?0:255);
7213: fgblue = (isblackonwhite?255:0); }
7214: if ( argvalue==0 || strstr(valuearg,"black") )
7215: fgred = fggreen = fgblue = (isblackonwhite?0:255);
7216: if ( argvalue==7 || strstr(valuearg,"white") )
7217: fgred = fggreen = fgblue = (isblackonwhite?255:0);
7218: break;
7219: case ISFONTSIZE: /* set fontsize */
7220: if ( argvalue != NOVALUE ) /* got a value */
7221: { int largestsize = (issupersampling?16:LARGESTSIZE);
7222: fontsize = (isdelta? fontsize+argvalue : argvalue);
7223: fontsize = max2(0,min2(fontsize,largestsize));
7224: shrinkfactor = shrinkfactors[fontsize];
1.2 albertel 7225: if ( isdisplaystyle == 1 /* displaystyle enabled but not set*/
7226: || (1 && isdisplaystyle==2) /* displaystyle enabled and set */
7227: || (0 && isdisplaystyle==0) )/*\textstyle disabled displaystyle*/
1.1 albertel 7228: if ( displaystylelevel != recurlevel ) /*respect \displaystyle*/
1.3 albertel 7229: if ( !ispreambledollars ) { /* respect $$...$$'s */
1.2 albertel 7230: if ( fontsize >= displaysize )
7231: isdisplaystyle = 2; /* forced */
1.3 albertel 7232: else isdisplaystyle = 1; }
1.1 albertel 7233: /*displaystylelevel = (-99);*/ } /* reset \displaystyle level */
7234: else /* embed font size in expression */
7235: { sprintf(valuearg,"%d",fontsize); /* convert size */
7236: valuelen = strlen(valuearg); /* ought to be 1 */
7237: if ( *expression != '\000' ) /* ill-formed expression */
7238: { *expression = (char *)(*expression-valuelen); /*back up buff*/
7239: memcpy(*expression,valuearg,valuelen); } } /*and put in size*/
7240: break;
7241: case ISDISPLAYSIZE: /* set displaysize */
7242: if ( argvalue != NOVALUE ) /* got a value */
7243: displaysize = (isdelta? displaysize+argvalue : argvalue);
7244: break;
1.3 albertel 7245: case ISCONTENTTYPE: /*enable/disable content-type lines*/
7246: if ( argvalue != NOVALUE ) /* got a value */
7247: isemitcontenttype = (argvalue>0?1:0);
7248: break;
1.2 albertel 7249: case ISSMASH: /* set (minimum) "smash" margin */
1.1 albertel 7250: if ( argvalue != NOVALUE ) /* got a value */
1.2 albertel 7251: { smashmargin = argvalue; /* set value */
1.1 albertel 7252: if ( arg3 != NOVALUE ) isdelta=arg3; /* hard-coded isdelta */
1.2 albertel 7253: issmashdelta = (isdelta?1:0); } /* and set delta flag */
7254: smashmargin = max2((isdelta?-5:0),min2(smashmargin,32)); /*sanity*/
1.3 albertel 7255: isexplicitsmash = 1; /* signal explicit \smash directive*/
1.1 albertel 7256: break;
7257: case ISSHRINK: /* set shrinkfactor */
7258: if ( argvalue != NOVALUE ) /* got a value */
7259: shrinkfactor = (isdelta? shrinkfactor+argvalue : argvalue);
7260: shrinkfactor = max2(1,min2(shrinkfactor,27)); /* sanity check */
7261: break;
7262: case ISAAALGORITHM: /* set anti-aliasing algorithm */
1.3 albertel 7263: if ( argvalue != NOVALUE ) { /* got a value */
7264: if ( argvalue >= 0 ) { /* non-negative to set algorithm */
7265: aaalgorithm = argvalue; /* set algorithm number */
7266: aaalgorithm = max2(0,min2(aaalgorithm,4)); } /* bounds check */
7267: else maxfollow = abs(argvalue); } /* or maxfollow=abs(negative#) */
1.1 albertel 7268: break;
7269: case ISWEIGHT: /* set font weight number */
7270: value = (argvalue==NOVALUE? NOVALUE : /* don't have a value */
7271: (isdelta? weightnum+argvalue : argvalue));
7272: if ( value>=0 && value<maxaaparams ) /* in range */
7273: { weightnum = value; /* reset weightnum index */
7274: minadjacent = aaparams[weightnum].minadjacent;
7275: maxadjacent = aaparams[weightnum].maxadjacent;
7276: cornerwt = aaparams[weightnum].cornerwt;
7277: adjacentwt = aaparams[weightnum].adjacentwt;
7278: centerwt = aaparams[weightnum].centerwt;
7279: fgalias = aaparams[weightnum].fgalias;
7280: fgonly = aaparams[weightnum].fgonly;
7281: bgalias = aaparams[weightnum].bgalias;
7282: bgonly = aaparams[weightnum].bgonly; }
7283: break;
7284: case ISCENTERWT: /* set lowpass center pixel weight */
7285: if ( argvalue != NOVALUE ) /* got a value */
7286: centerwt = argvalue; /* set lowpass center weight */
7287: break;
7288: case ISADJACENTWT: /* set lowpass adjacent weight */
7289: if ( argvalue != NOVALUE ) /* got a value */
7290: adjacentwt = argvalue; /* set lowpass adjacent weight */
7291: break;
7292: case ISCORNERWT: /* set lowpass corner weight */
7293: if ( argvalue != NOVALUE ) /* got a value */
7294: cornerwt = argvalue; /* set lowpass corner weight */
7295: break;
1.3 albertel 7296: case ISGAMMA: /* set gamma correction */
7297: if ( dblvalue >= 0.0 ) /* got a value */
7298: gammacorrection = dblvalue; /* set gamma correction */
7299: break;
1.1 albertel 7300: } /* --- end-of-switch() --- */
7301: break;
7302: case PNMPARAMS: /*set fgalias,fgonly,bgalias,bgonly*/
7303: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,valuearg,1023,"{","}",0,0);
7304: valuelen = strlen(valuearg); /* ought to be 1-4 */
7305: if ( valuelen>0 && isthischar(toupper(valuearg[0]),"TY1") ) fgalias=1;
7306: if ( valuelen>0 && isthischar(toupper(valuearg[0]),"FN0") ) fgalias=0;
7307: if ( valuelen>1 && isthischar(toupper(valuearg[1]),"TY1") ) fgonly =1;
7308: if ( valuelen>1 && isthischar(toupper(valuearg[1]),"FN0") ) fgonly =0;
7309: if ( valuelen>2 && isthischar(toupper(valuearg[2]),"TY1") ) bgalias=1;
7310: if ( valuelen>2 && isthischar(toupper(valuearg[2]),"FN0") ) bgalias=0;
7311: if ( valuelen>3 && isthischar(toupper(valuearg[3]),"TY1") ) bgonly =1;
7312: if ( valuelen>3 && isthischar(toupper(valuearg[3]),"FN0") ) bgonly =0;
7313: break;
7314: case UNITLENGTH:
7315: if ( value != NOVALUE ) /* passed a fixed value to be set */
7316: unitlength = (double)(value); /* set given fixed value */
7317: else /* get value from expression */
7318: { *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,valuearg,1023,"{","}",0,0);
7319: if ( *valuearg != '\000' ) /* guard against empty string */
7320: unitlength = strtod(valuearg,NULL); } /* convert to double */
7321: break;
7322: } /* --- end-of-switch(flag) --- */
7323: return ( NULL ); /*just set value, nothing to display*/
7324: } /* --- end-of-function rastflags() --- */
7325:
7326:
7327: /* ==========================================================================
7328: * Function: rastspace(expression, size, basesp, width, isfill, isheight)
7329: * Purpose: returns a blank/space subraster width wide,
7330: * with baseline and height corresponding to basep
7331: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
7332: * Arguments: expression (I) char ** to first char of null-terminated
7333: * LaTeX expression (unused/unchanged)
7334: * size (I) int containing base font size (not used,
7335: * just stored in subraster)
7336: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
7337: * immediately preceding space, whose baseline
7338: * and height params are transferred to space
7339: * width (I) int containing #bits/pixels for space width
7340: * isfill (I) int containing true to \hfill complete
7341: * expression out to width
1.3 albertel 7342: * (Kludge: isfill=99 signals \hspace*
7343: * for negative space)
1.1 albertel 7344: * isheight (I) int containing true (but not NOVALUE)
7345: * to treat width arg as height
7346: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
7347: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to empty/blank subraster
7348: * or NULL for any error
7349: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
7350: * Notes: o
7351: * ======================================================================= */
7352: /* --- entry point --- */
7353: subraster *rastspace ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
7354: int width, int isfill, int isheight )
7355: {
7356: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7357: Allocations and Declarations
7358: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7359: subraster *new_subraster(), *spacesp=NULL; /* subraster for space */
1.3 albertel 7360: raster *bp=NULL, *backspace_raster(); /* for negative space */
7361: int delete_subraster(); /* if fail, free unneeded subraster*/
1.1 albertel 7362: int baseht=1, baseln=0; /* height,baseline of base symbol */
7363: int pixsz = 1; /*default #bits per pixel, 1=bitmap*/
1.3 albertel 7364: int isstar=0, minspace=0; /* defaults for negative hspace */
1.1 albertel 7365: char *texsubexpr(), widtharg[256]; /* parse for optional {width} */
7366: subraster *rasterize(), *rightsp=NULL; /*rasterize right half of expression*/
7367: subraster *rastcat(); /* cat rightsp after \hfill */
7368: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7369: initialization
7370: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.3 albertel 7371: if ( isfill > 1 ) { isstar=1; isfill=0; } /* large fill signals \hspace* */
1.1 albertel 7372: if ( isfill == NOVALUE ) isfill=0; /* novalue means false */
7373: if ( isheight == NOVALUE ) isheight=0; /* novalue means false */
1.3 albertel 7374: minspace = (isstar?(-1):0); /* reset default minspace */
1.1 albertel 7375: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7376: determine width if not given (e.g., \hspace{width}, \hfill{width})
7377: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.3 albertel 7378: if ( width == 0 ) { /* width specified in expression */
7379: double dwidth; int widthval; /* test {width} before using it */
7380: int minwidth = (isfill||isheight?1:-600); /* \hspace allows negative */
7381: /* --- check if optional [minspace] given for negative \hspace --- */
7382: if ( *(*expression) == '[' ) { /* [minspace] if leading char is [ */
7383: /* ---parse [minspace], bump expression past it, interpret as double--- */
7384: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,widtharg,127,"[","]",0,0);
7385: if ( *widtharg != '\000' ) /* got [minspace] */
7386: minspace = iround(unitlength*strtod(widtharg,NULL)); /* in pixels */
7387: } /* --- end-of-if(*(*expression)=='[') --- */
7388: width = 1; /* set default width */
7389: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,widtharg,255,"{","}",0,0);
7390: dwidth = unitlength*strtod(widtharg,NULL); /* scaled width value */
7391: widthval = /* convert {width} to integer */
7392: (int)( dwidth + (dwidth>=0.0?0.5:(-0.5)) );
7393: if ( widthval>=minwidth && widthval<=600 ) /* sanity check */
7394: width = widthval; /* replace deafault width */
7395: } /* --- end-of-if(width==0) --- */
7396: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7397: first check for negative space
7398: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7399: if ( width < 0 ) { /* have negative hspace */
7400: if ( leftexpression != (subraster *)NULL ) /* can't backspace */
7401: if ( (spacesp=new_subraster(0,0,0)) /* get new subraster for backspace */
7402: != NULL ) { /* and if we succeed... */
7403: int nback=(-width), pback; /*#pixels wanted,actually backspaced*/
7404: if ( (bp=backspace_raster(leftexpression->image,nback,&pback,minspace,0))
7405: != NULL ) { /* and if backspace succeeds... */
7406: spacesp->image = bp; /* save backspaced image */
7407: /*spacesp->type = leftexpression->type;*/ /* copy original type */
7408: spacesp->type = blanksignal; /* need to propagate blanks */
7409: spacesp->size = leftexpression->size; /* copy original font size */
7410: spacesp->baseline = leftexpression->baseline; /* and baseline */
7411: blanksymspace += -(nback-pback); /* wanted more than we got */
7412: isreplaceleft = 1; } /*signal to replace entire expressn*/
7413: else { /* backspace failed */
7414: delete_subraster(spacesp); /* free unneeded envelope */
7415: spacesp = (subraster *)NULL; } } /* and signal failure */
7416: goto end_of_job;
7417: } /* --- end-of-if(width<0) --- */
1.1 albertel 7418: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7419: see if width is "absolute" or fill width
7420: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7421: if ( isfill /* called as \hfill{} */
7422: && !isheight ) /* parameter conflict */
7423: { if ( leftexpression != NULL ) /* if we have left half */
7424: width -= (leftexpression->image)->width; /*reduce left width from total*/
7425: if ( (rightsp=rasterize(*expression,size)) /* rasterize right half */
7426: != NULL ) /* succeeded */
7427: width -= (rightsp->image)->width; } /* reduce right width from total */
7428: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7429: construct blank subraster, and return it to caller
7430: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7431: /* --- get parameters from base symbol --- */
7432: if ( basesp != (subraster *)NULL ) /* we have base symbol for space */
7433: { baseht = (basesp->image)->height; /* height of base symbol */
7434: baseln = basesp->baseline; } /* and its baseline */
7435: /* --- flip params for height --- */
7436: if ( isheight ) /* width is actually height */
7437: { baseht = width; /* use given width as height */
7438: width = 1; } /* and set default width */
7439: /* --- generate and init space subraster --- */
7440: if ( width > 0 ) /*make sure we have positive width*/
7441: if ( (spacesp=new_subraster(width,baseht,pixsz)) /*generate space subraster*/
7442: != NULL ) /* and if we succeed... */
7443: { /* --- ...re-init subraster parameters --- */
7444: spacesp->size = size; /*propagate base font size forward*/
1.3 albertel 7445: if(1)spacesp->type = blanksignal; /* need to propagate blanks (???) */
1.1 albertel 7446: spacesp->baseline = baseln; } /* ditto baseline */
7447: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7448: concat right half if \hfill-ing
7449: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7450: if ( rightsp != NULL ) /* we have a right half after fill */
7451: { spacesp = (spacesp==NULL? rightsp: /* no space, so just use right half*/
7452: rastcat(spacesp,rightsp,3)); /* or cat right half after space */
7453: spacesp->type = blanksignal; /* need to propagate blanks */
7454: *expression += strlen((*expression)); } /* push expression to its null */
1.3 albertel 7455: end_of_job:
7456: return ( spacesp );
1.1 albertel 7457: } /* --- end-of-function rastspace() --- */
7458:
7459:
7460: /* ==========================================================================
7461: * Function: rastnewline ( expression, size, basesp, arg1, arg2, arg3 )
7462: * Purpose: \\ handler, returns subraster corresponding to
7463: * left-hand expression preceding \\ above right-hand expression
7464: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
7465: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
7466: * string immediately following \\ to be
7467: * rasterized, and returning ptr immediately
7468: * to terminating null.
1.2 albertel 7469: * size (I) int containing 0-5 default font size
1.1 albertel 7470: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
1.2 albertel 7471: * immediately preceding \\
1.1 albertel 7472: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
7473: * arg1 (I) int unused
7474: * arg2 (I) int unused
7475: * arg3 (I) int unused
7476: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
7477: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to expression,
7478: * or NULL for any parsing error
7479: * (expression ptr unchanged if error occurs)
7480: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
7481: * Notes: o
7482: * ======================================================================= */
7483: /* --- entry point --- */
7484: subraster *rastnewline ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
7485: int arg1, int arg2, int arg3 )
7486: {
7487: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7488: Allocations and Declarations
7489: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7490: subraster *rastack(), *newlsp=NULL; /* subraster for both lines */
7491: subraster *rasterize(), *rightsp=NULL; /*rasterize right half of expression*/
7492: char *texsubexpr(), spacexpr[129]/*, *xptr=spacexpr*/; /*for \\[vspace]*/
7493: double strtod(); /* convert ascii param to double */
7494: int vspace = size+2; /* #pixels between lines */
7495: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7496: obtain optional [vspace] argument immediately following \\ command
7497: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7498: /* --- check if [vspace] given --- */
7499: if ( *(*expression) == '[' ) /*have [vspace] if leading char is [*/
7500: {
7501: /* ---parse [vspace] and bump expression past it, interpret as double--- */
7502: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,spacexpr,127,"[","]",0,0);
7503: if ( *spacexpr == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* couldn't get [vspace] */
7504: vspace = iround(unitlength*strtod(spacexpr,NULL)); /* vspace in pixels */
7505: } /* --- end-of-if(*(*expression)=='[') --- */
7506: if ( leftexpression == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* nothing preceding \\ */
7507: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7508: rasterize right half of expression and stack left half above it
7509: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7510: /* --- rasterize right half --- */
7511: if ( (rightsp=rasterize(*expression,size)) /* rasterize right half */
7512: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if failed */
7513: /* --- stack left half above it --- */
1.2 albertel 7514: /*newlsp = rastack(rightsp,leftexpression,1,vspace,0,3);*//*right under left*/
7515: newlsp = rastack(rightsp,leftexpression,1,vspace,0,1); /*right under left*/
1.1 albertel 7516: /* --- back to caller --- */
7517: end_of_job:
7518: if ( newlsp != NULL ) /* returning entire expression */
7519: { int newht = (newlsp->image)->height; /* height of returned subraster */
7520: newlsp->baseline = min2(newht-1,newht/2+5); /* guess new baseline */
7521: isreplaceleft = 1; /* so set flag to replace left half*/
7522: *expression += strlen(*expression); } /* and push to terminating null*/
7523: return ( newlsp ); /* 1st line over 2nd, or null=error*/
7524: } /* --- end-of-function rastnewline() --- */
7525:
7526:
7527: /* ==========================================================================
7528: * Function: rastarrow ( expression, size, basesp, drctn, isBig, arg3 )
7529: * Purpose: returns left/right arrow subraster (e.g., for \longrightarrow)
7530: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
7531: * Arguments: expression (I) char ** to first char of null-terminated
7532: * LaTeX expression (unused/unchanged)
7533: * size (I) int containing base font size (not used,
7534: * just stored in subraster)
7535: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
7536: * immediately preceding space, whose baseline
7537: * and height params are transferred to space
7538: * drctn (I) int containing +1 for right, -1 for left,
7539: * or 0 for leftright
7540: * isBig (I) int containing 0 for ---> or 1 for ===>
7541: * arg3 (I) int unused
7542: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
7543: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to left/right arrow subraster
7544: * or NULL for any error
7545: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
7546: * Notes: o An optional argument [width] may *immediately* follow
7547: * the \longxxx to explicitly set the arrow's width in pixels.
7548: * For example, \longrightarrow calculates a default width
7549: * (as usual in LaTeX), whereas \longrightarrow[50] explicitly
7550: * draws a 50-pixel long arrow. This can be used, e.g.,
7551: * to draw commutative diagrams in conjunction with
7552: * \array (and maybe with \stackrel and/or \relstack, too).
7553: * o In case you really want to render, say, [f]---->[g], just
7554: * use an intervening space, i.e., [f]\longrightarrow~[g].
7555: * In text mode use two spaces {\rm~[f]\longrightarrow~~[g]}.
7556: * ======================================================================= */
7557: /* --- entry point --- */
7558: subraster *rastarrow ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
7559: int drctn, int isBig, int arg3 )
7560: {
7561: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7562: Allocations and Declarations
7563: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7564: subraster *arrow_subraster(), *arrowsp=NULL; /* subraster for arrow */
7565: char *texsubexpr(), widtharg[256]; /* parse for optional [width] */
7566: char *texscripts(), sub[1024],super[1024]; /* and _^limits after [width]*/
7567: subraster *rasterize(), *subsp=NULL,*supsp=NULL; /*rasterize limits*/
7568: subraster *new_subraster(), *rastack(), *spacesp=NULL; /*space below arrow*/
7569: int delete_subraster(); /*free work areas in case of error*/
7570: double strtod(); /* convert ascii [width] to value */
7571: int width = 10 + 8*size, height; /* width, height for \longxxxarrow */
7572: int islimits = 1; /*true to handle limits internally*/
7573: int limsize = size-1; /* font size for limits */
7574: int vspace = 1; /* #empty rows below arrow */
7575: int pixsz = 1; /*default #bits per pixel, 1=bitmap*/
7576: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7577: construct longleft/rightarrow subraster, with limits, and return it to caller
7578: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7579: /* --- check for optional width arg and replace default width --- */
7580: if ( *(*expression) == '[' ) /*check for []-enclosed optional arg*/
7581: { int widthval; /* test [width] before using it */
7582: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,widtharg,255,"[","]",0,0);
7583: widthval = /* convert [width] to integer */
7584: (int)((unitlength*strtod(widtharg,NULL))+0.5);
7585: if ( widthval>=2 && widthval<=600 ) /* sanity check */
7586: width = widthval; } /* replace deafault width */
7587: /* --- now parse for limits, and bump expression past it(them) --- */
7588: if ( islimits ) /* handling limits internally */
7589: { *expression = texscripts(*expression,sub,super,3); /* parse for limits */
7590: if ( *sub != '\000' ) /*have a subscript following arrow*/
7591: subsp = rasterize(sub,limsize); /* so try to rasterize subscript */
7592: if ( *super != '\000' ) /*have superscript following arrow*/
7593: supsp = rasterize(super,limsize); } /*so try to rasterize superscript*/
7594: /* --- set height based on width --- */
7595: height = min2(17,max2(9,(width+2)/6)); /* height based on width */
7596: height = 1 + (height/2)*2; /* always force odd height */
7597: /* --- generate arrow subraster --- */
7598: if ( (arrowsp=arrow_subraster(width,height,pixsz,drctn,isBig)) /*build arrow*/
7599: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* and quit if we failed */
7600: /* --- add space below arrow --- */
7601: if ( vspace > 0 ) /* if we have space below arrow */
7602: if ( (spacesp=new_subraster(width,vspace,pixsz)) /*allocate required space*/
7603: != NULL ) /* and if we succeeded */
7604: if ( (arrowsp = rastack(spacesp,arrowsp,2,0,1,3)) /* space below arrow */
7605: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* and quit if we failed */
7606: /* --- init arrow subraster parameters --- */
7607: arrowsp->size = size; /*propagate base font size forward*/
7608: arrowsp->baseline = height+vspace-1; /* set baseline at bottom of arrow */
7609: /* --- add limits above/below arrow, as necessary --- */
7610: if ( subsp != NULL ) /* stack subscript below arrow */
7611: if ( (arrowsp = rastack(subsp,arrowsp,2,0,1,3)) /* subscript below arrow */
7612: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if failed */
7613: if ( supsp != NULL ) /* stack superscript above arrow */
7614: if ( (arrowsp = rastack(arrowsp,supsp,1,vspace,1,3)) /*supsc above arrow*/
7615: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if failed */
7616: /* --- return arrow (or NULL) to caller --- */
7617: end_of_job:
7618: return ( arrowsp );
7619: } /* --- end-of-function rastarrow() --- */
7620:
7621:
7622: /* ==========================================================================
7623: * Function: rastuparrow ( expression, size, basesp, drctn, isBig, arg3 )
7624: * Purpose: returns an up/down arrow subraster (e.g., for \longuparrow)
7625: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
7626: * Arguments: expression (I) char ** to first char of null-terminated
7627: * LaTeX expression (unused/unchanged)
7628: * size (I) int containing base font size (not used,
7629: * just stored in subraster)
7630: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
7631: * immediately preceding space, whose baseline
7632: * and height params are transferred to space
7633: * drctn (I) int containing +1 for up, -1 for down,
7634: * or 0 for updown
7635: * isBig (I) int containing 0 for ---> or 1 for ===>
7636: * arg3 (I) int unused
7637: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
7638: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to up/down arrow subraster
7639: * or NULL for any error
7640: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
7641: * Notes: o An optional argument [height] may *immediately* follow
7642: * the \longxxx to explicitly set the arrow's height in pixels.
7643: * For example, \longuparrow calculates a default height
7644: * (as usual in LaTeX), whereas \longuparrow[25] explicitly
7645: * draws a 25-pixel high arrow. This can be used, e.g.,
7646: * to draw commutative diagrams in conjunction with
7647: * \array (and maybe with \stackrel and/or \relstack, too).
7648: * o In case you really want to render, say, [f]---->[g], just
7649: * use an intervening space, i.e., [f]\longuparrow~[g].
7650: * In text use two spaces {\rm~[f]\longuparrow~~[g]}.
7651: * ======================================================================= */
7652: /* --- entry point --- */
7653: subraster *rastuparrow ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
7654: int drctn, int isBig, int arg3 )
7655: {
7656: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7657: Allocations and Declarations
7658: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7659: subraster *uparrow_subraster(), *arrowsp=NULL; /* subraster for arrow */
7660: char *texsubexpr(), heightarg[256]; /* parse for optional [height] */
7661: char *texscripts(), sub[1024],super[1024]; /* and _^limits after [width]*/
7662: subraster *rasterize(), *subsp=NULL,*supsp=NULL; /*rasterize limits*/
7663: subraster *rastcat(); /* cat superscript left, sub right */
7664: double strtod(); /* convert ascii [height] to value */
7665: int height = 8 + 2*size, width; /* height, width for \longxxxarrow */
7666: int islimits = 1; /*true to handle limits internally*/
7667: int limsize = size-1; /* font size for limits */
7668: int pixsz = 1; /*default #bits per pixel, 1=bitmap*/
7669: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7670: construct blank subraster, and return it to caller
7671: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7672: /* --- check for optional height arg and replace default height --- */
7673: if ( *(*expression) == '[' ) /*check for []-enclosed optional arg*/
7674: { int heightval; /* test height before using it */
7675: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,heightarg,255,"[","]",0,0);
7676: heightval = /* convert [height] to integer */
7677: (int)((unitlength*strtod(heightarg,NULL))+0.5);
7678: if ( heightval>=2 && heightval<=600 ) /* sanity check */
7679: height = heightval; } /* replace deafault height */
7680: /* --- now parse for limits, and bump expression past it(them) --- */
7681: if ( islimits ) /* handling limits internally */
7682: { *expression = texscripts(*expression,sub,super,3); /* parse for limits */
7683: if ( *sub != '\000' ) /*have a subscript following arrow*/
7684: subsp = rasterize(sub,limsize); /* so try to rasterize subscript */
7685: if ( *super != '\000' ) /*have superscript following arrow*/
7686: supsp = rasterize(super,limsize); } /*so try to rasterize superscript*/
7687: /* --- set width based on height --- */
7688: width = min2(17,max2(9,(height+2)/4)); /* width based on height */
7689: width = 1 + (width/2)*2; /* always force odd width */
7690: /* --- generate arrow subraster --- */
7691: if ( (arrowsp=uparrow_subraster(width,height,pixsz,drctn,isBig)) /*build arr*/
7692: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* and quit if we failed */
7693: /* --- init arrow subraster parameters --- */
7694: arrowsp->size = size; /*propagate base font size forward*/
7695: arrowsp->baseline = height-1; /* set baseline at bottom of arrow */
7696: /* --- add limits above/below arrow, as necessary --- */
7697: if ( supsp != NULL ) /* cat superscript to left of arrow*/
7698: { int supht = (supsp->image)->height, /* superscript height */
7699: deltab = (1+abs(height-supht))/2; /* baseline difference to center */
7700: supsp->baseline = supht-1; /* force script baseline to bottom */
7701: if ( supht <= height ) /* arrow usually taller than script*/
7702: arrowsp->baseline -= deltab; /* so bottom of script goes here */
7703: else supsp->baseline -= deltab; /* else bottom of arrow goes here */
7704: if ( (arrowsp = rastcat(supsp,arrowsp,3)) /* superscript left of arrow */
7705: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; } /* quit if failed */
7706: if ( subsp != NULL ) /* cat subscript to right of arrow */
7707: { int subht = (subsp->image)->height, /* subscript height */
7708: deltab = (1+abs(height-subht))/2; /* baseline difference to center */
7709: arrowsp->baseline = height-1; /* reset arrow baseline to bottom */
7710: subsp->baseline = subht-1; /* force script baseline to bottom */
7711: if ( subht <= height ) /* arrow usually taller than script*/
7712: arrowsp->baseline -= deltab; /* so bottom of script goes here */
7713: else subsp->baseline -= deltab; /* else bottom of arrow goes here */
7714: if ( (arrowsp = rastcat(arrowsp,subsp,3)) /* subscript right of arrow */
7715: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; } /* quit if failed */
7716: /* --- return arrow (or NULL) to caller --- */
7717: end_of_job:
7718: arrowsp->baseline = height-1; /* reset arrow baseline to bottom */
7719: return ( arrowsp );
7720: } /* --- end-of-function rastuparrow() --- */
7721:
7722:
7723: /* ==========================================================================
7724: * Function: rastoverlay (expression, size, basesp, overlay, offset2, arg3)
7725: * Purpose: overlays one raster on another
7726: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
7727: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
7728: * string immediately following overlay \cmd to
7729: * be rasterized, and returning ptr immediately
7730: * following last character processed.
7731: * size (I) int containing 0-5 default font size
7732: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
7733: * immediately preceding overlay \cmd
7734: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
7735: * overlay (I) int containing 1 to overlay / (e.g., \not)
7736: * or NOVALUE to pick up 2nd arg from expression
7737: * offset2 (I) int containing #pixels to horizontally offset
7738: * overlay relative to underlying symbol,
7739: * positive(right) or negative or 0,
7740: * or NOVALUE to pick up optional [offset] arg
7741: * arg3 (I) int unused
7742: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
7743: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to composite,
7744: * or NULL for any parsing error
7745: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
7746: * Notes: o
7747: * ======================================================================= */
7748: /* --- entry point --- */
7749: subraster *rastoverlay ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
7750: int overlay, int offset2, int arg3 )
7751: {
7752: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7753: Allocations and Declarations
7754: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7755: char *texsubexpr(), /*parse expression for base,overlay*/
7756: expr1[512], expr2[512]; /* base, overlay */
7757: subraster *rasterize(), *sp1=NULL, *sp2=NULL, /*rasterize 1=base, 2=overlay*/
7758: *new_subraster(); /*explicitly alloc sp2 if necessary*/
7759: subraster *rastcompose(), *overlaysp=NULL; /*subraster for composite overlay*/
7760: int line_raster(); /* draw diagonal for \Not */
7761: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7762: Obtain base, and maybe overlay, and rasterize them
7763: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7764: /* --- check for optional offset2 arg --- */
7765: if ( offset2 == NOVALUE ) /* only if not explicitly specified*/
7766: if ( *(*expression) == '[' ) /*check for []-enclosed optional arg*/
7767: { int offsetval; /* test before using it */
7768: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,expr2,511,"[","]",0,0);
7769: offsetval = (int)(strtod(expr2,NULL)+0.5); /* convert [offset2] to int */
7770: if ( abs(offsetval) <= 25 ) /* sanity check */
7771: offset2 = offsetval; } /* replace deafault */
7772: if ( offset2 == NOVALUE ) offset2 = 0; /* novalue means no offset */
7773: /* --- parse for base, bump expression past it, and rasterize it --- */
7774: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,expr1,511,"{","}",0,0);
7775: if ( *expr1 == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* nothing to overlay, so quit */
7776: if ( (sp1=rasterize(expr1,size)) /* rasterize base expression */
7777: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if failed to rasterize */
7778: overlaysp = sp1; /*in case we return with no overlay*/
7779: /* --- get overlay expression, and rasterize it --- */
7780: if ( overlay == NOVALUE ) /* get overlay from input stream */
7781: { *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,expr2,511,"{","}",0,0);
7782: if ( *expr2 != '\000' ) /* have an overlay */
7783: sp2 = rasterize(expr2,size); } /* so rasterize overlay expression */
7784: else /* specific overlay */
7785: switch ( overlay )
7786: {
7787: default: break;
7788: case 1: /* e.g., \not overlays slash */
7789: sp2 = rasterize("/",size+1); /* rasterize overlay expression */
7790: offset2 = max2(1,size-3); /* push / right a bit */
7791: offset2 = 0;
7792: break;
7793: case 2: /* e.g., \Not draws diagonal */
7794: sp2 = NULL; /* no overlay required */
7795: if ( overlaysp != NULL ) /* check that we have raster */
7796: { raster *rp = overlaysp->image; /* raster to be \Not-ed */
7797: int width=rp->width, height=rp->height; /* raster dimensions */
7798: if ( 0 ) /* diagonal within bounding box */
7799: line_raster(rp,0,width-1,height-1,0,1); /* just draw diagonal */
7800: else /* construct "wide" diagonal */
7801: { int margin=3; /* desired extra margin width */
7802: sp2 = new_subraster(width+margin,height+margin,1); /*alloc it*/
7803: if ( sp2 != NULL ) /* allocated successfully */
7804: line_raster(sp2->image,0,width+margin-1,height+margin-1,0,1);}}
7805: break;
7806: case 3: /* e.g., \sout for strikeout */
7807: sp2 = NULL; /* no overlay required */
7808: if ( overlaysp != NULL ) /* check that we have raster */
7809: { raster *rp = overlaysp->image; /* raster to be \Not-ed */
7810: int width=rp->width, height=rp->height; /* raster dimensions */
7811: int baseline = overlaysp->baseline; /* we'll ignore descenders */
7812: int midrow = max2(0,min2(height-1,offset2+((baseline+1)/2)));
7813: if ( 1 ) /* strikeout within bounding box */
7814: line_raster(rp,midrow,0,midrow,width-1,1); } /*draw strikeout*/
7815: break;
7816: } /* --- end-of-switch(overlay) --- */
7817: if ( sp2 == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /*return sp1 if failed to rasterize*/
7818: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7819: construct composite overlay
7820: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7821: overlaysp = rastcompose(sp1,sp2,offset2,0,3);
7822: end_of_job:
7823: return ( overlaysp );
7824: } /* --- end-of-function rastoverlay() --- */
7825:
7826:
7827: /* ==========================================================================
7828: * Function: rastfrac ( expression, size, basesp, isfrac, arg2, arg3 )
7829: * Purpose: \frac,\atop handler, returns a subraster corresponding to
7830: * expression (immediately following \frac,\atop) at font size
7831: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
7832: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
7833: * string immediately following \frac to be
7834: * rasterized, and returning ptr immediately
7835: * following last character processed.
7836: * size (I) int containing 0-5 default font size
7837: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
7838: * immediately preceding \frac
7839: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
7840: * isfrac (I) int containing true to draw horizontal line
7841: * between numerator and denominator,
7842: * or false not to draw it (for \atop).
7843: * arg2 (I) int unused
7844: * arg3 (I) int unused
7845: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
7846: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to fraction,
7847: * or NULL for any parsing error
7848: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
7849: * Notes: o
7850: * ======================================================================= */
7851: /* --- entry point --- */
7852: subraster *rastfrac ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
7853: int isfrac, int arg2, int arg3 )
7854: {
7855: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7856: Allocations and Declarations
7857: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7858: char *texsubexpr(), /*parse expression for numer,denom*/
1.3 albertel 7859: numer[MAXSUBXSZ+1], denom[MAXSUBXSZ+1]; /* parsed numer, denom */
1.1 albertel 7860: subraster *rasterize(), *numsp=NULL, *densp=NULL; /*rasterize numer, denom*/
7861: subraster *rastack(), *fracsp=NULL; /* subraster for numer/denom */
7862: subraster *new_subraster()/*, *spacesp=NULL*/; /* space for num or den */
7863: int width=0, /* width of constructed raster */
7864: numheight=0; /* height of numerator */
7865: int baseht=0, baseln=0; /* height,baseline of base symbol */
7866: /*int istweak = 1;*/ /*true to tweak baseline alignment*/
7867: int rule_raster(), /* draw horizontal line for frac */
7868: lineheight = 1; /* thickness of fraction line */
1.2 albertel 7869: int vspace = (size>2?2:1); /*vertical space between components*/
1.1 albertel 7870: int delete_subraster(); /*free work areas in case of error*/
7871: int type_raster(); /* display debugging output */
7872: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7873: Obtain numerator and denominator, and rasterize them
7874: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7875: /* --- parse for numerator,denominator and bump expression past them --- */
7876: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,numer,0,"{","}",0,0);
7877: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,denom,0,"{","}",0,0);
7878: if ( *numer=='\000' && *denom=='\000' ) /* missing both components of frac */
7879: goto end_of_job; /* nothing to do, so quit */
7880: /* --- rasterize numerator, denominator --- */
7881: if ( *numer != '\000' ) /* have a numerator */
7882: if ( (numsp = rasterize(numer,size-1)) /* so rasterize numer at size-1 */
7883: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* and quit if failed */
7884: if ( *denom != '\000' ) /* have a denominator */
7885: if ( (densp = rasterize(denom,size-1)) /* so rasterize denom at size-1 */
7886: == NULL ) /* failed */
7887: { if ( numsp != NULL ) /* already rasterized numerator */
7888: delete_subraster(numsp); /* so free now-unneeded numerator */
7889: goto end_of_job; } /* and quit */
7890: /* --- if one componenet missing, use a blank space for it --- */
7891: if ( numsp == NULL ) /* no numerator given */
7892: numsp = rasterize("[?]",size-1); /* missing numerator */
7893: if ( densp == NULL ) /* no denominator given */
7894: densp = rasterize("[?]",size-1); /* missing denominator */
7895: /* --- check that we got both components --- */
7896: if ( numsp==NULL || densp==NULL ) /* some problem */
7897: { delete_subraster(numsp); /*delete numerator (if it existed)*/
7898: delete_subraster(densp); /*delete denominator (if it existed)*/
7899: goto end_of_job; } /* and quit */
7900: /* --- get height of numerator (to determine where line belongs) --- */
7901: numheight = (numsp->image)->height; /* get numerator's height */
7902: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7903: construct raster with numerator stacked over denominator
7904: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7905: /* --- construct raster with numer/denom --- */
7906: if ( (fracsp = rastack(densp,numsp,0,2*vspace+lineheight,1,3))/*numer/denom*/
7907: == NULL ) /* failed to construct numer/denom */
7908: { delete_subraster(numsp); /* so free now-unneeded numerator */
7909: delete_subraster(densp); /* and now-unneeded denominator */
7910: goto end_of_job; } /* and then quit */
7911: /* --- determine width of constructed raster --- */
7912: width = (fracsp->image)->width; /*just get width of embedded image*/
7913: /* --- initialize subraster parameters --- */
7914: fracsp->size = size; /* propagate font size forward */
7915: fracsp->baseline = (numheight+vspace+lineheight)+(size+2);/*default baseline*/
1.3 albertel 7916: fracsp->type = FRACRASTER; /* signal \frac image */
1.1 albertel 7917: if ( basesp != (subraster *)NULL ) /* we have base symbol for frac */
7918: { baseht = (basesp->image)->height; /* height of base symbol */
7919: baseln = basesp->baseline; /* and its baseline */
7920: } /* --- end-of-if(basesp!=NULL) --- */
7921: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7922: draw horizontal line between numerator and denominator
7923: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.3 albertel 7924: fraccenterline = numheight+vspace; /* signal that we have a \frac */
1.1 albertel 7925: if ( isfrac ) /*line for \frac, but not for \atop*/
1.3 albertel 7926: rule_raster(fracsp->image,fraccenterline,0,width,lineheight,0);
1.1 albertel 7927: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7928: return final result to caller
7929: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7930: end_of_job:
7931: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=99 )
7932: { fprintf(msgfp,"rastfrac> returning %s\n",(fracsp==NULL?"null":"..."));
7933: if ( fracsp != NULL ) /* have a constructed raster */
7934: type_raster(fracsp->image,msgfp); } /* display constructed raster */
7935: return ( fracsp );
7936: } /* --- end-of-function rastfrac() --- */
7937:
7938:
7939: /* ==========================================================================
7940: * Function: rastackrel ( expression, size, basesp, base, arg2, arg3 )
7941: * Purpose: \stackrel handler, returns a subraster corresponding to
7942: * stacked relation
7943: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
7944: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
7945: * string immediately following \stackrel to be
7946: * rasterized, and returning ptr immediately
7947: * following last character processed.
7948: * size (I) int containing 0-4 default font size
7949: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
7950: * immediately preceding \stackrel
7951: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
7952: * base (I) int containing 1 if upper/first subexpression
7953: * is base relation, or 2 if lower/second is
7954: * arg2 (I) int unused
7955: * arg3 (I) int unused
7956: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
7957: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to stacked
7958: * relation, or NULL for any parsing error
7959: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
7960: * Notes: o
7961: * ======================================================================= */
7962: /* --- entry point --- */
7963: subraster *rastackrel ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
7964: int base, int arg2, int arg3 )
7965: {
7966: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7967: Allocations and Declarations
7968: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.3 albertel 7969: char *texsubexpr(), /*parse expression for upper,lower*/
7970: upper[MAXSUBXSZ+1], lower[MAXSUBXSZ+1]; /* parsed upper, lower */
1.1 albertel 7971: subraster *rasterize(), *upsp=NULL, *lowsp=NULL; /* rasterize upper, lower */
7972: subraster *rastack(), *relsp=NULL; /* subraster for upper/lower */
7973: int upsize = (base==1? size:size-1), /* font size for upper component */
7974: lowsize = (base==2? size:size-1); /* font size for lower component */
7975: int vspace = 1; /*vertical space between components*/
7976: int delete_subraster(); /*free work areas in case of error*/
7977: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7978: Obtain numerator and denominator, and rasterize them
7979: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7980: /* --- parse for numerator,denominator and bump expression past them --- */
7981: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,upper,0,"{","}",0,0);
7982: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,lower,0,"{","}",0,0);
7983: if ( *upper=='\000' || *lower=='\000' ) /* missing either component */
7984: goto end_of_job; /* nothing to do, so quit */
7985: /* --- rasterize upper, lower --- */
7986: if ( *upper != '\000' ) /* have upper component */
7987: if ( (upsp = rasterize(upper,upsize)) /* so rasterize upper component */
7988: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* and quit if failed */
7989: if ( *lower != '\000' ) /* have lower component */
7990: if ( (lowsp = rasterize(lower,lowsize)) /* so rasterize lower component */
7991: == NULL ) /* failed */
7992: { if ( upsp != NULL ) /* already rasterized upper */
7993: delete_subraster(upsp); /* so free now-unneeded upper */
7994: goto end_of_job; } /* and quit */
7995: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
7996: construct stacked relation raster
7997: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7998: /* --- construct stacked relation --- */
7999: if ( (relsp = rastack(lowsp,upsp,3-base,vspace,1,3)) /* stacked relation */
8000: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if failed */
8001: /* --- initialize subraster parameters --- */
8002: relsp->size = size; /* propagate font size forward */
8003: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8004: return final result to caller
8005: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8006: end_of_job:
8007: return ( relsp );
8008: } /* --- end-of-function rastackrel() --- */
8009:
8010:
8011: /* ==========================================================================
8012: * Function: rastmathfunc ( expression, size, basesp, base, arg2, arg3 )
8013: * Purpose: \log, \lim, etc handler, returns a subraster corresponding
8014: * to math functions
8015: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
8016: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
8017: * string immediately following \mathfunc to be
8018: * rasterized, and returning ptr immediately
8019: * following last character processed.
8020: * size (I) int containing 0-4 default font size
8021: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
8022: * immediately preceding \mathfunc
8023: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
8024: * mathfunc (I) int containing 1=arccos, 2=arcsin, etc.
8025: * islimits (I) int containing 1 if function may have
8026: * limits underneath, e.g., \lim_{n\to\infty}
8027: * arg3 (I) int unused
8028: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
8029: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to mathfunc,
8030: * or NULL for any parsing error
8031: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
8032: * Notes: o
8033: * ======================================================================= */
8034: /* --- entry point --- */
8035: subraster *rastmathfunc ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
8036: int mathfunc, int islimits, int arg3 )
8037: {
8038: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8039: Allocations and Declarations
8040: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8041: char *texscripts(), /* parse expression for _limits */
1.3 albertel 8042: func[MAXTOKNSZ+1], limits[MAXSUBXSZ+1]; /*func as {\rm func}, limits*/
1.1 albertel 8043: char *texsubexpr(), /* parse expression for arg */
1.3 albertel 8044: funcarg[MAXTOKNSZ+1]; /* optional func arg */
1.1 albertel 8045: subraster *rasterize(), *funcsp=NULL, *limsp=NULL; /*rasterize func,limits*/
8046: subraster *rastack(), *mathfuncsp=NULL; /* subraster for mathfunc/limits */
8047: int limsize = size-1; /* font size for limits */
8048: int vspace = 1; /*vertical space between components*/
8049: int delete_subraster(); /*free work areas in case of error*/
8050: /* --- table of function names by mathfunc number --- */
8051: static int numnames = 34; /* number of names in table */
8052: static char *funcnames[] = {
8053: "error", /* 0 index is illegal/error bucket*/
8054: "arccos", "arcsin", "arctan", /* 1 - 3 */
8055: "arg", "cos", "cosh", /* 4 - 6 */
8056: "cot", "coth", "csc", /* 7 - 9 */
8057: "deg", "det", "dim", /* 10 - 12 */
8058: "exp", "gcd", "hom", /* 13 - 15 */
8059: "inf", "ker", "lg", /* 16 - 18 */
8060: "lim", "liminf", "limsup", /* 19 - 21 */
8061: "ln", "log", "max", /* 22 - 24 */
8062: "min", "Pr", "sec", /* 25 - 27 */
8063: "sin", "sinh", "sup", /* 28 - 30 */
8064: "tan", "tanh", /* 31 - 32 */
8065: /* --- extra mimetex funcnames --- */
8066: "tr", /* 33 */
8067: "pmod" /* 34 */
8068: } ;
8069: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8070: set up and rasterize function name in \rm
8071: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8072: if ( mathfunc<0 || mathfunc>numnames ) mathfunc=0; /* check index bounds */
8073: switch ( mathfunc ) /* check for special processing */
8074: {
8075: default: /* no special processing */
8076: strcpy(func,"{\\rm~"); /* init string with {\rm~ */
8077: strcat(func,funcnames[mathfunc]); /* concat function name */
8078: strcat(func,"}"); /* and add terminating } */
8079: break;
8080: case 34: /* \pmod{x} --> (mod x) */
8081: /* --- parse for \pmod{arg} argument --- */
8082: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,funcarg,2047,"{","}",0,0);
8083: strcpy(func,"{\\({\\rm~mod}"); /* init with {\left({\rm~mod} */
8084: strcat(func,"\\hspace2"); /* concat space */
8085: strcat(func,funcarg); /* and \pmodargument */
8086: strcat(func,"\\)}"); /* and add terminating \right)} */
8087: break;
8088: } /* --- end-of-switch(mathfunc) --- */
8089: if ( (funcsp = rasterize(func,size)) /* rasterize function name */
8090: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* and quit if failed */
8091: mathfuncsp = funcsp; /* just return funcsp if no limits */
8092: if ( !islimits ) goto end_of_job; /* treat any subscript normally */
8093: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8094: Obtain limits, if permitted and if provided, and rasterize them
8095: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8096: /* --- parse for subscript limits, and bump expression past it(them) --- */
8097: *expression = texscripts(*expression,limits,limits,1);
8098: if ( *limits=='\000') goto end_of_job; /* no limits, nothing to do, quit */
8099: /* --- rasterize limits --- */
8100: if ( (limsp = rasterize(limits,limsize)) /* rasterize limits */
8101: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* and quit if failed */
8102: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8103: construct func atop limits
8104: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8105: /* --- construct func atop limits --- */
8106: if ( (mathfuncsp = rastack(limsp,funcsp,2,vspace,1,3)) /* func atop limits */
8107: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if failed */
8108: /* --- initialize subraster parameters --- */
8109: mathfuncsp->size = size; /* propagate font size forward */
8110: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8111: return final result to caller
8112: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8113: end_of_job:
8114: return ( mathfuncsp );
8115: } /* --- end-of-function rastmathfunc() --- */
8116:
8117:
8118: /* ==========================================================================
8119: * Function: rastsqrt ( expression, size, basesp, arg1, arg2, arg3 )
8120: * Purpose: \sqrt handler, returns a subraster corresponding to
8121: * expression (immediately following \sqrt) at font size
8122: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
8123: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
8124: * string immediately following \sqrt to be
8125: * rasterized, and returning ptr immediately
8126: * following last character processed.
8127: * size (I) int containing 0-4 default font size
8128: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
8129: * immediately preceding \accent
8130: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
8131: * arg1 (I) int unused
8132: * arg2 (I) int unused
8133: * arg3 (I) int unused
8134: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
8135: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to expression,
8136: * or NULL for any parsing error
8137: * (expression ptr unchanged if error occurs)
8138: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
8139: * Notes: o
8140: * ======================================================================= */
8141: /* --- entry point --- */
8142: subraster *rastsqrt ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
8143: int arg1, int arg2, int arg3 )
8144: {
8145: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8146: Allocations and Declarations
8147: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.3 albertel 8148: char *texsubexpr(), subexpr[MAXSUBXSZ+1], /*parse subexpr to be sqrt-ed*/
8149: rootarg[MAXSUBXSZ+1]; /* optional \sqrt[rootarg]{...} */
1.1 albertel 8150: subraster *rasterize(), *subsp=NULL; /* rasterize subexpr */
8151: subraster *accent_subraster(), *sqrtsp=NULL, /* subraster with the sqrt */
8152: *new_subraster(), *rootsp=NULL; /* optionally preceded by [rootarg]*/
8153: int sqrtheight=0, sqrtwidth=0, surdwidth=0, /* height,width of sqrt */
8154: rootheight=0, rootwidth=0, /* height,width of rootarg raster */
8155: subheight=0, subwidth=0, pixsz=0; /* height,width,pixsz of subexpr */
8156: int rastput(); /* put subexpr in constructed sqrt */
8157: int overspace = 2; /*space between subexpr and overbar*/
8158: int delete_subraster(); /* free work areas */
8159: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8160: Obtain subexpression to be sqrt-ed, and rasterize it
8161: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8162: /* --- first check for optional \sqrt[rootarg]{...} --- */
8163: if ( *(*expression) == '[' ) /*check for []-enclosed optional arg*/
8164: { *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,rootarg,0,"[","]",0,0);
8165: if ( *rootarg != '\000' ) /* got rootarg */
8166: if ( (rootsp=rasterize(rootarg,size-1)) /*rasterize it at smaller size*/
8167: != NULL ) /* rasterized successfully */
8168: { rootheight = (rootsp->image)->height; /* get height of rootarg */
8169: rootwidth = (rootsp->image)->width; } /* and its width */
8170: } /* --- end-of-if(**expression=='[') --- */
8171: /* --- parse for subexpr to be sqrt-ed, and bump expression past it --- */
8172: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,subexpr,0,"{","}",0,0);
8173: if ( *subexpr == '\000' ) /* couldn't get subexpression */
8174: goto end_of_job; /* nothing to do, so quit */
8175: /* --- rasterize subexpression to be accented --- */
8176: if ( (subsp = rasterize(subexpr,size)) /*rasterize subexpr at original size*/
8177: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if failed */
8178: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8179: determine height and width of sqrt raster to be constructed
8180: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8181: /* --- first get height and width of subexpr --- */
8182: subheight = (subsp->image)->height; /* height of subexpr */
8183: subwidth = (subsp->image)->width; /* and its width */
8184: pixsz = (subsp->image)->pixsz; /* pixsz remains constant */
8185: /* --- determine height and width of sqrt to contain subexpr --- */
8186: sqrtheight = subheight + overspace; /* subexpr + blank line + overbar */
8187: surdwidth = SQRTWIDTH(sqrtheight); /* width of surd */
8188: sqrtwidth = subwidth + surdwidth + 1; /* total width */
8189: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8190: construct sqrt (with room to move in subexpr) and embed subexpr in it
8191: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8192: /* --- construct sqrt --- */
8193: if ( (sqrtsp=accent_subraster(SQRTACCENT,sqrtwidth,sqrtheight,pixsz))
8194: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if failed to build sqrt */
8195: /* --- embed subexpr in sqrt at lower-right corner--- */
8196: rastput(sqrtsp->image,subsp->image,overspace,sqrtwidth-subwidth,1);
8197: sqrtsp->baseline = subsp->baseline + overspace; /* adjust baseline */
8198: /* --- "embed" rootarg at upper-left --- */
8199: if ( rootsp != NULL ) /*have optional \sqrt[rootarg]{...}*/
8200: {
8201: /* --- allocate full raster to contain sqrtsp and rootsp --- */
8202: int fullwidth = sqrtwidth +rootwidth - min2(rootwidth,max2(0,surdwidth-4)),
8203: fullheight= sqrtheight+rootheight- min2(rootheight,3+size);
8204: subraster *fullsp = new_subraster(fullwidth,fullheight,pixsz);
8205: if ( fullsp != NULL ) /* allocated successfully */
8206: { /* --- embed sqrtsp exactly at lower-right corner --- */
8207: rastput(fullsp->image,sqrtsp->image, /* exactly at lower-right corner*/
8208: fullheight-sqrtheight,fullwidth-sqrtwidth,1);
8209: /* --- embed rootsp near upper-left, nestled above leading surd --- */
8210: rastput(fullsp->image,rootsp->image,
8211: 0,max2(0,surdwidth-rootwidth-2-size),0);
8212: /* --- replace sqrtsp with fullsp --- */
8213: delete_subraster(sqrtsp); /* free original sqrtsp */
8214: sqrtsp = fullsp; /* and repoint it to fullsp instead*/
8215: sqrtsp->baseline = fullheight - (subheight - subsp->baseline); }
8216: } /* --- end-of-if(rootsp!=NULL) --- */
8217: /* --- initialize subraster parameters --- */
8218: sqrtsp->size = size; /* propagate font size forward */
8219: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8220: free unneeded component subrasters and return final result to caller
8221: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8222: end_of_job:
8223: if ( subsp != NULL ) delete_subraster(subsp); /* free unneeded subexpr */
8224: return ( sqrtsp );
8225: } /* --- end-of-function rastsqrt() --- */
8226:
8227:
8228: /* ==========================================================================
8229: * Function: rastaccent (expression,size,basesp,accent,isabove,isscript)
8230: * Purpose: \hat, \vec, \etc handler, returns a subraster corresponding
8231: * to expression (immediately following \accent) at font size
8232: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
8233: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
8234: * string immediately following \accent to be
8235: * rasterized, and returning ptr immediately
8236: * following last character processed.
8237: * size (I) int containing 0-4 default font size
8238: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
8239: * immediately preceding \accent
8240: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
8241: * accent (I) int containing HATACCENT or VECACCENT, etc,
8242: * between numerator and denominator,
8243: * or false not to draw it (for \over).
8244: * isabove (I) int containing true if accent is above
8245: * expression to be accented, or false
8246: * if accent is below (e.g., underbrace)
8247: * isscript (I) int containing true if sub/superscripts
8248: * allowed (for under/overbrace), or 0 if not.
8249: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
8250: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to expression,
8251: * or NULL for any parsing error
8252: * (expression ptr unchanged if error occurs)
8253: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
8254: * Notes: o Also handles \overbrace{}^{} and \underbrace{}_{} by way
8255: * of isabove and isscript args.
8256: * ======================================================================= */
8257: /* --- entry point --- */
8258: subraster *rastaccent ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
8259: int accent, int isabove, int isscript )
8260: {
8261: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8262: Allocations and Declarations
8263: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.3 albertel 8264: char *texsubexpr(), subexpr[MAXSUBXSZ+1]; /*parse subexpr to be accented*/
1.1 albertel 8265: char *texscripts(), *script=NULL, /* \under,overbrace allow scripts */
1.3 albertel 8266: subscript[MAXTOKNSZ+1], supscript[MAXTOKNSZ+1]; /* parsed scripts */
1.1 albertel 8267: subraster *rasterize(), *subsp=NULL, *scrsp=NULL; /*rasterize subexpr,script*/
8268: subraster *rastack(), *accsubsp=NULL; /* stack accent, subexpr, script */
8269: subraster *accent_subraster(), *accsp=NULL; /*raster for the accent itself*/
8270: int accheight=0, accwidth=0, /* height, width of accent */
8271: subheight=0, subwidth=0, pixsz=0; /* height,width,pixsz of subexpr */
8272: int delete_subraster(); /*free work areas in case of error*/
8273: int vspace = 0; /*vertical space between accent,sub*/
8274: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8275: Obtain subexpression to be accented, and rasterize it
8276: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8277: /* --- parse for subexpr to be accented, and bump expression past it --- */
8278: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,subexpr,0,"{","}",0,0);
8279: if ( *subexpr=='\000' ) /* couldn't get subexpression */
8280: goto end_of_job; /* nothing to do, so quit */
8281: /* --- rasterize subexpression to be accented --- */
8282: if ( (subsp = rasterize(subexpr,size)) /*rasterize subexpr at original size*/
8283: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if failed */
8284: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8285: determine desired accent width and height
8286: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8287: /* --- first get height and width of subexpr --- */
8288: subheight = (subsp->image)->height; /* height of subexpr */
8289: subwidth = (subsp->image)->width; /* and its width is overall width */
8290: pixsz = (subsp->image)->pixsz; /* original pixsz remains constant */
8291: /* --- determine desired width, height of accent --- */
8292: accwidth = subwidth; /* same width as subexpr */
1.2 albertel 8293: accheight = 4; /* default for bars */
1.1 albertel 8294: switch ( accent )
8295: { default: break; /* default okay */
8296: case DOTACCENT: case DDOTACCENT:
1.2 albertel 8297: accheight = (size<4? 3:4); /* default for dots */
1.1 albertel 8298: break;
1.2 albertel 8299: case VECACCENT:
8300: vspace = 1; /* set 1-pixel vertical space */
8301: case HATACCENT:
1.1 albertel 8302: accheight = 7; /* default */
8303: if ( subwidth < 10 ) accheight = 5; /* unless small width */
8304: else if ( subwidth > 25 ) accheight = 9; /* or large */
8305: break;
8306: } /* --- end-of-switch(accent) --- */
8307: accheight = min2(accheight,subheight); /*never higher than accented subexpr*/
8308: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8309: construct accent, and construct subraster with accent over (or under) subexpr
8310: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8311: /* --- first construct accent --- */
8312: if ( (accsp = accent_subraster(accent,accwidth,accheight,pixsz)) /* accent */
8313: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if failed to build accent */
8314: /* --- now stack accent above (or below) subexpr, and free both args --- */
8315: accsubsp = (isabove? rastack(subsp,accsp,1,vspace,1,3)/*accent above subexpr*/
8316: : rastack(accsp,subsp,2,vspace,1,3)); /*accent below subexpr*/
8317: if ( accsubsp == NULL ) /* failed to stack accent */
8318: { delete_subraster(subsp); /* free unneeded subsp */
8319: delete_subraster(accsp); /* and unneeded accsp */
8320: goto end_of_job; } /* and quit */
8321: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8322: look for super/subscript (annotation for over/underbrace)
8323: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8324: /* --- first check whether accent permits accompanying annotations --- */
8325: if ( !isscript ) goto end_of_job; /* no annotations for this accent */
8326: /* --- now get scripts if there actually are any --- */
8327: *expression = texscripts(*expression,subscript,supscript,(isabove?2:1));
8328: script = (isabove? supscript : subscript); /*select above^ or below_ script*/
8329: if ( *script == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* no accompanying script */
8330: /* --- rasterize script annotation at size-2 --- */
8331: if ( (scrsp = rasterize(script,size-2)) /* rasterize script at size-2 */
8332: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if failed */
8333: /* --- stack annotation above (or below) accent, and free both args --- */
8334: accsubsp = (isabove? rastack(accsubsp,scrsp,1,0,1,3) /* accent above base */
8335: : rastack(scrsp,accsubsp,2,0,1,3)); /* accent below base */
8336: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8337: return final result to caller
8338: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8339: end_of_job:
8340: if ( accsubsp != NULL ) /* initialize subraster parameters */
8341: accsubsp->size = size; /* propagate font size forward */
8342: return ( accsubsp );
8343: } /* --- end-of-function rastaccent() --- */
8344:
8345:
8346: /* ==========================================================================
1.2 albertel 8347: * Function: rastfont (expression,size,basesp,ifontnum,arg2,arg3)
1.1 albertel 8348: * Purpose: \cal{}, \scr{}, \etc handler, returns subraster corresponding
8349: * to char(s) within {}'s rendered at size
8350: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
8351: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
8352: * string immediately following \font to be
8353: * rasterized, and returning ptr immediately
8354: * following last character processed.
8355: * size (I) int containing 0-5 default font size
8356: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
8357: * immediately preceding \accent
8358: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
1.2 albertel 8359: * ifontnum (I) int containing 1 for \cal{}, 2 for \scr{}
1.1 albertel 8360: * arg2 (I) int unused
8361: * arg3 (I) int unused
8362: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
8363: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to chars
8364: * between {}'s, or NULL for any parsing error
8365: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
8366: * Notes: o
8367: * ======================================================================= */
8368: /* --- entry point --- */
8369: subraster *rastfont ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
1.2 albertel 8370: int ifontnum, int arg2, int arg3 )
1.1 albertel 8371: {
8372: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8373: Allocations and Declarations
8374: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.3 albertel 8375: char *texsubexpr(), fontchars[MAXSUBXSZ+1], /* chars to render in font */
8376: subexpr[MAXSUBXSZ+1]; /* turn \cal{AB} into \calA\calB */
1.1 albertel 8377: char *pfchars=fontchars, fchar='\0'; /* run thru fontchars one at a time*/
1.2 albertel 8378: char *name = NULL; /* fontinfo[ifontnum].name */
8379: int family = 0, /* fontinfo[ifontnum].family */
8380: istext = 0, /* fontinfo[ifontnum].istext */
8381: class = 0; /* fontinfo[ifontnum].class */
1.1 albertel 8382: subraster *rasterize(), *fontsp=NULL, /* rasterize chars in font */
8383: *rastflags(); /* or just set flag to switch font */
1.2 albertel 8384: int oldsmashmargin = smashmargin; /* turn off smash in text mode */
8385: #if 0
1.1 albertel 8386: /* --- fonts recognized by rastfont --- */
1.2 albertel 8387: static int nfonts = 6; /* legal font #'s are 1...nfonts */
1.1 albertel 8388: static struct {char *name; int class;}
8389: fonts[] =
8390: { /* --- name class 1=upper,2=alpha,3=alnum,4=lower,5=digit,9=all --- */
1.2 albertel 8391: { "\\math", 0 },
8392: { "\\mathcal", 1 }, /*(1) calligraphic, uppercase */
8393: { "\\mathscr", 1 }, /*(2) rsfs/script, uppercase */
8394: { "\\textrm", -1 }, /*(3) \rm,\text{abc} --> {\rm~abc} */
8395: { "\\textit", -1 }, /*(4) \it,\textit{abc}-->{\it~abc} */
8396: { "\\mathbb", -1 }, /*(5) \bb,\mathbb{abc}-->{\bb~abc} */
8397: { "\\mathbf", -1 }, /*(6) \bf,\mathbf{abc}-->{\bf~abc} */
1.3 albertel 8398: { "\\mathrm", -1 }, /*(7) \mathrm */
8399: { "\\cyr", -1 }, /*(8) \cyr */
1.1 albertel 8400: { NULL, 0 }
8401: } ; /* --- end-of-fonts[] --- */
1.2 albertel 8402: #endif
1.1 albertel 8403: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8404: first get font name and class to determine type of conversion desired
8405: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.2 albertel 8406: if (ifontnum<=0 || ifontnum>nfontinfo) ifontnum=0; /*math if out-of-bounds*/
8407: name = fontinfo[ifontnum].name; /* font name */
8408: family = fontinfo[ifontnum].family; /* font family */
8409: istext = fontinfo[ifontnum].istext; /*true in text mode (respect space)*/
8410: class = fontinfo[ifontnum].class; /* font class */
8411: if ( istext ) /* text (respect blanks) */
1.3 albertel 8412: { mathsmashmargin = smashmargin; /* needed for \text{if $n-m$ even} */
8413: smashmargin = 0; } /* don't smash internal blanks */
1.1 albertel 8414: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8415: now convert \font{abc} --> {\font~abc}, or convert ABC to \calA\calB\calC
8416: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.2 albertel 8417: if ( 1 || class<0 ) /* not character-by-character */
1.1 albertel 8418: {
8419: /* ---
8420: if \font not immediately followed by { then it has no arg, so just set flag
8421: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
8422: if ( *(*expression) != '{' ) /* no \font arg, so just set flag */
8423: {
8424: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=99 )
1.2 albertel 8425: fprintf(msgfp,"rastfont> \\%s rastflags() for font#%d\n",name,ifontnum);
8426: fontsp = rastflags(expression,size,basesp,ISFONTFAM,ifontnum,arg3);
1.1 albertel 8427: goto end_of_job;
8428: } /* --- end-of-if(*(*expression)!='{') --- */
8429: /* ---
8430: convert \font{abc} --> {\font~abc}
8431: ---------------------------------- */
8432: /* --- parse for {fontchars} arg, and bump expression past it --- */
8433: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,fontchars,0,"{","}",0,0);
8434: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=99 )
8435: fprintf(msgfp,"rastfont> \\%s fontchars=\"%s\"\n",name,fontchars);
8436: /* --- convert all fontchars at the same time --- */
8437: strcpy(subexpr,"{"); /* start off with opening { */
8438: strcat(subexpr,name); /* followed by font name */
8439: strcat(subexpr,"~"); /* followed by whitespace */
8440: strcat(subexpr,fontchars); /* followed by all the chars */
8441: strcat(subexpr,"}"); /* terminate with closing } */
8442: } /* --- end-of-if(class<0) --- */
8443: else /* character-by-character */
8444: {
8445: /* ---
8446: convert ABC to \calA\calB\calC
8447: ------------------------------ */
8448: int isprevchar=0; /* true if prev char converted */
8449: /* --- parse for {fontchars} arg, and bump expression past it --- */
8450: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,fontchars,0,"{","}",0,0);
8451: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=99 )
8452: fprintf(msgfp,"rastfont> \\%s fontchars=\"%s\"\n",name,fontchars);
8453: /* --- convert fontchars one at a time --- */
8454: strcpy(subexpr,"{\\rm~"); /* start off with opening {\rm */
8455: strcpy(subexpr,"{"); /* nope, just start off with { */
8456: for ( pfchars=fontchars; (fchar= *pfchars)!='\000'; pfchars++ )
8457: {
8458: if ( isthischar(fchar,WHITEMATH) ) /* some whitespace */
1.2 albertel 8459: { if ( 0 || istext ) /* and we're in a text mode font */
1.1 albertel 8460: strcat(subexpr,"\\;"); } /* so respect whitespace */
8461: else /* char to be displayed in font */
8462: { int exprlen = 0; /* #chars in subexpr before fchar */
8463: int isinclass = 0; /* set true if fchar in font class */
1.2 albertel 8464: /* --- class: 1=upper, 2=alpha, 3=alnum, 4=lower, 5=digit, 9=all --- */
1.1 albertel 8465: switch ( class ) /* check if fchar is in font class */
8466: { default: break; /* no chars in unrecognized class */
8467: case 1: if ( isupper((int)fchar) ) isinclass=1; break;
8468: case 2: if ( isalpha((int)fchar) ) isinclass=1; break;
8469: case 3: if ( isalnum((int)fchar) ) isinclass=1; break;
8470: case 4: if ( islower((int)fchar) ) isinclass=1; break;
8471: case 5: if ( isdigit((int)fchar) ) isinclass=1; break;
8472: case 9: isinclass=1; break; }
8473: if ( isinclass ) /* convert current char to \font */
8474: { strcat(subexpr,name); /* by prefixing it with font name */
8475: isprevchar = 1; } /* and set flag to signal separator*/
8476: else /* current char not in \font */
8477: { if ( isprevchar ) /* extra separator only after \font*/
8478: if ( isalpha(fchar) ) /* separator only before alpha */
8479: strcat(subexpr,"~"); /* need separator after \font */
8480: isprevchar = 0; } /* reset flag for next char */
8481: exprlen = strlen(subexpr); /* #chars so far */
8482: subexpr[exprlen] = fchar; /*fchar immediately after \fontname*/
8483: subexpr[exprlen+1] = '\000'; } /* replace terminating '\0' */
8484: } /* --- end-of-for(pfchars) --- */
8485: strcat(subexpr,"}"); /* add closing } */
8486: } /* --- end-of-if/else(class<0) --- */
8487: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8488: rasterize subexpression containing chars to be rendered at font
8489: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8490: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=99 )
8491: fprintf(msgfp,"rastfont> subexpr=\"%s\"\n",subexpr);
8492: if ( (fontsp = rasterize(subexpr,size)) /* rasterize chars in font */
8493: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* and quit if failed */
8494: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8495: back to caller with chars rendered in font
8496: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8497: end_of_job:
1.2 albertel 8498: smashmargin = oldsmashmargin; /* restore smash */
1.3 albertel 8499: mathsmashmargin = SMASHMARGIN; /* this one probably not necessary */
1.2 albertel 8500: if ( istext && fontsp!=NULL ) /* raster contains text mode font */
8501: fontsp->type = blanksignal; /* signal nosmash */
1.1 albertel 8502: return ( fontsp ); /* chars rendered in font */
8503: } /* --- end-of-function rastfont() --- */
8504:
8505:
8506: /* ==========================================================================
8507: * Function: rastbegin ( expression, size, basesp, arg1, arg2, arg3 )
8508: * Purpose: \begin{}...\end{} handler, returns a subraster corresponding
8509: * to array expression within environment, i.e., rewrites
8510: * \begin{}...\end{} as mimeTeX equivalent, and rasterizes that.
8511: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
8512: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
8513: * string immediately following \begin to be
8514: * rasterized, and returning ptr immediately
8515: * following last character processed.
8516: * size (I) int containing 0-4 default font size
8517: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
8518: * immediately preceding \begin
8519: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
8520: * arg1 (I) int unused
8521: * arg2 (I) int unused
8522: * arg3 (I) int unused
8523: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
8524: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to array
8525: * expression, or NULL for any parsing error
8526: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
8527: * Notes: o
8528: * ======================================================================= */
8529: /* --- entry point --- */
8530: subraster *rastbegin ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
8531: int arg1, int arg2, int arg3 )
8532: {
8533: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8534: Allocations and Declarations
8535: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.3 albertel 8536: char *texsubexpr(), subexpr[MAXSUBXSZ+1], /* \begin{} environment params*/
1.1 albertel 8537: *exprptr=NULL,*begptr=NULL,*endptr=NULL,*braceptr=NULL; /* ptrs */
8538: char *begtoken="\\begin{", *endtoken="\\end{"; /*tokens we're looking for*/
8539: int strreplace(); /* replace substring in string */
8540: char *strchange(); /*\begin...\end --> {\begin...\end}*/
8541: char *delims = (char *)NULL; /* mdelims[ienviron] */
8542: subraster *rasterize(), *sp=NULL; /* rasterize environment */
8543: int ienviron = 0; /* environs[] index */
8544: int nbegins = 0; /* #\begins nested beneath this one*/
8545: int envlen=0, sublen=0; /* #chars in environ, subexpr */
8546: static int blevel = 0; /* \begin...\end nesting level */
8547: static char *mdelims[] = { NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,
8548: "()","[]","{}","||","==", /* for pbBvVmatrix */
1.3 albertel 8549: NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, "{.", NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,
1.1 albertel 8550: NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL };
8551: static char *environs[] = { /* types of environments we process*/
8552: "eqnarray", /* 0 eqnarray environment */
8553: "array", /* 1 array environment */
8554: "matrix", /* 2 array environment */
8555: "tabular", /* 3 array environment */
8556: "pmatrix", /* 4 ( ) */
8557: "bmatrix", /* 5 [ ] */
8558: "Bmatrix", /* 6 { } */
8559: "vmatrix", /* 7 | | */
8560: "Vmatrix", /* 8 || || */
8561: "gather", /* 9 gather environment */
8562: "align", /* 10 align environment */
8563: "verbatim", /* 11 verbatim environment */
8564: "picture", /* 12 picture environment */
1.3 albertel 8565: "cases", /* 13 cases environment */
8566: "equation", /* 14 for \begin{equation} */
1.1 albertel 8567: NULL }; /* trailer */
8568: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8569: determine type of environment we're beginning
8570: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8571: /* --- first bump nesting level --- */
8572: blevel++; /* count \begin...\begin...'s */
8573: /* --- \begin must be followed by {type_of_environment} --- */
8574: exprptr = texsubexpr(*expression,subexpr,0,"{","}",0,0);
8575: if ( *subexpr == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* no environment given */
8576: while ( (delims=strchr(subexpr,'*')) != NULL ) /* have environment* */
8577: strcpy(delims,delims+1); /* treat it as environment */
8578: /* --- look up environment in our table --- */
8579: for ( ienviron=0; ;ienviron++ ) /* search table till NULL */
8580: if ( environs[ienviron] == NULL ) /* found NULL before match */
8581: goto end_of_job; /* so quit */
8582: else /* see if we have an exact match */
8583: if ( memcmp(environs[ienviron],subexpr,strlen(subexpr)) == 0 ) /*match*/
8584: break; /* leave loop with ienviron index */
8585: /* --- accumulate any additional params for this environment --- */
8586: *subexpr = '\000'; /* reset subexpr to empty string */
8587: delims = mdelims[ienviron]; /* mdelims[] string for ienviron */
8588: if ( delims != NULL ) /* add appropriate opening delim */
8589: { strcpy(subexpr,"\\"); /* start with \ for (,[,{,|,= */
8590: strcat(subexpr,delims); /* then add opening delim */
8591: subexpr[2] = '\000'; } /* remove extraneous closing delim */
8592: switch ( ienviron )
8593: {
8594: default: goto end_of_job; /* environ not implemented yet */
8595: case 0: /* \begin{eqnarray} */
8596: strcpy(subexpr,"\\array{rcl$"); /* set default rcl for eqnarray */
8597: break;
8598: case 1: case 2: case 3: /* \begin{array} followed by {lcr} */
8599: strcpy(subexpr,"\\array{"); /*start with mimeTeX \array{ command*/
8600: skipwhite(exprptr); /* bump to next non-white char */
8601: if ( *exprptr == '{' ) /* assume we have {lcr} argument */
8602: { exprptr = texsubexpr(exprptr,subexpr+7,0,"{","}",0,0); /*add on lcr*/
8603: if ( *(subexpr+7) == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if no lcr */
8604: strcat(subexpr,"$"); } /* add terminating $ to lcr */
8605: break;
8606: case 4: case 5: case 6: /* \begin{pmatrix} or b,B,v,Vmatrix */
8607: case 7: case 8:
8608: strcat(subexpr,"\\array{"); /*start with mimeTeX \array{ command*/
8609: break;
8610: case 9: /* gather */
8611: strcat(subexpr,"\\array{c$"); /* center equations */
8612: break;
8613: case 10: /* align */
8614: strcat(subexpr,"\\array{rclrclrclrclrclrcl$"); /* a&=b & c&=d & etc */
8615: break;
8616: case 11: /* verbatim */
8617: strcat(subexpr,"{\\rm "); /* {\rm ...} */
8618: /*strcat(subexpr,"\\\\{\\rm ");*/ /* \\{\rm } doesn't work in context */
8619: break;
8620: case 12: /* picture */
8621: strcat(subexpr,"\\picture"); /* picture environment */
8622: skipwhite(exprptr); /* bump to next non-white char */
8623: if ( *exprptr == '(' ) /*assume we have (width,height) arg*/
8624: { exprptr = texsubexpr(exprptr,subexpr+8,0,"(",")",0,1); /*add on arg*/
8625: if ( *(subexpr+8) == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; } /* quit if no arg */
8626: strcat(subexpr,"{"); /* opening { after (width,height) */
8627: break;
1.3 albertel 8628: case 13: /* cases */
8629: strcat(subexpr,"\\array{ll$"); /* a&b \\ c&d etc */
8630: break;
8631: case 14: /* \begin{equation} */
8632: strcat(subexpr,"{"); /* just enclose expression in {}'s */
8633: break;
1.1 albertel 8634: } /* --- end-of-switch(ienviron) --- */
8635: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8636: locate matching \end{...}
8637: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8638: /* --- first \end following \begin --- */
8639: if ( (endptr=strstr(exprptr,endtoken)) /* find 1st \end following \begin */
8640: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* and quit if no \end found */
8641: /* --- find matching endptr by pushing past any nested \begin's --- */
8642: begptr = exprptr; /* start after first \begin{...} */
8643: while ( 1 ) /*break when we find matching \end*/
8644: {
8645: /* --- first, set ptr to closing } terminating current \end{...} --- */
8646: if ( (braceptr=strchr(endptr+1,'}')) /* find 1st } following \end{ */
8647: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* and quit if no } found */
8648: /* -- locate next nested \begin --- */
8649: if ( (begptr=strstr(begptr,begtoken)) /* find next \begin{...} */
8650: == NULL ) break; /*no more, so we have matching \end*/
8651: begptr += strlen(begtoken); /* push ptr past token */
8652: if ( begptr >= endptr ) break; /* past endptr, so not nested */
8653: /* --- have nested \begin, so push forward to next \end --- */
8654: nbegins++; /* count another nested \begin */
8655: if ( (endptr=strstr(endptr+strlen(endtoken),endtoken)) /* find next \end */
8656: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* and quit if none found */
8657: } /* --- end-of-while(1) --- */
8658: /* --- push expression past closing } of \end{} --- */
8659: *expression = braceptr+1; /* resume processing after } */
8660: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8661: add on everything (i.e., the ...'s) between \begin{}[{}] ... \end{}
8662: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8663: /* --- add on everything, completing subexpr for \begin{}...\end{} --- */
8664: sublen = strlen(subexpr); /* #chars in "preamble" */
8665: envlen = (int)(endptr-exprptr); /* #chars between \begin{}{}...\end */
8666: memcpy(subexpr+sublen,exprptr,envlen); /*concatanate environ after subexpr*/
8667: subexpr[sublen+envlen] = '\000'; /* and null-terminate */
8668: if ( 2 > 1 ) /* always... */
8669: strcat(subexpr,"}"); /* ...followed by terminating } */
8670: /* --- add terminating \right), etc, if necessary --- */
8671: if ( delims != (char *)NULL ) /* need closing delim */
8672: { strcat(subexpr,"\\"); /* start with \ for ),],},|,= */
8673: strcat(subexpr,delims+1); } /* add appropriate closing delim */
8674: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8675: change nested \begin...\end to {\begin...\end} so \array{} can handle them
8676: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8677: if ( nbegins > 0 ) /* have nested begins */
8678: if ( blevel < 2 ) /* only need to do this once */
8679: {
8680: begptr = subexpr; /* start at beginning of subexpr */
8681: while( (begptr=strstr(begptr,begtoken)) != NULL ) /* have \begin{...} */
8682: { strchange(0,begptr,"{"); /* \begin --> {\begin */
8683: begptr += strlen(begtoken); } /* continue past {\begin */
8684: endptr = subexpr; /* start at beginning of subexpr */
8685: while( (endptr=strstr(endptr,endtoken)) != NULL ) /* have \end{...} */
8686: if ( (braceptr=strchr(endptr+1,'}')) /* find 1st } following \end{ */
8687: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* and quit if no } found */
8688: else /* found terminating } */
8689: { strchange(0,braceptr,"}"); /* \end{...} --> \end{...}} */
8690: endptr = braceptr+1; } /* continue past \end{...} */
8691: } /* --- end-of-if(nbegins>0) --- */
8692: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8693: post process as necessary
8694: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8695: switch ( ienviron )
8696: {
8697: default: break; /* no post-processing required */
8698: case 10: /* align */
8699: strreplace(subexpr,"&=","#*@*#=",0); /* tag all &='s */
8700: strreplace(subexpr,"&<","#*@*#<",0); /* tag all &<'s */
8701: strreplace(subexpr,"&\\lt","#*@*#<",0); /* tag all &\lt's */
8702: strreplace(subexpr,"&\\leq","#*@*#\\leq",0); /* tag all &\leq's */
8703: strreplace(subexpr,"&>","#*@*#>",0); /* tag all &>'s */
8704: strreplace(subexpr,"&\\gt","#*@*#>",0); /* tag all &\gt's */
8705: strreplace(subexpr,"&\\geq","#*@*#\\geq",0); /* tag all &\geq's */
8706: if ( nbegins < 1 ) /* don't modify nested arrays */
8707: strreplace(subexpr,"&","\\hspace{10}&\\hspace{10}",0); /* add space */
8708: strreplace(subexpr,"#*@*#=","& = &",0); /*restore and xlate tagged &='s*/
8709: strreplace(subexpr,"#*@*#<","& \\lt &",0); /*restore, xlate tagged &<'s*/
8710: strreplace(subexpr,"#*@*#\\leq","& \\leq &",0); /*xlate tagged &\leq's*/
8711: strreplace(subexpr,"#*@*#>","& \\gt &",0); /*restore, xlate tagged &>'s*/
8712: strreplace(subexpr,"#*@*#\\geq","& \\geq &",0); /*xlate tagged &\geq's*/
8713: break;
8714: case 11: /* verbatim */
8715: strreplace(subexpr,"\n","\\\\",0); /* xlate \n newline to latex \\ */
8716: /*strcat(subexpr,"\\\\");*/ /* add final latex \\ newline */
8717: break;
8718: case 12: /* picture */
8719: strreplace(subexpr,"\\put "," ",0); /*remove \put's (not really needed)*/
8720: strreplace(subexpr,"\\put(","(",0); /*remove \put's (not really needed)*/
8721: strreplace(subexpr,"\\oval","\\circle",0); /* actually an ellipse */
8722: break;
8723: } /* --- end-of-switch(ienviron) --- */
8724: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8725: return rasterized mimeTeX equivalent of \begin{}...\end{} environment
8726: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8727: /* --- debugging output --- */
8728: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=99 )
8729: fprintf(msgfp,"rastbegin> subexpr=%s\n",subexpr);
8730: /* --- rasterize mimeTeX equivalent of \begin{}...\end{} environment --- */
8731: sp = rasterize(subexpr,size); /* rasterize subexpr */
8732: end_of_job:
8733: blevel--; /* decrement \begin nesting level */
8734: return ( sp ); /* back to caller with sp or NULL */
8735: } /* --- end-of-function rastbegin() --- */
8736:
8737:
8738: /* ==========================================================================
8739: * Function: rastarray ( expression, size, basesp, arg1, arg2, arg3 )
8740: * Purpose: \array handler, returns a subraster corresponding to array
8741: * expression (immediately following \array) at font size
8742: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
8743: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
8744: * string immediately following \array to be
8745: * rasterized, and returning ptr immediately
8746: * following last character processed.
8747: * size (I) int containing 0-4 default font size
8748: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
8749: * immediately preceding \array
8750: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
8751: * arg1 (I) int unused
8752: * arg2 (I) int unused
8753: * arg3 (I) int unused
8754: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
8755: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to array
8756: * expression, or NULL for any parsing error
8757: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
8758: * Notes: o Summary of syntax...
8759: * \array{3,lcrBC$a&b&c\\d&e&f\\etc}
8760: * o The 3,lcrBC$ part is an optional "preamble". The lcr means
8761: * what you think, i.e., "horizontal" left,center,right
8762: * justification down corresponding column. The new BC means
8763: * "vertical" baseline,center justification across corresponding
8764: * row. The leading 3 specifies the font size 0-4 to be used.
8765: * You may also specify +1,-1,+2,-2, etc, which is used as an
8766: * increment to the current font size, e.g., -1,lcr$ uses
8767: * one font size smaller than current. Without a leading
8768: * + or -, the font size is "absolute".
8769: * o The preamble can also be just lcrBC$ without a leading
8770: * size-part, or just 3$ without a trailing lcrBC-part.
8771: * The default size is whatever is current, and the
8772: * default justification is c(entered) and B(aseline).
8773: * ======================================================================= */
8774: /* --- entry point --- */
8775: subraster *rastarray ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
8776: int arg1, int arg2, int arg3 )
8777: {
8778: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8779: Allocations and Declarations
8780: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.3 albertel 8781: char *texsubexpr(), subexpr[MAXSUBXSZ+1], *exprptr, /*parse array subexpr*/
8782: subtok[MAXTOKNSZ+1], *subptr=subtok, /* &,\\ inside { } not a delim*/
8783: token[MAXTOKNSZ+1], *tokptr=token, /* subexpr token to rasterize */
1.1 albertel 8784: *preamble(), *preptr=token; /*process optional size,lcr preamble*/
8785: char *coldelim="&", *rowdelim="\\"; /* need escaped rowdelim */
8786: int maxarraysz = 64; /* max #rows, cols */
8787: int justify[65]={0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, /* -1,0,+1 = l,c,r */
8788: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
8789: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
8790: hline[65]={0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, /* hline above row? */
8791: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
8792: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
8793: vline[65]={0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, /*vline left of col?*/
8794: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
8795: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
8796: colwidth[65]={0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, /*widest tokn in col*/
8797: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
8798: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
8799: rowheight[65]={0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, /* "highest" in row */
8800: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
8801: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
8802: fixcolsize[65]={0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, /*1=fixed col width*/
8803: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
8804: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
8805: fixrowsize[65]={0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, /*1=fixed row height*/
8806: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
8807: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
8808: rowbaseln[65]={0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, /* baseline for row */
8809: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
8810: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
8811: rowcenter[65]={0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, /*true = vcenter row*/
8812: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
8813: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0};
8814: static int /* --- propagate global values across arrays --- */
8815: gjustify[65]={0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, /* -1,0,+1 = l,c,r */
8816: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
8817: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
8818: gcolwidth[65]={0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, /*widest tokn in col*/
8819: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
8820: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
8821: growheight[65]={0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, /* "highest" in row */
8822: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
8823: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
8824: gfixcolsize[65]={0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, /*1=fixed col width*/
8825: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
8826: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
8827: gfixrowsize[65]={0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, /*1=fixed row height*/
8828: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
8829: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
8830: growcenter[65]={0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, /*true = vcenter row*/
8831: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
8832: 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0};
8833: int rowglobal=0, colglobal=0, /* true to set global values */
8834: rowpropagate=0, colpropagate=0; /* true if propagating values */
8835: int irow,nrows=0, icol,ncols[65], /*#rows in array, #cols in each row*/
8836: maxcols=0; /* max# cols in any single row */
8837: int itoken, ntokens=0, /* index, total #tokens in array */
8838: subtoklen=0, /* strlen of {...} subtoken */
8839: istokwhite=1, /* true if token all whitespace */
8840: nnonwhite=0; /* #non-white tokens */
8841: int isescape=0,wasescape=0, /* current,prev chars escape? */
8842: ischarescaped=0, /* is current char escaped? */
8843: nescapes=0; /* #consecutive escapes */
8844: subraster *rasterize(), *toksp[1025], /* rasterize tokens */
8845: *new_subraster(), *arraysp=NULL; /* subraster for entire array */
8846: raster *arrayrp=NULL; /* raster for entire array */
8847: int delete_subraster(); /* free toksp[] workspace at eoj */
8848: int rowspace=2, colspace=4, /* blank space between rows, cols */
8849: hspace=1, vspace=1; /*space to accommodate hline,vline*/
8850: int width=0, height=0, /* width,height of array */
8851: leftcol=0, toprow=0; /*upper-left corner for cell in it*/
8852: int rastput(); /* embed tokens/cells in array */
8853: int rule_raster(); /* draw hlines and vlines in array */
8854: char *hlchar="\\hline", *hdchar="\\hdash"; /* token signals hline */
8855: char *texchar(), hltoken[1025]; /* extract \hline from token */
8856: int ishonly=0, hltoklen, minhltoklen=3; /*flag, token must be \hl or \hd*/
8857: int isnewrow=1; /* true for new row */
8858: int pixsz = 1; /*default #bits per pixel, 1=bitmap*/
8859: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8860: Macros to determine extra raster space required for vline/hline
8861: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8862: #define vlinespace(icol) \
8863: ( vline[icol] == 0? 0 : /* no vline so no space needed */ \
8864: ( icol<1 || icol>=maxcols? vspace+(colspace+1)/2 : vspace ) )
8865: #define hlinespace(irow) \
8866: ( hline[irow] == 0? 0 : /* no hline so no space needed */ \
8867: ( irow<1 || irow>=nrows? hspace+(rowspace+1)/2 : hspace ) )
8868: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8869: Obtain array subexpression
8870: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8871: /* --- parse for array subexpression, and bump expression past it --- */
8872: subexpr[1] = *subexpr = ' '; /* set two leading blanks */
8873: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,subexpr+2,0,"{","}",0,0);
8874: if ( msglevel>=29 && msgfp!=NULL ) /* debugging, display array */
8875: fprintf(msgfp,"rastarray> %.256s\n",subexpr+2);
8876: if ( *(subexpr+2)=='\000' ) /* couldn't get subexpression */
8877: goto end_of_job; /* nothing to do, so quit */
8878: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8879: process optional size,lcr preamble if present
8880: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8881: /* --- reset size, get lcr's, and push exprptr past preamble --- */
8882: exprptr = preamble(subexpr+2,&size,preptr); /* reset size and get lcr's */
8883: /* --- init with global values --- */
8884: for(icol=0; icol<=maxarraysz; icol++) { /* propagate global values... */
8885: justify[icol] = gjustify[icol]; /* -1,0,+1 = l,c,r */
8886: colwidth[icol] = gcolwidth[icol]; /* column width */
8887: rowheight[icol] = growheight[icol]; /* row height */
8888: fixcolsize[icol] = gfixcolsize[icol]; /* 1=fixed col width */
8889: fixrowsize[icol] = gfixrowsize[icol]; /* 1=fixed row height */
8890: rowcenter[icol] = growcenter[icol]; } /* true = vcenter row */
8891: /* --- process lcr's, etc in preamble --- */
8892: itoken = 0; /* debugging flag */
8893: if ( msglevel>=29 && msgfp!=NULL ) /* debugging, display preamble */
8894: if ( *preptr != '\000' ) /* if we have one */
8895: fprintf(msgfp,"rastarray> preamble= \"%.256s\"\nrastarray> preamble: ",
8896: preptr);
8897: irow = icol = 0; /* init lcr counts */
8898: while ( *preptr != '\000' ) /* check preamble text for lcr */
8899: {
8900: char prepchar = *preptr; /* current preamble character */
8901: int prepcase = (islower(prepchar)?1:(isupper(prepchar)?2:0)); /*1,2,or 0*/
8902: if ( irow<maxarraysz && icol<maxarraysz )
8903: switch ( /*tolower*/(prepchar) )
8904: { default: break; /* just flush unrecognized chars */
8905: case 'l': justify[icol] = (-1); /*left-justify this column*/
8906: if (colglobal) gjustify[irow] = justify[irow]; break;
8907: case 'c': justify[icol] = (0); /* center this column */
8908: if (colglobal) gjustify[irow] = justify[irow]; break;
8909: case 'r': justify[icol] = (+1); /* right-justify this col */
8910: if (colglobal) gjustify[irow] = justify[irow]; break;
8911: case '|': vline[icol] += 1; break; /* solid vline left of col */
8912: case '.': vline[icol] = (-1); break; /*dashed vline left of col */
8913: case 'b': prepchar='B'; prepcase=2; /* alias for B */
8914: case 'B': break; /* baseline-justify row */
8915: case 'v': prepchar='C'; prepcase=2; /* alias for C */
8916: case 'C': rowcenter[irow] = 1; /* vertically center row */
8917: if (rowglobal) growcenter[irow] = rowcenter[irow]; break;
8918: case 'g': colglobal=1; prepcase=0; break; /* set global col values */
8919: case 'G': rowglobal=1; prepcase=0; break; /* set global row values */
8920: case '#': colglobal=rowglobal=1; break; } /* set global col,row vals */
8921: if ( msglevel>=29 && msgfp!=NULL ) /* debugging */
8922: fprintf(msgfp," %c[%d]",prepchar,
8923: (prepcase==1?icol+1:(prepcase==2?irow+1:0)));
8924: preptr++; /* check next char for lcr */
8925: itoken++; /* #lcr's processed (debugging only)*/
8926: /* --- check for number or +number specifying colwidth or rowheight --- */
8927: if ( prepcase != 0 ) /* only check upper,lowercase */
8928: {
8929: int ispropagate = (*preptr=='+'?1:0); /* leading + propagates width/ht */
1.3 albertel 8930: if ( ispropagate ) { /* set row or col propagation */
1.1 albertel 8931: if ( prepcase == 1 ) colpropagate = 1; /* propagating col values */
1.3 albertel 8932: else if ( prepcase == 2 ) rowpropagate = 1; } /*propagating row values*/
1.1 albertel 8933: if ( !colpropagate && prepcase == 1 )
8934: { colwidth[icol] = 0; /* reset colwidth */
8935: fixcolsize[icol] = 0; } /* reset width flag */
8936: if ( !rowpropagate && prepcase == 2 )
8937: { rowheight[irow] = 0; /* reset row height */
8938: fixrowsize[irow] = 0; } /* reset height flag */
8939: if ( ispropagate ) preptr++; /* bump past leading + */
8940: if ( isdigit(*preptr) ) /* digit follows character */
8941: { char *endptr = NULL; /* preptr set to 1st char after num*/
8942: int size = (int)(strtol(preptr,&endptr,10)); /* interpret number */
8943: char *whchars="?wh"; /* debugging width/height labels */
8944: preptr = endptr; /* skip over all digits */
8945: if ( size==0 || (size>=3&&size<=500) ) { /* sanity check */
8946: int index; /* icol,irow...maxarraysz index */
8947: if ( prepcase == 1 ) /* lowercase signifies colwidth */
8948: for(index=icol; index<=maxarraysz; index++) { /*propagate col size*/
8949: colwidth[index] = size; /* set colwidth to fixed size */
8950: fixcolsize[index] = (size>0?1:0); /* set fixed width flag */
8951: justify[index] = justify[icol]; /* and propagate justification */
8952: if ( colglobal ) { /* set global values */
8953: gcolwidth[index] = colwidth[index]; /* set global col width */
8954: gfixcolsize[index] = fixcolsize[index]; /*set global width flag*/
8955: gjustify[index] = justify[icol]; } /* set global col justify */
8956: if ( !ispropagate ) break; } /* don't propagate */
8957: else /* uppercase signifies rowheight */
8958: for(index=irow; index<=maxarraysz; index++) { /*propagate row size*/
8959: rowheight[index] = size; /* set rowheight to size */
8960: fixrowsize[index] = (size>0?1:0); /* set fixed height flag */
8961: rowcenter[index] = rowcenter[irow]; /* and propagate row center */
8962: if ( rowglobal ) { /* set global values */
8963: growheight[index] = rowheight[index]; /* set global row height */
8964: gfixrowsize[index] = fixrowsize[index]; /*set global height flag*/
8965: growcenter[index] = rowcenter[irow]; } /*set global row center*/
8966: if ( !ispropagate ) break; } /* don't propagate */
8967: } /* --- end-of-if(size>=3&&size<=500) --- */
8968: if ( msglevel>=29 && msgfp!=NULL ) /* debugging */
8969: fprintf(msgfp,":%c=%d/fix#%d",whchars[prepcase],
8970: (prepcase==1?colwidth[icol]:rowheight[irow]),
8971: (prepcase==1?fixcolsize[icol]:fixrowsize[irow]));
8972: } /* --- end-of-if(isdigit()) --- */
8973: } /* --- end-of-if(prepcase!=0) --- */
8974: if ( prepcase == 1 ) icol++; /* bump col if lowercase lcr */
8975: else if ( prepcase == 2 ) irow++; /* bump row if uppercase BC */
8976: } /* --- end-of-while(*preptr!='\000') --- */
8977: if ( msglevel>=29 && msgfp!=NULL ) /* debugging, emit final newline */
8978: if ( itoken > 0 ) /* if we have preamble */
8979: fprintf(msgfp,"\n");
8980: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
8981: tokenize and rasterize components a & b \\ c & d \\ etc of subexpr
8982: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8983: /* --- rasterize tokens one at a time, and maintain row,col counts --- */
8984: ncols[nrows] = 0; /* no tokens/cols in top row yet */
8985: while ( 1 ) /* scan chars till end */
8986: {
8987: /* --- local control flags --- */
8988: int iseox = (*exprptr == '\000'), /* null signals end-of-expression */
8989: iseor = iseox, /* \\ or eox signals end-of-row */
8990: iseoc = iseor; /* & or eor signals end-of-col */
8991: /* --- check for escapes --- */
8992: isescape = isthischar(*exprptr,ESCAPE); /* is current char escape? */
8993: wasescape= (!isnewrow&&isthischar(*(exprptr-1),ESCAPE)); /*prev char esc?*/
8994: nescapes = (wasescape?nescapes+1:0); /* # preceding consecutive escapes */
8995: ischarescaped = (nescapes%2==0?0:1); /* is current char escaped? */
8996: /* -----------------------------------------------------------------------
8997: check for {...} subexpression starting from where we are now
8998: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
8999: if ( *exprptr == '{' /* start of {...} subexpression */
9000: && !ischarescaped ) /* if not escaped \{ */
9001: {
9002: subptr = texsubexpr(exprptr,subtok,4095,"{","}",1,1); /*entire subexpr*/
9003: subtoklen = strlen(subtok); /* #chars in {...} */
9004: memcpy(tokptr,exprptr,subtoklen); /* copy {...} to accumulated token */
9005: tokptr += subtoklen; /* bump tokptr to end of token */
9006: exprptr += subtoklen; /* and bump exprptr past {...} */
9007: istokwhite = 0; /* signal non-empty token */
9008: continue; /* continue with char after {...} */
9009: } /* --- end-of-if(*exprptr=='{') --- */
9010: /* -----------------------------------------------------------------------
9011: check for end-of-row(\\) and/or end-of-col(&)
9012: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
9013: /* --- check for (escaped) end-of-row delimiter --- */
9014: if ( isescape && !ischarescaped ) /* current char is escaped */
9015: if ( isthischar(*(exprptr+1),rowdelim) /* next char is rowdelim */
9016: || *(exprptr+1) == '\000' ) /* or a pathological null */
9017: { iseor = 1; /* so set end-of-row flag */
9018: wasescape=isescape=nescapes = 0; } /* reset flags for new row */
9019: /* --- check for end-of-col delimiter --- */
9020: if (iseor /* end-of-row signals end-of-col */
9021: || (!ischarescaped&&isthischar(*exprptr,coldelim))) /*or unescaped coldel*/
9022: iseoc = 1; /* so set end-of-col flag */
9023: /* -----------------------------------------------------------------------
9024: rasterize completed token
9025: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
9026: if ( iseoc ) /* we have a completed token */
9027: {
9028: *tokptr = '\000'; /* first, null-terminate token */
9029: /* --- check first token in row for \hline or \hdash --- */
9030: ishonly = 0; /*init for token not only an \hline*/
9031: if ( ncols[nrows] == 0 ) /*\hline must be first token in row*/
9032: {
9033: tokptr=token; skipwhite(tokptr); /* skip whitespace after // */
9034: tokptr = texchar(tokptr,hltoken); /* extract first char from token */
9035: hltoklen = strlen(hltoken); /* length of first char */
1.3 albertel 9036: if ( hltoklen >= minhltoklen ) { /*token must be at least \hl or \hd*/
1.1 albertel 9037: if ( memcmp(hlchar,hltoken,hltoklen) == 0 ) /* we have an \hline */
9038: hline[nrows] += 1; /* bump \hline count for row */
9039: else if ( memcmp(hdchar,hltoken,hltoklen) == 0 ) /*we have an \hdash*/
1.3 albertel 9040: hline[nrows] = (-1); } /* set \hdash flag for row */
1.1 albertel 9041: if ( hline[nrows] != 0 ) /* \hline or \hdash prefixes token */
9042: { skipwhite(tokptr); /* flush whitespace after \hline */
9043: if ( *tokptr == '\000' /* end-of-expression after \hline */
9044: || isthischar(*tokptr,coldelim) ) /* or unescaped coldelim */
1.2 albertel 9045: { istokwhite = 1; /* so token contains \hline only */
9046: if ( iseox ) ishonly = 1; } /* ignore entire row at eox */
1.1 albertel 9047: else /* token contains more than \hline */
9048: strcpy(token,tokptr); } /* so flush \hline from token */
9049: } /* --- end-of-if(ncols[nrows]==0) --- */
9050: /* --- rasterize completed token --- */
9051: toksp[ntokens] = (istokwhite? NULL : /* don't rasterize empty token */
9052: rasterize(token,size)); /* rasterize non-empty token */
9053: if ( toksp[ntokens] != NULL ) /* have a rasterized token */
9054: nnonwhite++; /* bump rasterized token count */
9055: /* --- maintain colwidth[], rowheight[] max, and rowbaseln[] --- */
9056: if ( toksp[ntokens] != NULL ) /* we have a rasterized token */
9057: {
9058: /* --- update max token "height" in current row, and baseline --- */
9059: int twidth = ((toksp[ntokens])->image)->width, /* width of token */
9060: theight = ((toksp[ntokens])->image)->height, /* height of token */
9061: tbaseln = (toksp[ntokens])->baseline, /* baseline of token */
9062: rheight = rowheight[nrows], /* current max height for row */
9063: rbaseln = rowbaseln[nrows]; /* current baseline for max height */
9064: if ( 0 || fixrowsize[nrows]==0 ) /* rowheight not fixed */
9065: rowheight[nrows] = /*max2( rheight,*/( /* current (max) rowheight */
9066: max2(rbaseln+1,tbaseln+1) /* max height above baseline */
9067: + max2(rheight-rbaseln-1,theight-tbaseln-1) ); /* plus max below */
9068: rowbaseln[nrows] = max2(rbaseln,tbaseln); /*max space above baseline*/
9069: /* --- update max token width in current column --- */
9070: icol = ncols[nrows]; /* current column index */
9071: if ( 0 || fixcolsize[icol]==0 ) /* colwidth not fixed */
9072: colwidth[icol] = max2(colwidth[icol],twidth); /*widest token in col*/
9073: } /* --- end-of-if(toksp[]!=NULL) --- */
9074: /* --- bump counters --- */
9075: if ( !ishonly ) /* don't count only an \hline */
9076: { ntokens++; /* bump total token count */
9077: ncols[nrows] += 1; } /* and bump #cols in current row */
9078: /* --- get ready for next token --- */
9079: tokptr = token; /* reset ptr for next token */
9080: istokwhite = 1; /* next token starts all white */
9081: } /* --- end-of-if(iseoc) --- */
9082: /* -----------------------------------------------------------------------
9083: bump row as necessary
9084: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
9085: if ( iseor ) /* we have a completed row */
9086: {
9087: maxcols = max2(maxcols,ncols[nrows]); /* max# cols in array */
9088: if ( ncols[nrows]>0 || hline[nrows]==0 ) /*ignore row with only \hline*/
9089: nrows++; /* bump row count */
9090: ncols[nrows] = 0; /* no cols in this row yet */
9091: if ( !iseox ) /* don't have a null yet */
9092: { exprptr++; /* bump past extra \ in \\ delim */
9093: iseox = (*exprptr == '\000'); } /* recheck for pathological \null */
9094: isnewrow = 1; /* signal start of new row */
9095: } /* --- end-of-if(iseor) --- */
9096: else
9097: isnewrow = 0; /* no longer first col of new row */
9098: /* -----------------------------------------------------------------------
9099: quit when done, or accumulate char in token and proceed to next char
9100: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
9101: /* --- quit when done --- */
9102: if ( iseox ) break; /* null terminator signalled done */
9103: /* --- accumulate chars in token --- */
9104: if ( !iseoc ) /* don't accumulate delimiters */
9105: { *tokptr++ = *exprptr; /* accumulate non-delim char */
9106: if ( !isthischar(*exprptr,WHITESPACE) ) /* this token isn't empty */
9107: istokwhite = 0; } /* so reset flag to rasterize it */
9108: /* --- ready for next char --- */
9109: exprptr++; /* bump ptr */
9110: } /* --- end-of-while(*exprptr!='\000') --- */
9111: /* --- make sure we got something to do --- */
9112: if ( nnonwhite < 1 ) /* completely empty array */
9113: goto end_of_job; /* NULL back to caller */
9114: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9115: determine dimensions of array raster and allocate it
9116: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9117: /* --- adjust colspace --- */
9118: colspace = 2 + 2*size; /* temp kludge */
9119: /* --- reset propagated sizes at boundaries of array --- */
9120: colwidth[maxcols] = rowheight[nrows] = 0; /* reset explicit 0's at edges */
9121: /* --- determine width of array raster --- */
9122: width = colspace*(maxcols-1); /* empty space between cols */
9123: if ( msglevel>=29 && msgfp!=NULL ) /* debugging */
9124: fprintf(msgfp,"rastarray> %d cols, widths: ",maxcols);
9125: for ( icol=0; icol<=maxcols; icol++ ) /* and for each col */
9126: { width += colwidth[icol]; /*width of this col (0 for maxcols)*/
9127: width += vlinespace(icol); /*plus space for vline, if present*/
9128: if ( msglevel>=29 && msgfp!=NULL ) /* debugging */
9129: fprintf(msgfp," %d=%2d+%d",icol+1,colwidth[icol],(vlinespace(icol))); }
9130: /* --- determine height of array raster --- */
9131: height = rowspace*(nrows-1); /* empty space between rows */
9132: if ( msglevel>=29 && msgfp!=NULL ) /* debugging */
9133: fprintf(msgfp,"\nrastarray> %d rows, heights: ",nrows);
9134: for ( irow=0; irow<=nrows; irow++ ) /* and for each row */
9135: { height += rowheight[irow]; /*height of this row (0 for nrows)*/
9136: height += hlinespace(irow); /*plus space for hline, if present*/
9137: if ( msglevel>=29 && msgfp!=NULL ) /* debugging */
9138: fprintf(msgfp," %d=%2d+%d",irow+1,rowheight[irow],(hlinespace(irow))); }
9139: /* --- allocate subraster and raster for array --- */
9140: if ( msglevel>=29 && msgfp!=NULL ) /* debugging */
9141: fprintf(msgfp,"\nrastarray> tot width=%d(colspc=%d) height=%d(rowspc=%d)\n",
9142: width,colspace, height,rowspace);
9143: if ( (arraysp=new_subraster(width,height,pixsz)) /* allocate new subraster */
9144: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if failed */
9145: /* --- initialize subraster parameters --- */
9146: arraysp->type = IMAGERASTER; /* image */
9147: arraysp->symdef = NULL; /* not applicable for image */
9148: arraysp->baseline=min2(height/2+5,height-1); /*is a little above center good?*/
9149: arraysp->size = size; /* size (probably unneeded) */
9150: arrayrp = arraysp->image; /* raster embedded in subraster */
9151: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9152: embed tokens/cells in array
9153: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9154: itoken = 0; /* start with first token */
9155: toprow = 0; /* start at top row of array */
9156: for ( irow=0; irow<=nrows; irow++ ) /*tokens were accumulated row-wise*/
9157: {
9158: /* --- initialization for row --- */
9159: int baseline = rowbaseln[irow]; /* baseline for this row */
9160: if ( hline[irow] != 0 ) /* need hline above this row */
9161: { int hrow = (irow<1? 0 : toprow - rowspace/2); /* row for hline */
9162: if ( irow >= nrows ) hrow = height-1; /* row for bottom hline */
9163: rule_raster(arrayrp,hrow,0,width,1,(hline[irow]<0?1:0)); } /* hline */
9164: if ( irow >= nrows ) break; /*just needed \hline for irow=nrows*/
9165: toprow += hlinespace(irow); /* space for hline above irow */
9166: leftcol = 0; /* start at leftmost column */
9167: for ( icol=0; icol<ncols[irow]; icol++ ) /* go through cells in this row */
9168: {
9169: subraster *tsp = toksp[itoken]; /* token that belongs in this cell */
1.2 albertel 9170: /* --- first adjust leftcol for vline to left of icol, if present ---- */
9171: leftcol += vlinespace(icol); /* space for vline to left of col */
9172: /* --- now rasterize cell ---- */
1.1 albertel 9173: if ( tsp != NULL ) /* have a rasterized cell token */
9174: {
9175: /* --- local parameters --- */
9176: int cwidth = colwidth[icol], /* total column width */
9177: twidth = (tsp->image)->width, /* token width */
9178: theight= (tsp->image)->height, /* token height */
9179: tokencol = 0, /*H offset (init for left justify)*/
9180: tokenrow = baseline - tsp->baseline;/*V offset (init for baseline)*/
9181: /* --- adjust leftcol for vline to left of icol, if present ---- */
1.2 albertel 9182: /*leftcol += vlinespace(icol);*/ /* space for vline to left of col */
1.1 albertel 9183: /* --- reset justification (if not left-justified) --- */
9184: if ( justify[icol] == 0 ) /* but user wants it centered */
9185: tokencol = (cwidth-twidth+1)/2; /* so split margin left/right */
9186: else if ( justify[icol] == 1 ) /* or user wants right-justify */
9187: tokencol = cwidth-twidth; /* so put entire margin at left */
9188: /* --- reset vertical centering (if not baseline-aligned) --- */
9189: if ( rowcenter[irow] ) /* center cells in row vertically */
9190: tokenrow = (rowheight[irow]-theight)/2; /* center row */
9191: /* --- embed token raster at appropriate place in array raster --- */
9192: rastput(arrayrp,tsp->image, /* overlay cell token in array */
9193: toprow+ tokenrow, /*with aligned baseline or centered*/
9194: leftcol+tokencol, 1); /* and justified as requested */
9195: } /* --- end-of-if(tsp!=NULL) --- */
9196: itoken++; /* bump index for next cell */
9197: leftcol += colwidth[icol] + colspace /*move leftcol right for next col*/
9198: /* + vlinespace(icol) */ ; /*don't add space for vline to left of col*/
9199: } /* --- end-of-for(icol) --- */
9200: toprow += rowheight[irow] + rowspace; /* move toprow down for next row */
9201: } /* --- end-of-for(irow) --- */
9202: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9203: draw vlines as necessary
9204: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9205: leftcol = 0; /* start at leftmost column */
9206: for ( icol=0; icol<=maxcols; icol++ ) /* check each col for a vline */
9207: {
9208: if ( vline[icol] != 0 ) /* need vline to left of this col */
9209: { int vcol = (icol<1? 0 : leftcol - colspace/2); /* column for vline */
9210: if ( icol >= maxcols ) vcol = width-1; /*column for right edge vline*/
9211: rule_raster(arrayrp,0,vcol,1,height,(vline[icol]<0?2:0)); } /* vline */
9212: leftcol += vlinespace(icol); /* space for vline to left of col */
9213: if ( icol < maxcols ) /* don't address past end of array */
9214: leftcol += colwidth[icol] + colspace; /*move leftcol right for next col*/
9215: } /* --- end-of-for(icol) --- */
9216: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9217: free workspace and return final result to caller
9218: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9219: end_of_job:
9220: /* --- free workspace --- */
9221: if ( ntokens > 0 ) /* if we have workspace to free */
9222: while ( --ntokens >= 0 ) /* free each token subraster */
9223: if ( toksp[ntokens] != NULL ) /* if we rasterized this cell */
9224: delete_subraster(toksp[ntokens]); /* then free it */
9225: /* --- return final result to caller --- */
9226: return ( arraysp );
9227: } /* --- end-of-function rastarray() --- */
9228:
9229:
9230: /* ==========================================================================
9231: * Function: rastpicture ( expression, size, basesp, arg1, arg2, arg3 )
9232: * Purpose: \picture handler, returns subraster corresponding to picture
9233: * expression (immediately following \picture) at font size
9234: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
9235: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
9236: * string immediately following \picture to be
9237: * rasterized, and returning ptr immediately
9238: * following last character processed.
9239: * size (I) int containing 0-4 default font size
9240: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
9241: * immediately preceding \picture
9242: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
9243: * arg1 (I) int unused
9244: * arg2 (I) int unused
9245: * arg3 (I) int unused
9246: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
9247: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to picture
9248: * expression, or NULL for any parsing error
9249: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
9250: * Notes: o Summary of syntax...
9251: * \picture(width,height){(x,y){pic_elem}~(x,y){pic_elem}~etc}
9252: * o
9253: * ======================================================================= */
9254: /* --- entry point --- */
9255: subraster *rastpicture ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
9256: int arg1, int arg2, int arg3 )
9257: {
9258: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9259: Allocations and Declarations
9260: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9261: char *texsubexpr(), picexpr[2049], *picptr=picexpr, /* picture {expre} */
9262: putexpr[256], *putptr,*multptr, /*[multi]put (x,y[;xinc,yinc;num])*/
9263: pream[64], *preptr, /* optional put preamble */
9264: picelem[1025]; /* picture element following put */
9265: subraster *rasterize(), *picelemsp=NULL, /* rasterize picture elements */
9266: *new_subraster(), *picturesp=NULL, /* subraster for entire picture */
9267: *oldworkingbox = workingbox; /* save working box on entry */
9268: raster *picturerp=NULL; /* raster for entire picture */
9269: int delete_subraster(); /* free picelemsp[] workspace */
9270: int pixsz = 1; /* pixels are one bit each */
9271: double strtod(), /* convert ascii params to doubles */
9272: x=0.0,y=0.0, /* x,y-coords for put,multiput*/
9273: xinc=0.0,yinc=0.0; /* x,y-incrementss for multiput*/
9274: int width=0, height=0, /* #pixels width,height of picture */
9275: ewidth=0, eheight=0, /* pic element width,height */
9276: ix=0,xpos=0, iy=0,ypos=0, /* mimeTeX x,y pixel coords */
9277: num=1, inum; /* number reps, index of element */
9278: int iscenter=0; /* center or lowerleft put position*/
9279: int *oldworkingparam = workingparam, /* save working param on entry */
9280: origin = 0; /* x,yinc ++=00 +-=01 -+=10 --=11 */
9281: int rastput(); /* embed elements in picture */
9282: int type_raster(); /* display debugging output */
9283: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9284: First obtain (width,height) arguments immediately following \picture command
9285: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9286: /* --- parse for (width,height) arguments, and bump expression past it --- */
9287: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,putexpr,254,"(",")",0,0);
9288: if ( *putexpr == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* couldn't get (width,height) */
9289: /* --- now interpret width,height returned in putexpr --- */
9290: if ( (putptr=strchr(putexpr,',')) != NULL ) /* look for ',' in width,height*/
9291: *putptr = '\000'; /* found it, so replace ',' by '\0'*/
9292: width=height = iround(unitlength*strtod(putexpr,NULL)); /*width pixels*/
9293: if ( putptr != NULL ) /* 2nd arg, if present, is height */
9294: height = iround(unitlength*strtod(putptr+1,NULL)); /*in pixels*/
9295: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9296: Then obtain entire picture {...} subexpression following (width,height)
9297: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9298: /* --- parse for picture subexpression, and bump expression past it --- */
9299: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,picexpr,2047,"{","}",0,0);
9300: if ( *picexpr == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* couldn't get {pic_elements} */
9301: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9302: allocate subraster and raster for complete picture
9303: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9304: /* --- sanity check on width,height args --- */
9305: if ( width < 2 || width > 600
9306: || height < 2 || height > 600 ) goto end_of_job;
9307: /* --- allocate and initialize subraster for constructed picture --- */
9308: if ( (picturesp=new_subraster(width,height,pixsz)) /*allocate new subraster*/
9309: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if failed */
9310: workingbox = picturesp; /* set workingbox to our picture */
9311: /* --- initialize picture subraster parameters --- */
9312: picturesp->type = IMAGERASTER; /* image */
9313: picturesp->symdef = NULL; /* not applicable for image */
9314: picturesp->baseline = height/2 + 2; /* is a little above center good? */
9315: picturesp->size = size; /* size (probably unneeded) */
9316: picturerp = picturesp->image; /* raster embedded in subraster */
9317: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=29 ) /* debugging */
9318: fprintf(msgfp,"picture> width,height=%d,%d\n",width,height);
9319: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9320: parse out each picture element, rasterize it, and place it in picture
9321: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9322: while ( *picptr != '\000' ) /* until we run out of pic_elems */
9323: {
9324: /* -----------------------------------------------------------------------
9325: first obtain leading \[multi]put(x,y[;xinc,yinc;num]) args for pic_elem
9326: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
9327: /* --- init default values in case not explicitly supplied in args --- */
9328: x=y=0.0; xinc=yinc=0.0; num=1; /* init default values */
9329: iscenter = origin = 0; /* center, origin */
9330: /* --- get (pream$x,y;xinc,yinc;num ) args and bump picptr past it --- */
9331: while ( *picptr != '\000' ) /* skip invalid chars preceding ( */
9332: if ( *picptr == '(' ) break; /* found opening ( */
9333: else picptr++; /* else skip invalid char */
9334: picptr = texsubexpr(picptr,putexpr,254,"(",")",0,0);
9335: if ( *putexpr == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* couldn't get (x,y) */
9336: /* --- first look for $-terminated or for any non-digit preamble --- */
9337: *pream = '\000'; /* init preamble as empty string */
9338: if ( (putptr=strchr(putexpr,'$')) != NULL ) /*check for $ pream terminator*/
9339: { *putptr++ = '\000'; /* replace $ by '\0', bump past $ */
9340: strcpy(pream,putexpr); } /* copy leading preamble from put */
9341: else /* look for any non-digit preamble */
9342: { for ( preptr=pream,putptr=putexpr; ; putptr++ )
9343: if ( *putptr == '\000' /* end-of-putdata signalled */
9344: || !isalpha((int)(*putptr)) ) break; /* or found non-alpha char */
9345: else *preptr++ = *putptr; /* copy alpha char to preamble */
9346: *preptr = '\000'; } /* null-terminate preamble */
9347: /* --- interpret preamble --- */
9348: for ( preptr=pream; ; preptr++ ) /* examine each preamble char */
9349: if ( *preptr == '\000' ) break; /* end-of-preamble signalled */
9350: else switch ( tolower(*preptr) ) /* check lowercase preamble char */
9351: {
9352: default: break; /* unrecognized flag */
9353: case 'c': iscenter=1; break; /* center pic_elem at x,y coords */
9354: } /* --- end-of-switch --- */
9355: /* --- interpret x,y;xinc,yinc;num following preamble --- */
9356: if ( *putptr != '\000' ) /*check for put data after preamble*/
9357: {
9358: /* --- first squeeze preamble out of put expression --- */
9359: if ( *pream != '\000' ) strcpy(putexpr,putptr); /* squeeze out preamble */
9360: /* --- interpret x,y --- */
9361: if ( (multptr=strchr(putexpr,';')) != NULL ) /*semicolon signals multiput*/
9362: *multptr = '\000'; /* replace semicolon by '\0' */
9363: if ( (putptr=strchr(putexpr,',')) != NULL ) /* comma separates x,y */
9364: *putptr = '\000'; /* replace comma by '\0' */
9365: if ( *putexpr != '\000' ) /* leading , may be placeholder */
9366: x = unitlength*strtod(putexpr,NULL); /* x coord in pixels*/
9367: if ( putptr != NULL ) /* 2nd arg, if present, is y coord */
9368: y = unitlength*strtod(putptr+1,NULL); /* in pixels */
9369: /* --- interpret xinc,yinc,num if we have a multiput --- */
9370: if ( multptr != NULL ) /* found ';' signalling multiput */
9371: {
9372: if ( (preptr=strchr(multptr+1,';')) != NULL ) /* ';' preceding num arg*/
9373: *preptr = '\000'; /* replace ';' by '\0' */
9374: if ( (putptr=strchr(multptr+1,',')) != NULL ) /* ',' between xinc,yinc*/
9375: *putptr = '\000'; /* replace ',' by '\0' */
9376: if ( *(multptr+1) != '\000' ) /* leading , may be placeholder */
9377: xinc = unitlength*strtod(multptr+1,NULL); /* xinc in pixels */
9378: if ( putptr != NULL ) /* 2nd arg, if present, is yinc */
9379: yinc = unitlength*strtod(putptr+1,NULL); /* in user pixels */
9380: num = (preptr==NULL? 999 : atoi(preptr+1)); /*explicit num val or 999*/
9381: } /* --- end-of-if(multptr!=NULL) --- */
9382: } /* --- end-of-if(*preptr!='\000') --- */
9383: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=29 ) /* debugging */
9384: fprintf(msgfp,
9385: "picture> pream;x,y;xinc,yinc;num=\"%s\";%.2f,%.2f;%.2f,%.2f;%d\n",
9386: pream,x,y,xinc,yinc,num);
9387: /* -----------------------------------------------------------------------
9388: now obtain {...} picture element following [multi]put, and rasterize it
9389: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
9390: /* --- parse for {...} picture element and bump picptr past it --- */
9391: picptr = texsubexpr(picptr,picelem,1023,"{","}",0,0);
9392: if ( *picelem == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* couldn't get {pic_elem} */
9393: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=29 ) /* debugging */
9394: fprintf(msgfp, "picture> picelem=\"%.50s\"\n",picelem);
9395: /* --- rasterize picture element --- */
9396: origin = 0; /* init origin as working param */
9397: workingparam = &origin; /* and point working param to it */
9398: picelemsp = rasterize(picelem,size); /* rasterize picture element */
9399: if ( picelemsp == NULL ) continue; /* failed to rasterize, skip elem */
9400: ewidth = (picelemsp->image)->width; /* width of element, in pixels */
9401: eheight = (picelemsp->image)->height; /* height of element, in pixels */
9402: if ( origin == 55 ) iscenter = 1; /* origin set to (.5,.5) for center*/
9403: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=29 ) /* debugging */
9404: { fprintf(msgfp, "picture> ewidth,eheight,origin,num=%d,%d,%d,%d\n",
9405: ewidth,eheight,origin,num);
9406: if ( msglevel >= 999 ) type_raster(picelemsp->image,msgfp); }
9407: /* -----------------------------------------------------------------------
9408: embed element in picture (once, or multiple times if requested)
9409: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
9410: for ( inum=0; inum<num; inum++ ) /* once, or for num repetitions */
9411: {
9412: /* --- set x,y-coords for this iteration --- */
9413: ix = iround(x); iy = iround(y); /* round x,y to nearest integer */
9414: if ( iscenter ) /* place center of element at x,y */
9415: { xpos = ix - ewidth/2; /* x picture coord to center elem */
9416: ypos = height - iy - eheight/2; } /* y pixel coord to center elem */
9417: else /* default places lower-left at x,y*/
9418: { xpos = ix; /* set x pixel coord for left */
9419: if ( origin==10 || origin==11 ) /* x,yinc's are -+ or -- */
9420: xpos = ix - ewidth; /* so set for right instead */
9421: ypos = height - iy - eheight; /* set y pixel coord for lower */
9422: if ( origin==1 || origin==11 ) /* x,yinc's are +- or -- */
9423: ypos = height - iy; } /* so set for upper instead */
9424: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=29 ) /* debugging */
9425: fprintf(msgfp,
9426: "picture> inum,x,y,ix,iy,xpos,ypos=%d,%.2f,%.2f,%d,%d,%d,%d\n",
9427: inum,x,y,ix,iy,xpos,ypos);
9428: /* --- embed token raster at xpos,ypos, and quit if out-of-bounds --- */
9429: if ( !rastput(picturerp,picelemsp->image,ypos,xpos,0) ) break;
9430: /* --- apply increment --- */
9431: if ( xinc==0. && yinc==0. ) break; /* quit if both increments zero */
9432: x += xinc; y += yinc; /* increment coords for next iter */
9433: } /* --- end-of-for(inum) --- */
9434: /* --- free picture element subraster after embedding it in picture --- */
9435: delete_subraster(picelemsp); /* done with subraster, so free it */
9436: } /* --- end-of-while(*picptr!=0) --- */
9437: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9438: return picture constructed from pic_elements to caller
9439: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9440: end_of_job:
9441: workingbox = oldworkingbox; /* restore original working box */
9442: workingparam = oldworkingparam; /* restore original working param */
9443: return ( picturesp ); /* return our picture to caller */
9444: } /* --- end-of-function rastpicture() --- */
9445:
9446:
9447: /* ==========================================================================
9448: * Function: rastline ( expression, size, basesp, arg1, arg2, arg3 )
9449: * Purpose: \line handler, returns subraster corresponding to line
9450: * parameters (xinc,yinc){xlen}
9451: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
9452: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
9453: * string immediately following \line to be
9454: * rasterized, and returning ptr immediately
9455: * following last character processed.
1.3 albertel 9456: * size (I) int containing 0-7 default font size
1.1 albertel 9457: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
9458: * immediately preceding \line
9459: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
9460: * arg1 (I) int unused
9461: * arg2 (I) int unused
9462: * arg3 (I) int unused
9463: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
9464: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to line
9465: * requested, or NULL for any parsing error
9466: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
9467: * Notes: o Summary of syntax...
9468: * \line(xinc,yinc){xlen}
9469: * o if {xlen} not given, then it's assumed xlen = |xinc|
9470: * ======================================================================= */
9471: /* --- entry point --- */
9472: subraster *rastline ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
9473: int arg1, int arg2, int arg3 )
9474: {
9475: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9476: Allocations and Declarations
9477: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9478: char *texsubexpr(),linexpr[257], *xptr=linexpr; /*line(xinc,yinc){xlen}*/
9479: subraster *new_subraster(), *linesp=NULL; /* subraster for line */
9480: /*char *origexpression = *expression;*/ /*original expression after \line*/
9481: int pixsz = 1; /* pixels are one bit each */
1.2 albertel 9482: int thickness = 1; /* line thickness */
1.1 albertel 9483: double strtod(), /* convert ascii params to doubles */
9484: xinc=0.0, yinc=0.0, /* x,y-increments for line, */
9485: xlen=0.0, ylen=0.0; /* x,y lengths for line */
1.2 albertel 9486: int width=0, height=0, /* #pixels width,height of line */
9487: rwidth=0, rheight=0; /*alloc width,height plus thickness*/
1.1 albertel 9488: int istop=0, isright=0, /* origin at bot-left if x,yinc>=0 */
9489: origin = 0; /* x,yinc: ++=00 +-=01 -+=10 --=11 */
9490: int line_raster(); /* draw line in linesp->image */
9491: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9492: obtain (xinc,yinc) arguments immediately following \line command
9493: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9494: /* --- parse for (xinc,yinc) arguments, and bump expression past it --- */
9495: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,linexpr,253,"(",")",0,0);
9496: if ( *linexpr == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* couldn't get (xinc,yinc) */
1.2 albertel 9497: /* --- now interpret xinc,yinc;thickness returned in linexpr --- */
9498: if ( (xptr=strchr(linexpr,';')) != NULL ) /* look for ';' after xinc,yinc */
9499: { *xptr = '\000'; /* terminate linexpr at ; */
9500: thickness = (int)strtol(xptr+1,NULL,10); } /* get int thickness */
1.1 albertel 9501: if ( (xptr=strchr(linexpr,',')) != NULL ) /* look for ',' in xinc,yinc */
9502: *xptr = '\000'; /* found it, so replace ',' by '\0'*/
9503: if ( *linexpr != '\000' ) /* check against missing 1st arg */
9504: xinc = xlen = strtod(linexpr,NULL); /* xinc in user units */
9505: if ( xptr != NULL ) /* 2nd arg, if present, is yinc */
9506: yinc = ylen = strtod(xptr+1,NULL); /* in user units */
9507: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9508: obtain optional {xlen} following (xinc,yinc), and calculate ylen
9509: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9510: /* --- check if {xlen} given --- */
9511: if ( *(*expression) == '{' ) /*have {xlen} if leading char is { */
9512: {
9513: /* --- parse {xlen} and bump expression past it, interpret as double --- */
9514: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,linexpr,253,"{","}",0,0);
9515: if ( *linexpr == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* couldn't get {xlen} */
9516: xlen = strtod(linexpr,NULL); /* xlen in user units */
9517: /* --- set other values accordingly --- */
9518: if ( xlen < 0.0 ) xinc = -xinc; /* if xlen negative, flip xinc sign*/
9519: if ( xinc != 0.0 ) ylen = xlen*yinc/xinc; /* set ylen from xlen and slope*/
9520: else xlen = 0.0; /* can't have xlen if xinc=0 */
9521: } /* --- end-of-if(*(*expression)=='{') --- */
9522: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9523: calculate width,height, etc, based on xlen,ylen, etc
9524: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9525: /* --- force lengths positive --- */
9526: xlen = absval(xlen); /* force xlen positive */
9527: ylen = absval(ylen); /* force ylen positive */
9528: /* --- calculate corresponding lengths in pixels --- */
1.2 albertel 9529: width = max2(1,iround(unitlength*xlen)); /*scale by unitlength and round,*/
9530: height = max2(1,iround(unitlength*ylen)); /* and must be at least 1 pixel */
9531: rwidth = width + (ylen<0.001?0:max2(0,thickness-1));
9532: rheight = height + (xlen<0.001?0:max2(0,thickness-1));
1.1 albertel 9533: /* --- set origin corner, x,yinc's: ++=0=(0,0) +-=1=(0,1) -+=10=(1,0) --- */
9534: if ( xinc < 0.0 ) isright = 1; /*negative xinc, so corner is (1,?)*/
9535: if ( yinc < 0.0 ) istop = 1; /*negative yinc, so corner is (?,1)*/
9536: origin = isright*10 + istop; /* interpret 0=(0,0), 11=(1,1), etc*/
9537: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=29 ) /* debugging */
9538: fprintf(msgfp,"rastline> width,height,origin;x,yinc=%d,%d,%d;%g,%g\n",
9539: width,height,origin,xinc,yinc);
9540: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.3 albertel 9541: allocate subraster and raster for line
1.1 albertel 9542: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.2 albertel 9543: /* --- sanity check on width,height,thickness args --- */
1.1 albertel 9544: if ( width < 1 || width > 600
1.2 albertel 9545: || height < 1 || height > 600
9546: || thickness<1||thickness>25 ) goto end_of_job;
1.1 albertel 9547: /* --- allocate and initialize subraster for constructed line --- */
1.2 albertel 9548: if ( (linesp=new_subraster(rwidth,rheight,pixsz)) /* alloc new subraster */
1.1 albertel 9549: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if failed */
9550: /* --- initialize line subraster parameters --- */
9551: linesp->type = IMAGERASTER; /* image */
9552: linesp->symdef = NULL; /* not applicable for image */
1.2 albertel 9553: linesp->baseline = height/2 + 2 /* is a little above center good? */
9554: + (rheight-height)/2; /* account for line thickness too */
1.1 albertel 9555: linesp->size = size; /* size (probably unneeded) */
9556: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9557: draw the line
9558: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9559: line_raster ( linesp->image, /* embedded raster image */
9560: (istop? 0 : height-1), /* row0, from bottom or top */
9561: (isright? width-1 : 0), /* col0, from left or right */
9562: (istop? height-1 : 0), /* row1, to top or bottom */
9563: (isright? 0 : width-1), /* col1, to right or left */
1.2 albertel 9564: thickness ); /* line thickness (usually 1 pixel)*/
1.1 albertel 9565: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9566: return constructed line to caller
9567: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9568: end_of_job:
9569: if ( workingparam != NULL ) /* caller wants origin */
9570: *workingparam = origin; /* return origin corner to caller */
9571: return ( linesp ); /* return line to caller */
9572: } /* --- end-of-function rastline() --- */
9573:
9574:
9575: /* ==========================================================================
1.3 albertel 9576: * Function: rastrule ( expression, size, basesp, arg1, arg2, arg3 )
9577: * Purpose: \rule handler, returns subraster corresponding to rule
9578: * parameters [lift]{width}{height}
9579: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
9580: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
9581: * string immediately following \rule to be
9582: * rasterized, and returning ptr immediately
9583: * following last character processed.
9584: * size (I) int containing 0-7 default font size
9585: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
9586: * immediately preceding \rule
9587: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
9588: * arg1 (I) int unused
9589: * arg2 (I) int unused
9590: * arg3 (I) int unused
9591: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
9592: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to rule
9593: * requested, or NULL for any parsing error
9594: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
9595: * Notes: o Summary of syntax...
9596: * \rule[lift]{width}{height}
9597: * o if [lift] not given, then bottom of rule on baseline
9598: * o if width=0 then you get an invisible strut 1 (one) pixel wide
9599: * ======================================================================= */
9600: /* --- entry point --- */
9601: subraster *rastrule ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
9602: int arg1, int arg2, int arg3 )
9603: {
9604: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9605: Allocations and Declarations
9606: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9607: char *texsubexpr(), rulexpr[257]; /* rule[lift]{wdth}{hgt} */
9608: subraster *new_subraster(), *rulesp=NULL; /* subraster for rule */
9609: int pixsz = 1; /* pixels are one bit each */
9610: int lift=0, width=0, height=0; /* default rule parameters */
9611: double strtod(), dval; /* convert ascii params to doubles */
9612: int rwidth=0, rheight=0; /* alloc width, height plus lift */
9613: int rule_raster(); /* draw rule in rulesp->image */
9614: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9615: Obtain lift,width,height
9616: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9617: /* --- check for optional lift arg --- */
9618: if ( *(*expression) == '[' ) /*check for []-enclosed optional arg*/
9619: { *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,rulexpr,255,"[","]",0,0);
9620: dval = (int)(strtod(rulexpr,NULL)+0.5); /* convert [lift] to int */
9621: if ( dval <= 99 && dval >= (-99) ) /* sanity check */
9622: lift = iround(unitlength*dval); } /* scale by unitlength and round */
9623: /* --- parse for width --- */
9624: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,rulexpr,255,"{","}",0,0);
9625: if ( *rulexpr == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if args missing */
9626: dval = (int)(strtod(rulexpr,NULL)+0.5); /* convert {width} to int */
9627: if ( dval <= 500 && dval >= 0 ) /* sanity check */
9628: width = max2(0,iround(unitlength*dval)); /* scale by unitlength and round*/
9629: /* --- parse for height --- */
9630: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,rulexpr,255,"{","}",0,0);
9631: if ( *rulexpr == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if args missing */
9632: dval = (int)(strtod(rulexpr,NULL)+0.5); /* convert {height} to int */
9633: if ( dval <= 500 && dval > 0 ) /* sanity check */
9634: height= max2(1,iround(unitlength*dval)); /* scale by unitlength and round*/
9635: /* --- raster width,height in pixels --- */
9636: rwidth = max2(1,width); /* raster must be at least 1 pixel*/
9637: rheight = height + (lift>=0?lift: /* raster height plus lift */
9638: (-lift<height?0:-lift-height+1)); /* may need empty space above rule */
9639: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9640: allocate subraster and raster for rule
9641: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9642: /* --- sanity check on width,height,thickness args --- */
9643: if ( rwidth < 1 || rwidth > 600
9644: || rheight < 1 || rheight > 600 ) goto end_of_job;
9645: /* --- allocate and initialize subraster for constructed rule --- */
9646: if ( (rulesp=new_subraster(rwidth,rheight,pixsz)) /* alloc new subraster */
9647: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if failed */
9648: /* --- initialize line subraster parameters --- */
9649: rulesp->type = IMAGERASTER; /* image */
9650: rulesp->symdef = NULL; /* not applicable for image */
9651: rulesp->baseline = rheight-1 + (lift>=0?0:lift); /*adjust baseline for lift*/
9652: rulesp->size = size; /* size (probably unneeded) */
9653: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9654: draw the rule
9655: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9656: rule_raster ( rulesp->image, /* embedded raster image */
9657: (-lift<height?0:rheight-height), /* topmost row for top-left corner*/
9658: 0, /* leftmost col for top-left corner*/
9659: width, /* rule width */
9660: height, /* rule height */
9661: ( width>0? 0:4 ) ); /* rule type */
9662: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9663: return constructed rule to caller
9664: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9665: end_of_job:
9666: return ( rulesp ); /* return rule to caller */
9667: } /* --- end-of-function rastrule() --- */
9668:
9669:
9670: /* ==========================================================================
1.1 albertel 9671: * Function: rastcircle ( expression, size, basesp, arg1, arg2, arg3 )
9672: * Purpose: \circle handler, returns subraster corresponding to ellipse
9673: * parameters (xdiam[,ydiam])
9674: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
9675: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
9676: * string immediately following \circle to be
9677: * rasterized, and returning ptr immediately
9678: * following last character processed.
9679: * size (I) int containing 0-4 default font size
9680: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
9681: * immediately preceding \circle
9682: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
9683: * arg1 (I) int unused
9684: * arg2 (I) int unused
9685: * arg3 (I) int unused
9686: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
9687: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to ellipse
9688: * requested, or NULL for any parsing error
9689: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
9690: * Notes: o Summary of syntax...
9691: * \circle(xdiam[,ydiam])
9692: * o
9693: * ======================================================================= */
9694: /* --- entry point --- */
9695: subraster *rastcircle ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
9696: int arg1, int arg2, int arg3 )
9697: {
9698: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9699: Allocations and Declarations
9700: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9701: char *texsubexpr(), circexpr[512],*xptr=circexpr; /*circle(xdiam[,ydiam])*/
9702: char *qptr=NULL, quads[256]="1234"; /* default to draw all quadrants */
9703: double theta0=0.0, theta1=0.0; /* ;theta0,theta1 instead of ;quads*/
9704: subraster *new_subraster(), *circsp=NULL; /* subraster for ellipse */
9705: int pixsz = 1; /* pixels are one bit each */
9706: double strtod(), /* convert ascii params to doubles */
9707: xdiam=0.0, ydiam=0.0; /* x,y major/minor axes/diameters */
9708: int width=0, height=0; /* #pixels width,height of ellipse */
9709: int thickness = 1; /* drawn lines are one pixel thick */
9710: int origin = 55; /* force origin centered */
9711: int circle_raster(), /* draw ellipse in circsp->image */
9712: circle_recurse(); /* for theta0,theta1 args */
9713: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9714: obtain (xdiam[,ydiam]) arguments immediately following \circle command
9715: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9716: /* --- parse for (xdiam[,ydiam]) args, and bump expression past it --- */
9717: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,circexpr,511,"(",")",0,0);
9718: if ( *circexpr == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* couldn't get (xdiam[,ydiam])*/
9719: /* --- now interpret xdiam[,ydiam] returned in circexpr --- */
9720: if ( (qptr=strchr(circexpr,';')) != NULL ) /* semicolon signals quads data */
9721: { *qptr = '\000'; /* replace semicolon by '\0' */
9722: strcpy(quads,qptr+1); /* save user-requested quads */
9723: if ( (qptr=strchr(quads,',')) != NULL ) /* have theta0,theta1 instead */
9724: { *qptr = '\000'; /* replace , with null */
9725: theta0 = strtod(quads,NULL); /* theta0 precedes , */
9726: theta1 = strtod(qptr+1,NULL); /* theta1 follows , */
9727: qptr = NULL; } /* signal thetas instead of quads */
9728: else
9729: qptr = quads; } /* set qptr arg for circle_raster()*/
9730: else /* no ;quads at all */
9731: qptr = quads; /* default to all 4 quadrants */
9732: if ( (xptr=strchr(circexpr,',')) != NULL ) /* look for ',' in xdiam[,ydiam]*/
9733: *xptr = '\000'; /* found it, so replace ',' by '\0'*/
9734: xdiam = ydiam = strtod(circexpr,NULL); /* xdiam=ydiam in user units */
9735: if ( xptr != NULL ) /* 2nd arg, if present, is ydiam */
9736: ydiam = strtod(xptr+1,NULL); /* in user units */
9737: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9738: calculate width,height, etc
9739: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9740: /* --- calculate width,height in pixels --- */
9741: width = max2(1,iround(unitlength*xdiam)); /*scale by unitlength and round,*/
9742: height = max2(1,iround(unitlength*ydiam)); /* and must be at least 1 pixel */
9743: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=29 ) /* debugging */
9744: fprintf(msgfp,"rastcircle> width,height;quads=%d,%d,%s\n",
9745: width,height,(qptr==NULL?"default":qptr));
9746: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9747: allocate subraster and raster for complete picture
9748: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9749: /* --- sanity check on width,height args --- */
9750: if ( width < 1 || width > 600
9751: || height < 1 || height > 600 ) goto end_of_job;
9752: /* --- allocate and initialize subraster for constructed ellipse --- */
9753: if ( (circsp=new_subraster(width,height,pixsz)) /* allocate new subraster */
9754: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if failed */
9755: /* --- initialize ellipse subraster parameters --- */
9756: circsp->type = IMAGERASTER; /* image */
9757: circsp->symdef = NULL; /* not applicable for image */
9758: circsp->baseline = height/2 + 2; /* is a little above center good? */
9759: circsp->size = size; /* size (probably unneeded) */
9760: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9761: draw the ellipse
9762: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9763: if ( qptr != NULL ) /* have quads */
9764: circle_raster ( circsp->image, /* embedded raster image */
9765: 0, 0, /* row0,col0 are upper-left corner */
9766: height-1, width-1, /* row1,col1 are lower-right */
9767: thickness, /* line thickness is 1 pixel */
9768: qptr ); /* "1234" quadrants to be drawn */
9769: else /* have theta0,theta1 */
9770: circle_recurse ( circsp->image, /* embedded raster image */
9771: 0, 0, /* row0,col0 are upper-left corner */
9772: height-1, width-1, /* row1,col1 are lower-right */
9773: thickness, /* line thickness is 1 pixel */
9774: theta0,theta1 ); /* theta0,theta1 arc to be drawn */
9775: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9776: return constructed ellipse to caller
9777: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9778: end_of_job:
9779: if ( workingparam != NULL ) /* caller wants origin */
9780: *workingparam = origin; /* return center origin to caller */
9781: return ( circsp ); /* return ellipse to caller */
9782: } /* --- end-of-function rastcircle() --- */
9783:
9784:
9785: /* ==========================================================================
9786: * Function: rastbezier ( expression, size, basesp, arg1, arg2, arg3 )
9787: * Purpose: \bezier handler, returns subraster corresponding to bezier
9788: * parameters (col0,row0)(col1,row1)(colt,rowt)
9789: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
9790: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
9791: * string immediately following \bezier to be
9792: * rasterized, and returning ptr immediately
9793: * following last character processed.
9794: * size (I) int containing 0-5 default font size
9795: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
9796: * immediately preceding \bezier
9797: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
9798: * arg1 (I) int unused
9799: * arg2 (I) int unused
9800: * arg3 (I) int unused
9801: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
9802: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to bezier
9803: * requested, or NULL for any parsing error
9804: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
9805: * Notes: o Summary of syntax...
9806: * \bezier(col1,row1)(colt,rowt)
9807: * o col0=0,row0=0 assumed, i.e., given by
9808: * \picture(){~(col0,row0){\bezier(col1,row1)(colt,rowt)}~}
9809: * ======================================================================= */
9810: /* --- entry point --- */
9811: subraster *rastbezier ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
9812: int arg1, int arg2, int arg3 )
9813: {
9814: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9815: Allocations and Declarations
9816: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9817: subraster *new_subraster(), *bezsp=NULL; /* subraster for bezier */
9818: char *texsubexpr(), bezexpr[129],*xptr=bezexpr; /*\bezier(r,c)(r,c)(r,c)*/
9819: double strtod(); /* convert ascii params to doubles */
9820: double r0=0.0,c0=0.0, r1=0.0,c1=0.0, rt=0.0,ct=0.0, /* bezier points */
9821: rmid=0.0, cmid=0.0, /* coords at parameterized midpoint*/
9822: rmin=0.0, cmin=0.0, /* minimum r,c */
9823: rmax=0.0, cmax=0.0, /* maximum r,c */
9824: rdelta=0.0, cdelta=0.0, /* rmax-rmin, cmax-cmin */
9825: r=0.0, c=0.0; /* some point */
9826: int iarg=0; /* 0=r0,c0 1=r1,c1 2=rt,ct */
9827: int width=0, height=0; /* dimensions of bezier raster */
9828: int pixsz = 1; /* pixels are one bit each */
9829: /*int thickness = 1;*/ /* drawn lines are one pixel thick */
9830: int origin = 0; /*c's,r's reset to lower-left origin*/
9831: int bezier_raster(); /* draw bezier in bezsp->image */
9832: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9833: obtain (c1,r1)(ct,rt) args immediately following \bezier command
9834: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9835: for ( iarg=1; iarg<=2; iarg++ ) /* 0=c0,r0 1=c1,r1 2=ct,rt */
9836: {
9837: /* --- parse for (r,c) args, and bump expression past them all --- */
9838: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,bezexpr,127,"(",")",0,0);
9839: if ( *bezexpr == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* couldn't get (r,c)*/
9840: /* --- now interpret (r,c) returned in bezexpr --- */
9841: c = r = 0.0; /* init x-coord=col, y-coord=row */
9842: if ( (xptr=strchr(bezexpr,',')) != NULL ) /* comma separates row,col */
9843: { *xptr = '\000'; /* found it, so replace ',' by '\0'*/
9844: r = unitlength*strtod(xptr+1,NULL); } /* row=y-coord in pixels */
9845: c = unitlength*strtod(bezexpr,NULL); /* col=x-coord in pixels */
9846: /* --- store r,c --- */
9847: switch ( iarg )
9848: { case 0: r0=r; c0=c; break;
9849: case 1: r1=r; c1=c; break;
9850: case 2: rt=r; ct=c; break; }
9851: } /* --- end-of-for(iarg) --- */
9852: /* --- determine midpoint and maximum,minimum points --- */
9853: rmid = 0.5*(rt + 0.5*(r0+r1)); /* y-coord at middle of bezier */
9854: cmid = 0.5*(ct + 0.5*(c0+c1)); /* x-coord at middle of bezier */
9855: rmin = min3(r0,r1,rmid); /* lowest row */
9856: cmin = min3(c0,c1,cmid); /* leftmost col */
9857: rmax = max3(r0,r1,rmid); /* highest row */
9858: cmax = max3(c0,c1,cmid); /* rightmost col */
9859: rdelta = rmax-rmin; /* height */
9860: cdelta = cmax-cmin; /* width */
9861: /* --- rescale coords so we start at 0,0 --- */
9862: r0 -= rmin; c0 -= cmin; /* rescale r0,c0 */
9863: r1 -= rmin; c1 -= cmin; /* rescale r1,c1 */
9864: rt -= rmin; ct -= cmin; /* rescale rt,ct */
9865: /* --- flip rows so 0,0 becomes lower-left corner instead of upper-left--- */
9866: r0 = rdelta - r0 + 1; /* map 0-->height-1, height-1-->0 */
9867: r1 = rdelta - r1 + 1;
9868: rt = rdelta - rt + 1;
9869: /* --- determine width,height of raster needed for bezier --- */
9870: width = (int)(cdelta + 0.9999) + 1; /* round width up */
9871: height = (int)(rdelta + 0.9999) + 1; /* round height up */
9872: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=29 ) /* debugging */
9873: fprintf(msgfp,"rastbezier> width,height,origin=%d,%d,%d; c0,r0=%g,%g; "
9874: "c1,r1=%g,%g\n rmin,mid,max=%g,%g,%g; cmin,mid,max=%g,%g,%g\n",
9875: width,height,origin, c0,r0, c1,r1, rmin,rmid,rmax, cmin,cmid,cmax);
9876: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9877: allocate raster
9878: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9879: /* --- sanity check on width,height args --- */
9880: if ( width < 1 || width > 600
9881: || height < 1 || height > 600 ) goto end_of_job;
9882: /* --- allocate and initialize subraster for constructed bezier --- */
9883: if ( (bezsp=new_subraster(width,height,pixsz)) /* allocate new subraster */
9884: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if failed */
9885: /* --- initialize bezier subraster parameters --- */
9886: bezsp->type = IMAGERASTER; /* image */
9887: bezsp->symdef = NULL; /* not applicable for image */
9888: bezsp->baseline = height/2 + 2; /* is a little above center good? */
9889: bezsp->size = size; /* size (probably unneeded) */
9890: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9891: draw the bezier
9892: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9893: bezier_raster ( bezsp->image, /* embedded raster image */
9894: r0, c0, /* row0,col0 are lower-left corner */
9895: r1, c1, /* row1,col1 are upper-right */
9896: rt, ct ); /* bezier tangent point */
9897: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9898: return constructed bezier to caller
9899: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9900: end_of_job:
9901: if ( workingparam != NULL ) /* caller wants origin */
9902: *workingparam = origin; /* return center origin to caller */
9903: return ( bezsp ); /* return bezier to caller */
9904: } /* --- end-of-function rastbezier() --- */
9905:
9906:
9907: /* ==========================================================================
9908: * Function: rastraise ( expression, size, basesp, arg1, arg2, arg3 )
9909: * Purpose: \raisebox{lift}{subexpression} handler, returns subraster
9910: * containing subexpression with its baseline "lifted" by lift
9911: * pixels, scaled by \unitlength, or "lowered" if lift arg
9912: * negative
9913: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
9914: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
9915: * string immediately following \raisebox to be
9916: * rasterized, and returning ptr immediately
9917: * following last character processed.
1.3 albertel 9918: * size (I) int containing 0-7 default font size
1.1 albertel 9919: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
1.3 albertel 9920: * immediately preceding \raisebox
1.1 albertel 9921: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
9922: * arg1 (I) int unused
9923: * arg2 (I) int unused
9924: * arg3 (I) int unused
9925: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
9926: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to \raisebox
9927: * requested, or NULL for any parsing error
9928: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
9929: * Notes: o Summary of syntax...
9930: * \raisebox{lift}{subexpression}
9931: * o
9932: * ======================================================================= */
9933: /* --- entry point --- */
9934: subraster *rastraise ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
9935: int arg1, int arg2, int arg3 )
9936: {
9937: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9938: Allocations and Declarations
9939: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.3 albertel 9940: char *texsubexpr(), subexpr[MAXSUBXSZ+1], *liftexpr=subexpr; /* args */
1.1 albertel 9941: subraster *rasterize(), *raisesp=NULL; /* rasterize subexpr to be raised */
9942: int lift=0; /* amount to raise/lower baseline */
9943: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9944: obtain {lift} argument immediately following \raisebox command
9945: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9946: /* --- parse for {lift} arg, and bump expression past it --- */
9947: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,liftexpr,0,"{","}",0,0);
9948: if ( *liftexpr == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* couldn't get {lift} */
9949: lift = (int)((unitlength*strtod(liftexpr,NULL))+0.0); /*{lift} to integer*/
9950: if ( abs(lift) > 200 ) lift=0; /* sanity check */
9951: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9952: obtain {subexpr} argument after {lift}, and rasterize it
9953: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9954: /* --- parse for {subexpr} arg, and bump expression past it --- */
9955: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,subexpr,0,"{","}",0,0);
9956: /* --- rasterize subexpression to be raised/lowered --- */
9957: if ( (raisesp = rasterize(subexpr,size)) /* rasterize subexpression */
9958: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* and quit if failed */
9959: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
9960: raise/lower baseline and return it to caller
9961: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
9962: /* --- raise/lower baseline --- */
9963: raisesp->baseline += lift; /* new baseline (no height checks) */
9964: /* --- return raised subexpr to caller --- */
9965: end_of_job:
9966: return ( raisesp ); /* return raised subexpr to caller */
9967: } /* --- end-of-function rastraise() --- */
9968:
9969:
9970: /* ==========================================================================
9971: * Function: rastrotate ( expression, size, basesp, arg1, arg2, arg3 )
9972: * Purpose: \rotatebox{degrees}{subexpression} handler, returns subraster
9973: * containing subexpression rotated by degrees (counterclockwise
9974: * if degrees positive)
9975: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
9976: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
9977: * string immediately following \rotatebox to be
9978: * rasterized, and returning ptr immediately
9979: * following last character processed.
1.3 albertel 9980: * size (I) int containing 0-7 default font size
1.1 albertel 9981: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
9982: * immediately preceding \rotatebox
9983: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
9984: * arg1 (I) int unused
9985: * arg2 (I) int unused
9986: * arg3 (I) int unused
9987: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
9988: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to \rotatebox
9989: * requested, or NULL for any parsing error
9990: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
9991: * Notes: o Summary of syntax...
9992: * \rotatebox{degrees}{subexpression}
9993: * o
9994: * ======================================================================= */
9995: /* --- entry point --- */
9996: subraster *rastrotate ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
9997: int arg1, int arg2, int arg3 )
9998: {
9999: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10000: Allocations and Declarations
10001: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.3 albertel 10002: char *texsubexpr(), subexpr[MAXSUBXSZ+1], *degexpr=subexpr; /* args */
1.1 albertel 10003: subraster *rasterize(), *rotsp=NULL; /* subraster for rotated subexpr */
10004: raster *rastrot(), *rotrp=NULL; /* rotate subraster->image 90 degs */
10005: int delete_raster(); /* delete intermediate rasters */
10006: int baseline=0; /* baseline of rasterized image */
10007: double strtod(), /* convert ascii params to doubles */
10008: degrees=0.0, ipart,fpart; /* degrees to be rotated */
10009: int idegrees=0, isneg=0; /* positive ipart, isneg=1 if neg */
10010: int n90=0, isn90=1; /* degrees is n90 multiples of 90 */
10011: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10012: obtain {degrees} argument immediately following \rotatebox command
10013: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10014: /* --- parse for {degrees} arg, and bump expression past it --- */
10015: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,degexpr,0,"{","}",0,0);
10016: if ( *degexpr == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* couldn't get {degrees} */
10017: degrees = strtod(degexpr,NULL); /* degrees to be rotated */
10018: if ( degrees < 0.0 ) /* clockwise rotation desired */
10019: { degrees = -degrees; /* flip sign so degrees positive */
10020: isneg = 1; } /* and set flag to indicate flip */
10021: fpart = modf(degrees,&ipart); /* integer and fractional parts */
10022: ipart = (double)(((int)degrees)%360); /* degrees mod 360 */
10023: degrees = ipart + fpart; /* restore fractional part */
10024: if ( isneg ) /* if clockwise rotation requested */
10025: degrees = 360.0 - degrees; /* do equivalent counterclockwise */
10026: idegrees = (int)(degrees+0.5); /* integer degrees */
10027: n90 = idegrees/90; /* degrees is n90 multiples of 90 */
10028: isn90 = (90*n90==idegrees); /*true if degrees is multiple of 90*/
10029: isn90 = 1; /* forced true for time being */
10030: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10031: obtain {subexpr} argument after {degrees}, and rasterize it
10032: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10033: /* --- parse for {subexpr} arg, and bump expression past it --- */
10034: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,subexpr,0,"{","}",0,0);
10035: /* --- rasterize subexpression to be rotated --- */
10036: if ( (rotsp = rasterize(subexpr,size)) /* rasterize subexpression */
10037: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* and quit if failed */
10038: /* --- return unmodified image if no rotation requested --- */
10039: if ( abs(idegrees) < 2 ) goto end_of_job; /* don't bother rotating image */
10040: /* --- extract params for image to be rotated --- */
10041: rotrp = rotsp->image; /* unrotated rasterized image */
10042: baseline = rotsp->baseline; /* and baseline of that image */
10043: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10044: rotate by multiples of 90 degrees
10045: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10046: if ( isn90 ) /* rotation by multiples of 90 */
10047: if ( n90 > 0 ) /* do nothing for 0 degrees */
10048: {
10049: n90 = 4-n90; /* rasrot() rotates clockwise */
10050: while ( n90 > 0 ) /* still have remaining rotations */
10051: { raster *nextrp = rastrot(rotrp); /* rotate raster image */
10052: if ( nextrp == NULL ) break; /* something's terribly wrong */
10053: delete_raster(rotrp); /* free previous raster image */
10054: rotrp = nextrp; /* and replace it with rotated one */
10055: n90--; } /* decrement remaining count */
10056: } /* --- end-of-if(isn90) --- */
10057: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10058: requested rotation not multiple of 90 degrees
10059: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10060: if ( !isn90 ) /* explicitly construct rotation */
10061: { ; } /* not yet implemented */
10062: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10063: re-populate subraster envelope with rotated image
10064: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10065: /* --- re-init various subraster parameters, embedding raster in it --- */
10066: if ( rotrp != NULL ) /* rotated raster constructed okay */
10067: { rotsp->type = IMAGERASTER; /* signal constructed image */
10068: rotsp->image = rotrp; /* raster we just constructed */
10069: /* --- now try to guess pleasing baseline --- */
1.3 albertel 10070: if ( idegrees > 2 ) { /* leave unchanged if unrotated */
1.1 albertel 10071: if ( strlen(subexpr) < 3 /* we rotated a short expression */
10072: || abs(idegrees-180) < 3 ) /* or just turned it upside-down */
10073: baseline = rotrp->height - 1; /* so set with nothing descending */
10074: else /* rotated a long expression */
1.3 albertel 10075: baseline = (65*(rotrp->height-1))/100; } /* roughly center long expr */
1.1 albertel 10076: rotsp->baseline = baseline; } /* set baseline as calculated above*/
10077: /* --- return rotated subexpr to caller --- */
10078: end_of_job:
10079: return ( rotsp ); /*return rotated subexpr to caller*/
10080: } /* --- end-of-function rastrotate() --- */
10081:
10082:
10083: /* ==========================================================================
1.3 albertel 10084: * Function: rastreflect ( expression, size, basesp, arg1, arg2, arg3 )
10085: * Purpose: \reflectbox[axis]{subexpression} handler, returns subraster
10086: * containing subexpression reflected horizontally (i.e., around
10087: * vertical axis, |_ becomes _|) if [axis] not given or axis=1,
10088: * or reflected vertically if axis=2 given.
10089: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10090: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
10091: * string immediately following \reflectbox to
10092: * be rasterized, and returning ptr immediately
10093: * following last character processed.
10094: * size (I) int containing 0-7 default font size
10095: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
10096: * immediately preceding \reflectbox
10097: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
10098: * arg1 (I) int unused
10099: * arg2 (I) int unused
10100: * arg3 (I) int unused
10101: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10102: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to \reflectbox
10103: * requested, or NULL for any parsing error
10104: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10105: * Notes: o Summary of syntax...
10106: * \reflectbox[axis]{subexpression}
10107: * o
10108: * ======================================================================= */
10109: /* --- entry point --- */
10110: subraster *rastreflect ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
10111: int arg1, int arg2, int arg3 )
10112: {
10113: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10114: Allocations and Declarations
10115: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10116: char *texsubexpr(), subexpr[MAXSUBXSZ+1], *axisexpr=subexpr; /* args */
10117: subraster *rasterize(), *refsp=NULL; /* subraster for reflected subexpr */
10118: raster *rastref(), *refrp=NULL; /* reflect subraster->image */
10119: int axis = 1; /* default horizontal reflection */
10120: int delete_raster(); /* delete intermediate raster */
10121: int baseline=0; /* baseline of rasterized image */
10122: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10123: obtain [axis] argument immediately following \reflectbox command, if given
10124: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10125: /* --- check for optional [axis] arg --- */
10126: if ( *(*expression) == '[' ) /*check for []-enclosed optional arg*/
10127: { *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,axisexpr,255,"[","]",0,0);
10128: axis = atoi(axisexpr); /* convert [axis] to int */
10129: if ( axis<1 || axis>2 ) /* check axis input */
10130: axis = 1; } /* back to default if illegal */
10131: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10132: obtain {subexpr} argument after optional [axis], and rasterize it
10133: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10134: /* --- parse for {subexpr} arg, and bump expression past it --- */
10135: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,subexpr,0,"{","}",0,0);
10136: /* --- rasterize subexpression to be reflected --- */
10137: if ( (refsp = rasterize(subexpr,size)) /* rasterize subexpression */
10138: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* and quit if failed */
10139: /* --- return unmodified image if no reflection requested --- */
10140: if ( axis<1 || axis>2 ) goto end_of_job; /* don't bother reflecting image */
10141: /* --- extract params for image to be reflected --- */
10142: refrp = refsp->image; /* unreflected rasterized image */
10143: baseline = refsp->baseline; /* and baseline of that image */
10144: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10145: reflect image and adjust its parameters
10146: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10147: /* --- reflect image --- */
10148: refrp = rastref(refsp->image,axis); /* reflect raster image */
10149: if ( refrp == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* failed to reflect image */
10150: delete_raster(refsp->image); /* free original raster image */
10151: refsp->image = refrp; /*and replace it with reflected one*/
10152: /* --- adjust parameters --- */
10153: if ( axis == 2 ) /* for vertical reflection */
10154: baseline = refrp->height - 1; /* set with nothing descending */
10155: refsp->baseline = baseline; /* reset baseline of reflected image*/
10156: /* --- return reflected subexpr to caller --- */
10157: end_of_job:
10158: return ( refsp ); /*back to caller with reflected expr*/
10159: } /* --- end-of-function rastreflect() --- */
10160:
10161:
10162: /* ==========================================================================
1.1 albertel 10163: * Function: rastfbox ( expression, size, basesp, arg1, arg2, arg3 )
10164: * Purpose: \fbox{subexpression} handler, returns subraster
10165: * containing subexpression with frame box drawn around it
10166: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10167: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
10168: * string immediately following \fbox to be
10169: * rasterized, and returning ptr immediately
10170: * following last character processed.
10171: * size (I) int containing 0-5 default font size
10172: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
10173: * immediately preceding \fbox
10174: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
10175: * arg1 (I) int unused
10176: * arg2 (I) int unused
10177: * arg3 (I) int unused
10178: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10179: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to \fbox
10180: * requested, or NULL for any parsing error
10181: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10182: * Notes: o Summary of syntax...
10183: * \fbox[width][height]{subexpression}
10184: * o
10185: * ======================================================================= */
10186: /* --- entry point --- */
10187: subraster *rastfbox ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
10188: int arg1, int arg2, int arg3 )
10189: {
10190: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10191: Allocations and Declarations
10192: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.3 albertel 10193: char *texsubexpr(), subexpr[MAXSUBXSZ+1], widtharg[512]; /* args */
1.1 albertel 10194: subraster *rasterize(), *framesp=NULL; /* rasterize subexpr to be framed */
10195: raster *border_raster(), *bp=NULL; /* framed image raster */
10196: double strtod(); /* interpret [width][height] */
10197: int fwidth=6, fthick=1; /*extra frame width, line thickness*/
10198: int width=(-1), height=(-1), /* optional [width][height] args */
10199: iscompose = 0; /* set true if optional args given */
10200: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10201: obtain optional [width][height] arguments immediately following \fbox
10202: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10203: /* --- first check for optional \fbox[width] --- */
10204: if ( *(*expression) == '[' ) /* check for []-enclosed width arg */
10205: { *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,widtharg,511,"[","]",0,0);
10206: if ( *widtharg != '\000' ) /* got widtharg */
10207: { width = max2(1,iround(unitlength*strtod(widtharg,NULL)));
10208: height = 1; fwidth = 2; iscompose = 1; }
10209: } /* --- end-of-if(**expression=='[') --- */
10210: if ( width > 0 ) /* found leading [width], so... */
10211: if ( *(*expression) == '[' ) /* check for []-enclosed height arg */
10212: { *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,widtharg,511,"[","]",0,0);
10213: if ( *widtharg != '\000' ) /* got widtharg */
10214: { height = max2(1,iround(unitlength*strtod(widtharg,NULL)));
10215: fwidth = 0; } /* no extra border */
10216: } /* --- end-of-if(**expression=='[') --- */
10217: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10218: obtain {subexpr} argument
10219: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10220: /* --- parse for {subexpr} arg, and bump expression past it --- */
10221: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,subexpr,0,"{","}",0,0);
10222: /* --- rasterize subexpression to be framed --- */
10223: if ( width<0 || height<0 ) /* no explicit dimensions given */
10224: { if ( (framesp = rasterize(subexpr,size)) /* rasterize subexpression */
10225: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; } /* and quit if failed */
10226: else
10227: { char composexpr[8192]; /* compose subexpr with empty box */
10228: sprintf(composexpr,"\\compose{\\hspace{%d}\\vspace{%d}}{%s}",
10229: width,height,subexpr);
10230: if ( (framesp = rasterize(composexpr,size)) /* rasterize subexpression */
10231: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; } /* and quit if failed */
10232: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10233: draw frame, reset params, and return it to caller
10234: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10235: /* --- draw border --- */
10236: if ( (bp = border_raster(framesp->image,-fwidth,-fwidth,fthick,1))
10237: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* draw border and quit if failed */
10238: /* --- replace original image and raise baseline to accommodate frame --- */
10239: framesp->image = bp; /* replace image with framed one */
10240: if ( !iscompose ) /* simple border around subexpr */
10241: framesp->baseline += fwidth; /* so just raise baseline */
10242: else
10243: framesp->baseline = (framesp->image)->height - 1; /* set at bottom */
10244: /* --- return framed subexpr to caller --- */
10245: end_of_job:
10246: return ( framesp ); /* return framed subexpr to caller */
10247: } /* --- end-of-function rastfbox() --- */
10248:
10249:
10250: /* ==========================================================================
10251: * Function: rastinput ( expression, size, basesp, arg1, arg2, arg3 )
10252: * Purpose: \input{filename} handler, reads filename and returns
10253: * subraster containing image of expression read from filename
10254: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10255: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
10256: * string immediately following \input to be
10257: * rasterized, and returning ptr immediately
10258: * following last character processed.
10259: * size (I) int containing 0-5 default font size
10260: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
10261: * immediately preceding \input
10262: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
10263: * arg1 (I) int unused
10264: * arg2 (I) int unused
10265: * arg3 (I) int unused
10266: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10267: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to expression
10268: * in filename, or NULL for any parsing error
10269: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10270: * Notes: o Summary of syntax...
10271: * \input{filename}
10272: * o
10273: * ======================================================================= */
10274: /* --- entry point --- */
10275: subraster *rastinput ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
10276: int arg1, int arg2, int arg3 )
10277: {
10278: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10279: Allocations and Declarations
10280: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.3 albertel 10281: char *texsubexpr(), tag[1024]="\000", filename[1024]="\000"; /* args */
1.1 albertel 10282: subraster *rasterize(), *inputsp=NULL; /* rasterized input image */
10283: int status, rastreadfile(); /* read input file */
10284: int format=0, npts=0; /* don't reformat (numerical) input */
1.3 albertel 10285: char subexpr[MAXFILESZ+1] = "\000", /*concatanated lines from input file*/
1.1 albertel 10286: *mimeprep(), /* preprocess inputted data */
1.2 albertel 10287: *dbltoa(), *reformat=NULL; /* reformat numerical input */
1.1 albertel 10288: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10289: obtain [tag]{filename} argument
10290: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10291: /* --- parse for optional [tag] or [fmt] arg, bump expression past it --- */
10292: if ( *(*expression) == '[' ) /* check for []-enclosed value */
1.3 albertel 10293: { char argfld[MAXTOKNSZ+1]; /* optional argument field */
10294: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,argfld,MAXTOKNSZ,"[","]",0,0);
1.2 albertel 10295: if ( (reformat=strstr(argfld,"dtoa")) != NULL ) /*dtoa/dbltoa requested*/
10296: { format = 1; /* signal dtoa()/dbltoa() format */
1.1 albertel 10297: if ( (reformat=strchr(reformat,'=')) != NULL ) /* have dtoa= */
10298: npts = (int)strtol(reformat+1,NULL,0); } /* so set npts */
10299: if ( format == 0 ) /* reformat not requested */
10300: strcpy(tag,argfld); } /* so interpret arg as tag */
10301: /* --- parse for {filename} arg, and bump expression past it --- */
10302: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,filename,1023,"{","}",0,0);
10303: /* --- check for alternate filename:tag --- */
10304: if ( *filename != '\000' /* got filename */
10305: /*&& *tag == '\000'*/ ) /* but no [tag] */
10306: { char *delim = strchr(filename,':'); /* look for : in filename:tag */
10307: if ( delim != (char *)NULL ) /* found it */
10308: { *delim = '\000'; /* null-terminate filename at : */
10309: strcpy(tag,delim+1); } } /* and stuff after : is tag */
10310: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10311: Read file and rasterize constructed subexpression
10312: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.2 albertel 10313: status = rastreadfile(filename,0,tag,subexpr); /* read file */
1.1 albertel 10314: if ( *subexpr == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if problem */
10315: /* --- rasterize input subexpression --- */
10316: mimeprep(subexpr); /* preprocess subexpression */
1.2 albertel 10317: if ( format == 1 ) /* dtoa()/dbltoa() */
1.1 albertel 10318: { double d = strtod(subexpr,NULL); /* interpret subexpr as double */
10319: if ( d != 0.0 ) /* conversion to double successful */
1.2 albertel 10320: if ( (reformat=dbltoa(d,npts)) != NULL ) /* reformat successful */
1.1 albertel 10321: strcpy(subexpr,reformat); } /*replace subexpr with reformatted*/
10322: inputsp = rasterize(subexpr,size); /* rasterize subexpression */
10323: /* --- return input image to caller --- */
10324: end_of_job:
10325: return ( inputsp ); /* return input image to caller */
10326: } /* --- end-of-function rastinput() --- */
10327:
10328:
10329: /* ==========================================================================
10330: * Function: rastcounter ( expression, size, basesp, arg1, arg2, arg3 )
10331: * Purpose: \counter[value]{filename} handler, returns subraster
10332: * containing image of counter value read from filename
10333: * (or optional [value]), and increments counter
10334: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10335: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
10336: * string immediately following \counter to be
10337: * rasterized, and returning ptr immediately
10338: * following last character processed.
10339: * size (I) int containing 0-5 default font size
10340: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
10341: * immediately preceding \counter
10342: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
10343: * arg1 (I) int unused
10344: * arg2 (I) int unused
10345: * arg3 (I) int unused
10346: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10347: * Returns: ( subraster * ) ptr to subraster corresponding to \counter
10348: * requested, or NULL for any parsing error
10349: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10350: * Notes: o Summary of syntax...
1.2 albertel 10351: * \counter[value][logfile]{filename:tag}
10352: * o :tag is optional
1.1 albertel 10353: * ======================================================================= */
10354: /* --- entry point --- */
10355: subraster *rastcounter ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
10356: int arg1, int arg2, int arg3 )
10357: {
10358: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10359: Allocations and Declarations
10360: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10361: char *texsubexpr(), filename[1024]="\000", /* counter file */
1.3 albertel 10362: logfile[1024]="\000", tag[1024]="\000"; /*optional log file and tag*/
1.1 albertel 10363: subraster *rasterize(), *countersp=NULL; /* rasterized counter image */
10364: FILE /* *fp=NULL,*/ *logfp=NULL; /* counter and log file pointers */
1.2 albertel 10365: int status=0,rastreadfile(),rastwritefile(), /*read,write counter file*/
10366: isstrict = 1; /* true to only write to existing files */
1.3 albertel 10367: char text[MAXFILESZ] = "1_", /* only line in counter file without tags */
1.1 albertel 10368: *delim = NULL, /* delimiter in text */
1.2 albertel 10369: utext[128] = "1_", /* default delimiter */
1.1 albertel 10370: *udelim = utext+1; /* underscore delimiter */
1.2 albertel 10371: char *rasteditfilename(), /* edit log file name */
10372: *timestamp(), /* timestamp for logging */
10373: *dbltoa(); /* double to comma-separated ascii */
1.1 albertel 10374: int counter = 1, /* atoi(text) (after _ removed, if present) */
1.2 albertel 10375: value = 1, /* optional [value] argument */
10376: gotvalue = 0, /* set true if [value] supplied */
10377: isdelta = 0, /* set true if [+value] or [-value] is delta*/
1.1 albertel 10378: ordindex = (-1); /* ordinal[] index to append ordinal suffix */
10379: /*--- ordinal suffixes based on units digit of counter ---*/
10380: static char *ordinal[]={"th","st","nd","rd","th","th","th","th","th","th"};
10381: static char *logvars[]={"REMOTE_ADDR","HTTP_REFERER",NULL}; /* log vars*/
10382: static int commentvar = 1; /* logvars[commentvar] replaced by comment */
10383: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10384: first obtain optional [value][logfile] args immediately following \counter
10385: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10386: /* --- first check for optional \counter[value] --- */
10387: if ( *(*expression) == '[' ) /* check for []-enclosed value */
1.2 albertel 10388: { *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,text,1023,"[","]",0,0);
10389: if ( *text != '\000' ) /* got counter value (or logfile) */
1.3 albertel 10390: if ( strlen(text) >= 1 ) { /* and it's not an empty string */
1.2 albertel 10391: if ( isthischar(*text,"+-0123456789") ) /* check for leading +-digit */
10392: gotvalue = 1; /* signal we got optional value */
10393: else /* not +-digit, so must be logfile */
1.3 albertel 10394: strcpy(logfile,text); } /* so just copy it */
1.1 albertel 10395: } /* --- end-of-if(**expression=='[') --- */
10396: /* --- next check for optional \counter[][logfile] --- */
10397: if ( *(*expression) == '[' ) /* check for []-enclosed logfile */
10398: { *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,filename,1023,"[","]",0,0);
1.2 albertel 10399: if ( *filename != '\000' ) /* got logfile (or counter value) */
1.3 albertel 10400: if ( strlen(filename) >= 1 ) { /* and it's not an empty string */
1.2 albertel 10401: if ( !(isthischar(*text,"+-0123456789")) /* not a leading +-digit */
10402: || gotvalue ) /* or we already got counter value */
10403: strcpy(logfile,filename); /* so just copy it */
10404: else /* leading +-digit must be value */
10405: { strcpy(text,filename); /* copy value to text line */
1.3 albertel 10406: gotvalue = 1; } } /* and signal we got optional value*/
1.1 albertel 10407: } /* --- end-of-if(**expression=='[') --- */
1.2 albertel 10408: /* --- evaluate [value] if present --- */
10409: if ( gotvalue ) { /*leading +-digit should be in text*/
10410: if ( *text == '+' ) isdelta = (+1); /* signal adding */
10411: if ( *text == '-' ) isdelta = (-1); /* signal subtracting */
10412: value = (int)(strtod((isdelta==0?text:text+1),&udelim)+0.1); /*abs(value)*/
10413: if ( isdelta == (-1) ) value = (-value); /* set negative value if needed */
10414: counter = value; /* re-init counter */
10415: } /* --- end-of-if(gotvalue) --- */
1.1 albertel 10416: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10417: obtain counter {filename} argument
10418: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10419: /* --- parse for {filename} arg, and bump expression past it --- */
10420: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,filename,1023,"{","}",0,0);
10421: /* --- check for counter filename:tag --- */
10422: if ( *filename != '\000' ) /* got filename */
10423: if ( (delim=strchr(filename,':')) /* look for : in filename:tag */
10424: != (char *)NULL ) /* found it */
10425: { *delim = '\000'; /* null-terminate filename at : */
10426: strcpy(tag,delim+1); } /* and stuff after : is tag */
10427: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10428: Read and parse file, increment and rewrite counter (with optional underscore)
10429: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10430: if ( strlen(filename) > 1 ) /* make sure we got {filename} arg */
10431: {
10432: /* --- read and interpret first (and only) line from counter file --- */
1.2 albertel 10433: if ( !gotvalue || (isdelta!=0) ) /*if no [count] arg or if delta arg*/
10434: if ( (status=rastreadfile(filename,1,tag,text)) > 0 ) /*try reading file*/
10435: { char *vdelim = NULL; /* underscore delim from file */
10436: double fileval = strtod(text,&vdelim); /* value and delim from file */
10437: counter = (int)(fileval<0.0?fileval-0.1:fileval+0.1); /* integerized */
10438: counter += value; /* bump count by 1 or add/sub delta*/
10439: if ( !gotvalue ) udelim=vdelim; } /* default to file's current delim */
1.1 albertel 10440: /* --- check for ordinal suffix --- */
10441: if ( udelim != (char *)NULL ) /* have some delim after value */
10442: if ( *udelim == '_' ) /* underscore signals ordinal */
1.2 albertel 10443: { int abscount = (counter>=0?counter:(-counter)); /* abs(counter) */
10444: ordindex = abscount%10; /* least significant digit */
10445: if ( abscount >= 10 ) /* counter is 10 or greater */
10446: if ( (abscount/10)%10 == 1 ) /* and the last two are 10-19 */
1.1 albertel 10447: ordindex = 0; } /* use th for 11,12,13 rather than st,nd,rd */
10448: /* --- rewrite counter file --- */
1.2 albertel 10449: if ( status >= 0 ) /* file was read okay */
10450: { sprintf(text,"%d",counter); /*build image of incremented counter*/
10451: if ( ordindex >= 0 ) strcat(text,"_"); /* tack on _ */
10452: if ( *tag == '\000' ) strcat(text,"\n"); /* and newline */
10453: status = rastwritefile(filename,tag,text,isstrict); } /*rewrite counter*/
1.1 albertel 10454: } /* --- end-of-if(strlen(filename)>1) --- */
10455: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10456: log counter request
10457: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10458: if ( strlen(logfile) > 1 ) /* optional [logfile] given */
10459: {
10460: char comment[1024] = "\000", /* embedded comment, logfile:comment*/
10461: *commptr = strchr(logfile,':'); /* check for : signalling comment */
1.2 albertel 10462: int islogokay = 1; /* logfile must exist if isstrict */
1.1 albertel 10463: if ( commptr != NULL ) /* have embedded comment */
10464: { strcpy(comment,commptr+1); /* comment follows : */
10465: *commptr = '\000'; } /* null-terminate actual logfile */
1.2 albertel 10466: strcpy(logfile,rasteditfilename(logfile)); /* edit log file name */
10467: if ( *logfile == '\000' ) islogokay = 0; /* given an invalid file name */
10468: else if ( isstrict ) { /*okay, but only write if it exists*/
10469: if ( (logfp=fopen(logfile,"r")) == (FILE *)NULL ) /*doesn't already exist*/
10470: islogokay = 0; /* so don't write log file */
10471: else fclose(logfp); } /* close file opened for test read */
10472: if ( islogokay ) /* okay to write logfile */
10473: if ( (logfp = fopen(logfile,"a")) /* open logfile */
10474: != (FILE *)NULL ) { /* opened successfully for append */
10475: int ilog=0; /* logvars[] index */
10476: fprintf(logfp,"%s ",timestamp(TZDELTA,0)); /* first emit timestamp */
10477: if (*tag=='\000') fprintf(logfp,"%s",filename); /* emit counter filename */
10478: else fprintf(logfp,"<%s>",tag); /* or tag if we have one */
10479: fprintf(logfp,"=%d",counter); /* emit counter value */
10480: if ( status < 1 ) /* read or re-write failed */
10481: fprintf(logfp,"(%s %d)","error status",status); /* emit error */
10482: for ( ilog=0; logvars[ilog] != NULL; ilog++ ) /* log till end-of-table */
10483: if ( ilog == commentvar /* replace with comment... */
10484: && commptr != NULL ) /* ...if available */
10485: fprintf(logfp," %.256s",comment); /* log embedded comment */
10486: else
10487: { char *logval = getenv(logvars[ilog]); /*getenv(variable) to be logged*/
10488: fprintf(logfp," %.64s", /* log variable */
1.1 albertel 10489: (logval!=NULL?logval:"<unknown>")); } /* emit value or <unknown> */
1.2 albertel 10490: fprintf(logfp,"\n"); /* terminating newline */
10491: fclose(logfp); /* close logfile */
10492: } /* --- end-of-if(islogokay&&logfp!=NULL) --- */
1.1 albertel 10493: } /* --- end-of-if(strlen(logfile)>1) --- */
10494: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10495: construct counter expression and rasterize it
10496: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10497: /* --- construct expression --- */
10498: /*sprintf(text,"%d",counter);*/ /* start with counter */
1.2 albertel 10499: strcpy(text,dbltoa(((double)counter),0)); /* comma-separated counter value */
1.1 albertel 10500: if ( ordindex >= 0 ) /* need to tack on ordinal suffix */
10501: { strcat(text,"^{\\underline{\\rm~"); /* start with ^ and {\underline{\rm */
10502: strcat(text,ordinal[ordindex]); /* then st,nd,rd, or th */
10503: strcat(text,"}}"); } /* finish with }} */
10504: /* --- rasterize it --- */
10505: countersp = rasterize(text,size); /* rasterize counter subexpression */
10506: /* --- return counter image to caller --- */
10507: /*end_of_job:*/
10508: return ( countersp ); /* return counter image to caller */
10509: } /* --- end-of-function rastcounter() --- */
10510:
10511:
10512: /* ==========================================================================
1.2 albertel 10513: * Function: rasttoday ( expression, size, basesp, arg1, arg2, arg3 )
10514: * Purpose: handle \today
10515: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10516: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
10517: * string immediately following \today,
10518: * and returning ptr immediately
10519: * following last character processed.
10520: * size (I) int containing 0-5 default font size
10521: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
10522: * immediately preceding \today
10523: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
10524: * arg1 (I) int unused
10525: * arg2 (I) int unused
10526: * arg3 (I) int unused
10527: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10528: * Returns: ( subraster * ) subraster ptr to date stamp
10529: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10530: * Notes: o
10531: * ======================================================================= */
10532: /* --- entry point --- */
10533: subraster *rasttoday ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
10534: int arg1, int arg2, int arg3 )
10535: {
10536: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10537: Allocations and Declarations
10538: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10539: char *texsubexpr(), optarg[2050]; /* optional [+/-tzdelta,ifmt] args */
10540: char *timestamp(), *today=optarg; /* timestamp to be rasterized */
10541: subraster *rasterize(), *todaysp=NULL; /* rasterize timestamp */
10542: int ifmt=1, tzdelta=0; /* default timestamp() args */
10543: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10544: Get optional args \today[+/-tzdelta,ifmt]
10545: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10546: /* --- check for optional \today[+/-tzdelta,ifmt] --- */
10547: if ( *(*expression) == '[' ) /* check for []-enclosed value */
10548: { *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,optarg,2047,"[","]",0,0);
10549: if ( *optarg != '\000' ) /* got optional arg */
10550: { char *comma = strchr(optarg,','); /* comma between +/-tzdelta,ifmt */
10551: int iarg, nargs=(comma==NULL?1:2); /* #optional args between []'s */
10552: if ( comma != NULL ) *comma = '\000'; /* null-terminate first arg */
10553: for ( iarg=1; iarg<=nargs; iarg++ ) /* process one or both args */
10554: { char *arg = (iarg==1?optarg:comma+1); /* choose 1st or 2nd arg */
10555: if ( isthischar(*arg,"+-") ) /* leading +/- signals tzdelta */
10556: tzdelta = atoi(arg); /* so interpret arg as tzdelta */
10557: else ifmt = atoi(arg); } /* else interpret args as ifmt */
10558: } /* --- end-of-if(*optarg!='\0') --- */
10559: } /* --- end-of-if(**expression=='[') --- */
10560: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10561: Get timestamp and rasterize it
10562: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10563: strcpy(today,"\\text{"); /* rasterize timestamp as text */
10564: strcat(today,timestamp(tzdelta,ifmt)); /* get timestamp */
10565: strcat(today,"}"); /* terminate \text{} braces */
10566: todaysp = rasterize(today,size); /* rasterize timestamp */
10567: /* --- return timestamp raster to caller --- */
10568: /*end_of_job:*/
10569: return ( todaysp ); /* return timestamp to caller */
10570: } /* --- end-of-function rasttoday() --- */
10571:
10572:
10573: /* ==========================================================================
10574: * Function: rastcalendar ( expression, size, basesp, arg1, arg2, arg3 )
10575: * Purpose: handle \calendar
10576: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10577: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
10578: * string immediately following \calendar
10579: * and returning ptr immediately
10580: * following last character processed.
10581: * size (I) int containing 0-5 default font size
10582: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
10583: * immediately preceding \calendar
10584: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
10585: * arg1 (I) int unused
10586: * arg2 (I) int unused
10587: * arg3 (I) int unused
10588: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10589: * Returns: ( subraster * ) subraster ptr to rendered one-month calendar
10590: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10591: * Notes: o
10592: * ======================================================================= */
10593: /* --- entry point --- */
10594: subraster *rastcalendar ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
10595: int arg1, int arg2, int arg3 )
10596: {
10597: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10598: Allocations and Declarations
10599: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10600: char *texsubexpr(), optarg[2050]; /* optional [year,month] args */
10601: char *calendar(), *calstr=NULL; /* calendar to be rasterized */
10602: subraster *rasterize(), *calendarsp=NULL; /* rasterize calendar string */
10603: int year=0,month=0,day=0, argval=0; /* default calendar() args */
10604: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10605: Get optional args \today[+/-tzdelta,ifmt]
10606: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10607: /* --- check for optional \calendar[year,month] --- */
10608: if ( *(*expression) == '[' ) /* check for []-enclosed value */
10609: { *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,optarg,2047,"[","]",0,0);
10610: if ( *optarg != '\000' ) /* got optional arg */
10611: { char *comma = strchr(optarg,','), /* comma between year,month */
10612: *comma2 = NULL; /* second comma before day */
10613: int iarg, nargs=(comma==NULL?1:2); /* #optional args between []'s */
10614: if ( comma != NULL ) { *comma = '\000'; /*null-terminate first arg*/
10615: if ( (comma2=strchr(comma+1,',')) != NULL ) /* have third arg */
10616: { *comma2 = '\000'; nargs++; } } /* null-term 2nd arg, bump count */
10617: for ( iarg=1; iarg<=nargs; iarg++ ) /* process one or both args */
10618: { char *arg= (iarg==1?optarg:(iarg==2?comma+1:comma2+1)); /*get arg*/
10619: argval = atoi(arg); /* interpret arg as integer */
10620: if ( iarg < 3 ) /* first two args are month,year */
10621: {if ( argval>1972 && argval<2100 ) year = argval; /* year value */
10622: else if ( argval>=1 && argval<=12 ) month = argval;} /*or month*/
10623: else /* only 3rd arg can be day */
10624: if ( argval>=1 && argval<=31 ) day = argval; } /* day value */
10625: } /* --- end-of-if(*optarg!='\0') --- */
10626: } /* --- end-of-if(**expression=='[') --- */
10627: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10628: Get calendar string and rasterize it
10629: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10630: if ( msgfp!= NULL && msglevel>=9 )
10631: fprintf(msgfp,"rastcalendar> year=%d, month=%d, day=%d\n",
10632: year,month,day);
10633: calstr = calendar(year,month,day); /* get calendar string */
10634: calendarsp = rasterize(calstr,size); /* rasterize calendar string */
10635: /* --- return calendar raster to caller --- */
10636: /*end_of_job:*/
10637: return ( calendarsp ); /* return calendar to caller */
10638: } /* --- end-of-function rastcalendar() --- */
10639:
10640:
10641: /* ==========================================================================
1.1 albertel 10642: * Function: rastnoop ( expression, size, basesp, nargs, arg2, arg3 )
10643: * Purpose: no op -- flush \escape without error
10644: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10645: * Arguments: expression (I/O) char ** to first char of null-terminated
10646: * string immediately following \escape to be
10647: * flushed, and returning ptr immediately
10648: * following last character processed.
10649: * size (I) int containing 0-5 default font size
10650: * basesp (I) subraster * to character (or subexpression)
1.2 albertel 10651: * immediately preceding \escape
1.1 albertel 10652: * (unused, but passed for consistency)
10653: * nargs (I) int containing number of {}-args after
10654: * \escape to be flushed along with it
10655: * arg2 (I) int unused
10656: * arg3 (I) int unused
10657: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10658: * Returns: ( subraster * ) NULL subraster ptr
10659: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10660: * Notes: o
10661: * ======================================================================= */
10662: /* --- entry point --- */
10663: subraster *rastnoop ( char **expression, int size, subraster *basesp,
10664: int nargs, int arg2, int arg3 )
10665: {
10666: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10667: Allocations and Declarations
10668: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.3 albertel 10669: char *texsubexpr(), subexpr[MAXSUBXSZ+1]; /*dummy args eaten by \escape*/
1.1 albertel 10670: subraster *rasterize(), *noopsp=NULL; /* rasterize subexpr */
10671: /* --- flush accompanying args if necessary --- */
10672: if ( nargs != NOVALUE /* not unspecified */
10673: && nargs > 0 ) /* and args to be flushed */
10674: while ( --nargs >= 0 ) /* count down */
10675: *expression = texsubexpr(*expression,subexpr,0,"{","}",0,0); /*flush arg*/
10676: /* --- return null ptr to caller --- */
10677: /*end_of_job:*/
10678: return ( noopsp ); /* return NULL ptr to caller */
10679: } /* --- end-of-function rastnoop() --- */
10680:
10681:
10682: /* ==========================================================================
10683: * Function: rastopenfile ( filename, mode )
10684: * Purpose: Opens filename[.tex] in mode, returning FILE *
10685: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10686: * Arguments: filename (I/O) char * to null-terminated string containing
10687: * name of file to open (preceded by path
10688: * relative to mimetex executable)
10689: * If fopen() fails, .tex appeneded,
10690: * and returned if that fopen() succeeds
10691: * mode (I) char * to null-terminated string containing
10692: * fopen() mode
10693: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10694: * Returns: ( FILE * ) pointer to opened file, or NULL if error
10695: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10696: * Notes: o
10697: * ======================================================================= */
10698: /* --- entry point --- */
10699: FILE *rastopenfile ( char *filename, char *mode )
10700: {
10701: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10702: Allocations and Declarations
10703: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10704: FILE *fp = (FILE *)NULL /*,*fopen()*/; /*file pointer to opened filename*/
1.3 albertel 10705: char texfile[2050] = "\000", /* local, edited copy of filename */
1.2 albertel 10706: *rasteditfilename(), /* prepend pathprefix if necessary */
1.3 albertel 10707: amode[512] = "r"; /* test open mode if arg mode=NULL */
1.2 albertel 10708: int ismode = 0; /* true of mode!=NULL */
1.1 albertel 10709: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10710: Check mode and open file
10711: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.2 albertel 10712: /* --- edit filename --- */
1.3 albertel 10713: strncpy(texfile,rasteditfilename(filename),2047); /*edited copy of filename*/
10714: texfile[2047] = '\000'; /* make sure it's null terminated */
1.1 albertel 10715: /* --- check mode --- */
10716: if ( mode != (char *)NULL ) /* caller passed mode arg */
10717: if ( *mode != '\000' ) /* and it's not an empty string */
10718: { ismode = 1; /* so flip mode flag true */
1.3 albertel 10719: strncpy(amode,mode,254); /* and replace "r" with caller's */
10720: amode[254] = '\000'; /* make sure it's null terminated */
1.1 albertel 10721: compress(amode,' '); } /* remove embedded blanks */
10722: /* --- open filename or filename.tex --- */
10723: if ( strlen(texfile) > 1 ) /* make sure we got actual filename*/
10724: if ( (fp = fopen(texfile,amode)) /* try opening given filename */
10725: == NULL ) /* failed to open given filename */
10726: { strcpy(filename,texfile); /* signal possible filename error */
10727: strcat(texfile,".tex"); /* but first try adding .tex */
10728: if ( (fp = fopen(texfile,amode)) /* now try opening filename.tex */
10729: != NULL ) /* filename.tex succeeded */
10730: strcpy(filename,texfile); } /* replace caller's filename */
10731: /* --- close file if only opened to check name --- */
10732: if ( !ismode && fp!=NULL ) /* no mode, so just checking */
10733: fclose(fp); /* close file, fp signals success */
10734: /* --- return fp or NULL to caller --- */
10735: /*end_of_job:*/
10736: if ( msglevel>=9 && msgfp!=NULL ) /* debuging */
10737: { fprintf(msgfp,"rastopenfile> returning fopen(%s,%s) = %s\n",
10738: filename,amode,(fp==NULL?"NULL":"Okay")); fflush(msgfp); }
10739: return ( fp ); /* return fp or NULL to caller */
10740: } /* --- end-of-function rastopenfile() --- */
10741:
10742:
10743: /* ==========================================================================
1.2 albertel 10744: * Function: rasteditfilename ( filename )
10745: * Purpose: edits filename to remove security problems,
10746: * e.g., removes all ../'s and ..\'s.
10747: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10748: * Arguments: filename (I) char * to null-terminated string containing
10749: * name of file to be edited
10750: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10751: * Returns: ( char * ) pointer to edited filename,
10752: * or empty string "\000" if any problem
10753: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10754: * Notes: o
10755: * ======================================================================= */
10756: /* --- entry point --- */
10757: char *rasteditfilename ( char *filename )
10758: {
10759: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10760: Allocations and Declarations
10761: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.3 albertel 10762: static char editname[2050]; /*edited filename returned to caller*/
1.2 albertel 10763: char *strchange(); /* prepend pathprefix if necessary */
10764: int strreplace(), /* remove ../'s and ..\'s */
10765: isprefix = (*pathprefix=='\000'?0:1); /* true if paths have prefix */
10766: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10767: edit filename
10768: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10769: /* --- first check filename arg --- */
10770: *editname = '\000'; /* init edited name as empty string*/
10771: if ( filename == (char *)NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* no filename arg */
10772: if ( *filename == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* filename is an empty string */
10773: /* --- init edited filename --- */
10774: strcpy(editname,filename); /* init edited name as input name */
10775: compress(editname,' '); /* remove embedded blanks */
10776: /* --- remove leading or embedded ....'s --- */
10777: while ( strreplace(editname,"....",NULL,0) > 0 ) ; /* squeeze out ....'s */
10778: /* --- remove leading / and \ and dots (and blanks) --- */
10779: if ( *editname != '\000' ) /* still have chars in filename */
10780: while ( isthischar(*editname," ./\\") ) /* absolute paths invalid */
10781: strcpy(editname,editname+1); /* so flush leading / or \ (or ' ')*/
10782: if ( *editname == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* no chars left in filename */
10783: /* --- remove leading or embedded ../'s and ..\'s --- */
10784: while ( strreplace(editname,"../",NULL,0) > 0 ) ; /* squeeze out ../'s */
10785: while ( strreplace(editname,"..\\",NULL,0) > 0 ) ; /* and ..\'s */
10786: while ( strreplace(editname,"../",NULL,0) > 0 ) ; /* and ../'s again */
10787: /* --- prepend path prefix (if compiled with -DPATHPREFIX) --- */
10788: if ( isprefix && *editname!='\000' ) /* filename is preceded by prefix */
10789: strchange(0,editname,pathprefix); /* so prepend prefix */
10790: end_of_job:
10791: return ( editname ); /* back with edited filename */
10792: } /* --- end-of-function rasteditfilename() --- */
10793:
10794:
10795: /* ==========================================================================
10796: * Function: rastreadfile ( filename, islock, tag, value )
1.1 albertel 10797: * Purpose: Read filename, returning value as string
10798: * between <tag>...</tag> or entire file if tag=NULL passed.
10799: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10800: * Arguments: filename (I) char * to null-terminated string containing
10801: * name of file to read (preceded by path
10802: * relative to mimetex executable)
1.2 albertel 10803: * islock (I) int containing 1 to lock file while reading
10804: * (hopefully done by opening in "r+" mode)
1.1 albertel 10805: * tag (I) char * to null-terminated string containing
10806: * html-like tagname. File contents between
10807: * <tag> and </tag> will be returned, or
10808: * entire file if tag=NULL passed.
10809: * value (O) char * returning value between <tag>...</tag>
10810: * or entire file if tag=NULL.
10811: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10812: * Returns: ( int ) 1=okay, 0=some error
10813: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10814: * Notes: o
10815: * ======================================================================= */
10816: /* --- entry point --- */
1.2 albertel 10817: int rastreadfile ( char *filename, int islock, char *tag, char *value )
1.1 albertel 10818: {
10819: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10820: Allocations and Declarations
10821: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10822: FILE *fp = (FILE *)NULL, *rastopenfile(); /* pointer to opened filename */
1.3 albertel 10823: char texfile[1024] = "\000", /* local copy of input filename */
10824: text[MAXLINESZ+1]; /* line from input file */
10825: char *tagp, tag1[1024], tag2[1024]; /* left <tag> and right <tag/> */
10826: int vallen=0, maxvallen=MAXFILESZ; /* #chars in value, max allowed */
1.2 albertel 10827: int status = (-1); /* status returned, 1=okay */
1.1 albertel 10828: int tagnum = 0; /* tag we're looking for */
1.2 albertel 10829: /*int islock = 1;*/ /* true to lock file */
1.1 albertel 10830: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10831: Open file
10832: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10833: /* --- first check output arg --- */
10834: if ( value == (char *)NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* no output buffer supplied */
10835: *value = '\000'; /* init buffer with empty string */
10836: /* --- open filename or filename.tex --- */
10837: if ( filename != (char *)NULL ) /* make sure we got filename arg */
1.3 albertel 10838: { strncpy(texfile,filename,1023); /* local copy of filename */
10839: texfile[1023] = '\000'; /* make sure it's null terminated */
1.2 albertel 10840: fp = rastopenfile(texfile,(islock?"r+":"r")); } /* try opening it */
1.1 albertel 10841: /* --- check that file opened --- */
10842: if ( fp == (FILE *)NULL ) /* failed to open file */
10843: { sprintf(value,"{\\normalsize\\rm[file %s?]}",texfile);
10844: goto end_of_job; } /* return error message to caller */
1.2 albertel 10845: status = 0; /* file opened successfully */
10846: if ( islock ) rewind(fp); /* start at beginning of file */
1.1 albertel 10847: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10848: construct <tag>'s
10849: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10850: if ( tag != (char *)NULL ) /* caller passed tag arg */
10851: if ( *tag != '\000' ) /* and it's not an empty string */
10852: { strcpy(tag1,"<"); strcpy(tag2,"</"); /* begin with < and </ */
10853: strcat(tag1,tag); strcat(tag2,tag); /* followed by caller's tag */
10854: strcat(tag1,">"); strcat(tag2,">"); /* ending both tags with > */
10855: compress(tag1,' '); compress(tag2,' '); /* remove embedded blanks */
10856: tagnum = 1; } /* signal that we have tag */
10857: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10858: Read file, concatnate lines
10859: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.3 albertel 10860: while ( fgets(text,MAXLINESZ-1,fp) != (char *)NULL ) { /*read input till eof*/
1.1 albertel 10861: switch ( tagnum ) { /* look for left- or right-tag */
1.2 albertel 10862: case 0: status = 1; break; /* no tag to look for */
1.1 albertel 10863: case 1: /* looking for opening left <tag> */
10864: if ( (tagp=strstr(text,tag1)) == NULL ) break; /*haven't found it yet*/
10865: strcpy(text,tagp+strlen(tag1)); /* shift out preceding text */
10866: tagnum = 2; /*now looking for closing right tag*/
10867: case 2: /* looking for closing right </tag> */
10868: if ( (tagp=strstr(text,tag2)) == NULL ) break; /*haven't found it yet*/
10869: *tagp = '\000'; /* terminate line at tag */
10870: tagnum = 3; /* done after this line */
1.2 albertel 10871: status = 1; /* successfully read tag */
1.1 albertel 10872: break;
10873: } /* ---end-of-switch(tagnum) --- */
10874: if ( tagnum != 1 ) { /* no tag or left tag already found*/
10875: int textlen = strlen(text); /* #chars in current line */
10876: if ( vallen+textlen > maxvallen ) break; /* quit before overflow */
10877: strcat(value,text); /* concat line to end of value */
10878: vallen += textlen; /* bump length */
10879: if ( tagnum > 2 ) break; } /* found right tag, so we're done */
10880: } /* --- end-of-while(fgets()!=NULL) --- */
10881: if ( tagnum<1 || tagnum>2 ) status=1; /* okay if no tag or we found tag */
10882: fclose ( fp ); /* close input file after reading */
10883: /* --- return value and status to caller --- */
10884: end_of_job:
10885: return ( status ); /* return status to caller */
10886: } /* --- end-of-function rastreadfile() --- */
10887:
10888:
10889: /* ==========================================================================
10890: * Function: rastwritefile ( filename, tag, value, isstrict )
10891: * Purpose: Re/writes filename, replacing string between <tag>...</tag>
10892: * with value, or writing entire file as value if tag=NULL.
10893: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10894: * Arguments: filename (I) char * to null-terminated string containing
10895: * name of file to write (preceded by path
10896: * relative to mimetex executable)
10897: * tag (I) char * to null-terminated string containing
10898: * html-like tagname. File contents between
10899: * <tag> and </tag> will be replaced, or
10900: * entire file written if tag=NULL passed.
10901: * value (I) char * containing string replacing value
10902: * between <tag>...</tag> or replacing entire
10903: * file if tag=NULL.
10904: * isstrict (I) int containing 1 to only rewrite existing
10905: * files, or 0 to create new file if necessary.
10906: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10907: * Returns: ( int ) 1=okay, 0=some error
10908: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10909: * Notes: o
10910: * ======================================================================= */
10911: /* --- entry point --- */
10912: int rastwritefile( char *filename, char *tag, char *value, int isstrict )
10913: {
10914: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
10915: Allocations and Declarations
10916: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10917: FILE *fp = (FILE *)NULL, *rastopenfile(); /* pointer to opened filename */
1.3 albertel 10918: char texfile[1024] = "\000", /* local copy of input filename */
10919: filebuff[MAXFILESZ+1] = "\000", /* entire contents of file */
10920: tag1[1024], tag2[1024], /* left <tag> and right <tag/> */
1.1 albertel 10921: *strchange(), /* put value between <tag>...</tag>*/
10922: *timestamp(); /* log modification time */
10923: int istag=0, rastreadfile(), /* read file if tag!=NULL */
10924: /*isstrict = (seclevel>5? 1:0),*/ /*true only writes existing files*/
10925: isnewfile = 0, /* true if writing new file */
10926: status = 0; /* status returned, 1=okay */
1.2 albertel 10927: int istimestamp = 0; /* true to update <timestamp> tag */
1.1 albertel 10928: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10929: check args
10930: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10931: /* --- check filename and value --- */
10932: if ( filename == (char *)NULL /* quit if no filename arg supplied*/
10933: || value == (char *)NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* or no value arg supplied */
10934: if ( strlen(filename) < 2 /* quit if unreasonable filename */
10935: || *value == '\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* or empty value string supplied */
10936: /* --- establish filename[.tex] --- */
1.3 albertel 10937: strncpy(texfile,filename,1023); /* local copy of input filename */
10938: texfile[1023] = '\000'; /* make sure it's null terminated */
1.1 albertel 10939: if ( rastopenfile(texfile,NULL) /* unchanged or .tex appended */
10940: == (FILE *)NULL ) /* can't open, so write new file */
10941: { if ( isstrict ) goto end_of_job; /* fail if new files not permitted */
10942: isnewfile = 1; } /* signal we're writing new file */
10943: /* --- check whether tag supplied by caller --- */
10944: if ( tag != (char *)NULL ) /* caller passed tag argument */
10945: if ( *tag != '\000' ) /* and it's not an empty string */
10946: { istag = 1; /* so flip tag flag true */
10947: strcpy(tag1,"<"); strcpy(tag2,"</"); /* begin tags with < and </ */
10948: strcat(tag1,tag); strcat(tag2,tag); /* followed by caller's tag */
10949: strcat(tag1,">"); strcat(tag2,">"); /* ending both tags with > */
10950: compress(tag1,' '); compress(tag2,' '); } /* remove embedded blanks */
10951: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10952: read existing file if just rewriting a single tag
10953: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10954: /* --- read original file if only replacing a tag within it --- */
10955: *filebuff = '\000'; /* init as empty file */
10956: if ( !isnewfile ) /* if file already exists */
10957: if ( istag ) /* and just rewriting one tag */
1.2 albertel 10958: if ( rastreadfile(texfile,1,NULL,filebuff) /* read entire existing file */
10959: <= 0 ) goto end_of_job; /* signal error if failed to read */
1.1 albertel 10960: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
10961: construct new file data if needed (entire file replaced by value if no tag)
10962: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
10963: if ( istag ) /* only replacing tag in file */
10964: {
10965: /* --- find <tag> and </tag> in file --- */
10966: int tlen1=strlen(tag1), tlen2=strlen(tag2), flen; /*tag,buff lengths*/
10967: char *tagp1 = (isnewfile? NULL:strstr(filebuff,tag1)), /* <tag> in file*/
10968: *tagp2 = (isnewfile? NULL:strstr(filebuff,tag2)); /*</tag> in file*/
10969: /* --- if adding new <tag> just concatanate at end of file --- */
10970: if ( tagp1 == (char *)NULL ) /* add new tag to file */
10971: {
10972: /* --- preprocess filebuff --- */
10973: if ( tagp2 != (char *)NULL ) /* apparently have ...</tag> */
10974: strcpy(filebuff,tagp2+tlen2); /* so get rid of leading ...</tag> */
10975: if ( (flen = strlen(filebuff)) /* #chars currently in buffer */
10976: > 0 ) /* we have non-empty buffer */
10977: if (!isthischar(*(filebuff+flen-1),"\n\r")) /*no newline at end of file*/
10978: if(0)strcat(filebuff,"\n"); /* so add one before new tag */
10979: /* --- add new tag --- */
10980: strcat(filebuff,tag1); /* add opening <tag> */
10981: strcat(filebuff,value); /* then value */
10982: strcat(filebuff,tag2); /* finally closing </tag> */
10983: strcat(filebuff,"\n"); /* newline at end of file */
10984: } /* --- end-of-if(tagp1==NULL) --- */
10985: else /* found existing opening <tag> */
10986: {
10987: if ( tagp2 == NULL ) /* apparently have <tag>... */
10988: { *(tagp1+tlen1) = '\000'; /* so get rid of trailing ... */
10989: strcat(filebuff,value); /* then concatanate value */
10990: strcat(filebuff,tag2); } /* and finally closing </tag> */
10991: else /* else have <tag>...<tag/> */
10992: if ( (flen=((int)(tagp2-tagp1))-tlen1) /* len of .'s in <tag>...</tag> */
10993: >= 0 ) /* usually <tag> precedes </tag> */
10994: strchange(flen,tagp1+tlen1,value); /* change ...'s to value */
10995: else /* weirdly, </tag> precedes <tag> */
1.3 albertel 10996: { char fbuff[4096]; /* field buff for <tag>value</tag> */
1.1 albertel 10997: if ( (flen = ((int)(tagp1-tagp2))+tlen1) /* strlen(</tag>...<tag>) */
10998: <= 0 ) goto end_of_job; /* must be internal error */
10999: strcpy(fbuff,tag1); /* set opening <tag> */
11000: strcat(fbuff,value); /* then value */
11001: strcat(fbuff,tag2); /* finally closing </tag> */
11002: strchange(flen,tagp2,fbuff); } /* replace original </tag>...<tag> */
11003: } /* --- end-of-if/else(tagp1==NULL) --- */
11004: } /* --- end-of-if(istag) --- */
11005: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11006: rewrite file and return to caller
11007: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11008: /* --- first open file for write --- */
11009: if ( (fp=rastopenfile(texfile,"w")) /* open for write */
11010: == (FILE *)NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* signal error if can't open */
11011: /* --- rewrite and close file --- */
11012: if ( fputs((istag?filebuff:value),fp) /* write filebuff or value */
11013: != EOF ) status = 1; /* signal success if succeeded */
11014: fclose ( fp ); /* close output file after writing */
11015: /* --- modify timestamp --- */
1.2 albertel 11016: if ( status > 0 ) /*forget timestamp if write failed*/
11017: if ( istimestamp ) /* if we're updating timestamp */
11018: if ( istag ) /* only log time in tagged file */
11019: if ( strstr(tag,"timestamp") == (char *)NULL ) /* but avoid recursion */
11020: { char fbuff[2048]; /* field buff <timestamp> value */
11021: strcpy(fbuff,tag); /* tag modified */
11022: strcat(fbuff," modified at "); /* spacer */
11023: strcat(fbuff,timestamp(TZDELTA,0)); /* start with timestamp */
11024: status = rastwritefile(filename,"timestamp",fbuff,1); }
1.1 albertel 11025: /* --- return status to caller --- */
11026: end_of_job:
11027: return ( status ); /* return status to caller */
11028: } /* --- end-of-function rastwritefile() --- */
11029:
11030:
11031: /* ==========================================================================
1.2 albertel 11032: * Function: calendar ( year, month, day )
11033: * Purpose: returns null-terminated character string containing
11034: * \begin{array}...\end{array} for the one-month calendar
11035: * specified by year=1973...2099 and month=1...12.
11036: * If either arg out-of-range, today's value is used.
11037: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11038: * Arguments: year (I) int containing 1973...2099 or 0 for current
11039: * year
11040: * month (I) int containing 1...12 or 0 for current month
11041: * day (I) int containing day to emphasize or 0
11042: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11043: * Returns: ( char * ) char ptr to null-terminated buffer
11044: * containing \begin{array}...\end{array}
11045: * string that will render calendar for
11046: * requested month, or NULL for any error.
11047: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11048: * Notes: o
11049: * ======================================================================= */
11050: /* --- entry point --- */
11051: char *calendar( int year, int month, int day )
11052: {
11053: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11054: Allocations and Declarations
11055: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11056: static char calbuff[4096]; /* calendar returned to caller */
11057: time_t time_val = (time_t)(0); /* binary value returned by time() */
11058: struct tm *tmstruct=(struct tm *)NULL, *localtime(); /* interpret time_val */
11059: int yy=0, mm=0, dd=0; /* today (emphasize today's dd) */
11060: int idd=1, iday=0, daynumber(); /* day-of-week for idd=1...31 */
11061: char aval[64]; /* ascii day or 4-digit year */
11062: /* --- calendar data --- */
11063: static char *monthnames[] = { "?", "January", "February", "March", "April",
11064: "May", "June", "July", "August", "September", "October",
11065: "November", "December", "?" } ;
11066: static int modays[] =
11067: { 0, 31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 0 };
11068: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11069: initialization
11070: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11071: /* --- get current date/time --- */
11072: time((time_t *)(&time_val)); /* get date and time */
11073: tmstruct = localtime((time_t *)(&time_val)); /* interpret time_val */
11074: yy = 1900 + (int)(tmstruct->tm_year); /* current four-digit year */
11075: mm = 1 + (int)(tmstruct->tm_mon); /* current month, 1-12 */
11076: dd = (int)(tmstruct->tm_mday); /* current day, 1-31 */
11077: /* --- check args --- */
11078: if ( year<1973 || year>2099 ) year = yy; /* current year if out-of-bounds */
11079: if ( month<1 || month>12 ) month = mm; /* current month if out-of-bounds */
11080: if ( month==mm && year==yy && day==0 ) /* current month and default day */
11081: day = dd; /* emphasize current day */
11082: modays[2] = (year%4==0?29:28); /* Feb has 29 days in leap years */
11083: /* --- initialize calendar string --- */
11084: strcpy(calbuff,"{\\begin{gather}"); /* center `month year` above cal */
11085: strcat(calbuff,"\\small\\text{"); /* month set in roman */
11086: strcat(calbuff,monthnames[month]); /* insert month name */
11087: strcat(calbuff," }"); /* add a space */
11088: sprintf(aval,"%d",year); /* convert year to ascii */
11089: strcat(calbuff,aval); /* add year */
11090: strcat(calbuff,"\\\\"); /* end top row */
11091: strcat(calbuff, /* now begin calendar arrayr */
11092: "\\begin{array}{|c|c|c|c|c|c|c|CCCCCC} \\hline"
11093: "\\tiny\\text{Sun} & \\tiny\\text{Mon} & \\tiny\\text{Tue} &"
11094: "\\tiny\\text{Wed} & \\tiny\\text{Thu} & \\tiny\\text{Fri} &"
11095: "\\tiny\\text{Sat} \\\\ \\hline " );
11096: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11097: generate calendar
11098: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11099: for ( idd=1; idd<=modays[month]; idd++ ) /* run through days of month */
11100: {
11101: /* --- get day-of-week for this day --- */
11102: iday = 1 + (daynumber(year,month,idd)%7); /* 1=Monday...7=Sunday */
11103: if ( iday == 7 ) iday = 0; /* now 0=Sunday...6=Saturday */
11104: /* --- may need empty cells at beginning of month --- */
11105: if ( idd == 1 ) /* first day of month */
11106: if ( iday > 0 ) /* need to skip cells */
11107: { strcpy(aval,"\\ &\\ &\\ &\\ &\\ &\\ &\\ &\\ &\\ &\\"); /*cells to skip*/
11108: aval[3*iday] = '\000'; /*skip cells preceding 1st of month*/
11109: strcat(calbuff,aval); } /* add skip string to buffer */
11110: /* --- add idd to current cell --- */
11111: sprintf(aval,"%d",idd); /* convert idd to ascii */
11112: if ( idd == day /* emphasize today's date */
11113: /*&& month==mm && year==yy*/ ) /* only if this month's calendar */
11114: { strcat(calbuff,"{\\fs{-1}\\left\\langle "); /*emphasize, 1 size smaller*/
11115: strcat(calbuff,aval); /* put in idd */
11116: strcat(calbuff,"\\right\\rangle}"); } /* finish emphasis */
11117: else /* not today's date */
11118: strcat(calbuff,aval); /* so just put in idd */
11119: /* --- terminate cell --- */
1.3 albertel 11120: if ( idd < modays[month] ) { /* not yet end-of-month */
1.2 albertel 11121: if ( iday < 6 ) /* still have days left in week */
11122: strcat(calbuff,"&"); /* new cell in same week */
11123: else /* reached end-of-week */
1.3 albertel 11124: strcat(calbuff,"\\\\ \\hline"); } /* so start new week */
1.2 albertel 11125: } /* --- end-of-for(idd) --- */
11126: strcat(calbuff,"\\\\ \\hline"); /* final underline at end-of-month */
11127: /* --- return calendar to caller --- */
11128: strcat(calbuff,"\\end{array}\\end{gather}}"); /* terminate array */
11129: return ( calbuff ); /* back to caller with calendar */
11130: } /* --- end-of-function calendar() --- */
11131:
11132:
11133: /* ==========================================================================
11134: * Function: timestamp ( tzdelta, ifmt )
1.1 albertel 11135: * Purpose: returns null-terminated character string containing
11136: * current date:time stamp as ccyy-mm-dd:hh:mm:ss{am,pm}
11137: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.2 albertel 11138: * Arguments: tzdelta (I) integer, positive or negative, containing
11139: * containing number of hours to be added or
11140: * subtracted from system time (to accommodate
11141: * your desired time zone).
11142: * ifmt (I) integer containing 0 for default format
1.1 albertel 11143: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11144: * Returns: ( char * ) ptr to null-terminated buffer
11145: * containing current date:time stamp
11146: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11147: * Notes: o
11148: * ======================================================================= */
11149: /* --- entry point --- */
1.2 albertel 11150: char *timestamp( int tzdelta, int ifmt )
1.1 albertel 11151: {
11152: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11153: Allocations and Declarations
11154: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.2 albertel 11155: static char timebuff[256]; /* date:time buffer back to caller */
1.1 albertel 11156: /*long time_val = 0L;*/ /* binary value returned by time() */
11157: time_t time_val = (time_t)(0); /* binary value returned by time() */
11158: struct tm *tmstruct=(struct tm *)NULL, *localtime(); /* interpret time_val */
1.2 albertel 11159: int year=0, hour=0,ispm=1, /* adjust year, and set am/pm hour */
11160: month=0, day=0; /* adjust day and month for delta */
11161: int tzadjust(); /* time zone adjustment function */
11162: int daynumber(); /* #days since Jan 1, 1973 */
11163: static char *daynames[] = { "Monday", "Tuesday", "Wednesday",
11164: "Thursday", "Friday", "Saturday", "Sunday" } ;
11165: static char *monthnames[] = { "?", "January", "February", "March", "April",
11166: "May", "June", "July", "August", "September", "October",
11167: "November", "December", "?" } ;
1.1 albertel 11168: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11169: get current date:time, adjust values, and and format stamp
11170: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.2 albertel 11171: /* --- first init returned timebuff in case of any error --- */
11172: *timebuff = '\000';
1.1 albertel 11173: /* --- get current date:time --- */
11174: time((time_t *)(&time_val)); /* get date and time */
11175: tmstruct = localtime((time_t *)(&time_val)); /* interpret time_val */
1.2 albertel 11176: /* --- extract fields --- */
11177: year = (int)(tmstruct->tm_year); /* local copy of year, 0=1900 */
11178: month = (int)(tmstruct->tm_mon) + 1; /* local copy of month, 1-12 */
11179: day = (int)(tmstruct->tm_mday); /* local copy of day, 1-31 */
11180: hour = (int)(tmstruct->tm_hour); /* local copy of hour, 0-23 */
11181: /* --- adjust year --- */
1.1 albertel 11182: year += 1900; /* set century in year */
1.2 albertel 11183: /* --- adjust for timezone --- */
11184: tzadjust(tzdelta,&year,&month,&day,&hour);
11185: /* --- check params --- */
11186: if ( hour<0 || hour>23
11187: || day<1 || day>31
11188: || month<1 || month>12
11189: || year<1973 ) goto end_of_job;
11190: /* --- adjust hour for am/pm --- */
11191: switch ( ifmt )
11192: {
11193: default:
11194: case 0:
11195: if ( hour < 12 ) /* am check */
11196: { ispm=0; /* reset pm flag */
11197: if ( hour == 0 ) hour = 12; } /* set 00hrs = 12am */
11198: if ( hour > 12 ) hour -= 12; /* pm check sets 13hrs to 1pm, etc */
11199: break;
11200: } /* --- end-of-switch(ifmt) --- */
1.1 albertel 11201: /* --- format date:time stamp --- */
1.2 albertel 11202: switch ( ifmt )
11203: {
11204: default:
11205: case 0: /* --- 2005-03-05:11:49:59am --- */
11206: sprintf(timebuff,"%04d-%02d-%02d:%02d:%02d:%02d%s", year,month,day,
11207: hour,(int)(tmstruct->tm_min),(int)(tmstruct->tm_sec),((ispm)?"pm":"am"));
11208: break;
11209: case 1: /* --- Saturday, March 5, 2005 --- */
11210: sprintf(timebuff,"%s, %s %d, %d",
11211: daynames[daynumber(year,month,day)%7],monthnames[month],day,year);
11212: break;
11213: case 2: /* --- Saturday, March 5, 2005, 11:49:59am --- */
11214: sprintf(timebuff,"%s, %s %d, %d, %d:%02d:%02d%s",
11215: daynames[daynumber(year,month,day)%7],monthnames[month],day,year,
11216: hour,(int)(tmstruct->tm_min),(int)(tmstruct->tm_sec),((ispm)?"pm":"am"));
11217: break;
11218: case 3: /* --- 11:49:59am --- */
11219: sprintf(timebuff,"%d:%02d:%02d%s",
11220: hour,(int)(tmstruct->tm_min),(int)(tmstruct->tm_sec),((ispm)?"pm":"am"));
11221: break;
11222: } /* --- end-of-switch(ifmt) --- */
11223: end_of_job:
11224: return ( timebuff ); /* return stamp to caller */
1.1 albertel 11225: } /* --- end-of-function timestamp() --- */
11226:
11227:
11228: /* ==========================================================================
1.2 albertel 11229: * Function: tzadjust ( tzdelta, year, month, day, hour )
11230: * Purpose: Adjusts hour, and day,month,year if necessary,
11231: * by delta increment to accommodate your time zone.
11232: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11233: * Arguments: tzdelta (I) integer, positive or negative, containing
11234: * containing number of hours to be added or
11235: * subtracted from given time (to accommodate
11236: * your desired time zone).
11237: * year (I) addr of int containing 4-digit year
11238: * month (I) addr of int containing month 1=Jan - 12=Dec.
11239: * day (I) addr of int containing day 1-31 for Jan.
11240: * hour (I) addr of int containing hour 0-23
11241: * Returns: ( int ) 1 for success, or 0 for error
11242: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11243: * Notes: o
11244: * ======================================================================= */
11245: /* --- entry point --- */
11246: int tzadjust ( int tzdelta, int *year, int *month, int *day, int *hour )
11247: {
11248: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11249: Allocations and Declarations
11250: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11251: int yy = *year, mm = *month, dd = *day, hh = *hour; /*dereference args*/
11252: /* --- calendar data --- */
11253: static int modays[] =
11254: { 0, 31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 0 };
11255: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11256: check args
11257: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11258: if ( mm<1 || mm>12 ) return(-1); /* bad month */
11259: if ( dd<1 || dd>modays[mm] ) return(-1); /* bad day */
11260: if ( hh<0 || hh>23 ) return(-1); /* bad hour */
11261: if ( tzdelta>23 || tzdelta<(-23) ) return(-1); /* bad tzdelta */
11262: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11263: make adjustments
11264: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11265: /* --- adjust hour --- */
11266: hh += tzdelta; /* apply caller's delta */
11267: /* --- adjust for feb 29 --- */
11268: modays[2] = (yy%4==0?29:28); /* Feb has 29 days in leap years */
11269: /* --- adjust day --- */
11270: if ( hh < 0 ) /* went to preceding day */
11271: { dd--; hh += 24; }
11272: if ( hh > 23 ) /* went to next day */
11273: { dd++; hh -= 24; }
11274: /* --- adjust month --- */
11275: if ( dd < 1 ) /* went to preceding month */
11276: { mm--; dd = modays[mm]; }
11277: if ( dd > modays[mm] ) /* went to next month */
11278: { mm++; dd = 1; }
11279: /* --- adjust year --- */
11280: if ( mm < 1 ) /* went to preceding year */
11281: { yy--; mm = 12; dd = modays[mm]; }
11282: if ( mm > 12 ) /* went to next year */
11283: { yy++; mm = 1; dd = 1; }
11284: /* --- back to caller --- */
11285: *year=yy; *month=mm; *day=dd; *hour=hh; /* reset adjusted args */
11286: return ( 1 );
11287: } /* --- end-of-function tzadjust() --- */
11288:
11289:
11290: /* ==========================================================================
11291: * Function: daynumber ( year, month, day )
11292: * Purpose: Returns number of actual calendar days from Jan 1, 1973
11293: * to the given date (e.g., bvdaynumber(1974,1,1)=365).
11294: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11295: * Arguments: year (I) int containing year -- may be either 1995 or
11296: * 95, or may be either 2010 or 110 for those
11297: * years.
11298: * month (I) int containing month, 1=Jan thru 12=Dec.
11299: * day (I) int containing day of month, 1-31 for Jan, etc.
11300: * Returns: ( int ) Number of days from Jan 1, 1973 to given date,
11301: * or -1 for error (e.g., year<1973).
11302: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11303: * Notes: o
11304: * ======================================================================= */
11305: /* --- entry point --- */
11306: int daynumber ( int year, int month, int day )
11307: {
11308: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11309: Allocations and Declarations
11310: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11311: /* --- returned value (note: returned as a default "int") --- */
11312: int ndays; /* #days since jan 1, year0 */
11313: /* --- initial conditions --- */
11314: static int year0 = 73, /* jan 1 was a monday, 72 was a leap */
11315: days4yrs = 1461, /* #days in 4 yrs = 365*4 + 1 */
11316: days1yr = 365;
11317: /* --- table of accumulated days per month (last index not used) --- */
11318: static int modays[] =
11319: { 0, 31, 59, 90, 120, 151, 181, 212, 243, 273, 304, 334, 365 };
11320: /* --- variables for #days since day0 --- */
11321: int nyears, nfouryrs; /*#years, #4-yr periods since year0*/
11322: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11323: Check input
11324: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11325: if ( month < 1 || month > 12 ) /*month used as index, so must be ok*/
11326: return ( -1 ); /* otherwise, forget it */
11327: if ( year >= 1900 ) year -= 1900; /*use two-digit years (3 after 2000)*/
11328: /* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11329: Find #days since jan 1, 1973
11330: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11331: /* --- figure #complete 4-year periods and #remaining yrs till current --- */
11332: nyears = year - year0; /* #years since year0 */
11333: if ( nyears < 0 ) return ( -1 ); /* we're not working backwards */
11334: nfouryrs = nyears/4; /* #complete four-year periods */
11335: nyears -= (4*nfouryrs); /* remainder excluding current year*/
11336: /* --- #days from jan 1, year0 till jan 1, this year --- */
11337: ndays = (days4yrs*nfouryrs) /* #days in 4-yr periods */
11338: + (days1yr*nyears); /* +remaining days */
11339: /*if ( year > 100 ) ndays--;*/ /* subtract leap year for 2000AD */
11340: /* --- add #days within current year --- */
11341: ndays += (modays[month-1] + (day-1));
11342: /* --- may need an extra day if current year is a leap year --- */
11343: if ( nyears == 3 ) /*three preceding yrs so this is 4th*/
11344: { if ( month > 2 ) /* past feb so need an extra day */
11345: /*if ( year != 100 )*/ /* unless it's 2000AD */
11346: ndays++; } /* so add it in */
11347: return ( (int)(ndays) ); /* #days back to caller */
11348: } /* --- end-of-function daynumber() --- */
11349:
11350:
11351: /* ==========================================================================
11352: * Function: dbltoa ( dblval, npts )
1.1 albertel 11353: * Purpose: Converts double to ascii, in financial format
11354: * (e.g., comma-separated and negatives enclosed in ()'s).
11355: * -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11356: * Arguments: dblval (I) double containing value to be converted.
11357: * npts (I) int containing #places after decimal point
11358: * to be displayed in returned string.
11359: * Returns: ( char * ) null-terminated string containing
11360: * double converted to financial format.
11361: * -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11362: * Notes: o
11363: * ======================================================================= */
11364: /* --- entry point --- */
1.2 albertel 11365: char *dbltoa ( double dblval, int npts )
11366: /* double dblval;
11367: int npts; */
1.1 albertel 11368: {
11369: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11370: Allocations and Declarations
11371: ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.3 albertel 11372: static char finval[256]; /* buffer returned to caller */
1.1 albertel 11373: static char digittbl[32]="0123456789*"; /* table of ascii decimal digits */
11374: char *finptr = finval; /* ptr to next char being converted*/
11375: double floor(); /* integer which is glb(double) */
11376: double dbldigit; /* to shift out digits from dblval */
11377: int digit; /* one digit from dblval */
11378: int isneg = 0; /* reset true if dblval negative */
11379: int ifrac = 0; /* npts fractional digits of dblval*/
11380: char digits[64]; int ndigits=0; /* all the digits [0]=least signif */
11381: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11382: Check sign
11383: ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11384: if ( dblval < 0.0 ) /* got a negative value to convert */
11385: { isneg=1; dblval=(-dblval); } /* set flag and make it positive */
11386: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11387: Get fractional part of dblval if required
11388: ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11389: if ( npts > 0 )
11390: { int ipts = npts; /* loop index */
11391: dbldigit = dblval-floor(dblval); /* fractional part as double */
11392: digit = 1; /* check if rounded frac > 1 */
11393: while ( --ipts >= 0 ) /* count down */
11394: { dbldigit *= 10.0; /* shift left one digit at a time */
11395: digit *= 10; } /* and keep max up-to-date */
11396: ifrac = (int)(dbldigit + 0.5); /* store fractional part as integer*/
11397: if ( ifrac >= digit ) /* round to next whole number */
11398: { dblval++; ifrac=0; } /* bump val, reset frac to zero */
11399: } /* --- end-of-if(npts>0) --- */
11400: else dblval += 0.5; /* no frac, round to nearest whole */
11401: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11402: Get whole digits
11403: ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11404: dblval = floor(dblval); /* get rid of fractional part */
11405: while ( dblval > 0.0 ) /* still have data digits remaining*/
11406: { dbldigit = floor(dblval/10.0); /* shift out next digit */
11407: digit = (int)(dblval - 10.0*dbldigit + 0.01); /* least signif digit */
11408: if ( digit<0 || digit>9 ) digit=10; /* index check */
11409: digits[ndigits++] = digittbl[digit]; /* store ascii digit */
11410: dblval = dbldigit; } /* ready for next digit */
11411: if ( ndigits < 1 ) digits[ndigits++] = '0'; /* store a single '0' for 0.0 */
11412: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11413: Format whole part from digits[] array
11414: ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11415: if ( isneg ) *finptr++ = '('; /* leading paren for negative value*/
11416: for ( digit=ndigits-1; digit>=0; digit-- ) /* start with most significant */
11417: { *finptr++ = digits[digit]; /* store digit */
11418: if ( digit>0 && digit%3==0 ) /* need a comma */
11419: *finptr++ = ','; } /* put in separating comma */
11420: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11421: Format fractional part using ifrac
11422: ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11423: if ( npts > 0 )
11424: { *finptr++ = '.'; /* start with decimal point */
11425: sprintf(finptr,"%0*d",npts,ifrac); /* convert to string */
11426: finptr += npts; } /* bump ptr past fractional digits */
11427: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11428: End-of-Job
11429: ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11430: if ( isneg ) *finptr++ = ')'; /*trailing paren for negative value*/
11431: *finptr = '\000'; /* null-terminate converted double */
11432: return ( finval ); /* converted double back to caller */
1.2 albertel 11433: } /* --- end-of-function dbltoa() --- */
1.1 albertel 11434:
11435:
11436: /* ==========================================================================
11437: * Function: aalowpass ( rp, bytemap, grayscale )
11438: * Purpose: calculates a lowpass anti-aliased bytemap
11439: * for rp->bitmap, with each byte 0...grayscale-1
11440: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11441: * Arguments: rp (I) raster * to raster whose bitmap
11442: * is to be anti-aliased
11443: * bytemap (O) intbyte * to bytemap, calculated
11444: * by applying lowpass filter to rp->bitmap,
11445: * and returned (as you'd expect) in 1-to-1
11446: * addressing correspondence with rp->bitmap
11447: * grayscale (I) int containing number of grayscales
11448: * to be calculated, 0...grayscale-1
11449: * (should typically be given as 256)
11450: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11451: * Returns: ( int ) 1=success, 0=any error
11452: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11453: * Notes: o If the center point of the box being averaged is black,
11454: * then the entire "average" is forced black (grayscale-1)
11455: * regardless of the surrounding points. This is my attempt
11456: * to avoid a "washed-out" appearance of thin (one-pixel-wide)
11457: * lines, which would otherwise turn from black to a gray shade.
11458: * o Also, while the weights for neighbor points are fixed,
11459: * you may adjust the center point weight on the compile line.
11460: * A higher weight sharpens the resulting anti-aliased image;
11461: * lower weights blur it out more (but keep the "center" black
11462: * as per the preceding note).
11463: * ======================================================================= */
11464: /* --- entry point --- */
11465: int aalowpass (raster *rp, intbyte *bytemap, int grayscale)
11466: {
11467: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11468: Allocations and Declarations
11469: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11470: int status = 1; /* 1=success, 0=failure to caller */
11471: pixbyte *bitmap= (rp==NULL?NULL:rp->pixmap); /*local rp->pixmap ptr*/
11472: int irow=0, icol=0; /* rp->height, rp->width indexes */
11473: int weights[9] = { 1,3,1, 3,0,3, 1,3,1 }; /* matrix of weights */
11474: int adjindex[9]= { 0,1,2, 7,-1,3, 6,5,4 }; /*clockwise from upper-left*/
11475: int totwts = 0; /* sum of all weights in matrix */
11476: int isforceavg = 1, /*force avg black if center black?*/
11477: isminmaxwts = 1, /*use wts or #pts for min/max test */
11478: blackscale = 0; /*(grayscale+1)/4;*/ /*force black if wgted avg>bs */
11479: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11480: Initialization
11481: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11482: /* --- calculate total weights --- */
11483: weights[4]= centerwt; /* weight for center point */
11484: weights[1]= weights[3]= weights[5]= weights[7]= adjacentwt; /*adjacent pts*/
11485: totwts = centerwt + 4*(1+adjacentwt); /* tot is center plus neighbors */
11486: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11487: Calculate bytemap as 9-point weighted average over bitmap
11488: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11489: for ( irow=0; irow<rp->height; irow++ )
11490: for ( icol=0; icol<rp->width; icol++ )
11491: {
11492: int ipixel = icol + irow*(rp->width); /* center pixel index */
11493: int jrow=0, jcol=0, /* box around ipixel */
11494: bitval = 0, /* value of bit/pixel at jrow,jcol */
11495: iscenter = 0, /* set true if center pixel black */
11496: nadjacent=0, wadjacent=0, /* #adjacent black pixels, their wts*/
11497: ngaps = 0, /* #gaps in 8 pixels around center */
11498: iwt=(-1), sumwts=0; /* weights index, sum in-bound wts */
11499: char adjmatrix[8]; /* adjacency "matrix" */
11500: memset(adjmatrix,0,8); /* zero out adjacency matrix */
11501: bytemap[ipixel] = 0; /* init pixel white */
11502: /*--- for ipixel at irow,icol, get weighted average of adjacent pixels ---*/
11503: for ( jrow=irow-1; jrow<=irow+1; jrow++ ) /* jrow = irow-1...irow+1 */
11504: for ( jcol=icol-1; jcol<=icol+1; jcol++ ) /* jcol = icol-1...icol+1 */
11505: {
11506: int jpixel = jcol + jrow*(rp->width); /* averaging index */
11507: iwt++; /*always bump weight index*/
11508: if ( jrow<0 || jrow>=rp->height /* if row out pf bounds */
11509: || jcol<0 || jcol>=rp->width ) /* or col out of bounds */
11510: continue; /* ignore this point */
11511: bitval = (int)getlongbit(bitmap,jpixel); /* value of bit at jrow,jcol */
11512: if ( bitval ) /* this is a black pixel */
11513: { if ( jrow==irow && jcol==icol ) /* and this is center point */
11514: iscenter = 1; /* set flag for center point black */
11515: else /* adjacent point black */
11516: { nadjacent++; /* bump adjacent black count */
11517: adjmatrix[adjindex[iwt]] = 1; } /*set "bit" in adjacency matrix*/
11518: wadjacent += weights[iwt]; } /* sum weights for black pixels */
11519: sumwts += weights[iwt]; /* and sum weights for all pixels */
11520: } /* --- end-of-for(jrow,jcol) --- */
11521: /* --- count gaps --- */
11522: ngaps = (adjmatrix[7]!=adjmatrix[0]?1:0); /* init count */
11523: for ( iwt=0; iwt<7; iwt++ ) /* clockwise around adjacency */
11524: if ( adjmatrix[iwt] != adjmatrix[iwt+1] ) ngaps++; /* black/white flip */
11525: ngaps /= 2; /*each gap has 2 black/white flips*/
11526: /* --- anti-alias pixel, but leave it black if it was already black --- */
11527: if ( isforceavg && iscenter ) /* force avg if center point black */
11528: bytemap[ipixel] = grayscale-1; /* so force grayscale-1=black */
11529: else /* center point not black */
11530: if ( ngaps <= 2 ) /*don't darken checkerboarded pixel*/
11531: { bytemap[ipixel] = /* 0=white ... grayscale-1=black */
11532: ((totwts/2 - 1) + (grayscale-1)*wadjacent)/totwts; /* not /sumwts; */
11533: if ( blackscale > 0 /* blackscale kludge turned on */
11534: && bytemap[ipixel] > blackscale ) /* weighted avg > blackscale */
11535: bytemap[ipixel] = grayscale-1; } /* so force it entirely black */
11536: /*--- only anti-alias pixels whose adjacent pixels fall within bounds ---*/
1.3 albertel 11537: if ( !iscenter ) { /* apply min/maxadjacent test */
1.1 albertel 11538: if ( isminmaxwts ) /* min/max refer to adjacent weights*/
11539: { if ( wadjacent < minadjacent /* wts of adjacent points too low */
11540: || wadjacent > maxadjacent ) /* or too high */
11541: bytemap[ipixel] = 0; } /* so leave point white */
11542: else /* min/max refer to #adjacent points*/
11543: { if ( nadjacent < minadjacent /* too few adjacent points black */
11544: || nadjacent > maxadjacent ) /* or too many */
1.3 albertel 11545: bytemap[ipixel] = 0; } } /* so leave point white */
1.1 albertel 11546: } /* --- end-of-for(irow,icol) --- */
11547: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11548: Back to caller with gray-scale anti-aliased bytemap
11549: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11550: /*end_of_job:*/
11551: return ( status );
11552: } /* --- end-of-function aalowpass() --- */
11553:
11554:
11555: /* ==========================================================================
11556: * Function: aapnm ( rp, bytemap, grayscale )
11557: * Purpose: calculates a lowpass anti-aliased bytemap
11558: * for rp->bitmap, with each byte 0...grayscale-1,
11559: * based on the pnmalias.c algorithm
11560: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11561: * Arguments: rp (I) raster * to raster whose bitmap
11562: * is to be anti-aliased
11563: * bytemap (O) intbyte * to bytemap, calculated
11564: * by applying pnm-based filter to rp->bitmap,
11565: * and returned (as you'd expect) in 1-to-1
11566: * addressing correspondence with rp->bitmap
11567: * grayscale (I) int containing number of grayscales
11568: * to be calculated, 0...grayscale-1
11569: * (should typically be given as 256)
11570: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11571: * Returns: ( int ) 1=success, 0=any error
11572: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11573: * Notes: o Based on the pnmalias.c algorithm in the netpbm package
11574: * on sourceforge.
11575: * ======================================================================= */
11576: /* --- entry point --- */
11577: int aapnm (raster *rp, intbyte *bytemap, int grayscale)
11578: {
11579: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11580: Allocations and Declarations
11581: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11582: pixbyte *bitmap = rp->pixmap; /* local rp->pixmap ptr */
11583: int width=rp->width, height=rp->height, /* width, height of raster */
11584: icol = 0, irow = 0, /* width, height indexes */
11585: imap = (-1); /* pixel index = icol + irow*width */
11586: int bgbitval=0, fgbitval=1; /* background, foreground bitval */
1.3 albertel 11587: int isfirstaa = 1; /*debugging switch signals 1st pixel*/
1.1 albertel 11588: #if 0
11589: int totwts=12, wts[9]={1,1,1, 1,4,1, 1,1,1}; /* pnmalias default wts */
11590: int totwts=16, wts[9]={1,2,1, 2,4,2, 1,2,1}; /* weights */
11591: #endif
11592: int totwts=18, wts[9]={1,2,1, 2,6,2, 1,2,1}; /* pnmalias default wts */
11593: int isresetparams = 1, /* true to set antialiasing params */
11594: isfgalias = 1, /* true to antialias fg bits */
11595: isfgonly = 0, /* true to only antialias fg bits */
11596: isbgalias = 0, /* true to antialias bg bits */
11597: isbgonly = 0; /* true to only antialias bg bits */
11598: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11599: Initialization
11600: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11601: /* --- check for bold light --- */
11602: if ( 0 )
11603: { if ( weightnum > 2 ) { isbgalias=1; } /* simulate bold */
11604: if ( weightnum < 1 ) { isbgonly=1; isfgalias=0; } } /* simulate light */
11605: /* --- reset wts[], etc, and calculate total weights --- */
11606: if ( isresetparams ) /* wts[], etc taken from params */
11607: { int iwt=0; /* wts[iwt] index */
11608: wts[4]= centerwt; /* weight for center point */
11609: wts[1]=wts[3]=wts[5]=wts[7] = adjacentwt; /* and adjacent points */
11610: wts[0]=wts[2]=wts[6]=wts[8] = cornerwt; /* and corner points */
11611: for ( totwts=0,iwt=0; iwt<9; iwt++ ) totwts += wts[iwt]; /* sum wts */
11612: isfgalias = fgalias; /* set isfgalias */
11613: isfgonly = fgonly; /* set isfgonly */
11614: isbgalias = bgalias; /* set isbgalias */
11615: isbgonly = bgonly; } /* set isbgonly */
11616: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11617: Calculate bytemap as 9-point weighted average over bitmap
11618: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11619: for ( irow=0; irow<height; irow++ )
11620: for ( icol=0; icol<width; icol++ )
11621: {
11622: /* --- local allocations and declarations --- */
11623: int bitval=0, /* value of rp bit at irow,icol */
11624: nnbitval=0, nebitval=0, eebitval=0, sebitval=0, /*adjacent vals*/
11625: ssbitval=0, swbitval=0, wwbitval=0, nwbitval=0; /*compass pt names*/
11626: int isbgedge=0, isfgedge=0; /*does pixel border a bg or fg edge*/
11627: int aabyteval=0; /* antialiased (or unchanged) value*/
11628: /* --- bump imap index and get center bit value --- */
11629: imap++; /* imap = icol + irow*width */
11630: bitval = getlongbit(bitmap,imap); /* value of rp input bit at imap */
11631: aabyteval = (intbyte)(bitval==bgbitval?0:grayscale-1); /* default aa val */
11632: bytemap[imap] = (intbyte)(aabyteval); /* init antialiased pixel */
11633: /* --- check if we're antialiasing this pixel --- */
11634: if ( (isbgonly && bitval==fgbitval) /* only antialias background bit */
11635: || (isfgonly && bitval==bgbitval) ) /* only antialias foreground bit */
11636: continue; /* leave default and do next bit */
11637: /* --- get surrounding bits --- */
11638: if ( irow > 0 ) /* nn (north) bit available */
11639: nnbitval = getlongbit(bitmap,imap-width); /* nn bit value */
11640: if ( irow < height-1 ) /* ss (south) bit available */
11641: ssbitval = getlongbit(bitmap,imap+width); /* ss bit value */
11642: if ( icol > 0 ) /* ww (west) bit available */
11643: { wwbitval = getlongbit(bitmap,imap-1); /* ww bit value */
11644: if ( irow > 0 ) /* nw bit available */
11645: nwbitval = getlongbit(bitmap,imap-width-1); /* nw bit value */
11646: if ( irow < height-1 ) /* sw bit available */
11647: swbitval = getlongbit(bitmap,imap+width-1); } /* sw bit value */
11648: if ( icol < width-1 ) /* ee (east) bit available */
11649: { eebitval = getlongbit(bitmap,imap+1); /* ee bit value */
11650: if ( irow > 0 ) /* ne bit available */
11651: nebitval = getlongbit(bitmap,imap-width+1); /* ne bit value */
11652: if ( irow < height-1 ) /* se bit available */
11653: sebitval = getlongbit(bitmap,imap+width+1); } /* se bit value */
11654: /* --- check for edges --- */
11655: isbgedge = /* current pixel borders a bg edge */
11656: (nnbitval==bgbitval && eebitval==bgbitval) || /*upper-right edge*/
11657: (eebitval==bgbitval && ssbitval==bgbitval) || /*lower-right edge*/
11658: (ssbitval==bgbitval && wwbitval==bgbitval) || /*lower-left edge*/
11659: (wwbitval==bgbitval && nnbitval==bgbitval) ; /*upper-left edge*/
11660: isfgedge = /* current pixel borders an fg edge*/
11661: (nnbitval==fgbitval && eebitval==fgbitval) || /*upper-right edge*/
11662: (eebitval==fgbitval && ssbitval==fgbitval) || /*lower-right edge*/
11663: (ssbitval==fgbitval && wwbitval==fgbitval) || /*lower-left edge*/
11664: (wwbitval==fgbitval && nnbitval==fgbitval) ; /*upper-left edge*/
1.2 albertel 11665: /* ---check top/bot left/right edges for corners (added by j.forkosh)--- */
11666: if ( 1 ) { /* true to perform test */
11667: int isbghorz=0, isfghorz=0, isbgvert=0, isfgvert=0; /* horz/vert edges */
11668: isbghorz = /* top or bottom edge is all bg */
11669: (nwbitval+nnbitval+nebitval == 3*bgbitval) || /* top edge bg */
11670: (swbitval+ssbitval+sebitval == 3*bgbitval) ; /* bottom edge bg */
11671: isfghorz = /* top or bottom edge is all fg */
11672: (nwbitval+nnbitval+nebitval == 3*fgbitval) || /* top edge fg */
11673: (swbitval+ssbitval+sebitval == 3*fgbitval) ; /* bottom edge fg */
11674: isbgvert = /* left or right edge is all bg */
11675: (nwbitval+wwbitval+swbitval == 3*bgbitval) || /* left edge bg */
11676: (nebitval+eebitval+sebitval == 3*bgbitval) ; /* right edge bg */
11677: isfgvert = /* left or right edge is all bg */
11678: (nwbitval+wwbitval+swbitval == 3*fgbitval) || /* left edge fg */
11679: (nebitval+eebitval+sebitval == 3*fgbitval) ; /* right edge fg */
11680: if ( (isbghorz && isbgvert && (bitval==fgbitval)) /* we're at an...*/
11681: || (isfghorz && isfgvert && (bitval==bgbitval)) ) /*...inside corner */
11682: continue; /* don't antialias */
11683: } /* --- end-of-if(1) --- */
11684: /* --- check #gaps for checkerboard (added by j.forkosh) --- */
11685: if ( 0 ) { /* true to perform test */
11686: int ngaps=0, mingaps=1,maxgaps=2; /* count #fg/bg flips (max=4 noop) */
11687: if ( nwbitval!=nnbitval ) ngaps++; /* upper-left =? upper */
11688: if ( nnbitval!=nebitval ) ngaps++; /* upper =? upper-right */
11689: if ( nebitval!=eebitval ) ngaps++; /* upper-right =? right */
11690: if ( eebitval!=sebitval ) ngaps++; /* right =? lower-right */
11691: if ( sebitval!=ssbitval ) ngaps++; /* lower-right =? lower */
11692: if ( ssbitval!=swbitval ) ngaps++; /* lower =? lower-left */
11693: if ( swbitval!=wwbitval ) ngaps++; /* lower-left =? left */
11694: if ( wwbitval!=nwbitval ) ngaps++; /* left =? upper-left */
11695: if ( ngaps > 0 ) ngaps /= 2; /* each gap has 2 bg/fg flips */
11696: if ( ngaps<mingaps || ngaps>maxgaps ) continue;
11697: } /* --- end-of-if(1) --- */
1.1 albertel 11698: /* --- antialias if necessary --- */
11699: if ( (isbgalias && isbgedge) /* alias pixel surrounding bg */
11700: || (isfgalias && isfgedge) /* alias pixel surrounding fg */
11701: || (isbgedge && isfgedge) ) /* neighboring fg and bg pixel */
11702: {
11703: int aasumval = /* sum wts[]*bitmap[] */
11704: wts[0]*nwbitval + wts[1]*nnbitval + wts[2]*nebitval +
11705: wts[3]*wwbitval + wts[4]*bitval + wts[5]*eebitval +
11706: wts[6]*swbitval + wts[7]*ssbitval + wts[8]*sebitval ;
11707: double aawtval = ((double)aasumval)/((double)totwts); /* weighted val */
11708: aabyteval= (int)(((double)(grayscale-1))*aawtval+0.5); /*0...grayscale-1*/
11709: bytemap[imap] = (intbyte)(aabyteval); /* set antialiased pixel */
1.3 albertel 11710: if ( msglevel>=99 && msgfp!=NULL ) { fprintf(msgfp, /*diagnostic output*/
11711: "%s> irow,icol,imap=%d,%d,%d aawtval=%.4f aabyteval=%d\n",
11712: (isfirstaa?"aapnm algorithm":"aapnm"),
1.1 albertel 11713: irow,icol,imap, aawtval,aabyteval);
1.3 albertel 11714: isfirstaa = 0; }
1.1 albertel 11715: } /* --- end-of-if(isedge) --- */
11716: } /* --- end-of-for(irow,icol) --- */
11717: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11718: Back to caller with gray-scale anti-aliased bytemap
11719: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11720: /*end_of_job:*/
11721: return ( 1 );
11722: } /* --- end-of-function aapnm() --- */
11723:
11724:
11725: /* ==========================================================================
1.3 albertel 11726: * Function: aapnmlookup ( rp, bytemap, grayscale )
11727: * Purpose: calculates a lowpass anti-aliased bytemap
11728: * for rp->bitmap, with each byte 0...grayscale-1,
11729: * based on the pnmalias.c algorithm.
11730: * This version uses aagridnum() and aapatternnum() lookups
11731: * to interpret 3x3 lowpass pixel grids.
11732: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11733: * Arguments: rp (I) raster * to raster whose bitmap
11734: * is to be anti-aliased
11735: * bytemap (O) intbyte * to bytemap, calculated
11736: * by applying pnm-based filter to rp->bitmap,
11737: * and returned (as you'd expect) in 1-to-1
11738: * addressing correspondence with rp->bitmap
11739: * grayscale (I) int containing number of grayscales
11740: * to be calculated, 0...grayscale-1
11741: * (should typically be given as 256)
11742: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11743: * Returns: ( int ) 1=success, 0=any error
11744: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11745: * Notes: o Based on the pnmalias.c algorithm in the netpbm package
11746: * on sourceforge.
11747: * o This version uses aagridnum() and aapatternnum() lookups
11748: * to interpret 3x3 lowpass pixel grids.
11749: * ======================================================================= */
11750: /* --- entry point --- */
11751: int aapnmlookup (raster *rp, intbyte *bytemap, int grayscale)
11752: {
11753: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11754: Allocations and Declarations
11755: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11756: int width=rp->width, height=rp->height, /* width, height of raster */
11757: icol = 0, irow = 0, /* width, height indexes */
11758: imap = (-1); /* pixel index = icol + irow*width */
11759: int bgbitval=0, fgbitval=1; /* background, foreground bitval */
11760: int isfirstaa = 1; /*debugging switch signals 1st pixel*/
11761: int aacenterwt=centerwt, aaadjacentwt=adjacentwt, aacornerwt=cornerwt,
11762: totwts = centerwt + 4*(adjacentwt+cornerwt); /*pnmalias default wts*/
11763: int isfgalias = fgalias, /*(1) true to antialias fg bits */
11764: isfgonly = fgonly, /*(0) true to only antialias fg bits*/
11765: isbgalias = bgalias, /*(0) true to antialias bg bits */
11766: isbgonly = bgonly; /*(0) true to only antialias bg bits*/
11767: int gridnum=(-1), aagridnum(), /* grid# for 3x3 grid at irow,icol */
11768: patternum=(-1), aapatternnum(); /*pattern#, 1-51, for input gridnum*/
11769: int aapatterns(); /* to antialias special patterns */
11770: /* ---
11771: * pattern number data
11772: * ------------------- */
11773: /* --- number of adjacent fg pixels set in pattern --- */
11774: static int nadjacents[] = { -1, /* #adjacent fg pixels for pattern */
11775: 0, 4, 0, 1, 4, 3, 1, 0, 1, 0, /* 1-10 */
11776: 2, 2, 3, 4, 3, 4, 2, 2, 1, 2, /* 11-20 */
11777: 1, 2, 1, 2, 0, 1, 3, 2, 3, 2, /* 21-30 */
11778: 3, 2, 3, 2, 4, 3, 1, 2, 2, 2, /* 31-40 */
11779: 2, 1, 2, 2, 3, 0, 3, 2, 2, 1, 4, /* 41-51 */
11780: -1 } ; /* --- end-of-nadjacents[] --- */
11781: /* --- number of corner fg pixels set in pattern --- */
11782: static int ncorners[] = { -1, /* #corner fg pixels for pattern */
11783: 0, 4, 1, 0, 3, 4, 1, 2, 1, 2, /* 1-10 */
11784: 0, 0, 3, 2, 3, 2, 4, 4, 2, 1, /* 11-20 */
11785: 2, 1, 2, 1, 3, 2, 0, 1, 2, 3, /* 21-30 */
11786: 2, 3, 2, 3, 1, 2, 4, 3, 2, 2, /* 31-40 */
11787: 2, 3, 2, 2, 1, 4, 1, 2, 2, 3, 0, /* 41-51 */
11788: -1 } ; /* --- end-of-ncorners[] --- */
11789: /* --- 0,1,2=pattern contains horizontal bg,fg,both edge; -1=no edge --- */
11790: static int horzedges[] = { -1, /* 0,1,2 = horz bg,fg,both edge */
11791: 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, -1, /* 1-10 */
11792: 0, -1, 1, 1, 1, -1, 1, -1, 2, 0, /* 11-20 */
11793: -1, -1, -1, 0, -1, -1, -1, -1, 2, 1, /* 21-30 */
11794: -1, -1, -1, 1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 2, -1, /* 31-40 */
11795: -1, 1, 1, -1, -1, -1, 0, 0, -1, -1, -1, /* 41-51 */
11796: -1 } ; /* --- end-of-horzedges[] --- */
11797: /* --- 0,1,2=pattern contains vertical bg,fg,both edge; -1=no edge --- */
11798: static int vertedges[] = { -1, /* 0,1,2 = vert bg,fg,both edge */
11799: 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, -1, -1, -1, /* 1-10 */
11800: 0, 0, 1, -1, -1, -1, 1, 1, -1, -1, /* 11-20 */
11801: -1, 0, 0, 0, -1, -1, 0, -1, -1, -1, /* 21-30 */
11802: -1, 1, 1, 1, -1, -1, 1, -1, -1, -1, /* 31-40 */
11803: -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 41-51 */
11804: -1 } ; /* --- end-of-vertedges[] --- */
11805: /* --- 0,1,2=pattern contains diagonal bg,fg,both edge; -1=no edge --- */
11806: static int diagedges[] = { -1, /* 0,1,2 = diag bg,fg,both edge */
11807: 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1-10 */
11808: 2, -1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, -1, 0, 2, /* 11-20 */
11809: 0, -1, 0, 2, 0, -1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 21-30 */
11810: 1, -1, 1, 2, 1, 1, -1, 1, 2, -1, /* 31-40 */
11811: 1, 0, -1, 2, 1, 0, 1, -1, 1, -1, 1, /* 41-51 */
11812: -1 } ; /* --- end-of-diagedges[] --- */
11813: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11814: Calculate bytemap as 9-point weighted average over bitmap
11815: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11816: for ( irow=0; irow<height; irow++ )
11817: for ( icol=0; icol<width; icol++ )
11818: {
11819: /* --- local allocations and declarations --- */
11820: int bitval=0, /* value of rp bit at irow,icol */
11821: isbgdiag=0, isfgdiag=0, /*does pixel border a bg or fg edge*/
11822: aabyteval=0; /* antialiased (or unchanged) value*/
11823: /* --- get gridnum and center bit value, init aabyteval --- */
11824: imap++; /* first set imap=icol + irow*width*/
11825: gridnum = aagridnum(rp,irow,icol); /*grid# coding 3x3 grid at irow,icol*/
11826: bitval = (gridnum&1); /* center bit set if gridnum odd */
11827: aabyteval = (intbyte)(bitval==bgbitval?0:grayscale-1); /* default aa val */
11828: bytemap[imap] = (intbyte)(aabyteval); /* init antialiased pixel */
11829: if ( gridnum<0 || gridnum>511 ) continue; /* gridnum out of bounds*/
11830: /* --- check if we're antialiasing this pixel --- */
11831: if ( (isbgonly && bitval==fgbitval) /* only antialias background bit */
11832: || (isfgonly && bitval==bgbitval) ) /* only antialias foreground bit */
11833: continue; /* leave default and do next bit */
11834: /* --- look up pattern number, 1-51, corresponding to input gridnum --- */
11835: patternum = aapatternnum(gridnum); /* look up pattern number */
11836: if ( patternum<1 || patternum>51 ) continue; /* some internal error */
11837: /* --- special pattern number processing --- */
11838: if ( (aabyteval = aapatterns(rp,irow,icol,gridnum,patternum,grayscale))
11839: >= 0 ) { /* special processing for pattern */
11840: bytemap[imap] = (intbyte)(aabyteval); /* set antialiased pixel */
11841: continue; } /* and continue with next pixel */
11842: /* --- check for diagonal edges --- */
11843: isbgdiag = ( diagedges[patternum]==2 || /*current pixel borders a bg edge*/
11844: diagedges[patternum]==0 );
11845: isfgdiag = ( diagedges[patternum]==2 || /*current pixel borders a fg edge*/
11846: diagedges[patternum]==1 );
11847: /* ---check top/bot left/right edges for corners (added by j.forkosh)--- */
11848: if ( 1 ) { /* true to perform test */
11849: int isbghorz=0, isfghorz=0, isbgvert=0, isfgvert=0, /* horz/vert edges */
11850: horzedge=horzedges[patternum], vertedge=vertedges[patternum];
11851: isbghorz = (horzedge==2||horzedge==0); /* top or bottom edge is all bg */
11852: isfghorz = (horzedge==2||horzedge==1); /* top or bottom edge is all fg */
11853: isbgvert = (vertedge==2||vertedge==0); /* left or right edge is all bg */
11854: isfgvert = (vertedge==2||vertedge==1); /* left or right edge is all fg */
11855: if ( (isbghorz && isbgvert && (bitval==fgbitval)) /* we're at an...*/
11856: || (isfghorz && isfgvert && (bitval==bgbitval)) ) /*...inside corner */
11857: continue; /* don't antialias */
11858: } /* --- end-of-if(1) --- */
11859: #if 0
11860: /* --- check #gaps for checkerboard (added by j.forkosh) --- */
11861: if ( 0 ) { /* true to perform test */
11862: int ngaps=0, mingaps=1,maxgaps=2; /* count #fg/bg flips (max=4 noop) */
11863: if ( nwbitval!=nnbitval ) ngaps++; /* upper-left =? upper */
11864: if ( nnbitval!=nebitval ) ngaps++; /* upper =? upper-right */
11865: if ( nebitval!=eebitval ) ngaps++; /* upper-right =? right */
11866: if ( eebitval!=sebitval ) ngaps++; /* right =? lower-right */
11867: if ( sebitval!=ssbitval ) ngaps++; /* lower-right =? lower */
11868: if ( ssbitval!=swbitval ) ngaps++; /* lower =? lower-left */
11869: if ( swbitval!=wwbitval ) ngaps++; /* lower-left =? left */
11870: if ( wwbitval!=nwbitval ) ngaps++; /* left =? upper-left */
11871: if ( ngaps > 0 ) ngaps /= 2; /* each gap has 2 bg/fg flips */
11872: if ( ngaps<mingaps || ngaps>maxgaps ) continue;
11873: } /* --- end-of-if(1) --- */
11874: #endif
11875: /* --- antialias if necessary --- */
11876: if ( (isbgalias && isbgdiag) /* alias pixel surrounding bg */
11877: || (isfgalias && isfgdiag) /* alias pixel surrounding fg */
11878: || (isbgdiag && isfgdiag) ) /* neighboring fg and bg pixel */
11879: {
11880: int aasumval = /* sum wts[]*bitmap[] */
11881: aacenterwt*bitval + /* apply centerwt to center pixel */
11882: aaadjacentwt*nadjacents[patternum] + /* similarly for adjacents */
11883: aacornerwt*ncorners[patternum]; /* and corners */
11884: double aawtval = ((double)aasumval)/((double)totwts); /* weighted val */
11885: aabyteval= (int)(((double)(grayscale-1))*aawtval+0.5); /*0...grayscale-1*/
11886: bytemap[imap] = (intbyte)(aabyteval); /* set antialiased pixel */
11887: if ( msglevel>=99 && msgfp!=NULL ) { fprintf(msgfp, /*diagnostic output*/
11888: "%s> irow,icol,imap=%d,%d,%d aawtval=%.4f aabyteval=%d",
11889: (isfirstaa?"aapnmlookup algorithm":"aapnm"),
11890: irow,icol,imap, aawtval,aabyteval);
11891: if ( msglevel < 100 ) fprintf(msgfp,"\n"); /* no more output */
11892: else fprintf(msgfp,", grid#,pattern#=%d,%d\n",gridnum,patternum);
11893: isfirstaa = 0; }
11894: } /* --- end-of-if(isedge) --- */
11895: } /* --- end-of-for(irow,icol) --- */
11896: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11897: Back to caller with gray-scale anti-aliased bytemap
11898: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11899: /*end_of_job:*/
11900: return ( 1 );
11901: } /* --- end-of-function aapnmlookup() --- */
11902:
11903:
11904: /* ==========================================================================
11905: * Function: aapatterns ( rp, irow, icol, gridnum, patternum, grayscale )
11906: * Purpose: For patterns requireing special processing,
11907: * calculates anti-aliased value for pixel at irow,icol,
11908: * whose surrounding 3x3 pixel grid is coded by gridnum
11909: * (which must correspond to a pattern requiring special
11910: * processing).
11911: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11912: * Arguments: rp (I) raster * to raster whose bitmap
11913: * is to be anti-aliased
11914: * irow (I) int containing row, 0...height-1,
11915: * of pixel to be antialiased
11916: * icol (I) int containing col, 0...width-1,
11917: * of pixel to be antialiased
11918: * gridnum (I) int containing 0...511 corresponding to
11919: * 3x3 pixel grid surrounding irow,icol
11920: * patternum (I) int containing 1...51 pattern# of
11921: * the 3x3 grid surrounding irow,icol
11922: * grayscale (I) int containing number of grayscales
11923: * to be calculated, 0...grayscale-1
11924: * (should typically be given as 256)
11925: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11926: * Returns: ( int ) 0...grayscale-1 for success,
11927: * -1 = error, or no special processing required
11928: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11929: * Notes: o
11930: * ======================================================================= */
11931: /* --- entry point --- */
11932: int aapatterns (raster *rp, int irow, int icol,
11933: int gridnum, int patternum, int grayscale)
11934: {
11935: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11936: Allocations and Declarations
11937: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11938: int aaval = (-1); /* antialiased value returned */
11939: int iscenter = (gridnum&1); /* true if center pixel set/black */
11940: int aapatternnum(), /* if patternum not supplied */
11941: aapattern1124(), /* routine for patterns #11,24 */
11942: aapattern19(), /* special routine for pattern #19 */
11943: aapattern20(), /* special routine for pattern #20 */
11944: aapattern39(); /* special routine for pattern #39 */
11945: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
11946: special pattern number processing
11947: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
11948: if ( 1 ) {
11949: if ( patternum < 1 ) /* pattern# not supplied by caller */
11950: patternum = aapatternnum(gridnum); /* so look it up ourselves */
11951: switch ( patternum ) {
11952: default: break; /* no special processing */
11953: case 11:
11954: case 24: aaval = aapattern1124(rp,irow,icol,gridnum,grayscale); break;
11955: case 19: aaval = aapattern19(rp,irow,icol,gridnum,grayscale); break;
11956: case 20: aaval = aapattern20(rp,irow,icol,gridnum,grayscale); break;
11957: case 39: aaval = aapattern39(rp,irow,icol,gridnum,grayscale); break;
11958: /* case 24: if ( (gridnum&1) == 0 ) aaval=0; break; */
11959: case 29: aaval = (iscenter?grayscale-1:0); break; /* no antialiasing */
11960: } /* --- end-of-switch(patternum) --- */
11961: } /* --- end-of-if() --- */
11962: return ( aaval ); /* return antialiased val to caller*/
11963: } /* --- end-of-function aapatterns() --- */
11964:
11965:
11966: /* ==========================================================================
11967: * Function: aapattern1124 ( rp, irow, icol, gridnum, grayscale )
11968: * Purpose: calculates anti-aliased value for pixel at irow,icol,
11969: * whose surrounding 3x3 pixel grid is coded by gridnum
11970: * (which must correspond to pattern #11 or #24).
11971: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11972: * Arguments: rp (I) raster * to raster whose bitmap
11973: * is to be anti-aliased
11974: * irow (I) int containing row, 0...height-1,
11975: * of pixel to be antialiased
11976: * icol (I) int containing col, 0...width-1,
11977: * of pixel to be antialiased
11978: * gridnum (I) int containing 0...511 corresponding to
11979: * 3x3 pixel grid surrounding irow,icol
11980: * grayscale (I) int containing number of grayscales
11981: * to be calculated, 0...grayscale-1
11982: * (should typically be given as 256)
11983: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11984: * Returns: ( int ) 0...grayscale-1 for success, -1=any error
11985: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
11986: * Notes: o Handles the eight gridnum's
11987: * (gridnum/2 shown to eliminate irrelevant low-order bit)
11988: * --- --- -*- -*-
11989: * --* = 10 *-- = 18 --* = 72 *-- = 80 (pattern$11)
11990: * -*- -*- --- ---
11991: *
11992: * --- --- -** **-
11993: * --* = 11 *-- = 22 --* = 104 *-- = 208 (pattern$24)
11994: * -** **- --- ---
11995: * o For black * center pixel, using grid#10 as an example,
11996: * pixel stays --- antialiased ---*
11997: * black if -*** if part of -**
11998: * part of a -*- a diagonal -*-
11999: * corner, eg, * line, eg, *
12000: * ======================================================================= */
12001: /* --- entry point --- */
12002: int aapattern1124 (raster *rp, int irow, int icol,
12003: int gridnum, int grayscale)
12004: {
12005: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12006: Allocations and Declarations
12007: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12008: int aaval = (-1); /* antialiased value returned */
12009: int iscenter = gridnum&1; /* true if pixel at irow,icol black*/
12010: int patternum = 24; /* init for pattern#24 default */
12011: pixbyte *bitmap = rp->pixmap; /* local rp->pixmap ptr */
12012: int width=rp->width, height=rp->height; /* width, height of raster */
12013: int jrow=irow, jcol=icol; /* corner or diagonal row,col */
12014: int vertcornval=0, horzcornval=0, /* vertical, horizontal corner bits*/
12015: topdiagval=0, botdiagval=0, /* upper,lower diagonal pixel bits */
12016: cornval=0, diagval=0; /* vert+horzcorn, top+botdiag */
12017: int hdirection=99, vdirection=99, /* horz,vert corner direction */
12018: hturn=99,vturn=99, aafollowline(); /* follow corner till turns */
12019: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12020: Check corner and diagonal pixels
12021: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12022: if ( 0 ) goto end_of_job; /* true to turn off pattern1124 */
12023: switch ( gridnum/2 ) { /* check pattern#11,24 corner, diag*/
12024: default: goto end_of_job; /* not a pattern#11,24 gridnum */
12025: case 10: patternum=11; case 11:
12026: hdirection = 2; vdirection = -1; /* directions to follow corner */
12027: if ( (jrow=irow+2) < height ) { /* vert corner below center pixel */
12028: vertcornval = getlongbit(bitmap,(icol+jrow*width));
12029: if ( (icol-1) >= 0 ) /* lower diag left of center */
12030: botdiagval = getlongbit(bitmap,((icol-1)+jrow*width)); }
12031: if ( (jcol=icol+2) < width ) { /* horz corner right of center */
12032: horzcornval = getlongbit(bitmap,(jcol+irow*width));
12033: if ( (irow-1) >= 0 ) /* upper diag above center */
12034: topdiagval = getlongbit(bitmap,(jcol+(irow-1)*width)); }
12035: break;
12036: case 18: patternum=11; case 22:
12037: hdirection = -2; vdirection = -1; /* directions to follow corner */
12038: if ( (jrow=irow+2) < height ) { /* vert corner below center pixel */
12039: vertcornval = getlongbit(bitmap,(icol+jrow*width));
12040: if ( (icol+1) < width ) /* lower diag right of center */
12041: botdiagval = getlongbit(bitmap,((icol+1)+jrow*width)); }
12042: if ( (jcol=icol-2) >= 0 ) { /* horz corner left of center */
12043: horzcornval = getlongbit(bitmap,(jcol+irow*width));
12044: if ( (irow-1) >= 0 ) /* upper diag above center */
12045: topdiagval = getlongbit(bitmap,(jcol+(irow-1)*width)); }
12046: break;
12047: case 72: patternum=11; case 104:
12048: hdirection = 2; vdirection = 1; /* directions to follow corner */
12049: if ( (jrow=irow-2) >= 0 ) { /* vert corner above center pixel */
12050: vertcornval = getlongbit(bitmap,(icol+jrow*width));
12051: if ( (icol-1) >= 0 ) /* upper diag left of center */
12052: topdiagval = getlongbit(bitmap,((icol-1)+jrow*width)); }
12053: if ( (jcol=icol+2) < width ) { /* horz corner right of center */
12054: horzcornval = getlongbit(bitmap,(jcol+irow*width));
12055: if ( (irow+1) < height ) /* lower diag below center */
12056: botdiagval = getlongbit(bitmap,(jcol+(irow+1)*width)); }
12057: break;
12058: case 80: patternum=11; case 208:
12059: hdirection = -2; vdirection = 1; /* directions to follow corner */
12060: if ( (jrow=irow-2) >= 0 ) { /* vert corner above center pixel */
12061: vertcornval = getlongbit(bitmap,(icol+jrow*width));
12062: if ( (icol+1) < width ) /* upper diag right of center */
12063: topdiagval = getlongbit(bitmap,((icol+1)+jrow*width)); }
12064: if ( (jcol=icol-2) >= 0 ) { /* horz corner left of center */
12065: horzcornval = getlongbit(bitmap,(jcol+irow*width));
12066: if ( (irow+1) < height ) /* lower diag below center */
12067: botdiagval = getlongbit(bitmap,(jcol+(irow+1)*width)); }
12068: break;
12069: } /* --- end-of-switch(gridnum/2) --- */
12070: cornval = vertcornval+horzcornval; /* 0=no corner bits, 1, 2=both */
12071: diagval = topdiagval+botdiagval; /* 0=no diag bits, 1, 2=both */
12072: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12073: Handle white center
12074: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12075: if ( 1 && !iscenter ) { aaval = (patternum==11?51:64); goto end_of_job; }
12076: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12077: Handle black center
12078: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12079: if ( diagval > 1 ) aaval = ( patternum==24? 255:191 );
12080: else {
12081: hturn = aafollowline(rp,irow,icol,hdirection);
12082: vturn = aafollowline(rp,irow,icol,vdirection);
12083: if ( vturn*hdirection < 0 && hturn*vdirection < 0 )
12084: aaval = ( patternum==24? 255:191 );
12085: else aaval = grayscale-1; } /* actual corner */
12086: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12087: Back to caller with grayscale antialiased value for pixel at irow,icol
12088: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12089: end_of_job:
12090: if ( aaval >= 0 ) /* have antialiasing result */
12091: if ( msglevel>=99 && msgfp!=NULL ) fprintf(msgfp, /* diagnostic output */
12092: "aapattern1124> irow,icol,grid#/2=%d,%d,%d, top,botdiag=%d,%d, "
12093: "vert,horzcorn=%d,%d, v,hdir=%d,%d, v,hturn=%d,%d, aaval=%d\n",
12094: irow,icol,gridnum/2, topdiagval,botdiagval, vertcornval,horzcornval,
12095: vdirection,hdirection, vturn,hturn, aaval);
12096: return ( aaval ); /* back with antialiased value */
12097: } /* --- end-of-function aapattern1124() --- */
12098:
12099:
12100: /* ==========================================================================
12101: * Function: aapattern19 ( rp, irow, icol, gridnum, grayscale )
12102: * Purpose: calculates anti-aliased value for pixel at irow,icol,
12103: * whose surrounding 3x3 pixel grid is coded by gridnum
12104: * (which must correspond to pattern #19).
12105: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12106: * Arguments: rp (I) raster * to raster whose bitmap
12107: * is to be anti-aliased
12108: * irow (I) int containing row, 0...height-1,
12109: * of pixel to be antialiased
12110: * icol (I) int containing col, 0...width-1,
12111: * of pixel to be antialiased
12112: * gridnum (I) int containing 0...511 corresponding to
12113: * 3x3 pixel grid surrounding irow,icol
12114: * grayscale (I) int containing number of grayscales
12115: * to be calculated, 0...grayscale-1
12116: * (should typically be given as 256)
12117: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12118: * Returns: ( int ) 0...grayscale-1 for success, -1=any error
12119: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12120: * Notes: o Handles the four gridnum's
12121: * (gridnum/2 shown to eliminate irrelevant low-order bit)
12122: * --- --* *-- ***
12123: * --- = 7 --* = 41 *-- = 148 --- = 224
12124: * *** --* *-- ---
12125: * ======================================================================= */
12126: /* --- entry point --- */
12127: int aapattern19 (raster *rp, int irow, int icol,
12128: int gridnum, int grayscale)
12129: {
12130: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12131: Allocations and Declarations
12132: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12133: int aaval = (-1); /* antialiased value returned */
12134: int iscenter = gridnum&1; /* true if pixel at irow,icol black*/
12135: int orientation = 1, /* 1=vertical, 2=horizontal */
12136: jrow=irow, jcol=icol; /* middle pixel of *** line */
12137: int turn1=0,turn2=0, aafollowline(); /* follow *** line till it turns */
12138: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12139: Initialization and calculation of antialiased value
12140: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12141: /* --- check input -- */
12142: if ( iscenter ) goto end_of_job; /* we only antialias white pixels */
12143: /* --- set params --- */
12144: switch ( gridnum/2 ) { /* check pattern#19 orientation */
12145: default: goto end_of_job; /* not a pattern#19 gridnum */
12146: case 7: orientation=2; jrow++; break;
12147: case 41: orientation=1; jcol++; break;
12148: case 148: orientation=1; jcol--; break;
12149: case 224: orientation=2; jrow--; break;
12150: } /* --- end-of-switch(gridnum/2) --- */
12151: /* --- get turns in both directions --- */
12152: if ( (turn1 = aafollowline(rp,jrow,jcol,orientation)) == 0 ) goto end_of_job;
12153: if ( (turn2 = aafollowline(rp,jrow,jcol,-orientation)) == 0) goto end_of_job;
12154: if ( turn1*turn2 >= 0 ) goto end_of_job; /* both turns in same direction */
12155: /* --- weight pixel --- */
12156: aaval = grayscale / ( 3 + min2(abs(turn1),abs(turn2)) );
12157: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12158: Back to caller with grayscale antialiased value for pixel at irow,icol
12159: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12160: end_of_job:
12161: if ( aaval >= 0 ) /* have antialiasing result */
12162: if ( msglevel>=99 && msgfp!=NULL ) fprintf(msgfp, /* diagnostic output */
12163: "aapattern19> irow,icol,grid#/2=%d,%d,%d, turn+%d,%d=%d,%d, aaval=%d\n",
12164: irow,icol,gridnum/2, orientation,-orientation,turn1,turn2, aaval);
12165: return ( aaval ); /* back with antialiased value */
12166: } /* --- end-of-function aapattern19() --- */
12167:
12168:
12169: /* ==========================================================================
12170: * Function: aapattern20 ( rp, irow, icol, gridnum, grayscale )
12171: * Purpose: calculates anti-aliased value for pixel at irow,icol,
12172: * whose surrounding 3x3 pixel grid is coded by gridnum
12173: * (which must correspond to pattern #20).
12174: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12175: * Arguments: rp (I) raster * to raster whose bitmap
12176: * is to be anti-aliased
12177: * irow (I) int containing row, 0...height-1,
12178: * of pixel to be antialiased
12179: * icol (I) int containing col, 0...width-1,
12180: * of pixel to be antialiased
12181: * gridnum (I) int containing 0...511 corresponding to
12182: * 3x3 pixel grid surrounding irow,icol
12183: * grayscale (I) int containing number of grayscales
12184: * to be calculated, 0...grayscale-1
12185: * (should typically be given as 256)
12186: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12187: * Returns: ( int ) 0...grayscale-1 for success, -1=any error
12188: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12189: * Notes: o Handles the eight gridnum's
12190: * (gridnum/2 shown to eliminate irrelevant low-order bit)
12191: * --- --- --* -*-
12192: * --* = 14 *-- = 19 --* = 42 --* = 73
12193: * **- -** -*- --*
12194: *
12195: * -*- -** *-- **-
12196: * *-- = 84 *-- = 112 *-- = 146 --* = 200
12197: * *-- --- -*- ---
12198: * ======================================================================= */
12199: /* --- entry point --- */
12200: int aapattern20 (raster *rp, int irow, int icol,
12201: int gridnum, int grayscale)
12202: {
12203: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12204: Allocations and Declarations
12205: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12206: int aaval = (-1); /* antialiased value returned */
12207: int iscenter = gridnum&1; /* true if pixel at irow,icol black*/
12208: int direction = 1, /* direction to follow ** line */
12209: jrow1=irow, jcol1=icol, /* coords of * */
12210: jrow2=irow, jcol2=icol; /* coords of adjacent ** pixel */
12211: int turn1=0,turn2=0, aafollowline(); /* follow *,** lines till turns */
12212: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12213: Initialization and calculation of antialiased value
12214: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12215: /* --- check input -- */
12216: if ( 1 ) goto end_of_job; /* don't want this one */
12217: if ( iscenter ) goto end_of_job; /* we only antialias white pixels */
12218: /* --- set params --- */
12219: switch ( gridnum/2 ) { /* check pattern#20 orientation */
12220: default: goto end_of_job; /* not a pattern#20 gridnum */
12221: case 14: direction=-2; jcol1++; jrow2++; break;
12222: case 19: direction=2; jcol1--; jrow2++; break;
12223: case 42: direction=1; jrow1++; jcol2++; break;
12224: case 73: direction=-1; jrow1--; jcol2++; break;
12225: case 84: direction=-1; jrow1--; jcol2--; break;
12226: case 112: direction=2; jcol1--; jrow2--; break;
12227: case 146: direction=1; jrow1++; jcol2--; break;
12228: case 200: direction=-2; jcol1++; jrow2--; break;
12229: } /* --- end-of-switch(gridnum/2) --- */
12230: /* --- get turns in both directions --- */
12231: if ( (turn1=aafollowline(rp,jrow1,jcol1,-direction)) == 0 ) goto end_of_job;
12232: if ( (turn2=aafollowline(rp,jrow2,jcol2,direction)) == 0 ) goto end_of_job;
12233: if ( turn1*turn2 >= 0 ) goto end_of_job; /* both turns in same direction */
12234: /* --- weight pixel --- */
12235: aaval = grayscale / ( 3 + min2(abs(turn1),abs(turn2)) );
12236: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12237: Back to caller with grayscale antialiased value for pixel at irow,icol
12238: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12239: end_of_job:
12240: if ( aaval >= 0 ) /* have antialiasing result */
12241: if ( msglevel>=99 && msgfp!=NULL ) fprintf(msgfp, /* diagnostic output */
12242: "aapattern20> irow,icol,grid#/2=%d,%d,%d, turn%d,%d=%d,%d, aaval=%d\n",
12243: irow,icol,gridnum/2, -direction,direction,turn1,turn2, aaval);
12244: return ( aaval ); /* back with antialiased value */
12245: } /* --- end-of-function aapattern20() --- */
12246:
12247:
12248: /* ==========================================================================
12249: * Function: aapattern39 ( rp, irow, icol, gridnum, grayscale )
12250: * Purpose: calculates anti-aliased value for pixel at irow,icol,
12251: * whose surrounding 3x3 pixel grid is coded by gridnum
12252: * (which must correspond to pattern #39).
12253: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12254: * Arguments: rp (I) raster * to raster whose bitmap
12255: * is to be anti-aliased
12256: * irow (I) int containing row, 0...height-1,
12257: * of pixel to be antialiased
12258: * icol (I) int containing col, 0...width-1,
12259: * of pixel to be antialiased
12260: * gridnum (I) int containing 0...511 corresponding to
12261: * 3x3 pixel grid surrounding irow,icol
12262: * grayscale (I) int containing number of grayscales
12263: * to be calculated, 0...grayscale-1
12264: * (should typically be given as 256)
12265: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12266: * Returns: ( int ) 0...grayscale-1 for success, -1=any error
12267: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12268: * Notes: o Handles the eight gridnum's
12269: * (gridnum/2 shown to eliminate irrelevant low-order bit)
12270: * --- --- --* -**
12271: * --* = 15 *-- = 23 --* = 43 --* = 105
12272: * *** *** -** --*
12273: *
12274: * **- *** *-- ***
12275: * *-- = 212 *-- = 240 *-- = 150 --* = 232
12276: * *-- --- **- ---
12277: * ======================================================================= */
12278: /* --- entry point --- */
12279: int aapattern39 (raster *rp, int irow, int icol,
12280: int gridnum, int grayscale)
12281: {
12282: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12283: Allocations and Declarations
12284: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12285: int aaval = (-1); /* antialiased value returned */
12286: int iscenter = gridnum&1; /* true if pixel at irow,icol black*/
12287: int direction = 1, /* direction to follow ** line */
12288: jrow1=irow, jcol1=icol, /* coords of * */
12289: jrow2=irow, jcol2=icol; /* coords of adjacent ** pixel */
12290: int turn1=0,turn2=0, aafollowline(); /* follow *,** lines till turns */
12291: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12292: Initialization and calculation of antialiased value
12293: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12294: /* --- check input -- */
12295: if ( iscenter ) goto end_of_job; /* we only antialias white pixels */
12296: /* --- set params --- */
12297: switch ( gridnum/2 ) { /* check pattern#39 orientation */
12298: default: goto end_of_job; /* not a pattern#39 gridnum */
12299: case 15: direction=-2; jcol1++; jrow2++; break;
12300: case 23: direction=2; jcol1--; jrow2++; break;
12301: case 43: direction=1; jrow1++; jcol2++; break;
12302: case 105: direction=-1; jrow1--; jcol2++; break;
12303: case 212: direction=-1; jrow1--; jcol2--; break;
12304: case 240: direction=2; jcol1--; jrow2--; break;
12305: case 150: direction=1; jrow1++; jcol2--; break;
12306: case 232: direction=-2; jcol1++; jrow2--; break;
12307: } /* --- end-of-switch(gridnum/2) --- */
12308: /* --- get turns directions (tunr1==1 signals inside corner) --- */
12309: if ( (turn1=aafollowline(rp,jrow1,jcol1,-direction)) == 1 )
12310: { aaval=0; goto end_of_job; }
12311: if ( 1 ) goto end_of_job; /* stop here for now */
12312: if ( (turn2=aafollowline(rp,jrow2,jcol2,direction)) == 0 ) goto end_of_job;
12313: if ( turn1*turn2 >= 0 ) goto end_of_job; /* both turns in same direction */
12314: /* --- weight pixel --- */
12315: aaval = grayscale / ( 3 + min2(abs(turn1),abs(turn2)) );
12316: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12317: Back to caller with grayscale antialiased value for pixel at irow,icol
12318: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12319: end_of_job:
12320: if ( aaval >= 0 ) /* have antialiasing result */
12321: if ( msglevel>=99 && msgfp!=NULL ) fprintf(msgfp, /* diagnostic output */
12322: "aapattern39> irow,icol,grid#/2=%d,%d,%d, turn%d,%d=%d,%d, aaval=%d\n",
12323: irow,icol,gridnum/2, -direction,direction,turn1,turn2, aaval);
12324: return ( aaval ); /* back with antialiased value */
12325: } /* --- end-of-function aapattern39() --- */
12326:
12327:
12328: /* ==========================================================================
12329: * Function: aafollowline ( rp, irow, icol, direction )
12330: * Purpose: starting with pixel at irow,icol, moves in
12331: * specified direction looking for a "turn"
12332: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12333: * Arguments: rp (I) raster * to raster containing pixel image
12334: * irow (I) int containing row, 0...height-1,
12335: * of first pixel
12336: * icol (I) int containing col, 0...width-1,
12337: * of first pixel
12338: * direction (I) int containing +1 to follow line up/north
12339: * (decreasing irow), -1 to follow line
12340: * down/south (increasing irow), +2 to follow
12341: * line right/east (increasing icol),
12342: * -2 to follow line left/west (decreasing icol)
12343: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12344: * Returns: ( int ) #rows or #cols traversed prior to turn,
12345: * or 0 if no turn detected (or for any error).
12346: * Sign is + if turn direction is right/east or
12347: * up/north, or is - if left/west or down/south.
12348: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12349: * Notes: o Here are some examples illustrating turn detection in
12350: * +2 (right/east) direction. Turns in other directions
12351: * are detected similarly/symmetrically. * denotes black
12352: * bits (usually fg), - denotes white bits (usually bg),
12353: * and ? denotes "don't care" bit (won't affect outcome).
12354: * Arrow --> points to start pixel denoted by irow,icol.
12355: *
12356: * *??? -??? turn=0 (no turn) is returned
12357: * -->*??? or -->-??? because the start pixel isn't
12358: * *??? -??? on an edge to begin with
12359: *
12360: * ---- **-- turn=0 returned because the
12361: * -->***- or -->***- line ends abruptly without
12362: * ---- ---- turning (even the second case)
12363: *
12364: * ---* ---* turn=0 returned because the
12365: * -->***- or -->**** line forms a Y or T rather
12366: * ---* ---* than turning
12367: *
12368: * ***- **** turn=+3 returned
12369: * -->***- or -->***- (outside corner)
12370: * ---- ----
12371: *
12372: * ***** ****- turn=-4 returned
12373: * -->***** or -->****- (inside corner)
12374: * ----* ----*
12375: *
12376: * ----* ----* turn=+4 returned
12377: * -->****- or -->***** (outside or inside corner)
12378: * ----- -----
12379: * ======================================================================= */
12380: /* --- entry point --- */
12381: int aafollowline (raster *rp, int irow, int icol, int direction)
12382: {
12383: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12384: Allocations and Declarations
12385: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12386: pixbyte *bitmap = rp->pixmap; /* local rp->pixmap ptr */
12387: int width=rp->width, height=rp->height; /* width, height of raster */
12388: int drow=0, dcol=0, /* delta row,col to follow line */
12389: jrow=irow, jcol=icol; /* current row,col following line */
12390: int bitval=1, /* value of rp bit at irow,icol */
12391: fgval=1, bgval=0, /* "fg" is whatever bitval is */
12392: bitminus=0, bitplus=0; /* value of left/down, right/up bit*/
12393: int isline=1, isedge=0; /*isline signals one-pixel wide line*/
12394: int turn = 0, /* detected turn back to caller */
12395: maxturn = maxfollow; /* don't follow more than max pixels*/
12396: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12397: Initialization
12398: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12399: /* --- check input --- */
12400: if ( irow<0 || irow>=height /* irow out-of-bounds */
12401: || icol<0 || icol>=width ) goto end_of_job; /* icol out-of-bounds */
12402: /* --- starting bit -- see if we're following a fg (usual), or bg line --- */
12403: bitval = getlongbit(bitmap,(icol+irow*width)); /* starting pixel (bg or fg)*/
12404: fgval = bitval; bgval = (1-bitval); /* define "fg" as whatever bitval is*/
12405: /* --- set drow,dcol corresponding to desired direction --- */
12406: switch ( direction ) { /* determine drow,dcol for direction*/
12407: default: goto end_of_job; /* unrecognized direction arg */
12408: case 1: drow = (-1); break; /* follow line up/north */
12409: case -1: drow = 1; break; /* down/south */
12410: case 2: dcol = 1; break; /* right/east */
12411: case -2: dcol = (-1); break; } /* left/west */
12412: /* --- set bitminus and bitplus --- */
12413: if ( drow == 0 ) { /* we're following line right/left */
12414: if ( irow < height ) /* there's a pixel below current */
12415: bitminus = getlongbit(bitmap,(icol+(irow+1)*width)); /* get it */
12416: if ( irow > 0 ) /* there's a pixel above current */
12417: bitplus = getlongbit(bitmap,(icol+(irow-1)*width)); } /* get it */
12418: if ( dcol == 0 ) { /* we're following line up/down */
12419: if ( icol < width ) /* there's a pixel to the right */
12420: bitplus = getlongbit(bitmap,(icol+1+irow*width)); /* get it */
12421: if ( icol > 0 ) /* there's a pixel to the left */
12422: bitminus = getlongbit(bitmap,(icol-1+irow*width)); } /* get it */
12423: /* --- check for lack of line to follow --- */
12424: if ( bitval == bitplus /* starting pixel same as above */
12425: && bitval == bitminus ) /* and below (or right and left) */
12426: goto end_of_job; /* so there's no line to follow */
12427: /* --- set isline and isedge (already initted for isline) --- */
12428: if ( bitval == bitplus ) /* starting pixel same as above */
12429: { isedge = (-1); isline = 0; } /* so we're at an edge below */
12430: if ( bitval == bitminus ) /* starting pixel same as below */
12431: { isedge = 1; isline = 0; } /* so we're at an edge above */
12432: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12433: follow line
12434: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12435: while ( 1 ) { /* until turn found (or max) */
12436: /* --- local allocations and declarations --- */
12437: int dbitval=0, /* value of bit at jrow,jcol */
12438: dbitminus=0, dbitplus=0; /* value of left/down, right/up bit*/
12439: /* --- bump pixel count and indexes; check for max or end-of-raster --- */
12440: turn++; /* bump #pixels followed */
12441: jrow += drow; jcol += dcol; /* indexes of next pixel to check */
12442: if ( turn > maxturn /* already followed max #pixels */
12443: || jrow<0 || jrow>=height /* or jrow past end-of-raster */
12444: || jcol<0 || jcol>=width ) /* or jcol past end-of-raster */
12445: { turn = 0; goto end_of_job; } /* so quit without finding a turn */
12446: /* --- set current bit (dbitval) --- */
12447: dbitval = getlongbit(bitmap,(jcol+jrow*width)); /*value of jrow,jcol bit*/
12448: /* --- set dbitminus and dbitplus --- */
12449: if ( drow == 0 ) { /* we're following line right/left */
12450: if ( irow < height ) /* there's a pixel below current */
12451: dbitminus = getlongbit(bitmap,(jcol+(irow+1)*width)); /* get it */
12452: if ( irow > 0 ) /* there's a pixel above current */
12453: dbitplus = getlongbit(bitmap,(jcol+(irow-1)*width)); } /* get it */
12454: if ( dcol == 0 ) { /* we're following line up/down */
12455: if ( icol < width ) /* there's a pixel to the right */
12456: dbitplus = getlongbit(bitmap,(icol+1+jrow*width)); /* get it */
12457: if ( icol > 0 ) /* there's a pixel to the left */
12458: dbitminus = getlongbit(bitmap,(icol-1+jrow*width)); } /* get it */
12459: /* --- first check for abrupt end-of-line, or for T or Y --- */
12460: if ( isline != 0 ) /* abrupt end or T,Y must be a line*/
12461: if ( ( bgval == dbitval /* end-of-line if pixel flips to bg*/
12462: && bgval == dbitplus /* and bg same as above pixel */
12463: && bgval == dbitminus ) /* and below (or right and left) */
12464: || ( fgval == dbitplus /* T or Y if fg same as above pixel*/
12465: && fgval == dbitminus ) ) /* and below (or right and left) */
12466: { turn = 0; goto end_of_job; } /* so we're at a T or Y */
12467: /* --- check for turning line --- */
12468: if ( isline != 0 ) { /* turning line must be a line */
12469: if ( fgval == dbitminus ) /* turning down */
12470: { turn = -turn; goto end_of_job; } /* so return negative turn */
12471: else if ( fgval == dbitplus ) /* turning up */
12472: goto end_of_job; } /* so return positive turn */
12473: /* --- check for inside corner at edge --- */
12474: if ( isedge != 0 ) { /* inside corner must be a edge */
12475: if ( isedge < 0 && fgval == bitminus ) /* corner below */
12476: { turn = -turn; goto end_of_job; } /* so return negative turn */
12477: if ( isedge > 0 && fgval == bitplus ) /* corner above */
12478: goto end_of_job; } /* so return positive turn */
12479: /* --- check for abrupt end at edge --- */
12480: if ( isedge != 0 /* abrupt edge end must be an edge */
12481: && fgval == dbitval ) /* and line must not end */
12482: if ( (isedge < 0 && bgval == bitplus) /* abrupt end above */
12483: || (isedge > 0 && bgval == bitminus) ) /* or abrupt end below */
12484: { turn = 0; goto end_of_job; } /* so edge ended abruptly */
12485: /* --- check for outside corner at edge --- */
12486: if ( isedge != 0 /* outside corner must be a edge */
12487: && bgval == dbitval ) { /* and line must end */
12488: if ( isedge > 0 ) turn = -turn; /* outside turn down from edge above*/
12489: goto end_of_job; }
12490: } /* --- end-of-while(1) --- */
12491: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12492: Back to caller with #rows or #cols traversed, and direction of detected turn
12493: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12494: end_of_job:
12495: if ( msglevel>=99 && msgfp!=NULL ) /* debugging/diagnostic output */
12496: fprintf(msgfp,"aafollowline> irow,icol,direction=%d,%d,%d, turn=%d\n",
12497: irow,icol,direction,turn);
12498: return ( turn );
12499: } /* --- end-of-function aafollowline() --- */
12500:
12501:
12502: /* ==========================================================================
12503: * Function: aagridnum ( rp, irow, icol )
12504: * Purpose: calculates gridnum, 0-511 (see Notes below),
12505: * for 3x3 grid centered at irow,icol
12506: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12507: * Arguments: rp (I) raster * to raster containing
12508: * bitmap image (to be anti-aliased)
12509: * irow (I) int containing row, 0...height-1,
12510: * at center of 3x3 grid
12511: * icol (I) int containing col, 0...width-1,
12512: * at center of 3x3 grid
12513: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12514: * Returns: ( int ) 0-511 grid number, or -1=any error
12515: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12516: * Notes: o Input gridnum is a 9-bit int, 0-511, coding a 3x3 pixel grid
12517: * whose bit positions (and corresponding values) in gridnum are
12518: * 876 256 128 64
12519: * 504 = 32 1 16
12520: * 321 8 4 2
12521: * Thus, for example (*=pixel set/black, -=pixel not set/white),
12522: * *-- *-- -** (note that 209 is the
12523: * -*- = 259 *-- = 302 -** = 209 inverse, set<-->unset,
12524: * --* *** --- of 302)
12525: * o A set pixel is considered black, an unset pixel considered
12526: * white.
12527: * ======================================================================= */
12528: /* --- entry point --- */
12529: int aagridnum (raster *rp, int irow, int icol)
12530: {
12531: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12532: Allocations and Declarations
12533: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12534: pixbyte *bitmap = rp->pixmap; /* local rp->pixmap ptr */
12535: int width=rp->width, height=rp->height, /* width, height of raster */
12536: imap = icol + irow*width; /* pixel index = icol + irow*width */
12537: int bitval=0, /* value of rp bit at irow,icol */
12538: nnbitval=0, nebitval=0, eebitval=0, sebitval=0, /*adjacent vals*/
12539: ssbitval=0, swbitval=0, wwbitval=0, nwbitval=0, /*compass pt names*/
12540: gridnum = (-1); /* grid# 0-511 for above 9 bits */
12541: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12542: check input
12543: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12544: if ( irow<0 || irow>=height /* irow out-of-bounds */
12545: || icol<0 || icol>=width ) goto end_of_job; /* icol out-of-bounds */
12546: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12547: get the 9 bits comprising the 3x3 grid centered at irow,icol
12548: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12549: /* --- get center bit --- */
12550: bitval = getlongbit(bitmap,imap); /* value of rp input bit at imap */
12551: /* --- get 8 surrounding bits --- */
12552: if ( irow > 0 ) /* nn (north) bit available */
12553: nnbitval = getlongbit(bitmap,imap-width); /* nn bit value */
12554: if ( irow < height-1 ) /* ss (south) bit available */
12555: ssbitval = getlongbit(bitmap,imap+width); /* ss bit value */
12556: if ( icol > 0 ) /* ww (west) bit available */
12557: { wwbitval = getlongbit(bitmap,imap-1); /* ww bit value */
12558: if ( irow > 0 ) /* nw bit available */
12559: nwbitval = getlongbit(bitmap,imap-width-1); /* nw bit value */
12560: if ( irow < height-1 ) /* sw bit available */
12561: swbitval = getlongbit(bitmap,imap+width-1); } /* sw bit value */
12562: if ( icol < width-1 ) /* ee (east) bit available */
12563: { eebitval = getlongbit(bitmap,imap+1); /* ee bit value */
12564: if ( irow > 0 ) /* ne bit available */
12565: nebitval = getlongbit(bitmap,imap-width+1); /* ne bit value */
12566: if ( irow < height-1 ) /* se bit available */
12567: sebitval = getlongbit(bitmap,imap+width+1); } /* se bit value */
12568: /* --- set gridnum --- */
12569: gridnum = 0; /* clear all bits */
12570: if ( bitval ) gridnum = 1; /* set1bit(gridnum,0); */
12571: if ( nwbitval ) gridnum += 256; /* set1bit(gridnum,8); */
12572: if ( nnbitval ) gridnum += 128; /* set1bit(gridnum,7); */
12573: if ( nebitval ) gridnum += 64; /* set1bit(gridnum,6); */
12574: if ( wwbitval ) gridnum += 32; /* set1bit(gridnum,5); */
12575: if ( eebitval ) gridnum += 16; /* set1bit(gridnum,4); */
12576: if ( swbitval ) gridnum += 8; /* set1bit(gridnum,3); */
12577: if ( ssbitval ) gridnum += 4; /* set1bit(gridnum,2); */
12578: if ( sebitval ) gridnum += 2; /* set1bit(gridnum,1); */
12579: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12580: Back to caller with gridnum coding 3x3 grid centered at irow,icol
12581: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12582: end_of_job:
12583: return ( gridnum );
12584: } /* --- end-of-function aagridnum() --- */
12585:
12586:
12587: /* ==========================================================================
12588: * Function: aapatternnum ( gridnum )
12589: * Purpose: Looks up the pattern number 1...51
12590: * corresponding to the 3x3 pixel grid coded by gridnum 0=no
12591: * pixels set (white) to 511=all pixels set (black).
12592: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12593: * Arguments: gridnum (I) int containing 0-511 coding a 3x3 pixel grid
12594: * (see Notes below)
12595: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12596: * Returns: ( int ) 1 to 51, or -1=error
12597: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12598: * Notes: o Input gridnum is a 9-bit int, 0-511, coding a 3x3 pixel grid
12599: * whose bit positions (and corresponding values) in gridnum are
12600: * 876 256 128 64
12601: * 504 = 32 1 16
12602: * 321 8 4 2
12603: * Thus, for example (*=pixel set/black, -=pixel not set/white),
12604: * *-- *-- -** (note that 209 is the
12605: * -*- = 259 *-- = 302 -** = 209 inverse, set<-->unset,
12606: * --* *** --- of 302)
12607: * o A set pixel is considered black, an unset pixel considered
12608: * white.
12609: * o Ignoring whether the center pixel is set or unset, and
12610: * taking rotation, reflection and inversion (set<-->unset)
12611: * symmetries into account, there are 32 unique pixel patterns.
12612: * If inversions are listed separately, there are 51 patterns.
12613: * o Here are the 51 unique patterns, with ? always denoting the
12614: * undetermined center pixel. At the upper-left corner of each
12615: * pattern is the "pattern index number" assigned to it in this
12616: * function. At the upper-right is the pattern's multiplicity,
12617: * i.e., the number of different patterns obtained by rotations
12618: * and reflection of the illustrated one. Inverse patters are
12619: * illustrated immediately beneath the original (the first three
12620: * four-pixel patterns have identical inverses).
12621: * -------------------------------------------------------------
12622: * No pixels set:
12623: * #1 1 (in this case, 1 signifies that rotation
12624: * --- and reflection give no different grids)
12625: * -?-
12626: * ---
12627: * Inverse, all eight pixels set
12628: * #2 1 (the inverse multiplicity is always the same)
12629: * ***
12630: * *?*
12631: * ***
12632: * -------------------------------------------------------------
12633: * One pixel set:
12634: * #3 4 #4 4
12635: * *-- -*-
12636: * -?- -?-
12637: * --- ---
12638: * Inverse, seven pixels set:
12639: * #5 4 #6 4
12640: * -** *-*
12641: * *?* *?*
12642: * *** ***
12643: * -------------------------------------------------------------
12644: * Two pixels set:
12645: * #7 8 #8 4 #9 8 10 2 11 4 12 2
12646: * **- *-* *-- *-- -*- -*-
12647: * -?- -?- -?* -?- -?* -?-
12648: * --- --- --- --* --- -*-
12649: * Inverse, six pixels set:
12650: * #13 8 14 4 15 8 16 2 17 4 18 2
12651: * --* -*- -** -** *-* *-*
12652: * *?* *?* *?- *?* *?- *?*
12653: * *** *** *** **- *** *-*
12654: * -------------------------------------------------------------
12655: * Three pixels set:
12656: * #19 4 20 8 21 8 22 8 23 8 24 4 25 4 26 4 27 4 28 4
12657: * *** **- **- **- **- **- *-* *-* -*- -*-
12658: * -?- -?* -?- -?- -?- *?- -?- -?- -?* -?*
12659: * --- --- --* -*- *-- --- --* -*- -*- *--
12660: * Inverse, five pixels set:
12661: * #29 4 30 8 31 8 32 8 33 8 34 4 35 4 36 4 37 4 38 4
12662: * --- --* --* --* --* --* -*- -*- *-* *-*
12663: * *?* *?- *?* *?* *?* -?* *?* *?* *?- *?-
12664: * *** *** **- *-* -** *** **- *-* *-* -**
12665: * -------------------------------------------------------------
12666: * Four pixels set (including inverses):
12667: * #39 8 40 4 41 8 42 8 43 4 44 4 45 8 46 1
12668: * *** **- **- *** *** **- **- *-*
12669: * -?* -?- -?* -?- -?- -?* -?* -?-
12670: * --- -** *-- --* -*- --* -*- *-*
12671: *
12672: * #47 8 48 4 49 4 50 8 51 1
12673: * --- --- --* --* -*-
12674: * *?* *?* *?- *?- *?*
12675: * **- *-* **- *-* -*-
12676: * ======================================================================= */
12677: /* --- entry point --- */
12678: int aapatternnum ( int gridnum )
12679: {
12680: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12681: Allocations and Declarations
12682: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12683: int pattern = (-1); /*pattern#, 1-51, for input gridnum*/
12684: /* ---
12685: * pattern number corresponding to input gridnum/2 code
12686: * ( gridnum/2 strips off gridnum's low bit because it's
12687: * the same pattern whether or not center pixel is set )
12688: * --- */
12689: static int patternnum[] = {
12690: 1, 3, 4, 7, 3, 8, 7,19, 4, 7,11,24, 9,23,20,39, /* 0- 15 */
12691: 4, 9,11,20, 7,23,24,39,12,22,27,47,22,48,47,29, /* 16- 31 */
12692: 3, 8, 9,23,10,25,21,42, 7,19,20,39,21,42,44,34, /* 32- 47 */
12693: 9,26,28,41,21,50,49,30,22,43,45,33,40,32,31,13, /* 48- 63 */
12694: 4, 9,12,22, 9,26,22,43,11,20,27,47,28,41,45,33, /* 64- 79 */
12695: 11,28,27,45,20,41,47,33,27,45,51,35,45,36,35,14, /* 80- 95 */
12696: 7,23,22,48,21,50,40,32,24,39,47,29,49,30,31,13, /* 96-111 */
12697: 20,41,45,36,44,38,31,15,47,33,35,14,31,15,16, 5, /* 112-127 */
12698: 3,10, 9,21, 8,25,23,42, 9,21,28,49,26,50,41,30, /* 128-143 */
12699: 7,21,20,44,19,42,39,34,22,40,45,31,43,32,33,13, /* 144-159 */
12700: 8,25,26,50,25,46,50,37,23,42,41,30,50,37,38,17, /* 160-175 */
12701: 23,50,41,38,42,37,30,17,48,32,36,15,32,18,15, 6, /* 176-191 */
12702: 7,21,22,40,23,50,48,32,20,44,45,31,41,38,36,15, /* 192-207 */
12703: 24,49,47,31,39,30,29,13,47,31,35,16,33,15,14, 5, /* 208-223 */
12704: 19,42,43,32,42,37,32,18,39,34,33,13,30,17,15, 6, /* 224-239 */
12705: 39,30,33,15,34,17,13, 6,29,13,14, 5,13, 6, 5, 2, /* 240-255 */
12706: -1 } ; /* --- end-of-patternnum[] --- */
12707: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12708: look up pattern number for gridnum
12709: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12710: /* --- first check input --- */
12711: if ( gridnum<0 || gridnum>511 ) goto end_of_job; /* gridnum out of bounds */
12712: /* --- look up pattern number, 1-51, corresponding to input gridnum --- */
12713: pattern = patternnum[gridnum/2]; /* /2 strips off gridnum's low bit */
12714: if ( pattern<1 || pattern>51 ) pattern = (-1); /* some internal error */
12715: end_of_job:
12716: return ( pattern ); /* back to caller with pattern# */
12717: } /* --- end-of-function aapatternnum() --- */
12718:
12719:
12720: /* ==========================================================================
12721: * Function: aalookup ( gridnum )
12722: * Purpose: Looks up the grayscale value 0=white to 255=black
12723: * corresponding to the 3x3 pixel grid coded by gridnum 0=no
12724: * pixels set (white) to 511=all pixels set (black).
12725: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12726: * Arguments: gridnum (I) int containing 0-511 coding a 3x3 pixel grid
12727: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12728: * Returns: ( int ) 0=white to 255=black, or -1=error
12729: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12730: * Notes: o Input gridnum is a 9-bit int, 0-511, coding a 3x3 pixel grid
12731: * o A set pixel is considered black, an unset pixel considered
12732: * white. Likewise, the returned grayscale is 255 for black,
12733: * 0 for white. You'd more typically want to use 255-grayscale
12734: * so that 255 is white and 0 is black.
12735: * o The returned number is the (lowpass) antialiased grayscale
12736: * for the center pixel (gridnum bit 0) of the grid.
12737: * ======================================================================= */
12738: /* --- entry point --- */
12739: int aalookup ( int gridnum )
12740: {
12741: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12742: Allocations and Declarations
12743: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12744: int grayscale = (-1); /*returned grayscale, init for error*/
12745: int pattern = (-1), aapatternnum(); /*pattern#, 1-51, for input gridnum*/
12746: int iscenter = gridnum&1; /*low-order bit set for center pixel*/
12747: /* --- gray scales --- */
12748: #define WHT 0
12749: #define LGT 64
12750: #define GRY 128
12751: #define DRK 192
12752: #define BLK 255
12753: #if 1
12754: /* ---
12755: * modified aapnm() grayscales (second try)
12756: * --- */
12757: /* --- grayscale for each pattern when center pixel set/black --- */
12758: static int grayscale1[] = { -1, /* [0] index not used */
12759: BLK,BLK,BLK,BLK,242,230,BLK,BLK,BLK,160, /* 1-10 */
12760: /* BLK,BLK,BLK,BLK,242,230,BLK,BLK,BLK,BLK, */ /* 1-10 */
12761: BLK,BLK,217,230,217,230,204,BLK,BLK,166, /* 11-20 */
12762: BLK,BLK,BLK,BLK,BLK,BLK,178,166,204,191, /* 21-30 */
12763: 204,BLK,204,191,217,204,BLK,191,178,BLK, /* 31-40 */
12764: 178,BLK,BLK,178,191,BLK,191,BLK,178,BLK,204, /* 41-51 */
12765: -1 } ; /* --- end-of-grayscale1[] --- */
12766: /* --- grayscale for each pattern when center pixel not set/white --- */
12767: static int grayscale0[] = { -1, /* [0] index not used */
12768: WHT,WHT,WHT,WHT,WHT,WHT,WHT,WHT,WHT,WHT, /* 1-10 */
12769: 64,WHT,WHT,128,115,128,WHT,WHT,WHT, 64, /* 11-20 */
12770: /* 51,WHT,WHT,128,115,128,WHT,WHT,WHT, 64, */ /* 11-20 */
12771: WHT,WHT,WHT, 64,WHT,WHT, 76, 64,102, 89, /* 21-30 */
12772: 102,WHT,102,WHT,115,102,WHT, 89, 76,WHT, /* 31-40 */
12773: 76,WHT,WHT, 76, 89,WHT, 89,WHT, 76,WHT,102, /* 41-51 */
12774: -1 } ; /* --- end-of-grayscale0[] --- */
12775: #endif
12776: #if 0
12777: /* ---
12778: * modified aapnm() grayscales (first try)
12779: * --- */
12780: /* --- grayscale for each pattern when center pixel set/black --- */
12781: static int grayscale1[] = { -1, /* [0] index not used */
12782: BLK,BLK,BLK,BLK,242,230,GRY,BLK,BLK,BLK, /* 1-10 */
12783: /* BLK,BLK,BLK,BLK,242,230,BLK,BLK,BLK,BLK, */ /* 1-10 */
12784: BLK,BLK,217,230,217,230,204,BLK,BLK,166, /* 11-20 */
12785: BLK,BLK,BLK,BLK,BLK,BLK,BLK,166,204,191, /* 21-30 */
12786: /* BLK,BLK,BLK,BLK,BLK,BLK,178,166,204,191, */ /* 21-30 */
12787: 204,BLK,204,BLK,217,204,BLK,191,GRY,BLK, /* 31-40 */
12788: /* 204,BLK,204,191,217,204,BLK,191,178,BLK, */ /* 31-40 */
12789: 178,BLK,BLK,178,191,BLK,BLK,BLK,178,BLK,204, /* 41-51 */
12790: /* 178,BLK,BLK,178,191,BLK,191,BLK,178,BLK,204, */ /* 41-51 */
12791: -1 } ; /* --- end-of-grayscale1[] --- */
12792: /* --- grayscale for each pattern when center pixel not set/white --- */
12793: static int grayscale0[] = { -1, /* [0] index not used */
12794: WHT,WHT,WHT,WHT,WHT,WHT,WHT,WHT,WHT,WHT, /* 1-10 */
12795: GRY,WHT,WHT,128,115,128,WHT,WHT,WHT,GRY, /* 11-20 */
12796: /* 51,WHT,WHT,128,115,128,WHT,WHT,WHT, 64, */ /* 11-20 */
12797: WHT,WHT,WHT,GRY,WHT,WHT, 76, 64,102, 89, /* 21-30 */
12798: /* WHT,WHT,WHT, 64,WHT,WHT, 76, 64,102, 89, */ /* 21-30 */
12799: 102,WHT,102,WHT,115,102,WHT, 89,GRY,WHT, /* 31-40 */
12800: /* 102,WHT,102,WHT,115,102,WHT, 89, 76,WHT, */ /* 31-40 */
12801: 76,WHT,WHT,GRY, 89,WHT, 89,WHT, 76,WHT,102, /* 41-51 */
12802: /* 76,WHT,WHT, 76, 89,WHT, 89,WHT, 76,WHT,102, */ /* 41-51 */
12803: -1 } ; /* --- end-of-grayscale0[] --- */
12804: #endif
12805: #if 0
12806: /* ---
12807: * these grayscales _exactly_ correspond to the aapnm() algorithm
12808: * --- */
12809: /* --- grayscale for each pattern when center pixel set/black --- */
12810: static int grayscale1[] = { -1, /* [0] index not used */
12811: BLK,BLK,BLK,BLK,242,230,BLK,BLK,BLK,BLK, /* 1-10 */
12812: BLK,BLK,217,230,217,230,204,BLK,BLK,166, /* 11-20 */
12813: BLK,BLK,BLK,BLK,BLK,BLK,178,166,204,191, /* 21-30 */
12814: 204,BLK,204,191,217,204,BLK,191,178,BLK, /* 31-40 */
12815: 178,BLK,BLK,178,191,BLK,191,BLK,178,BLK,204, /* 41-51 */
12816: -1 } ; /* --- end-of-grayscale1[] --- */
12817: /* --- grayscale for each pattern when center pixel not set/white --- */
12818: static int grayscale0[] = { -1, /* [0] index not used */
12819: WHT,WHT,WHT,WHT,WHT,WHT,WHT,WHT,WHT,WHT, /* 1-10 */
12820: 51,WHT,WHT,128,115,128,WHT,WHT,WHT, 64, /* 11-20 */
12821: WHT,WHT,WHT, 64,WHT,WHT, 76, 64,102, 89, /* 21-30 */
12822: 102,WHT,102,WHT,115,102,WHT, 89, 76,WHT, /* 31-40 */
12823: 76,WHT,WHT, 76, 89,WHT, 89,WHT, 76,WHT,102, /* 41-51 */
12824: -1 } ; /* --- end-of-grayscale0[] --- */
12825: #endif
12826: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12827: look up grayscale for gridnum
12828: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12829: /* --- first check input --- */
12830: if ( gridnum<0 || gridnum>511 ) goto end_of_job; /* gridnum out of bounds */
12831: /* --- look up pattern number, 1-51, corresponding to input gridnum --- */
12832: pattern = aapatternnum(gridnum); /* look up pattern number */
12833: if ( pattern<1 || pattern>51 ) goto end_of_job; /* some internal error */
12834: if ( ispatternnumcount ) { /* counts being accumulated */
12835: if (iscenter) patternnumcount1[pattern] += 1; /* bump diagnostic count */
12836: else patternnumcount0[pattern] += 1; }
12837: /* --- look up grayscale for this pattern --- */
12838: grayscale = ( iscenter? grayscale1[pattern] : grayscale0[pattern] );
12839: end_of_job:
12840: return ( grayscale ); /* back to caller with grayscale */
12841: } /* --- end-of-function aalookup() --- */
12842:
12843:
12844: /* ==========================================================================
12845: * Function: aalowpasslookup ( rp, bytemap, grayscale )
12846: * Purpose: calls aalookup() for each pixel in rp->bitmap
12847: * to create anti-aliased bytemap
12848: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12849: * Arguments: rp (I) raster * to raster whose bitmap
12850: * is to be anti-aliased
12851: * bytemap (O) intbyte * to bytemap, calculated
12852: * by calling aalookup() for each pixel
12853: * in rp->bitmap
12854: * grayscale (I) int containing number of grayscales
12855: * to be calculated, 0...grayscale-1
12856: * (should typically be given as 256)
12857: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12858: * Returns: ( int ) 1=success, 0=any error
12859: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12860: * Notes: o
12861: * ======================================================================= */
12862: /* --- entry point --- */
12863: int aalowpasslookup (raster *rp, intbyte *bytemap, int grayscale)
12864: {
12865: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12866: Allocations and Declarations
12867: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12868: int width=rp->width, height=rp->height, /* width, height of raster */
12869: icol = 0, irow = 0, imap = (-1); /* width, height, bitmap indexes */
12870: int bgbitval=0 /*, fgbitval=1*/; /* background, foreground bitval */
12871: int bitval=0, /* value of rp bit at irow,icol */
12872: aabyteval=0; /* antialiased (or unchanged) value*/
12873: int gridnum=0, aagridnum(), /* grid# for 3x3 grid at irow,icol */
12874: aalookup(); /* table look up antialiased value*/
12875: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12876: generate bytemap by table lookup for each pixel of bitmap
12877: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12878: for ( irow=0; irow<height; irow++ )
12879: for ( icol=0; icol<width; icol++ )
12880: {
12881: /* --- get gridnum and center bit value, init aabyteval --- */
12882: gridnum = aagridnum(rp,irow,icol); /*grid# coding 3x3 grid at irow,icol*/
12883: bitval = (gridnum&1); /* center bit set if gridnum odd */
12884: aabyteval = (intbyte)(bitval==bgbitval?0:grayscale-1); /* default aa val */
12885: imap++; /* first bump bitmap[] index */
12886: bytemap[imap] = (intbyte)(aabyteval); /* init antialiased pixel */
12887: /* --- look up antialiased value for this grid --- */
12888: aabyteval = aalookup(gridnum); /* look up on grid# */
12889: if ( aabyteval>=0 && aabyteval<=255 ) /* check for success */
12890: bytemap[imap] = (intbyte)(aabyteval); /* init antialiased pixel */
12891: } /* --- end-of-for(irow,icol) --- */
12892: ispatternnumcount = 0; /* accumulate counts only once */
12893: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12894: Back to caller with gray-scale anti-aliased bytemap
12895: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12896: /*end_of_job:*/
12897: return ( 1 );
12898: } /* --- end-of-function aalowpasslookup() --- */
12899:
12900:
12901: /* ==========================================================================
1.1 albertel 12902: * Function: aasupsamp ( rp, aa, sf, grayscale )
12903: * Purpose: calculates a supersampled anti-aliased bytemap
12904: * for rp->bitmap, with each byte 0...grayscale-1
12905: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12906: * Arguments: rp (I) raster * to raster whose bitmap
12907: * is to be anti-aliased
12908: * aa (O) address of raster * to supersampled bytemap,
12909: * calculated by supersampling rp->bitmap
12910: * sf (I) int containing supersampling shrinkfactor
12911: * grayscale (I) int containing number of grayscales
12912: * to be calculated, 0...grayscale-1
12913: * (should typically be given as 256)
12914: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12915: * Returns: ( int ) 1=success, 0=any error
12916: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
12917: * Notes: o If the center point of the box being averaged is black,
12918: * then the entire "average" is forced black (grayscale-1)
12919: * regardless of the surrounding points. This is my attempt
12920: * to avoid a "washed-out" appearance of thin (one-pixel-wide)
12921: * lines, which would otherwise turn from black to a gray shade.
12922: * ======================================================================= */
12923: /* --- entry point --- */
12924: int aasupsamp (raster *rp, raster **aa, int sf, int grayscale)
12925: {
12926: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12927: Allocations and Declarations
12928: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12929: int status = 0; /* 1=success, 0=failure to caller */
12930: int rpheight=rp->height, rpwidth=rp->width, /*bitmap raster dimensions*/
12931: heightrem=0, widthrem=0, /* rp+rem is a multiple of shrinkf */
12932: aaheight=0, aawidth=0, /* supersampled dimensions */
12933: aapixsz=8; /* output pixels are 8-bit bytes */
12934: int maxaaval=(-9999), /* max grayscale val set in matrix */
12935: isrescalemax=1; /* 1=rescale maxaaval to grayscale */
12936: int irp=0,jrp=0, iaa=0,jaa=0, iwt=0,jwt=0; /*indexes, i=width j=height*/
12937: raster *aap=NULL, *new_raster(); /* raster for supersampled image */
12938: raster *aaweights(); /* get weight matrix applied to rp */
12939: static raster *aawts = NULL; /* aaweights() resultant matrix */
12940: static int prevshrink = NOVALUE, /* shrinkfactor from previous call */
12941: sumwts = 0; /* sum of weights */
12942: static int blackfrac = 40, /* force black if this many pts are */
12943: /*grayfrac = 20,*/
12944: maxwt = 10, /* max weight in weight matrix */
12945: minwtfrac=10, maxwtfrac=70; /* force light pts white, dark black*/
12946: int type_raster(), type_bytemap(); /* debugging display routines */
12947: int delete_raster(); /* delete old rasters */
12948: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12949: Initialization
12950: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12951: /* --- check args --- */
12952: if ( aa == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* no ptr for return output arg */
12953: *aa = NULL; /* init null ptr for error return */
12954: if ( rp == NULL /* no ptr to input arg */
12955: || sf < 1 /* invalid shrink factor */
12956: || grayscale < 2 ) goto end_of_job; /* invalid grayscale */
12957: /* --- get weight matrix (or use current one) --- */
12958: if ( sf != prevshrink ) /* have new shrink factor */
12959: { if ( aawts != NULL ) /* have unneeded weight matrix */
12960: delete_raster(aawts); /* so free it */
12961: sumwts = 0; /* reinitialize sum of weights */
12962: aawts = aaweights(sf,sf); /* get new weight matrix */
12963: if ( aawts != NULL ) /* got weight matrix okay*/
12964: for ( jwt=0; jwt<sf; jwt++ ) /* for each row */
12965: for ( iwt=0; iwt<sf; iwt++ ) /* and each column */
12966: { int wt = (int)(getpixel(aawts,jwt,iwt)); /* weight */
12967: if ( wt > maxwt ) /* don't overweight center pts */
12968: { wt = maxwt; /* scale it back */
12969: setpixel(aawts,jwt,iwt,wt); } /* and replace it in matrix */
12970: sumwts += wt; } /* add weight to sum */
12971: prevshrink = sf; } /* save new shrink factor */
12972: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=999 )
12973: { fprintf(msgfp,"aasupsamp> sf=%d, sumwts=%d weights=...\n", sf,sumwts);
12974: type_bytemap((intbyte *)aawts->pixmap,grayscale,
12975: aawts->width,aawts->height,msgfp); }
12976: /* --- calculate supersampled height,width and allocate output raster */
12977: heightrem = rpheight%sf; /* remainder after division... */
12978: widthrem = rpwidth%sf; /* ...by shrinkfactor */
12979: aaheight = 1+(rpheight+sf-(heightrem+1))/sf; /* ss height */
12980: aawidth = 1+(rpwidth+sf-(widthrem+1))/sf; /* ss width */
12981: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=999 )
12982: { fprintf(msgfp,"aasupsamp> rpwid,ht=%d,%d wd,htrem=%d,%d aawid,ht=%d,%d\n",
12983: rpwidth,rpheight, widthrem,heightrem, aawidth,aaheight);
12984: fprintf(msgfp,"aasupsamp> dump of original bitmap image...\n");
12985: type_raster(rp,msgfp); } /* ascii image of rp raster */
12986: if ( (aap = new_raster(aawidth,aaheight,aapixsz)) /* alloc output raster*/
12987: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if alloc fails */
12988: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
12989: Step through rp->bitmap, applying aawts to each "submatrix" of bitmap
12990: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
12991: for ( jaa=0,jrp=(-(heightrem+1)/2); jrp<rpheight; jrp+=sf ) /* height */
12992: {
12993: for ( iaa=0,irp=(-(widthrem+1)/2); irp<rpwidth; irp+=sf ) /* width */
12994: {
12995: int aaval=0; /* weighted rpvals */
12996: int nrp=0, mrp=0; /* #rp bits set, #within matrix */
12997: for ( jwt=0; jwt<sf; jwt++ )
12998: for ( iwt=0; iwt<sf; iwt++ )
12999: {
13000: int i=irp+iwt, j=jrp+jwt; /* rp->pixmap point */
13001: int rpval = 0; /* rp->pixmap value at i,j */
13002: if ( i>=0 && i<rpwidth /* i within actual pixmap */
13003: && j>=0 && j<rpheight ) /* ditto j */
13004: { mrp++; /* count another bit within matrix */
13005: rpval = (int)(getpixel(rp,j,i)); } /* get actual pixel value */
13006: if ( rpval != 0 )
13007: { nrp++; /* count another bit set */
13008: aaval += (int)(getpixel(aawts,jwt,iwt)); } /* sum weighted vals */
13009: } /* --- end-of-for(iwt,jwt) --- */
13010: if ( aaval > 0 ) /*normalize and rescale non-zero val*/
13011: { int aafrac = (100*aaval)/sumwts; /* weighted percent of black points */
13012: /*if((100*nrp)/mrp >=blackfrac)*/ /* many black interior pts */
13013: if( aafrac >= maxwtfrac ) /* high weight of sampledblack pts */
13014: aaval = grayscale-1; /* so set supersampled pt black */
13015: else if( aafrac <= minwtfrac ) /* low weight of sampledblack pts */
13016: aaval = 0; /* so set supersampled pt white */
13017: else /* rescale calculated weight */
13018: aaval = ((sumwts/2 - 1) + (grayscale-1)*aaval)/sumwts; }
13019: maxaaval = max2(maxaaval,aaval); /* largest aaval so far */
13020: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=999 )
13021: fprintf(msgfp,"aasupsamp> jrp,irp=%d,%d jaa,iaa=%d,%d"
13022: " mrp,nrp=%d,%d aaval=%d\n",
13023: jrp,irp, jaa,iaa, mrp,nrp, aaval);
13024: if ( jaa<aaheight && iaa<aawidth ) /* bounds check */
13025: setpixel(aap,jaa,iaa,aaval); /*weighted val in supersamp raster*/
13026: else if( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=9 ) /* emit error if out-of-bounds */
13027: fprintf(msgfp,"aasupsamp> Error: aaheight,aawidth=%d,%d jaa,iaa=%d,%d\n",
13028: aaheight,aawidth, jaa,iaa);
13029: iaa++; /* bump aa col index */
13030: } /* --- end-of-for(irp) --- */
13031: jaa++; /* bump aa row index */
13032: } /* --- end-of-for(jrp) --- */
13033: /* --- rescale supersampled image so darkest points become black --- */
13034: if ( isrescalemax ) /* flag set to rescale maxaaval */
13035: {
13036: double scalef = ((double)(grayscale-1))/((double)maxaaval);
13037: for ( jaa=0; jaa<aaheight; jaa++ ) /* height */
13038: for ( iaa=0; iaa<aawidth; iaa++ ) /* width */
13039: { int aafrac, aaval = getpixel(aap,jaa,iaa); /* un-rescaled value */
13040: aaval = (int)(0.5+((double)aaval)*scalef); /*multiply by scale factor*/
13041: aafrac = (100*aaval)/(grayscale-1); /* fraction of blackness */
13042: if( aafrac >= blackfrac ) /* high weight of sampledblack pts */
13043: aaval = grayscale-1; /* so set supersampled pt black */
13044: else if( 0&&aafrac <= minwtfrac ) /* low weight of sampledblack pts */
13045: aaval = 0; /* so set supersampled pt white */
13046: setpixel(aap,jaa,iaa,aaval); } /* replace rescaled val in raster */
13047: } /* --- end-of-if(isrescalemax) --- */
13048: *aa = aap; /* return supersampled image*/
13049: status = 1; /* set successful status */
13050: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=999 )
13051: { fprintf(msgfp,"aasupsamp> anti-aliased image...\n");
13052: type_bytemap((intbyte *)aap->pixmap,grayscale,
13053: aap->width,aap->height,msgfp); fflush(msgfp); }
13054: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
13055: Back to caller with gray-scale anti-aliased bytemap
13056: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
13057: end_of_job:
13058: return ( status );
13059: } /* --- end-of-function aasupsamp() --- */
13060:
13061:
13062: /* ==========================================================================
13063: * Function: aacolormap ( bytemap, nbytes, colors, colormap )
13064: * Purpose: searches bytemap, returning a list of its discrete values
13065: * in ascending order in colors[], and returning an "image"
13066: * of bytemap (where vales are replaced by colors[]
13067: * indexes) in colormap[].
13068: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
13069: * Arguments: bytemap (I) intbyte * to bytemap containing
13070: * grayscale values (usually 0=white
13071: * through 255=black) for which colors[]
13072: * and colormap[] will be constructed.
13073: * nbytes (I) int containing #bytes in bytemap
13074: * (usually just #rows * #cols)
13075: * colors (O) intbyte * (to be interpreted as ints)
13076: * returning a list of the discrete/different
1.3 albertel 13077: * values in bytemap, in ascending value order,
13078: * and with gamma correction applied
1.1 albertel 13079: * colormap (O) intbyte * returning a bytemap "image",
13080: * i.e., in one-to-one pixel correspondence
13081: * with bytemap, but where the values have been
13082: * replaced with corresponding colors[] indexes.
13083: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
13084: * Returns: ( int ) #colors in colors[], or 0 for any error
13085: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
13086: * Notes: o
13087: * ======================================================================= */
13088: /* --- entry point --- */
13089: int aacolormap ( intbyte *bytemap, int nbytes,
13090: intbyte *colors, intbyte *colormap )
13091: {
13092: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
13093: Allocations and Declarations
13094: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
13095: int ncolors = 0, /* #different values in bytemap */
13096: igray, grayscale = 256; /* bytemap contains intbyte's */
13097: intbyte *bytevalues = NULL; /* 1's where bytemap contains value*/
13098: int ibyte; /* bytemap/colormap index */
1.3 albertel 13099: int isscale = 0, /* true to scale largest val to 255*/
13100: isgamma = 1; /* true to apply gamma correction */
1.1 albertel 13101: int maxcolors = 0; /* maximum ncolors */
13102: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
13103: Accumulate colors[] from values occurring in bytemap
13104: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
13105: /* --- initialization --- */
13106: if ( (bytevalues = (intbyte *)malloc(grayscale)) /*alloc bytevalues*/
13107: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* signal error if malloc() failed */
13108: memset(bytevalues,0,grayscale); /* zero out bytevalues */
13109: /* --- now set 1's at offsets corresponding to values found in bytemap --- */
13110: for ( ibyte=0; ibyte<nbytes; ibyte++ ) /* for each byte in bytemap */
13111: bytevalues[(int)bytemap[ibyte]] = 1; /*use its value to index bytevalues*/
13112: /* --- collect the 1's indexes in colors[] --- */
13113: for ( igray=0; igray<grayscale; igray++ ) /* check all possible values */
13114: if ( (int)bytevalues[igray] ) /*bytemap contains igray somewheres*/
13115: { colors[ncolors] = (intbyte)igray; /* so store igray in colors */
13116: bytevalues[igray] = (intbyte)ncolors; /* save colors[] index */
13117: if ( maxcolors>0 && ncolors>=maxcolors ) /* too many color indexes */
13118: bytevalues[igray] = (intbyte)(maxcolors-1); /*so scale back to max*/
13119: ncolors++; } /* and bump #colors */
13120: /* --- rescale colors so largest, colors[ncolors-1], is black --- */
13121: if ( isscale ) /* only rescale if requested */
13122: if ( ncolors > 1 ) /* and if not a "blank" raster */
13123: if ( colors[ncolors-1] > 0 ) /*and at least one pixel non-white*/
13124: {
13125: /* --- multiply each colors[] by factor that scales largest to 255 --- */
13126: double scalefactor = ((double)(grayscale-1))/((double)colors[ncolors-1]);
13127: for ( igray=1; igray<ncolors; igray++ ) /* re-scale each colors[] */
13128: { colors[igray] = min2(grayscale-1,(int)(scalefactor*colors[igray]+0.5));
13129: if (igray>5) colors[igray] = min2(grayscale-1,colors[igray]+2*igray); }
13130: } /* --- end-of-if(isscale) --- */
1.3 albertel 13131: /* --- apply gamma correction --- */
13132: if ( isgamma /* only gamma correct if requested */
13133: && gammacorrection > 0.0001 ) /* and if we have gamma correction */
13134: if ( ncolors > 1 ) /* and if not a "blank" raster */
13135: if ( colors[ncolors-1] > 0 ) /*and at least one pixel non-white*/
13136: {
13137: for ( igray=1; igray<ncolors; igray++ ) { /*gamma correct each colors[]*/
13138: int grayval = colors[igray], /* original 0=white to 255=black */
13139: gmax = grayscale-1; /* should be 255 */
13140: double dgray=((double)(gmax-grayval))/((double)gmax); /*0=black 1=white*/
13141: dgray = pow(dgray,(1.0/gammacorrection)); /* apply gamma correction */
13142: grayval = (int)( gmax*(1.0-dgray) + 0.5 ); /* convert back to grayval */
13143: colors[igray] = grayval; } /* store back in colors[] */
13144: } /* --- end-of-if(isgamma) --- */
1.1 albertel 13145: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
13146: Construct colormap
13147: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
13148: for ( ibyte=0; ibyte<nbytes; ibyte++ ) /* for each byte in bytemap */
13149: colormap[ibyte] = bytevalues[(int)bytemap[ibyte]]; /*index for this value*/
13150: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
13151: back to caller with #colors, or 0 for any error
13152: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
13153: end_of_job:
13154: if ( bytevalues != NULL ) free(bytevalues); /* free working memory */
13155: if ( maxcolors>0 && ncolors>maxcolors ) /* too many color indexes */
13156: ncolors = maxcolors; /* return maximum to caller */
13157: return ( ncolors ); /* back with #colors, or 0=error */
13158: } /* --- end-of-function aacolormap() --- */
13159:
13160:
13161: /* ==========================================================================
13162: * Function: aaweights ( width, height )
13163: * Builds "canonical" weight matrix, width x height, in a raster
13164: * (see Notes below for discussion).
13165: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
13166: * Arguments: width (I) int containing width (#cols) of returned
13167: * raster/matrix of weights
13168: * height (I) int containing height (#rows) of returned
13169: * raster/matrix of weights
13170: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
13171: * Returns: ( raster * ) ptr to raster containing width x height
13172: * weight matrix, or NULL for any error
13173: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
13174: * Notes: o For example, given width=7, height=5, builds the matrix
13175: * 1 2 3 4 3 2 1
13176: * 2 4 6 8 6 4 2
13177: * 3 6 9 12 9 6 3
13178: * 2 4 6 8 6 4 2
13179: * 1 2 3 4 3 2 1
13180: * If an even dimension given, the two center numbers stay
13181: * the same, e.g., 123321 for the top row if width=6.
13182: * o For an odd square n x n matrix, the sum of all n^2
13183: * weights will be ((n+1)/2)^4.
13184: * o The largest weight (in the allocated pixsz=8 raster) is 255,
13185: * so the largest square matrix is 31 x 31. Any weight that
13186: * tries to grow beyond 255 is held constant at 255.
13187: * o A new_raster(), pixsz=8, is allocated for the caller.
13188: * To avoid memory leaks, be sure to delete_raster() when done.
13189: * ======================================================================= */
13190: /* --- entry point --- */
13191: raster *aaweights ( int width, int height )
13192: {
13193: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
13194: Allocations and Declarations
13195: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
13196: raster *new_raster(), *weights=NULL; /* raster of weights returned */
13197: int irow=0, icol=0, /* height, width indexes */
13198: weight = 0; /*running weight, as per Notes above*/
13199: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
13200: Initialization
13201: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
13202: /* --- allocate raster for weights --- */
13203: if ( (weights = new_raster(width,height,8)) /* allocate 8-bit byte raster */
13204: == NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* return NULL error if failed */
13205: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
13206: Fill weight matrix, as per Notes above
13207: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
13208: for ( irow=0; irow<height; irow++ ) /* outer loop over rows */
13209: for ( icol=0; icol<width; icol++ ) /* inner loop over cols */
13210: {
13211: int jrow = height-irow-1, /* backwards irow, height-1,...,0 */
13212: jcol = width-icol-1; /* backwards icol, width-1,...,0 */
13213: weight = min2(irow+1,jrow+1) * min2(icol+1,jcol+1); /* weight */
13214: if ( aaalgorithm == 1 ) weight=1; /* force equal weights */
13215: setpixel(weights,irow,icol,min2(255,weight)); /*store weight in matrix*/
13216: } /* --- end-of-for(irow,icol) --- */
13217: end_of_job:
13218: return ( weights ); /* back with weights or NULL=error */
13219: } /* --- end-of-function aaweights() --- */
13220:
13221:
13222: /* ==========================================================================
13223: * Function: aawtpixel ( image, ipixel, weights, rotate )
13224: * Purpose: Applies matrix of weights to the pixels
13225: * surrounding ipixel in image, rotated clockwise
13226: * by rotate degrees (typically 0 or 30).
13227: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
13228: * Arguments: image (I) raster * to bitmap (though it can be bytemap)
13229: * containing image with pixels to be averaged.
13230: * ipixel (I) int containing index (irow*width+icol) of
13231: * center pixel of image for weighted average.
13232: * weights (I) raster * to bytemap of relative weights
13233: * (0-255), whose dimensions (usually odd width
13234: * and odd height) determine the "subgrid" of
13235: * image surrounding ipixel to be averaged.
13236: * rotate (I) int containing degrees clockwise rotation
13237: * (typically 0 or 30), i.e., imagine weights
13238: * rotated clockwise and then averaging the
13239: * image pixels "underneath" it now.
13240: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
13241: * Returns: ( int ) 0-255 weighted average, or -1 for any error
13242: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
13243: * Notes: o The rotation matrix used (when requested) is
13244: * / x' \ / cos(theta) sin(theta)/a \ / x \
13245: * | | = | | | |
13246: * \ y' / \ -a*sin(theta) cos(theta) / \ y /
13247: * where a=1 (current default) is the pixel (not screen)
13248: * aspect ratio width:height, and theta is rotate (converted
13249: * from degrees to radians). Then x=col,y=row are the integer
13250: * pixel coords relative to the input center ipixel, and
13251: * x',y' are rotated coords which aren't necessarily integer.
13252: * The actual pixel used is the one nearest x',y'.
13253: * ======================================================================= */
13254: /* --- entry point --- */
13255: int aawtpixel ( raster *image, int ipixel, raster *weights, int rotate )
13256: {
13257: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
13258: Allocations and Declarations
13259: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
13260: int aaimgval = 0, /* weighted avg returned to caller */
13261: totwts=0, sumwts=0; /* total of all wts, sum wts used */
13262: int pixsz = image->pixsz, /* #bits per image pixel */
13263: black1=1, black8=255, /* black for 1-bit, 8-bit pixels */
13264: black = (pixsz==1? black1:black8), /* black value for our image */
13265: scalefactor = (black1+black8-black), /* only scale 1-bit images */
13266: iscenter = 0; /* set true if center pixel black */
13267: /* --- grid dimensions and indexes --- */
13268: int wtheight = weights->height, /* #rows in weight matrix */
13269: wtwidth = weights->width, /* #cols in weight matrix */
13270: imgheight = image->height, /* #rows in image */
13271: imgwidth = image->width; /* #cols in image */
13272: int wtrow, wtrow0 = wtheight/2, /* center row index for weights */
13273: wtcol, wtcol0 = wtwidth/2, /* center col index for weights */
13274: imgrow, imgrow0= ipixel/imgwidth, /* center row index for ipixel */
13275: imgcol, imgcol0= ipixel-(imgrow0*imgwidth); /*center col for ipixel*/
13276: /* --- rotated grid variables --- */
13277: static int prevrotate = 0; /* rotate from previous call */
13278: static double costheta = 1.0, /* cosine for previous rotate */
13279: sintheta = 0.0; /* and sine for previous rotate */
13280: double a = 1.0; /* default aspect ratio */
13281: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
13282: Initialization
13283: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
13284: /* --- refresh trig functions for rotate when it changes --- */
13285: if ( rotate != prevrotate ) /* need new sine/cosine */
13286: { costheta = cos(((double)rotate)/57.29578); /*cos of rotate in radians*/
13287: sintheta = sin(((double)rotate)/57.29578); /*sin of rotate in radians*/
13288: prevrotate = rotate; } /* save current rotate as prev */
13289: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
13290: Calculate aapixel as weighted average over image points around ipixel
13291: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
13292: for ( wtrow=0; wtrow<wtheight; wtrow++ )
13293: for ( wtcol=0; wtcol<wtwidth; wtcol++ )
13294: {
13295: /* --- allocations and declarations --- */
13296: int wt = (int)getpixel(weights,wtrow,wtcol); /* weight for irow,icol */
13297: int drow = wtrow - wtrow0, /* delta row offset from center */
13298: dcol = wtcol - wtcol0; /* delta col offset from center */
13299: int iscenter = 0; /* set true if center point black */
13300: /* --- initialization --- */
13301: totwts += wt; /* sum all weights */
13302: /* --- rotate (if requested) --- */
13303: if ( rotate != 0 ) /* non-zero rotation */
13304: {
13305: /* --- apply rotation matrix to (x=dcol,y=drow) --- */
13306: double dx=(double)dcol, dy=(double)drow, dtemp; /* need floats */
13307: dtemp = dx*costheta + dy*sintheta/a; /* save new dx' */
13308: dy = -a*dx*sintheta + dy*costheta; /* dy becomes new dy' */
13309: dx = dtemp; /* just for notational convenience */
13310: /* --- replace original (drow,dcol) with nearest rotated point --- */
13311: drow = (int)(dy+0.5); /* round dy for nearest row */
13312: dcol = (int)(dx+0.5); /* round dx for nearest col */
13313: } /* --- end-of-if(rotate!=0) --- */
13314: /* --- select image pixel to be weighted --- */
13315: imgrow = imgrow0 + drow; /*apply displacement to center row*/
13316: imgcol = imgcol0 + dcol; /*apply displacement to center col*/
13317: /* --- if pixel in bounds, accumulate weighted average --- */
13318: if ( imgrow>=0 && imgrow<imgheight ) /* row is in bounds */
13319: if ( imgcol>=0 && imgcol<imgwidth ) /* and col is in bounds */
13320: {
13321: /* --- accumulate weighted average --- */
13322: int imgval = (int)getpixel(image,imgrow,imgcol); /* image value */
13323: aaimgval += wt*imgval; /* weighted sum of image values */
13324: sumwts += wt; /* and also sum weights used */
13325: /* --- check if center image pixel black --- */
13326: if ( drow==0 && dcol==0 ) /* this is center ipixel */
13327: if ( imgval==black ) /* and it's black */
13328: iscenter = 1; /* so set black center flag true */
13329: } /* --- end-of-if(bounds checks ok) --- */
13330: } /* --- end-of-for(irow,icol) --- */
13331: if ( 0 && iscenter ) /* center point is black */
13332: aaimgval = black8; /* so force average black */
13333: else /* center point not black */
13334: aaimgval = /* 0=white ... black */
13335: ((totwts/2 - 1) + scalefactor*aaimgval)/totwts; /* not /sumwts; */
13336: /*end_of_job:*/
13337: return ( aaimgval );
13338: } /* --- end-of-function aawtpixel() --- */
1.3 albertel 13339:
13340:
13341: /* ==========================================================================
13342: * Function: mimetexsetmsg ( newmsglevel, newmsgfp )
13343: * Purpose: Sets msglevel and msgfp, usually called from
13344: * an external driver (i.e., DRIVER not defined
13345: * in this module).
13346: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
13347: * Arguments: newmsglevel (I) int containing new msglevel
13348: * (unchanged if newmsglevel<0)
13349: * newmsgfp (I) FILE * containing new msgfp
13350: * (unchanged if newmsgfp=NULL)
13351: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
13352: * Returns: ( int ) always 1
13353: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
13354: * Notes: o
13355: * ======================================================================= */
13356: /* --- entry point --- */
13357: int mimetexsetmsg ( int newmsglevel, FILE *newmsgfp )
13358: {
13359: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
13360: set msglevel and msgfp
13361: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
13362: if ( newmsglevel >= 0 ) msglevel = newmsglevel;
13363: if ( newmsgfp != NULL ) msgfp = newmsgfp;
13364: return ( 1 );
13365: } /* --- end-of-function mimetexsetmsg() --- */
1.1 albertel 13366: #endif /* PART3 */
13367:
13368: /* ---
13369: * PART1
13370: * ------ */
13371: #if !defined(PARTS) || defined(PART1)
13372: #ifdef DRIVER
13373: /* ==========================================================================
13374: * Function: main() driver for mimetex.c
13375: * Purpose: emits a mime xbitmap or gif image of a LaTeX math expression
13376: * entered either as
13377: * (1) html query string from a browser (most typical), or
13378: * (2) a query string from an html <form method="get">
13379: * whose <input name="formdata"> (mostly for demo), or
13380: * (3) command-line arguments (mostly to test).
13381: * If no input supplied, expression defaults to "f(x)=x^2",
13382: * treated as test (input method 3).
13383: * If args entered on command-line (or if no input supplied),
13384: * output is (usually) human-viewable ascii raster images on
13385: * stdout rather than the usual mime xbitmaps or gif images.
13386: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
13387: * Command-Line Arguments:
13388: * When running mimeTeX from the command-line, rather than
13389: * from a browser, syntax is
13390: * ./mimetex [-d ] dump gif to stdout
13391: * [expression expression, e.g., x^2+y^2,
13392: * |-f input_file] or read expression from file
13393: * [-m msglevel] verbosity of debugging output
13394: * [-s fontsize] default fontsize, 0-5
13395: * -d Rather than ascii debugging output, mimeTeX dumps the
13396: * actual gif (or xbitmap) to stdout, e.g.,
13397: * ./mimetex -d x^2+y^2 > expression.gif
13398: * creates a gif file containing an image of x^2+y^2
13399: * -f Reads expression from input_file, and automatically
13400: * assumes -d switch. The input_file may contain the
13401: * expression on one line or spread out over many lines.
13402: * MimeTeX will concatanate all lines from input_file
13403: * to construct one long expression. Blanks, tabs, and
13404: * newlines will just be ignored.
13405: * -m 0-99, controls verbosity level for debugging output
13406: * (usually used only while testing code).
13407: * -s Font size, 0-5. As usual, the font size can
13408: * also be specified in the expression by a leading
13409: * preamble terminated by $, e.g., 3$f(x)=x^2 displays
13410: * f(x)=x^2 at font size 3. Default font size is 2.
13411: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
13412: * Exits: 0=success, 1=some error
13413: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
13414: * Notes: o For an executable that emits mime xbitmaps, compile as
13415: * cc -DXBITMAP mimetex.c -lm -o mimetex.cgi
13416: * or, alternatively, for an executable that emits gif images
13417: * cc -DGIF mimetex.c gifsave.c -lm -o mimetex.cgi
13418: * or for gif images with anti-aliasing
13419: * cc -DGIF -DAA mimetex.c gifsave.c -lm -o mimetex.cgi
13420: * See Notes at top of file for other compile-line -D options.
13421: * o Move executable to your cgi-bin directory and either
13422: * point your browser to it directly in the form
13423: * http://www.yourdomain.com/cgi-bin/mimetex.cgi?3$f(x)=x^2
13424: * or put a tag in your html document of the form
13425: * <img src="../cgi-bin/mimetex.cgi?3$f(x)=x^2"
13426: * border=0 align=absmiddle>
13427: * where f(x)=x^2 (or any other expression) will be displayed
13428: * either as a mime xbitmap or gif image (as per -D flag).
13429: * ======================================================================= */
13430:
13431: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
13432: header files and other data
13433: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
13434: /* --- (additional) standard headers --- */
13435: /* --- other data --- */
13436: #ifdef DUMPENVIRON
13437: extern char **environ; /* environment information */
13438: #endif
13439:
13440: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
13441: globals for gif and png callback functions
13442: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
13443: GLOBAL(raster,*bitmap_raster,NULL); /* use 0/1 bitmap image or */
13444: GLOBAL(intbyte,*colormap_raster,NULL); /* anti-aliased color indexes */
13445: /* --- anti-aliasing flags (needed by GetPixel() as well as main()) --- */
13446: #ifdef AA /* if anti-aliasing requested */
13447: #define ISAAVALUE 1 /* turn flag on */
13448: #else
13449: #define ISAAVALUE 0 /* else turn flag off */
13450: #endif
13451: GLOBAL(int,isaa,ISAAVALUE); /* set anti-aliasing flag */
13452:
13453: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
13454: logging data structure, and default data to be logged
13455: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
13456: /* --- logging data structure --- */
13457: #define logdata struct logdata_struct /* "typedef" for logdata_struct*/
13458: logdata
13459: {
13460: /* -----------------------------------------------------------------------
13461: environment variable name, max #chars to display, min msglevel to display
13462: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ */
13463: char *name; /* environment variable name */
13464: int maxlen; /* max #chars to display */
13465: int msglevel; /* min msglevel to display data */
13466: } ; /* --- end-of-logdata_struct --- */
13467: /* --- data logged by mimeTeX --- */
13468: STATIC logdata mimelog[]
13469: #ifdef INITVALS
13470: =
13471: {
13472: /* ------ variable ------ maxlen msglevel ----- */
13473: { "QUERY_STRING", 999, 4 },
13474: { "REMOTE_ADDR", 999, 3 },
13475: { "HTTP_REFERER", 999, 3 },
13476: { "REQUEST_URI", 999, 5 },
13477: { "HTTP_USER_AGENT", 999, 3 },
13478: { "HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR", 999, 3 },
13479: { NULL, -1, -1 } /* trailer record */
13480: } /* --- end-of-mimelog[] --- */
13481: #endif
13482: ;
13483:
13484: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
13485: messages
13486: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
13487: static char *copyright = /* copyright, gnu/gpl notice */
13488: "+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+\n"
1.4 ! riegler 13489: "|mimeTeX vers 1.70, Copyright(c) 2002-2008, John Forkosh Associates, Inc|\n"
1.1 albertel 13490: "+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+\n"
13491: "| mimeTeX is free software, licensed to you under terms of the GNU/GPL, |\n"
13492: "| and comes with absolutely no warranty whatsoever. |\n"
13493: "+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+";
13494: static int maxmsgnum = 2; /* maximum msgtable[] index */
13495: static char *msgtable[] = { /* messages referenced by [index] */
13496: "\\red\\small\\rm\\fbox{\\array{" /* [0] is invalid_referer_msg */
13497: "Please~read~www.forkosh.com/mimetex.html\\\\and~install~mimetex.cgi~"
13498: "on~your~own~server.\\\\Thank~you,~John~Forkosh}}",
13499: "\\red\\small\\rm\\fbox{\\array{" /* [1] */
13500: "Please~provide~your~{\\tiny~HTTP-REFERER}~to~access~the~public\\\\"
13501: "mimetex~server.~~Or~please~read~~www.forkosh.com/mimetex.html\\\\"
13502: "and~install~mimetex.cgi~on~your~own~server.~~Thank~you,~John~Forkosh}}",
13503: "\\red\\small\\rm\\fbox{\\array{" /* [2] */
13504: "The~public~mimetex~server~is~for~testing.~~For~production,\\\\"
13505: "please~read~~www.forkosh.com/mimetex.html~~and~install\\\\"
13506: "mimetex.cgi~on~your~own~server.~~Thank~you,~John~Forkosh}}",
13507: NULL } ; /* trailer */
13508:
13509:
13510: /* --- entry point --- */
13511: int main ( int argc, char *argv[]
13512: #ifdef DUMPENVP
13513: , char *envp[]
13514: #endif
13515: )
13516: {
13517: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
13518: Allocations and Declarations
13519: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
13520: /* --- expression to be emitted --- */
1.3 albertel 13521: static char exprbuffer[MAXEXPRSZ+1] = "f(x)=x^2"; /* input TeX expression */
1.1 albertel 13522: char *expression = exprbuffer; /* ptr to expression */
13523: int size = NORMALSIZE; /* default font size */
13524: char *query = getenv("QUERY_STRING"); /* getenv("QUERY_STRING") result */
13525: char *mimeprep(); /* preprocess expression */
13526: int unescape_url(); /* convert %xx's to ascii chars */
13527: int emitcache(); /* emit cached image if it exists */
13528: int isquery = 0, /* true if input from QUERY_STRING */
13529: isqempty = 0, /* true if query string empty */
1.2 albertel 13530: isqforce = 0, /* true to force query emulation */
1.1 albertel 13531: isqlogging = 0, /* true if logging in query mode */
13532: isformdata = 0, /* true if input from html form */
1.2 albertel 13533: isinmemory = 1, /* true to generate image in memory*/
13534: isdumpimage = 0, /* true to dump image on stdout */
13535: isdumpbuffer = 0; /* true to dump to memory buffer */
1.1 albertel 13536: /* --- rasterization --- */
1.2 albertel 13537: subraster *rasterize(), *sp=NULL; /* rasterize expression */
13538: raster *border_raster(), *bp=NULL; /* put a border around raster */
13539: int delete_subraster(); /* for clean-up at end-of-job */
1.1 albertel 13540: int type_raster(), type_bytemap(), /* screen dump function prototypes */
13541: xbitmap_raster(); /* mime xbitmap output function */
13542: /* --- http_referer --- */
13543: char *referer = REFERER; /* http_referer must contain this */
13544: struct { char *referer; int msgnum; } /* http_referer can't contain this */
13545: denyreferer[] = { /* referer table to deny access to */
13546: #ifdef DENYREFERER
13547: #include DENYREFERER /* e.g., {"",1}, for no referer */
13548: #endif
13549: { NULL, -999 } }; /* trailer */
13550: char *http_referer = getenv("HTTP_REFERER"); /* referer using mimeTeX */
13551: int ishttpreferer = (http_referer==NULL?0:(*http_referer=='\000'?0:1));
13552: int isstrstr(); /* search http_referer for referer */
13553: int isinvalidreferer = 0; /* true for inavlid referer */
13554: int norefmaxlen = NOREFMAXLEN; /*max query_string len if no referer*/
13555: /* --- gif --- */
13556: #if defined(GIF)
13557: int GetPixel(); /* feed pixels to gifsave library */
13558: int GIF_Create(),GIF_CompressImage(),GIF_Close(); /* prototypes for... */
13559: void GIF_SetColor(),GIF_SetTransparent(); /* ...gifsave enntry points */
13560: #endif
13561: char *gif_outfile = (char *)NULL, /* gif output defaults to stdout */
1.3 albertel 13562: gif_buffer[MAXGIFSZ] = "\000", /* or gif written in memory buffer */
1.1 albertel 13563: cachefile[256] = "\000", /* full path and name to cache file*/
13564: *md5str(); /* md5 has of expression */
13565: int maxage = 7200; /* max-age is two hours */
1.4 ! riegler 13566: int valign = (-9999); /*Vertical-Align:baseline-(height-1)*/
1.2 albertel 13567: /* --- pbm/pgm (-g switch) --- */
13568: int ispbmpgm = 0; /* true to write pbm/pgm file */
13569: int type_pbmpgm(), ptype=0; /* entry point, graphic format */
13570: char *pbm_outfile = (char *)NULL; /* output file defaults to stdout */
1.1 albertel 13571: /* --- anti-aliasing --- */
13572: intbyte *bytemap_raster = NULL, /* anti-aliased bitmap */
13573: colors[256]; /* grayscale vals in bytemap */
13574: int aalowpass(), aapnm(), /*lowpass filters for anti-aliasing*/
13575: grayscale = 256; /* 0-255 grayscales in 8-bit bytes */
13576: int ncolors=2, /* #colors (2=b&w) */
13577: aacolormap(); /* build colormap from bytemap */
1.3 albertel 13578: int ipattern; /*patternnumcount[] index diagnostic*/
1.1 albertel 13579: /* --- messages --- */
13580: char logfile[256] = LOGFILE, /*log queries if msglevel>=LOGLEVEL*/
13581: cachelog[256] = CACHELOG; /* cached image log in cachepath/ */
13582: char *timestamp(); /* time stamp for logged messages */
13583: int logger(); /* logs environ variables */
13584: int ismonth(); /* check argv[0] for current month */
13585: char *progname = (argc>0?argv[0]:"noname"); /* name program executed as */
13586: char *dashes = /* separates logfile entries */
13587: "--------------------------------------------------------------------------";
13588: char *invalid_referer_msg = msgtable[0]; /* msg to invalid http_referer */
13589: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
13590: initialization
13591: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
13592: /* --- run optional system command string --- */
13593: #ifdef SYSTEM
13594: system(SYSTEM);
13595: #endif
13596: /* --- set global variables --- */
13597: msgfp = stdout; /* for comamnd-line mode output */
13598: isss = issupersampling; /* set supersampling flag */
1.4 ! riegler 13599: isemitcontenttype = 1; /* true to emit mime content-type */
! 13600: iscachecontenttype = 0; /* true to cache mime content-type */
! 13601: *contenttype = '\000'; /* reset content-type:, etc. cache */
! 13602: iscaching = ISCACHING; /* true if caching images */
! 13603: if ( iscaching ) { /* images are being cached */
! 13604: strcpy(cachepath,CACHEPATH); /* relative path to cached files */
! 13605: if ( *cachepath == '%' ) { /* leading % signals cache headers */
! 13606: iscachecontenttype = 1; /* signal caching mime content-type*/
! 13607: strcpy(cachepath,cachepath+1); } } /* and squeeze out leading % char */
1.2 albertel 13608: gifSize = 0; /* signal that image not in memory */
1.4 ! riegler 13609: fgred=FGRED; fggreen=FGGREEN; fgblue=FGBLUE; /* default foreground colors */
! 13610: bgred=BGRED; bggreen=BGGREEN; bgblue=BGBLUE; /* default background colors */
1.1 albertel 13611: shrinkfactor = shrinkfactors[NORMALSIZE]; /* set shrinkfactor */
1.3 albertel 13612: for ( ipattern=1; ipattern<=51; ipattern++ )
13613: patternnumcount0[ipattern] = patternnumcount1[ipattern] = 0;
1.1 albertel 13614: /* ---
13615: * check QUERY_STRING query for expression overriding command-line arg
13616: * ------------------------------------------------------------------- */
13617: if ( query != NULL ) /* check query string from environ */
13618: if ( strlen(query) >= 1 ) /* caller gave us a query string */
1.3 albertel 13619: { strncpy(expression,query,MAXEXPRSZ); /* so use it as expression */
13620: expression[MAXEXPRSZ] = '\000'; /* make sure it's null terminated */
1.4 ! riegler 13621: if ( 0 ) /*true to remove leading whitespace*/
! 13622: while ( isspace(*expression) && *expression!='\000' )
! 13623: strcpy(expression,expression+1); /* squeeze out white space */
1.1 albertel 13624: isquery = 1; } /* and set isquery flag */
13625: if ( !isquery ) /* empty query string */
13626: { char *host = getenv("HTTP_HOST"), /* additional getenv("") results */
13627: *name = getenv("SERVER_NAME"), *addr = getenv("SERVER_ADDR");
13628: if ( host!=NULL || name!=NULL || addr!=NULL ) /* assume http query */
13629: { isquery = 1; /* set flag to signal query */
1.2 albertel 13630: strcpy(expression,"\\red\\small\\fbox{\\rm~no~query~string}"); }
1.1 albertel 13631: isqempty = 1; /* signal empty query string */
13632: } /* --- end-of-if(!isquery) --- */
13633: /* ---
13634: * process command-line input args (if not a query)
13635: * ------------------------------------------------ */
13636: if ( !isquery /* don't have an html query string */
13637: || ( /*isqempty &&*/ argc>1) ) /* or have command-line args */
13638: {
13639: char *argsignal = ARGSIGNAL, /* signals start of mimeTeX args */
13640: stopsignal[32] = "--"; /* default Unix end-of-args signal */
13641: int iarg=0, argnum=0, /*argv[] index for command-line args*/
13642: exprarg = 0, /* argv[] index for expression */
13643: infilearg = 0, /* argv[] index for infile */
13644: nswitches = 0, /* number of -switches */
13645: isstopsignal = 0, /* true after stopsignal found */
13646: isstrict = 1/*iswindows*/, /* true for strict arg checking */
13647: /*nb, windows has apache "x -3" bug*/
13648: nargs=0, nbadargs=0, /* number of arguments, bad ones */
13649: maxbadargs = (isstrict?0:1), /*assume query if too many bad args*/
13650: isgoodargs = 0; /* true to accept command-line args*/
13651: if ( argsignal != NULL ) /* if compiled with -DARGSIGNAL */
13652: while ( argc > ++iarg ) /* check each argv[] for argsignal */
13653: if ( !strcmp(argv[iarg],argsignal) ) /* check for exact match */
13654: { argnum = iarg; /* got it, start parsing next arg */
13655: break; } /* stop looking for argsignal */
13656: while ( argc > ++argnum ) /* check for switches and values, */
13657: {
13658: nargs++; /* count another command-line arg */
13659: if ( strcmp(argv[argnum],stopsignal) == 0 ) /* found stopsignal */
13660: { isstopsignal = 1; /* so set stopsignal flag */
13661: continue; } /* and get expression after it */
13662: if ( !isstopsignal /* haven't seen stopsignal switch */
13663: && *argv[argnum] == '-' ) /* and have some '-' switch */
13664: {
1.2 albertel 13665: char *field = argv[argnum] + 1; /* ptr to char(s) following - */
13666: char flag = tolower(*field); /* single char following '-' */
13667: int arglen = strlen(field); /* #chars following - */
1.1 albertel 13668: argnum++; /* arg following flag/switch is usually its value */
13669: nswitches++; /* another switch on command line */
1.2 albertel 13670: if ( isstrict && /* if strict checking then... */
13671: !isthischar(flag,"g") && arglen!=1 ) /*must be single-char switch*/
1.1 albertel 13672: { nbadargs++; argnum--; } /* so ignore longer -xxx switch */
13673: else /* process single-char -x switch */
13674: switch ( flag ) { /* see what user wants to tell us */
13675: /* --- ignore uninterpreted flag --- */
13676: default: nbadargs++; argnum--; break;
13677: /* --- adjustable program parameters (not checking input) --- */
1.2 albertel 13678: case 'b': isdumpimage++; isdumpbuffer++; argnum--; break;
1.1 albertel 13679: case 'd': isdumpimage++; argnum--; break;
13680: case 'e': isdumpimage++; gif_outfile=argv[argnum]; break;
13681: case 'f': isdumpimage++; infilearg=argnum; break;
1.2 albertel 13682: case 'g': ispbmpgm++;
13683: if ( arglen > 1 ) ptype = atoi(field+1); /* -g2 ==> ptype=2 */
13684: if ( 1 || *argv[argnum]=='-' ) argnum--; /*next arg is -switch*/
13685: else pbm_outfile = argv[argnum]; break; /*next arg is filename*/
1.1 albertel 13686: case 'm': msglevel = atoi(argv[argnum]); break;
1.3 albertel 13687: case 'o': istransparent = (istransparent?0:1); argnum--; break;
1.2 albertel 13688: case 'q': isqforce = 1; argnum--; break;
1.1 albertel 13689: case 's': size = atoi(argv[argnum]); break;
13690: } /* --- end-of-switch(flag) --- */
13691: } /* --- end-of-if(*argv[argnum]=='-') --- */
13692: else /* expression if arg not a -flag */
13693: if ( infilearg == 0 ) /* no infile arg yet */
13694: { if ( exprarg != 0 ) nbadargs++; /* 2nd expression invalid */
13695: exprarg = argnum; /* but take last expression */
13696: /*infilearg = (-1);*/ } /* and set infilearg */
13697: else nbadargs++; /* infile and expression invalid */
13698: } /* --- end-of-while(argc>++argnum) --- */
13699: if ( msglevel>=999 && msgfp!=NULL ) /* display command-line info */
1.2 albertel 13700: { fprintf(msgfp,"argc=%d, progname=%s, #args=%d, #badargs=%d\n",
13701: argc,progname,nargs,nbadargs);
13702: fprintf(msgfp,"cachepath=\"%.50s\" pathprefix=\"%.50s\"\n",
13703: cachepath,pathprefix); }
1.1 albertel 13704: /* ---
13705: * decide whether command-line input overrides query_string
13706: * -------------------------------------------------------- */
13707: if ( isdumpimage > 2 ) nbadargs++; /* duplicate/conflicting -switch */
13708: isgoodargs = ( !isstrict /*good if not doing strict checking*/
13709: || !isquery /* or if no query, must use args */
13710: || (nbadargs<nargs && nbadargs<=maxbadargs) ); /* bad args imply query */
13711: /* ---
13712: * take expression from command-line args
13713: * -------------------------------------- */
13714: if ( isgoodargs && exprarg > 0 /* good expression on command line */
13715: && infilearg <= 0 ) /* and not given in input file */
13716: if ( !isquery /* no conflict if no query_string */
13717: || nswitches > 0 ) /* explicit -switch(es) also given */
1.3 albertel 13718: { strncpy(expression,argv[exprarg],MAXEXPRSZ); /*expr from command-line*/
13719: expression[MAXEXPRSZ] = '\000'; /* make sure it's null terminated */
1.1 albertel 13720: isquery = 0; } /* and not from a query_string */
13721: /* ---
13722: * or read expression from input file
13723: * ---------------------------------- */
13724: if ( isgoodargs && infilearg > 0 ) /* have a good -f arg */
13725: {
13726: FILE *infile = fopen(argv[infilearg],"r"); /* open input file for read */
13727: if ( infile != (FILE *)NULL ) /* opened input file successfully */
1.3 albertel 13728: { char instring[MAXLINESZ+1]; /* line from file */
13729: int exprsz = 0; /* total #bytes read from file */
1.1 albertel 13730: isquery = 0; /* file input, not a query_string */
13731: *expression = '\000'; /* start expresion as empty string */
1.3 albertel 13732: while ( fgets(instring,MAXLINESZ,infile) != (char *)NULL ) /*till eof*/
13733: if ( exprsz + strlen(instring) < MAXEXPRSZ ) { /* have room for line */
13734: strcat(expression,instring); /* concat line to end of expression*/
13735: exprsz += strlen(instring); } /* update expression buffer length */
1.1 albertel 13736: fclose ( infile ); } /*close input file after reading expression*/
13737: } /* --- end-of-if(infilearg>0) --- */
1.2 albertel 13738: /* ---
1.3 albertel 13739: * xlate +++'s to blanks only if query
13740: * ----------------------------------- */
13741: if ( !isquery ) isplusblank = 0; /* don't xlate +++'s to blanks */
13742: /* ---
1.2 albertel 13743: * check if emulating query (for testing)
13744: * -------------------------------------- */
13745: if ( isqforce ) isquery = 1; /* emulate query string processing */
13746: /* ---
13747: * check if emitting pbm/pgm graphic
13748: * --------------------------------- */
13749: if ( isgoodargs && ispbmpgm > 0 ) /* have a good -g arg */
13750: if ( 1 && gif_outfile != NULL ) /* had an -e switch with file */
13751: if ( *gif_outfile != '\000' ) /* make sure string isn't empty */
13752: { pbm_outfile = gif_outfile; /* use -e switch file for pbm/pgm */
13753: gif_outfile = (char *)NULL; /* reset gif output file */
13754: /*isdumpimage--;*/ } /* and decrement -e count */
1.1 albertel 13755: } /* --- end-of-if(!isquery) --- */
13756: /* ---
13757: * check for <form> input
13758: * ---------------------- */
1.3 albertel 13759: if ( isquery ) { /* must be <form method="get"> */
1.1 albertel 13760: if ( !memcmp(expression,"formdata",8) ) /*must be <input name="formdata"> */
13761: { char *delim=strchr(expression,'='); /* find equal following formdata */
13762: if ( delim != (char *)NULL ) /* found unescaped equal sign */
13763: strcpy(expression,delim+1); /* so shift name= out of expression*/
13764: while ( (delim=strchr(expression,'+')) != NULL ) /*unescaped plus sign*/
13765: *delim = ' '; /* is "shorthand" for blank space */
13766: /*unescape_url(expression,1);*/ /* convert unescaped %xx's to chars */
13767: unescape_url(expression,0); /* convert all %xx's to chars */
13768: unescape_url(expression,0); /* repeat */
1.3 albertel 13769: if(0) msglevel = FORMLEVEL; /* msglevel for forms */
1.1 albertel 13770: isformdata = 1; } /* set flag to signal form data */
13771: else /* --- query, but not <form> input --- */
1.3 albertel 13772: unescape_url(expression,0); } /* convert _all_ %xx's to chars */
1.1 albertel 13773: /* ---
13774: * check queries for embedded prefixes signalling special processing
13775: * ----------------------------------------------------------------- */
13776: if ( isquery ) /* only check queries */
13777: {
13778: /* --- check for msglevel=###$ prefix --- */
13779: if ( !memcmp(expression,"msglevel=",9) ) /* query has msglevel prefix */
13780: { char *delim=strchr(expression,'$'); /* find $ delim following msglevel*/
13781: if ( delim != (char *)NULL ) /* check that we found delim */
13782: { *delim = '\000'; /* replace delim with null */
13783: if ( seclevel <= 9 ) /* permit msglevel specification */
13784: msglevel = atoi(expression+9); /* interpret ### in msglevel###$ */
13785: strcpy(expression,delim+1); } } /* shift out prefix and delim */
13786: /* --- next check for logfile=xxx$ prefix (must follow msglevel) --- */
13787: if ( !memcmp(expression,"logfile=",8) ) /* query has logfile= prefix */
13788: { char *delim=strchr(expression,'$'); /* find $ delim following logfile=*/
13789: if ( delim != (char *)NULL ) /* check that we found delim */
13790: { *delim = '\000'; /* replace delim with null */
13791: if ( seclevel <= 3 ) /* permit logfile specification */
13792: strcpy(logfile,expression+8); /* interpret xxx in logfile=xxx$ */
13793: strcpy(expression,delim+1); } } /* shift out prefix and delim */
13794: } /* --- end-of-if(isquery) --- */
13795: /* ---
13796: * log query (e.g., for debugging)
13797: * ------------------------------- */
13798: if ( isquery ) /* only log query_string's */
13799: if ( msglevel >= LOGLEVEL /* check if logging */
13800: && seclevel <= 5 ) /* and if logging permitted */
13801: if ( logfile != NULL ) /* if a logfile is given */
1.3 albertel 13802: if ( *logfile != '\000' ) { /*and if it's not an empty string*/
1.1 albertel 13803: if ( (msgfp=fopen(logfile,"a")) /* open logfile for append */
13804: != NULL ) /* ignore logging if can't open */
13805: {
13806: /* --- default logging --- */
13807: logger(msgfp,msglevel,expression,mimelog); /* log query */
13808: /* --- additional debug logging (argv and environment) --- */
13809: if ( msglevel >= 9 ) /* log environment */
13810: { int i; /*char name[999],*value;*/
13811: fprintf(msgfp,"Command-line arguments...\n");
13812: if ( argc < 1 ) /* no command-line args */
13813: fprintf(msgfp," ...argc=%d, no argv[] variables\n",argc);
13814: else
13815: for ( i=0; i<argc; i++ ) /* display all argv[]'s */
13816: fprintf(msgfp," argv[%d] = \"%s\"\n",i,argv[i]);
13817: #ifdef DUMPENVP /* char *envp[] available for dump */
13818: fprintf(msgfp,"Environment variables (using envp[])...\n");
13819: if ( envp == (char **)NULL ) /* envp not provided */
13820: fprintf(msgfp," ...envp[] environment variables not available\n");
13821: else
13822: for ( i=0; ; i++ ) /* display all envp[]'s */
13823: if ( envp[i] == (char *)NULL ) break;
13824: else fprintf(msgfp," envp[%d] = \"%s\"\n",i,envp[i]);
13825: #endif /* --- DUMPENVP ---*/
13826: #ifdef DUMPENVIRON /* skip what should be redundant output */
13827: fprintf(msgfp,"Environment variables (using environ)...\n");
13828: if ( environ == (char **)NULL ) /* environ not provided */
13829: fprintf(msgfp," ...extern environ variables not available\n");
13830: else
13831: for ( i=0; ; i++ ) /*display environ[] and getenv()'s*/
13832: if ( environ[i] == (char *)NULL ) break;
13833: else {
13834: strcpy(name,environ[i]); /* set up name for getenv() arg */
13835: if ( (value=strchr(name,'=')) != NULL ) /* = delimits name */
13836: { *value = '\000'; /* got it, so null-terminate name */
13837: value = getenv(name); } /* and look up name using getenv() */
13838: else strcpy(name,"NULL"); /* missing = delim in environ[i] */
13839: fprintf(msgfp,"environ[%d]: \"%s\"\n\tgetenv(%s) = \"%s\"\n",
13840: i,environ[i],name,(value==NULL?"NULL":value));
13841: } /* --- end-of-if/else --- */
13842: #endif /* --- DUMPENVIRON ---*/
13843: } /* --- end-of-if(msglevel>=9) --- */
13844: /* --- close log file if no longer needed --- */
13845: if ( msglevel < DBGLEVEL ) /* logging, but not debugging */
13846: { fprintf(msgfp,"%s\n",dashes); /* so log separator line, */
13847: fclose(msgfp); /* close logfile immediately, */
13848: msgfp = NULL; } /* and reset msgfp pointer */
13849: else
13850: isqlogging = 1; /* set query logging flag */
13851: } /* --- end-of-if(msglevel>=LOGLEVEL) --- */
13852: else /* couldn't open logfile */
1.3 albertel 13853: msglevel = 0; } /* can't emit messages */
1.1 albertel 13854: /* ---
13855: * prepend prefix to submitted expression
13856: * -------------------------------------- */
13857: if ( 1 || isquery ) /* queries or command-line */
13858: if ( *exprprefix != '\000' ) /* we have a prefix string */
13859: { int npref = strlen(exprprefix); /* #chars in prefix */
13860: memmove(expression+npref+1,expression,strlen(expression)+1); /*make room*/
13861: memcpy(expression,exprprefix,npref); /* copy prefix into expression */
13862: expression[npref] = '{'; /* followed by { */
13863: strcat(expression,"}"); } /* and terminating } to balance { */
13864: /* ---
13865: * check if http_referer is allowed to use this image
13866: * -------------------------------------------------- */
13867: if ( isquery ) /* not relevant if "interactive" */
13868: if ( referer != NULL ) /* nor if compiled w/o -DREFERER= */
13869: if ( strcmp(referer,"month") != 0 ) /* nor if it's *only* "month" */
13870: if ( http_referer != NULL ) /* nor if called "standalone" */
13871: if ( !isstrstr(http_referer,referer,0) ) /* invalid http_referer */
13872: { expression = invalid_referer_msg; /* so give user error message */
13873: isinvalidreferer = 1; } /* and signal invalid referer */
13874: /* ---
13875: * check if referer contains "month" signal
13876: * ---------------------------------------- */
13877: if ( isquery ) /* not relevant if "interactive" */
13878: if ( referer != NULL ) /* nor if compiled w/o -DREFERER= */
13879: if ( !isinvalidreferer ) /* nor if already invalid referer */
13880: if ( strstr(referer,"month") != NULL ) /* month check requested */
13881: if ( !ismonth(progname) ) /* not executed as mimetexJan-Dec */
13882: { expression = invalid_referer_msg; /* so give user error message */
13883: isinvalidreferer = 1; } /* and signal invalid referer */
13884: /* ---
13885: * check if http_referer is to be denied access
13886: * -------------------------------------------- */
13887: if ( isquery ) /* not relevant if "interactive" */
13888: if ( !isinvalidreferer ) /* nor if already invalid referer */
13889: { int iref=0, msgnum=(-999); /* denyreferer index, message# */
13890: for ( iref=0; msgnum<0; iref++ ) { /* run through denyreferer[] table */
13891: char *deny = denyreferer[iref].referer; /* referer to be denied */
13892: if ( deny == NULL ) break; /* null signals end-of-table */
13893: if ( msglevel>=999 && msgfp!=NULL ) /* debugging */
13894: {fprintf(msgfp,"main> invalid iref=%d: deny=%s http_referer=%s\n",
13895: iref,deny,(http_referer==NULL?"null":http_referer)); fflush(msgfp);}
13896: if ( *deny == '\000' ) /* signal to check for no referer */
13897: { if ( http_referer == NULL ) /* http_referer not supplied */
13898: msgnum = denyreferer[iref].msgnum; } /* so set message# */
13899: else /* have referer to check for */
13900: if ( http_referer != NULL ) /* and have referer to be checked */
13901: if ( isstrstr(http_referer,deny,0) ) /* invalid http_referer */
13902: msgnum = denyreferer[iref].msgnum; /* so set message# */
13903: } /* --- end-of-for(iref) --- */
13904: if ( msgnum >= 0 ) /* deny access to this referer */
13905: { if ( msgnum > maxmsgnum ) msgnum = 0; /* keep index within bounds */
13906: expression = msgtable[msgnum]; /* set user error message */
13907: isinvalidreferer = 1; } /* and signal invalid referer */
13908: } /* --- end-of-if(!isinvalidreferer) --- */
13909: /* --- also check maximum query_string length if no http_referer given --- */
13910: if ( isquery ) /* not relevant if "interactive" */
13911: if ( !isinvalidreferer ) /* nor if already invalid referer */
13912: if ( !ishttpreferer ) /* no http_referer supplied */
13913: if ( strlen(expression) > norefmaxlen ) /* query_string too long */
13914: { expression = invalid_referer_msg; /* set invalid http_referer message*/
13915: isinvalidreferer = 1; } /* and signal invalid referer */
13916: /* ---
13917: * check for image caching
13918: * ----------------------- */
1.2 albertel 13919: if ( strstr(expression,"\\counter") != NULL /* can't cache \counter{} */
13920: || strstr(expression,"\\input") != NULL /* can't cache \input{} */
13921: || strstr(expression,"\\today") != NULL /* can't cache \today */
13922: || strstr(expression,"\\calendar") != NULL /* can't cache \calendar */
13923: || strstr(expression,"\\nocach") != NULL /* no caching requested */
13924: || isformdata /* don't cache user form input */
1.1 albertel 13925: ) { iscaching = 0; /* so turn caching off */
1.2 albertel 13926: maxage = 5; } /* and set max-age to 5 seconds */
1.1 albertel 13927: if ( isquery ) /* don't cache command-line images */
13928: if ( iscaching ) /* image caching enabled */
13929: {
13930: /* --- set up path to cached image file --- */
13931: char *md5hash = md5str(expression); /* md5 hash of expression */
13932: if ( md5hash == NULL ) /* failed for some reason */
13933: iscaching = 0; /* so turn off caching */
13934: else
13935: {
13936: strcpy(cachefile,cachepath); /* start with (relative) path */
13937: strcat(cachefile,md5hash); /* add md5 hash of expression */
13938: strcat(cachefile,".gif"); /* finish with .gif extension */
13939: gif_outfile = cachefile; /* signal GIF_Create() to cache */
1.2 albertel 13940: /* --- emit mime content-type line --- */
1.3 albertel 13941: if ( 0 && isemitcontenttype ) /* now done in emitcache() */
1.2 albertel 13942: { fprintf( stdout, "Cache-Control: max-age=%d\n",maxage );
1.4 ! riegler 13943: if ( abs(valign) < 999 ) /* have vertical align */
! 13944: fprintf( stdout, "Vertical-Align: %d\n",valign );
1.2 albertel 13945: fprintf( stdout, "Content-type: image/gif\n\n" ); }
1.1 albertel 13946: /* --- emit cached image if it already exists --- */
1.4 ! riegler 13947: if ( emitcache(cachefile,maxage,valign,0) > 0 ) /* cached image emitted */
1.1 albertel 13948: goto end_of_job; /* so nothing else to do */
13949: /* --- log caching request --- */
13950: if ( msglevel >= 1 /* check if logging */
13951: /*&& seclevel <= 5*/ ) /* and if logging permitted */
13952: if ( cachelog != NULL ) /* if a logfile is given */
13953: if ( *cachelog != '\000' ) /*and if it's not an empty string*/
13954: { char filename[256]; /* construct cachepath/cachelog */
13955: FILE *filefp=NULL; /* fopen(filename) */
13956: strcpy(filename,cachepath); /* start with (relative) path */
13957: strcat(filename,cachelog); /* add cache log filename */
13958: if ( (filefp=fopen(filename,"a")) /* open cache logfile for append */
13959: != NULL ) /* ignore logging if can't open */
13960: { int isreflogged = 0; /* set true if http_referer logged */
13961: fprintf(filefp,"%s %s\n", /* timestamp, md5 file */
1.2 albertel 13962: timestamp(TZDELTA,0),cachefile+strlen(cachepath)); /*skip path*/
1.1 albertel 13963: fprintf(filefp,"%s\n",expression); /* expression in filename */
13964: if ( http_referer != NULL ) /* show referer if we have one */
13965: if ( *http_referer != '\000' ) /* and if not an empty string*/
13966: { int loglen = strlen(dashes); /* #chars on line in log file*/
13967: char *refp = http_referer; /* line to be printed */
13968: isreflogged = 1; /* signal http_referer logged*/
13969: while ( 1 ) { /* printed in parts if needed*/
13970: fprintf(filefp,"%.*s\n",loglen,refp); /* print a part */
13971: if ( strlen(refp) <= loglen ) break; /* no more parts */
13972: refp += loglen; } } /* bump ptr to next part */
13973: if ( !isreflogged ) /* http_referer not logged */
13974: fprintf(filefp,"http://none\n"); /* so log dummy referer line */
13975: fprintf(filefp,"%s\n",dashes); /* separator line */
13976: fclose(filefp); } /* close logfile immediately */
13977: } /* --- end-of-if(cachelog!=NULL) --- */
13978: } /* --- end-of-if/else(md5hash==NULL) --- */
13979: } /* --- end-of-if(iscaching) --- */
13980: /* ---
13981: * emit copyright, gnu/gpl notice (if "interactive")
13982: * ------------------------------------------------- */
13983: if ( !isdumpimage ) /* don't mix ascii with image dump */
13984: if ( (!isquery||isqlogging) && msgfp!=NULL ) /* called from command line */
13985: fprintf(msgfp,"%s\n",copyright); /* display copyright, gnu/gpl info */
13986: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
13987: rasterize expression and put a border around it
13988: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
13989: /* --- preprocess expression, converting LaTeX constructs for mimeTeX --- */
1.4 ! riegler 13990: if ( expression != NULL ) { /* have expression to rasterize */
! 13991: expression = mimeprep(expression); } /* preprocess expression */
1.1 albertel 13992: /* --- double-check that we actually have an expression to rasterize --- */
13993: if ( expression == NULL ) /* nothing to rasterize */
13994: { if ( (!isquery||isqlogging) && msgfp!=NULL ) /*emit error if not a query*/
13995: fprintf(msgfp,"No expression to rasterize\n");
13996: goto end_of_job; } /* and then quit */
13997: /* --- rasterize expression --- */
13998: if ( (sp = rasterize(expression,size)) == NULL ) /* failed to rasterize */
13999: { if ( (!isquery||isqlogging) && msgfp!=NULL ) /*emit error if not a query*/
14000: fprintf(msgfp,"Failed to rasterize %s\n",expression);
14001: if ( isquery ) sp = rasterize( /* or emit error raster if query */
14002: "\\red\\rm~\\fbox{mimeTeX~failed~to~render\\\\your~expression}",1);
14003: if ( sp == NULL ) goto end_of_job; } /* re-check for failure */
14004: /* ---no border requested, but this adjusts width to multiple of 8 bits--- */
14005: if ( issupersampling ) /* no border needed for gifs */
14006: bp = sp->image; /* so just extract pixel map */
14007: else /* for mime xbitmaps must have... */
14008: bp = border_raster(sp->image,0,0,0,1); /* image width multiple of 8 bits */
14009: sp->image = bitmap_raster = bp; /* global copy for gif,png output */
1.4 ! riegler 14010: if ( sp!=NULL && bp!=NULL ) { /* have raster */
! 14011: valign = sp->baseline - (bp->height - 1); /* #pixels for Vertical-Align: */
! 14012: if ( abs(valign) > 255 ) valign = (-9999); } /* sanity check */
1.2 albertel 14013: if ( ispbmpgm && ptype<2 ) /* -g switch or -g1 switch */
14014: type_pbmpgm(bp,ptype,pbm_outfile); /* emit b/w pbm file */
1.1 albertel 14015: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
14016: generate anti-aliased bytemap from (bordered) bitmap
14017: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
14018: if ( isaa ) /* we want anti-aliased bitmap */
14019: {
14020: /* ---
14021: * allocate bytemap and colormap as per width*height of bitmap
14022: * ----------------------------------------------------------- */
14023: int nbytes = (bp->width)*(bp->height); /*#bytes needed in byte,colormap*/
14024: if ( isss ) /* anti-aliasing by supersampling */
14025: bytemap_raster = (intbyte *)(bitmap_raster->pixmap); /*bytemap in raster*/
14026: else /* need to allocate bytemap */
14027: if ( aaalgorithm == 0 ) /* anti-aliasing not wanted */
14028: isaa = 0; /* so signal no anti-aliasing */
14029: else /* anti-aliasing wanted */
14030: if ( (bytemap_raster = (intbyte *)malloc(nbytes)) /* malloc bytemap */
14031: == NULL ) isaa = 0; /* reset flag if malloc failed */
14032: if ( isaa ) /* have bytemap, so... */
14033: if ( (colormap_raster = (intbyte *)malloc(nbytes)) /* malloc colormap */
14034: == NULL ) isaa = 0; /* reset flag if malloc failed */
14035: /* ---
14036: * now generate anti-aliased bytemap and colormap from bitmap
14037: * ---------------------------------------------------------- */
14038: if ( isaa ) /*re-check that we're anti-aliasing*/
14039: {
14040: /* ---
14041: * select anti-aliasing algorithm
14042: * ------------------------------ */
14043: if ( !isss ) /* generate bytemap for lowpass */
1.3 albertel 14044: switch ( aaalgorithm ) { /* choose antialiasing algorithm */
14045: default: isaa = 0; break; /* unrecognized algorithm */
14046: case 1: /* 1 for aalowpass() */
14047: if ( aalowpass(bp,bytemap_raster,grayscale) /*my own lowpass filter*/
14048: == 0 ) isaa = 0; /*failed, so turn off anti-aliasing*/
14049: break;
14050: case 2: /*2 for netpbm pnmalias.c algorithm*/
14051: if ( aapnm(bp,bytemap_raster,grayscale) /* pnmalias.c filter */
14052: == 0 ) isaa = 0; /*failed, so turn off anti-aliasing*/
14053: break;
14054: case 3: /*3 for aapnm() based on aagridnum()*/
14055: if ( aapnmlookup(bp,bytemap_raster,grayscale) /* pnmalias.c filter */
14056: == 0 ) isaa = 0; /*failed, so turn off anti-aliasing*/
14057: break;
14058: case 4: /* 4 for aalookup() table lookup */
14059: if ( aalowpasslookup(bp,bytemap_raster,grayscale) /* aalookup() */
14060: == 0 ) isaa = 0; /*failed, so turn off anti-aliasing*/
14061: break;
14062: } /* --- end-of-switch(aaalgorithm) --- */
14063: /* ---
14064: * emit aalookup() pattern# counts/percents diagnostics
14065: * ---------------------------------------------------- */
14066: if ( !isquery && msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=99 ) { /*emit patternnumcounts*/
14067: int pcount0=0, pcount1=0; /* init total w,b center counts */
14068: for ( ipattern=1; ipattern<=51; ipattern++ ) { /*each possible pattern*/
14069: if ( ipattern > 1 ) /* ignore all-white squares */
14070: pcount0 += patternnumcount0[ipattern]; /* bump total white centers */
14071: pcount1 += patternnumcount1[ipattern]; } /* bump total black centers */
14072: if ( pcount0+pcount1 > 0 ) /* have pcounts (using aalookup) */
14073: fprintf(msgfp, " aalookup() patterns excluding#1 white"
14074: " (%%'s are in tenths of a percent)...\n");
14075: for ( ipattern=1; ipattern<=51; ipattern++ ) { /*each possible pattern*/
14076: int tot = patternnumcount0[ipattern] + patternnumcount1[ipattern];
14077: if ( tot > 0 ) /* this pattern occurs in image */
14078: fprintf(msgfp,
14079: " pattern#%2d: %7d(%6.2f%%) +%7d(%6.2f%%) =%7d(%6.2f%%)\n",
14080: ipattern, patternnumcount0[ipattern], (ipattern<=1? 999.99:
14081: 1000.*((double)patternnumcount0[ipattern])/((double)pcount0)),
14082: patternnumcount1[ipattern],
14083: 1000.*((double)patternnumcount1[ipattern])/((double)pcount1),
14084: tot, (ipattern<=1? 999.99:
14085: 1000.*((double)tot)/((double)(pcount0+pcount1))) ); }
14086: if ( pcount0+pcount1 > 0 ) /* true when using aalookup() */
14087: fprintf(msgfp,
14088: "all patterns: %7d +%7d =%7d total pixels\n",
14089: pcount0,pcount1,pcount0+pcount1); }
1.1 albertel 14090: /* ---
14091: * finally, generate colors and colormap
14092: * ------------------------------------- */
14093: if ( isaa ) { /* we have bytemap_raster */
14094: ncolors = aacolormap(bytemap_raster,nbytes,colors,colormap_raster);
14095: if ( ncolors < 2 ) /* failed */
14096: { isaa = 0; /* so turn off anti-aliasing */
14097: ncolors = 2; } /* and reset for black&white */
14098: } /* --- end-of-if(isaa) --- */
1.2 albertel 14099: if ( isaa && ispbmpgm && ptype>1 ) { /* -g2 switch */
14100: raster pbm_raster; /*construct arg for write_pbmpgm()*/
14101: pbm_raster.width = bp->width; pbm_raster.height = bp->height;
14102: pbm_raster.pixsz = 8; pbm_raster.pixmap = (pixbyte *)bytemap_raster;
14103: type_pbmpgm(&pbm_raster,ptype,pbm_outfile); } /*write grayscale file*/
1.1 albertel 14104: } /* --- end-of-if(isaa) --- */
14105: } /* --- end-of-if(isaa) --- */
14106: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
14107: display results on msgfp if called from command line (usually for testing)
14108: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
14109: if ( (!isquery||isqlogging) || msglevel >= 99 ) /*command line or debuging*/
14110: if ( !isdumpimage ) /* don't mix ascii with image dump */
14111: {
14112: /* ---
14113: * display ascii image of rasterize()'s rasterized bitmap
14114: * ------------------------------------------------------ */
14115: if ( !isss ) /* no bitmap for supersampling */
14116: { fprintf(msgfp,"\nAscii dump of bitmap image...\n");
14117: type_raster(bp,msgfp); } /* emit ascii image of raster */
14118: /* ---
14119: * display anti-aliasing results applied to rasterized bitmap
14120: * ---------------------------------------------------------- */
14121: if ( isaa ) /* if anti-aliasing applied */
14122: {
14123: int igray; /* colors[] index */
14124: /* --- anti-aliased bytemap image --- */
14125: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=9 ) /* don't usually emit raw bytemap */
14126: { fprintf(msgfp,"\nHex dump of anti-aliased bytemap, " /*emit bytemap*/
14127: "asterisks denote \"black\" bytes (value=%d)...\n",grayscale-1);
14128: type_bytemap(bytemap_raster,grayscale,bp->width,bp->height,msgfp); }
14129: /* --- colormap image --- */
14130: fprintf(msgfp,"\nHex dump of colormap indexes, " /* emit colormap */
14131: "asterisks denote \"black\" bytes (index=%d)...\n",ncolors-1);
14132: type_bytemap(colormap_raster,ncolors,bp->width,bp->height,msgfp);
14133: /* --- rgb values corresponding to colormap indexes */
14134: fprintf(msgfp,"\nThe %d colormap indexes denote rgb values...",ncolors);
14135: for ( igray=0; igray<ncolors; igray++ ) /* show colors[] values */
14136: fprintf(msgfp,"%s%2x-->%3d", (igray%5?" ":"\n"),
14137: igray,(int)(colors[ncolors-1]-colors[igray]));
14138: fprintf(msgfp,"\n"); /* always needs a final newline */
14139: } /* --- end-of-if(isaa) --- */
14140: } /* --- end-of-if(!isquery||msglevel>=9) --- */
14141: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
14142: emit xbitmap or gif image, and exit
14143: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
14144: if ( isquery /* called from browser (usual) */
1.2 albertel 14145: || (isdumpimage && !ispbmpgm) /* or to emit gif dump of image */
1.1 albertel 14146: || msglevel >= 99 ) /* or for debugging */
14147: {
14148: int igray = 0; /* grayscale index */
14149: #if defined(GIF) /* compiled to emit gif */
14150: /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------
14151: emit GIF image
14152: ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.2 albertel 14153: /* --- don't use memory buffer if outout file given --- */
14154: if ( gif_outfile != NULL ) isinmemory = 0; /* reset memory buffer flag */
1.4 ! riegler 14155: /* --- construct contenttype[] buffer containing mime headers --- */
! 14156: if ( 1 ) { /* always construct buffer */
! 14157: sprintf( contenttype, "Cache-Control: max-age=%d\n", maxage );
! 14158: /*sprintf(contenttype+strlen(contenttype),
! 14159: "Expires: Fri, 31 Oct 2003 23:59:59 GMT\n" );*/
! 14160: /*sprintf(contenttype+strlen(contenttype),
! 14161: "Last-Modified: Wed, 15 Oct 2003 01:01:01 GMT\n");*/
! 14162: if ( abs(valign) < 999 ) /* have Vertical-Align: header info*/
! 14163: sprintf( contenttype+strlen(contenttype),
! 14164: "Vertical-Align: %d\n", valign );
! 14165: sprintf( contenttype+strlen(contenttype),
! 14166: "Content-type: image/gif\n\n" ); }
1.1 albertel 14167: /* --- emit mime content-type line --- */
1.3 albertel 14168: if ( isemitcontenttype /* content-type lines wanted */
14169: && !isdumpimage /* don't mix ascii with image dump */
1.2 albertel 14170: && !isinmemory /* done below if in memory */
14171: && !iscaching ) /* done by emitcache() if caching */
1.4 ! riegler 14172: { fputs(contenttype,stdout); } /* emit content-type: header buffer*/
1.2 albertel 14173: /* --- write output to memory buffer, possibly for testing --- */
14174: if ( isinmemory /* want gif written to memory */
14175: || isdumpbuffer ) /*or dump memory buffer for testing*/
14176: if ( gif_outfile == NULL ) /* and don't already have a file */
14177: { *gif_buffer = '\000'; /* init buffer as empty string */
1.3 albertel 14178: memset(gif_buffer,0,MAXGIFSZ); /* zero out buffer */
1.2 albertel 14179: gif_outfile = gif_buffer; /* and point outfile to buffer */
14180: if ( isdumpbuffer ) /* buffer dump test requested */
14181: isdumpbuffer = 999; } /* so signal dumping to buffer */
1.1 albertel 14182: /* --- initialize gifsave library and colors --- */
14183: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=999 )
1.2 albertel 14184: { fprintf(msgfp,"main> calling GIF_Create(*,%d,%d,%d,8)\n",
14185: bp->width,bp->height,ncolors); fflush(msgfp); }
1.1 albertel 14186: while ( 1 ) /* init gifsave lib, and retry if caching fails */
14187: { int status = GIF_Create(gif_outfile, bp->width,bp->height, ncolors, 8);
14188: if ( status == 0 ) break; /* continue if succeeded */
14189: if ( iscaching == 0 ) goto end_of_job; /* quit if failed */
14190: iscaching = 0; /* retry without cache file */
1.2 albertel 14191: isdumpbuffer = 0; /* reset isdumpbuffer signal */
14192: if ( isquery ) isinmemory = 1; /* force in-memory image generation*/
14193: if ( isinmemory ) { /* using memory buffer */
14194: gif_outfile = gif_buffer; /* emit images to memory buffer */
14195: *gif_outfile = '\000'; } /* empty string signals buffer */
14196: else { /* or */
14197: gif_outfile = (char *)NULL; /* emit images to stdout */
1.3 albertel 14198: if ( isemitcontenttype ) { /* content-type lines wanted */
14199: fprintf( stdout, "Cache-Control: max-age=%d\n",maxage );
14200: fprintf( stdout, "Content-type: image/gif\n\n" ); } }
1.2 albertel 14201: } /* --- end-of-while(1) --- */
1.1 albertel 14202: GIF_SetColor(0,bgred,bggreen,bgblue); /* background white if all 255 */
14203: if ( !isaa ) /* just b&w if not anti-aliased */
14204: { GIF_SetColor(1,fgred,fggreen,fgblue); /* foreground black if all 0 */
14205: colors[0]='\000'; colors[1]='\001'; } /* and set 2 b&w color indexes */
14206: else /* set grayscales for anti-aliasing */
14207: /* --- anti-aliased, so call GIF_SetColor() for each colors[] --- */
14208: for ( igray=1; igray<ncolors; igray++ ) /* for colors[] values */
14209: {
14210: /*--- gfrac goes from 0 to 1.0, as igray goes from 0 to ncolors-1 ---*/
14211: double gfrac = ((double)colors[igray])/((double)colors[ncolors-1]);
14212: /* --- r,g,b components go from background to foreground color --- */
14213: int red = iround(((double)bgred) +gfrac*((double)(fgred-bgred))),
14214: green= iround(((double)bggreen)+gfrac*((double)(fggreen-bggreen))),
14215: blue = iround(((double)bgblue) +gfrac*((double)(fgblue-bgblue)));
14216: /* --- set color index number igray to rgb values gray,gray,gray --- */
14217: GIF_SetColor(igray, red,green,blue); /*set gray,grayer,...,0=black*/
14218: } /* --- end-of-for(igray) --- */
14219: /* --- set gif color#0 (background) transparent --- */
14220: if ( istransparent ) /* transparent background wanted */
14221: GIF_SetTransparent(0); /* set transparent background */
14222: if (msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=9) fflush(msgfp); /*flush debugging output*/
14223: /* --- emit compressed gif image (to stdout or cache file) --- */
14224: GIF_CompressImage(0, 0, -1, -1, GetPixel); /* emit gif */
14225: GIF_Close(); /* close file */
1.2 albertel 14226: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=9 )
14227: { fprintf(msgfp,"main> created gifSize=%d\n", gifSize);
14228: fflush(msgfp); }
14229: /* --- may need to emit image from cached file or from memory --- */
14230: if ( isquery /* have an actual query string */
14231: || isdumpimage /* or dumping image */
14232: || msglevel >= 99 ) { /* or debugging */
14233: int maxage2 = (isdumpimage?(-1):maxage); /* no headers if dumping image */
14234: if ( iscaching ) /* caching enabled */
1.4 ! riegler 14235: emitcache(cachefile,maxage2,valign,0); /*emit cached image (hopefully)*/
1.2 albertel 14236: else if ( isinmemory ) /* or emit image from memory buffer*/
1.4 ! riegler 14237: emitcache(gif_buffer,maxage2,valign,1); } /*emitted from memory buffer*/
1.2 albertel 14238: /* --- for testing, may need to write image buffer to file --- */
14239: if ( isdumpbuffer > 99 ) /* gif image in memory buffer */
14240: if ( gifSize > 0 ) /* and it's not an empty buffer */
14241: { FILE *dumpfp = fopen("mimetex.gif","wb"); /* dump to mimetex.gif */
14242: if ( dumpfp != NULL ) /* file opened successfully */
14243: { fwrite(gif_buffer,sizeof(unsigned char),gifSize,dumpfp); /*write*/
14244: fclose(dumpfp); } /* and close file */
14245: } /* --- end-of-if(isdumpbuffer>99) --- */
1.1 albertel 14246: #else
14247: /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------
14248: emit mime XBITMAP image
14249: ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
14250: xbitmap_raster(bp,stdout); /* default emits mime xbitmap */
14251: #endif
14252: } /* --- end-of-if(isquery) --- */
14253: /* --- exit --- */
14254: end_of_job:
1.2 albertel 14255: if ( !isss ) /*bytemap raster in sp for supersamp*/
14256: if ( bytemap_raster != NULL ) free(bytemap_raster);/*free bytemap_raster*/
1.1 albertel 14257: if (colormap_raster != NULL )free(colormap_raster); /*and colormap_raster*/
1.2 albertel 14258: if ( 0 && gif_buffer != NULL ) free(gif_buffer); /* free malloced buffer */
14259: if ( 1 && sp != NULL ) delete_subraster(sp); /* and free expression */
1.1 albertel 14260: if ( msgfp != NULL /* have message/log file open */
14261: && msgfp != stdout ) /* and it's not stdout */
1.2 albertel 14262: { fprintf(msgfp,"mimeTeX> successful end-of-job at %s\n",
14263: timestamp(TZDELTA,0));
1.1 albertel 14264: fprintf(msgfp,"%s\n",dashes); /* so log separator line */
14265: fclose(msgfp); } /* and close logfile */
1.2 albertel 14266: /* --- dump memory leaks in debug window if in MS VC++ debug mode --- */
14267: #if defined(_CRTDBG_MAP_ALLOC)
14268: _CrtDumpMemoryLeaks();
14269: #endif
14270: /* --- exit() if not running as Windows DLL (see CreateGifFromEq()) --- */
14271: #if !defined(_USRDLL)
14272: exit ( 0 );
14273: #endif
1.1 albertel 14274: } /* --- end-of-function main() --- */
14275:
14276: /* ==========================================================================
1.2 albertel 14277: * Function: CreateGifFromEq ( expression, gifFileName )
14278: * Purpose: shortcut method to create GIF file for expression,
14279: * with antialising and all other capabilities
14280: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14281: * Arguments: expression (I) char *ptr to null-terminated string
14282: * containing LaTeX expression to be rendred
14283: * gifFileName (I) char *ptr to null-terminated string
14284: * containing name of output gif file
14285: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14286: * Returns: ( int ) exit value from main (0 if successful)
14287: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14288: * Notes: o This function is the entry point when mimeTeX is built
14289: * as a Win32 DLL rather then a standalone app or CGI
14290: * o Contributed to mimeTeX by Shital Shah. See his homepage
14291: * http://www.shitalshah.com
14292: * o Shital discusses the mimeTeX Win32 DLL project at
14293: * http://www.codeproject.com/dotnet/Eq2Img.asp
14294: * and you can download his latest code from
14295: * http://www.shitalshah.com/dev/eq2img_all.zip
14296: * ======================================================================= */
14297: /* --- include function to expose Win32 DLL to outside world --- */
14298: #if defined(_USRDLL)
14299: extern _declspec(dllexport)int _cdecl
14300: CreateGifFromEq ( char *expression, char *gifFileName );
14301: #endif
14302: /* --- entry point --- */
14303: int CreateGifFromEq ( char *expression, char *gifFileName )
14304: {
14305: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
14306: Allocations and Declarations
14307: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
14308: int main(); /* main() akways returns an int */
14309: /* --- set constants --- */
14310: int argc = 4; /* count of args supplied to main() */
14311: char *argv[5] = /* command line args to run with -e option */
14312: { "MimeTeXWin32DLL", "-e", /* constant args */
14313: /*gifFileName, expression,*/ NULL, NULL, NULL };
14314: /* --- set argv[]'s not computable at load time --- */
14315: argv[2] = gifFileName; /* args are -e gifFileName */
14316: argv[3] = expression; /* and now -e gifFileName expression */
14317: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
14318: Run mimeTeX in command-line mode with -e (export) option, and then return
14319: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
14320: return main ( argc, argv
14321: #ifdef DUMPENVP
14322: , NULL
14323: #endif
14324: ) ;
14325: } /* --- end-of-function CreateGifFromEq() --- */
14326:
14327: /* ==========================================================================
1.1 albertel 14328: * Function: isstrstr ( char *string, char *snippets, int iscase )
14329: * Purpose: determine whether any substring of 'string'
14330: * matches any of the comma-separated list of 'snippets',
14331: * ignoring case if iscase=0.
14332: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14333: * Arguments: string (I) char * containing null-terminated
14334: * string that will be searched for
14335: * any one of the specified snippets
14336: * snippets (I) char * containing null-terminated,
14337: * comma-separated list of snippets
14338: * to be searched for in string
14339: * iscase (I) int containing 0 for case-insensitive
14340: * comparisons, or 1 for case-sensitive
14341: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14342: * Returns: ( int ) 1 if any snippet is a substring of
14343: * string, 0 if not
14344: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14345: * Notes: o
14346: * ======================================================================= */
14347: /* --- entry point --- */
14348: int isstrstr ( char *string, char *snippets, int iscase )
14349: {
14350: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
14351: Allocations and Declarations
14352: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
14353: int status = 0; /*1 if any snippet found in string*/
14354: char snip[99], *snipptr = snippets, /* munge through each snippet */
14355: delim = ',', *delimptr = NULL; /* separated by delim's */
14356: char stringcp[999], *cp = stringcp; /*maybe lowercased copy of string*/
14357: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
14358: initialization
14359: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
14360: /* --- arg check --- */
14361: if ( string==NULL || snippets==NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* missing arg */
14362: if ( *string=='\000' || *snippets=='\000' ) goto end_of_job; /* empty arg */
14363: /* --- copy string and lowercase it if case-insensitive --- */
14364: strcpy(stringcp,string); /* local copy of string */
14365: if ( !iscase ) /* want case-insensitive compares */
14366: for ( cp=stringcp; *cp != '\000'; cp++ ) /* so for each string char */
14367: if ( isupper(*cp) ) *cp = tolower(*cp); /*lowercase any uppercase chars*/
14368: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
14369: extract each snippet and see if it's a substring of string
14370: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
14371: while ( snipptr != NULL ) /* while we still have snippets */
14372: {
14373: /* --- extract next snippet --- */
14374: if ( (delimptr = strchr(snipptr,delim)) /* locate next comma delim */
14375: == NULL ) /*not found following last snippet*/
14376: { strcpy(snip,snipptr); /* local copy of last snippet */
14377: snipptr = NULL; } /* signal end-of-string */
14378: else /* snippet ends just before delim */
14379: { int sniplen = (int)(delimptr-snipptr) - 1; /* #chars in snippet */
14380: memcpy(snip,snipptr,sniplen); /* local copy of snippet chars */
14381: snip[sniplen] = '\000'; /* null-terminated snippet */
14382: snipptr = delimptr + 1; } /* next snippet starts after delim */
14383: /* --- lowercase snippet if case-insensitive --- */
14384: if ( !iscase ) /* want case-insensitive compares */
14385: for ( cp=snip; *cp != '\000'; cp++ ) /* so for each snippet char */
14386: if ( isupper(*cp) ) *cp=tolower(*cp); /*lowercase any uppercase chars*/
14387: /* --- check if snippet in string --- */
14388: if ( strstr(stringcp,snip) != NULL ) /* found snippet in string */
14389: { status = 1; /* so reset return status */
14390: break; } /* no need to check any further */
14391: } /* --- end-of-while(*snipptr!=0) --- */
14392: end_of_job: return ( status ); /*1 if snippet found in list, else 0*/
14393: } /* --- end-of-function isstrstr() --- */
14394:
14395: /* ==========================================================================
14396: * Function: ismonth ( char *month )
14397: * Purpose: returns 1 if month contains current month "jan"..."dec".
14398: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14399: * Arguments: month (I) char * containing null-terminated string
14400: * in which "jan"..."dec" is (putatively)
14401: * contained as a substring.
14402: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14403: * Returns: ( int ) 1 if month contains current month,
14404: * 0 otherwise
14405: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14406: * Notes: o There's a three day "grace period", e.g., Dec 3 mtaches Nov.
14407: * ======================================================================= */
14408: /* --- entry point --- */
14409: int ismonth ( char *month )
14410: {
14411: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
14412: Allocations and Declarations
14413: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
14414: int isokay = 0; /*1 if month contains current month*/
14415: /*long time_val = 0L;*/ /* binary value returned by time() */
14416: time_t time_val = (time_t)(0); /* binary value returned by time() */
14417: struct tm *tmstruct=(struct tm *)NULL, *localtime(); /* interpret time_val */
14418: int imonth, mday; /* current month 1-12 and day 1-31 */
14419: int ngrace = 3; /* grace period */
14420: char lcmonth[128]="\000"; int i=0; /* lowercase month */
14421: static char *months[] = /* month must contain current one */
14422: {"dec","jan","feb","mar","apr","may","jun",
14423: "jul","aug","sep","oct","nov","dec","jan"};
14424: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
14425: get current date:time info, and check month
14426: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
14427: /* --- lowercase input month --- */
14428: if ( month != NULL ) /* check that we got input */
14429: for ( i=0; i<120 && *month!='\000'; i++,month++ ) /* go thru month chars */
14430: lcmonth[i] = tolower(*month); /* lowerase each char in month */
14431: if ( i < 2 ) goto end_of_job; /* must be invalid input */
14432: lcmonth[i] = '\000'; /* null-terminate lcmonth[] */
14433: /* --- get current date:time --- */
14434: time((time_t *)(&time_val)); /* get date and time */
14435: tmstruct = localtime((time_t *)(&time_val)); /* interpret time_val */
14436: /* --- month and day --- */
14437: imonth = 1 + (int)(tmstruct->tm_mon); /* 1=jan ... 12=dec */
14438: mday = (int)(tmstruct->tm_mday); /* 1-31 */
14439: if ( imonth<1 || imonth>12 /* quit if month out-of-range */
14440: || mday<0 || mday>31 ) goto end_of_job; /* or date out of range */
14441: /* --- check input month against current date --- */
14442: if ( strstr(lcmonth,months[imonth]) != NULL ) isokay = 1; /* current month */
14443: if ( mday <= ngrace ) /* 1-3 within grace period */
14444: if ( strstr(lcmonth,months[imonth-1]) != NULL ) isokay = 1; /* last month */
14445: if ( mday >= 31-ngrace ) /* 28-31 within grace period */
14446: if ( strstr(lcmonth,months[imonth+1]) != NULL ) isokay = 1; /* next month */
14447: end_of_job:
14448: return ( isokay ); /*1 if month contains current month*/
14449: } /* --- end-of-function ismonth() --- */
14450:
14451: /* ==========================================================================
14452: * Functions: int unescape_url ( char *url, int isescape )
14453: * char x2c ( char *what )
14454: * Purpose: unescape_url replaces 3-character sequences %xx in url
14455: * with the single character represented by hex xx.
14456: * x2c returns the single character represented by hex xx
14457: * passed as a 2-character sequence in what.
14458: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14459: * Arguments: url (I) char * containing null-terminated
14460: * string with embedded %xx sequences
14461: * to be converted.
14462: * isescape (I) int containing 1 to _not_ unescape
14463: * \% sequences (0 would be NCSA default)
14464: * what (I) char * whose first 2 characters are
14465: * interpreted as ascii representations
14466: * of hex digits.
14467: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14468: * Returns: ( int ) unescape_url always returns 0.
14469: * ( char ) x2c returns the single char
14470: * corresponding to hex xx passed in what.
14471: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14472: * Notes: o These two functions were taken verbatim from util.c in
14473: * ftp://ftp.ncsa.uiuc.edu/Web/httpd/Unix/ncsa_httpd/cgi/ncsa-default.tar.Z
14474: * o Not quite "verbatim" -- I added the "isescape logic" 4-Dec-03
14475: * so unescape_url() can be safely applied to input which may or
1.3 albertel 14476: * may not have been url-encoded. (Note: currently, all calls
14477: * to unescape_url() pass iescape=0, so it's not used.)
14478: * o Added +++'s to blank xlation on 24-Sep-06
14479: * o Added ^M,^F,etc to blank xlation 0n 01-Oct-06
1.1 albertel 14480: * ======================================================================= */
14481: /* --- entry point --- */
14482: int unescape_url(char *url, int isescape) {
14483: int x=0,y=0,prevescape=0,gotescape=0;
1.3 albertel 14484: int xlateplus = (isplusblank==1?1:0); /* true to xlate plus to blank */
14485: int strreplace(); /* replace + with blank, if needed */
1.1 albertel 14486: char x2c();
14487: static char *hex="0123456789ABCDEFabcdef";
1.3 albertel 14488: /* ---
14489: * xlate ctrl chars to blanks
14490: * -------------------------- */
14491: if ( 1 ) { /* xlate ctrl chars to blanks */
14492: char *ctrlchars = "\n\t\v\b\r\f\a\015";
14493: int seglen = strspn(url,ctrlchars); /*initial segment with ctrlchars*/
14494: int urllen = strlen(url); /* total length of url string */
14495: /* --- first, entirely remove ctrlchars from beginning and end --- */
14496: if ( seglen > 0 ) { /*have ctrlchars at start of string*/
14497: strcpy(url,url+seglen); /* squeeze out initial ctrlchars */
14498: urllen -= seglen; } /* string is now shorter */
14499: while ( --urllen >= 0 ) /* now remove ctrlchars from end */
14500: if ( isthischar(url[urllen],ctrlchars) ) /* ctrlchar at end */
14501: url[urllen] = '\000'; /* re-terminate string before it */
14502: else break; /* or we're done */
14503: urllen++; /* length of url string */
14504: /* --- now, replace interior ctrlchars with ~ blanks --- */
14505: while ( (seglen=strcspn(url,ctrlchars)) < urllen ) /*found a ctrlchar*/
14506: url[seglen] = '~'; /* replace ctrlchar with ~ */
14507: } /* --- end-of-if(1) --- */
14508: /* ---
14509: * xlate +'s to blanks if requested or if deemed necessary
14510: * ------------------------------------------------------- */
14511: if ( isplusblank == (-1) ) { /*determine whether or not to xlate*/
14512: char *searchfor[] = { " ","%20", "%2B","%2b", "+++","++",
14513: "+=+","+-+", NULL };
14514: int isearch = 0, /* searchfor[] index */
14515: nfound[11] = {-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1}; /*#occurrences*/
14516: /* --- locate occurrences of searchfor[] strings in url --- */
14517: for ( isearch=0; searchfor[isearch] != NULL; isearch++ ) {
14518: char *psearch = url; /* start search at beginning */
14519: nfound[isearch] = 0; /* init #occurrences count */
14520: while ( (psearch=strstr(psearch,searchfor[isearch])) != NULL ) {
14521: nfound[isearch] += 1; /* count another occurrence */
14522: psearch += strlen(searchfor[isearch]); } /*resume search after it*/
14523: } /* --- end-of-for(isearch) --- */
14524: /* --- apply some common-sense logic --- */
14525: if ( nfound[0] + nfound[1] > 0 ) /* we have actual " "s or "%20"s */
14526: isplusblank = xlateplus = 0; /* so +++'s aren't blanks */
14527: if ( nfound[2] + nfound[3] > 0 ) { /* we have "%2B" for +++'s */
14528: if ( isplusblank != 0 ) /* and haven't disabled xlation */
14529: isplusblank = xlateplus = 1; /* so +++'s are blanks */
14530: else /* we have _both_ "%20" and "%2b" */
14531: xlateplus = 0; } /* tough call */
14532: if ( nfound[4] + nfound[5] > 0 /* we have multiple ++'s */
14533: || nfound[6] + nfound[7] > 0 ) /* or we have a +=+ or +-+ */
14534: if ( isplusblank != 0 ) /* and haven't disabled xlation */
14535: xlateplus = 1; /* so xlate +++'s to blanks */
14536: } /* --- end-of-if(isplusblank==-1) --- */
14537: if ( xlateplus > 0 ) { /* want +'s xlated to blanks */
14538: char *xlateto[] = { ""," "," "," + "," "," "," "," "," " };
14539: while ( xlateplus > 0 ) { /* still have +++'s to xlate */
14540: char plusses[99] = "++++++++++++++++++++"; /* longest +++ string */
14541: plusses[xlateplus] = '\000'; /* null-terminate +++'s */
14542: strreplace(url,plusses,xlateto[xlateplus],0); /* xlate +++'s */
14543: xlateplus--; /* next shorter +++ string */
14544: } /* --- end-of-while(xlateplus>0) --- */
14545: } /* --- end-of-if(xlateplus) --- */
14546: isplusblank = 0; /* don't iterate this xlation */
14547: /* ---
14548: * xlate %nn to corresponding char
14549: * ------------------------------- */
1.1 albertel 14550: for(;url[y];++x,++y) {
14551: gotescape = prevescape;
14552: prevescape = (url[x]=='\\');
14553: if((url[x] = url[y]) == '%')
14554: if(!isescape || !gotescape)
14555: if(isthischar(url[y+1],hex)
14556: && isthischar(url[y+2],hex))
14557: { url[x] = x2c(&url[y+1]);
14558: y+=2; }
14559: }
14560: url[x] = '\0';
14561: return 0;
14562: } /* --- end-of-function unescape_url() --- */
14563: /* --- entry point --- */
14564: char x2c(char *what) {
14565: char digit;
14566: digit = (what[0] >= 'A' ? ((what[0] & 0xdf) - 'A')+10 : (what[0] - '0'));
14567: digit *= 16;
14568: digit += (what[1] >= 'A' ? ((what[1] & 0xdf) - 'A')+10 : (what[1] - '0'));
14569: return(digit);
14570: } /* --- end-of-function x2c() --- */
14571:
14572: /* ==========================================================================
14573: * Function: logger ( fp, msglevel, message, logvars )
14574: * Purpose: Logs the environment variables specified in logvars
14575: * to fp if their msglevel is >= the passed msglevel.
14576: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14577: * Arguments: fp (I) FILE * to file containing log
14578: * msglevel (I) int containing logging message level
14579: * message (I) char * to optional message, or NULL
14580: * logvars (I) logdata * to array of environment variables
14581: * to be logged
14582: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14583: * Returns: ( int ) number of variables from logvars
14584: * that were actually logged
14585: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14586: * Notes: o
14587: * ======================================================================= */
14588: /* --- entry point --- */
14589: int logger ( FILE *fp, int msglevel, char *message, logdata *logvars )
14590: {
14591: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
14592: Allocations and Declarations
14593: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
14594: int ilog=0, nlogged=0; /* logvars[] index, #vars logged */
14595: char *timestamp(); /* timestamp logged */
14596: char *value = NULL; /* getenv(name) to be logged */
14597: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
14598: Log each variable
14599: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.2 albertel 14600: fprintf(fp,"%s\n",timestamp(TZDELTA,0)); /*emit timestamp before first var*/
1.1 albertel 14601: if ( message != NULL ) /* optional message supplied */
14602: fprintf(fp," MESSAGE = %s\n",message); /* emit caller-supplied message */
14603: if ( logvars != (logdata *)NULL ) /* have logvars */
14604: for ( ilog=0; logvars[ilog].name != NULL; ilog++ ) /* till end-of-table */
14605: if ( msglevel >= logvars[ilog].msglevel ) /* check msglevel for this var */
14606: if ( (value=getenv(logvars[ilog].name)) /* getenv(name) to be logged */
14607: != NULL ) /* check that name exists */
14608: {
14609: fprintf(fp," %s = %.*s\n", /* emit variable name = value */
14610: logvars[ilog].name,logvars[ilog].maxlen,value);
14611: nlogged++; /* bump #vars logged */
14612: } /* --- end-of-for(ilog) --- */
14613: return ( nlogged ); /* back to caller */
14614: } /* --- end-of-function logger() --- */
14615:
14616: /* ==========================================================================
1.4 ! riegler 14617: * Function: emitcache ( cachefile, maxage, valign, isbuffer )
1.1 albertel 14618: * Purpose: dumps bytes from cachefile to stdout
14619: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14620: * Arguments: cachefile (I) pointer to null-terminated char string
1.2 albertel 14621: * containing full path to file to be dumped,
14622: * or contains buffer of bytes to be dumped
1.4 ! riegler 14623: * maxage (I) int containing maxage, in seconds, for
1.2 albertel 14624: * http header, or -1 to not emit headers
1.4 ! riegler 14625: * valign (I) int containing Vertical-Align:, in pixels,
! 14626: * for http header, or <= -999 to not emit
1.2 albertel 14627: * isbuffer (I) 1 if cachefile is buffer of bytes to be
14628: * dumped
1.1 albertel 14629: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14630: * Returns: ( int ) #bytes dumped (0 signals error)
14631: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14632: * Notes: o
14633: * ======================================================================= */
14634: /* --- entry point --- */
1.4 ! riegler 14635: int emitcache ( char *cachefile, int maxage, int valign, int isbuffer )
1.1 albertel 14636: {
14637: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
14638: Allocations and Declarations
14639: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.2 albertel 14640: int nbytes=gifSize, readcachefile(); /* read cache file */
14641: FILE *emitptr = stdout; /* emit cachefile to stdout */
1.3 albertel 14642: unsigned char buffer[MAXGIFSZ+1]; /* bytes from cachefile */
1.2 albertel 14643: unsigned char *buffptr = buffer; /* ptr to buffer */
1.4 ! riegler 14644: int isvalign = (abs(valign)<999?1:0); /* true to emit Vertical-Align: */
! 14645: int iscontenttypecached = iscachecontenttype; /*true if headers cached*/
1.1 albertel 14646: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
14647: initialization
14648: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
14649: /* --- check that files opened okay --- */
1.2 albertel 14650: if ( emitptr == (FILE *)NULL ) /* failed to open emit file */
1.1 albertel 14651: goto end_of_job; /* so return 0 bytes to caller */
1.2 albertel 14652: /* --- read the file if necessary --- */
1.4 ! riegler 14653: if ( isbuffer ) { /* cachefile is buffer */
! 14654: buffptr = (unsigned char *)cachefile; /* so reset buffer pointer */
! 14655: iscontenttypecached = 0; } /* and iscontenttypecached flag */
! 14656: else { /* cachefile is file name */
! 14657: if ( (nbytes = readcachefile(cachefile,buffer)) /* read the file */
! 14658: < 1 ) goto end_of_job; } /* quit if file not read */
1.2 albertel 14659: /* --- first emit http headers if requested --- */
1.3 albertel 14660: if ( isemitcontenttype /* content-type lines enabled */
1.4 ! riegler 14661: && !iscontenttypecached /* and not in cached image */
1.3 albertel 14662: && maxage >= 0 ) /* caller wants http headers */
1.2 albertel 14663: { /* --- emit mime content-type line --- */
14664: fprintf( emitptr, "Cache-Control: max-age=%d\n",maxage );
14665: fprintf( emitptr, "Content-Length: %d\n",nbytes );
1.4 ! riegler 14666: if ( isvalign ) /* Vertical-Align: header wanted */
! 14667: fprintf( emitptr, "Vertical-Align: %d\n",valign );
1.2 albertel 14668: fprintf( emitptr, "Content-type: image/gif\n\n" ); }
14669: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
14670: set stdout to binary mode (for Windows)
14671: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.1 albertel 14672: /* emitptr = fdopen(STDOUT_FILENO,"wb"); */ /* doesn't work portably, */
14673: #ifdef WINDOWS /* so instead... */
14674: #ifdef HAVE_SETMODE /* prefer (non-portable) setmode() */
14675: if ( setmode ( fileno (stdout), O_BINARY) /* windows specific call */
14676: == -1 ) ; /* handle error */ /* sets stdout to binary mode */
14677: #else /* setmode() not available */
14678: #if 1
14679: freopen ("CON", "wb", stdout); /* freopen() stdout binary */
14680: #else
14681: stdout = fdopen (STDOUT_FILENO, "wb"); /* fdopen() stdout binary */
14682: #endif
14683: #endif
14684: #endif
14685: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
14686: emit bytes from cachefile
14687: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.2 albertel 14688: /* --- write bytes to stdout --- */
14689: if ( fwrite(buffptr,sizeof(unsigned char),nbytes,emitptr) /* write buffer */
14690: < nbytes ) /* failed to write all bytes */
14691: nbytes = 0; /* reset total count to 0 */
14692: end_of_job:
14693: return ( nbytes ); /* back with #bytes emitted */
14694: } /* --- end-of-function emitcache() --- */
14695:
14696: /* ==========================================================================
14697: * Function: readcachefile ( cachefile, buffer )
14698: * Purpose: read cachefile into buffer
14699: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14700: * Arguments: cachefile (I) pointer to null-terminated char string
14701: * containing full path to file to be read
14702: * buffer (O) pointer to unsigned char string
14703: * returning contents of cachefile
14704: * (max 64000 bytes)
14705: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14706: * Returns: ( int ) #bytes read (0 signals error)
14707: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14708: * Notes: o
14709: * ======================================================================= */
14710: /* --- entry point --- */
14711: int readcachefile ( char *cachefile, unsigned char *buffer )
14712: {
14713: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
14714: Allocations and Declarations
14715: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
14716: FILE *cacheptr = fopen(cachefile,"rb"); /*open cachefile for binary read*/
14717: unsigned char cachebuff[64]; /* bytes from cachefile */
14718: int buflen = 32, /* #bytes we try to read from file */
14719: nread = 0, /* #bytes actually read from file */
1.3 albertel 14720: maxbytes = MAXGIFSZ, /* max #bytes returned in buffer */
1.2 albertel 14721: nbytes = 0; /* total #bytes read */
14722: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
14723: initialization
14724: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
14725: /* --- check that files opened okay --- */
14726: if ( cacheptr == (FILE *)NULL ) goto end_of_job; /*failed to open cachefile*/
14727: /* --- check that output buffer provided --- */
14728: if ( buffer == (unsigned char *)NULL ) goto end_of_job; /* no buffer */
14729: /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
14730: read bytes from cachefile
14731: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1.1 albertel 14732: while ( 1 )
14733: {
14734: /* --- read bytes from cachefile --- */
1.2 albertel 14735: nread = fread(cachebuff,sizeof(unsigned char),buflen,cacheptr); /* read */
14736: if ( nbytes + nread > maxbytes ) /* block too big for buffer */
14737: nread = maxbytes - nbytes; /* so truncate it */
1.1 albertel 14738: if ( nread < 1 ) break; /* no bytes left in cachefile */
1.2 albertel 14739: /* --- store bytes in buffer --- */
14740: memcpy(buffer+nbytes,cachebuff,nread); /* copy current block to buffer */
14741: /* --- ready to read next block --- */
1.1 albertel 14742: nbytes += nread; /* bump total #bytes emitted */
14743: if ( nread < buflen ) break; /* no bytes left in cachefile */
1.2 albertel 14744: if ( nbytes >= maxbytes ) break; /* avoid buffer overflow */
1.1 albertel 14745: } /* --- end-of-while(1) --- */
14746: end_of_job:
14747: if ( cacheptr != NULL ) fclose(cacheptr); /* close file if opened */
14748: return ( nbytes ); /* back with #bytes emitted */
1.2 albertel 14749: } /* --- end-of-function readcachefile() --- */
1.1 albertel 14750:
14751: /* ==========================================================================
14752: * Function: md5str ( instr )
14753: * Purpose: returns null-terminated character string containing
14754: * md5 hash of instr (input string)
14755: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14756: * Arguments: instr (I) pointer to null-terminated char string
14757: * containing input string whose md5 hash
14758: * is desired
14759: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14760: * Returns: ( char * ) ptr to null-terminated 32-character
14761: * md5 hash of instr
14762: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14763: * Notes: o Other md5 library functions are included below.
14764: * They're all taken from Christophe Devine's code,
14765: * which (as of 04-Aug-2004) is available from
14766: * http://www.cr0.net:8040/code/crypto/md5/
14767: * o The P,F,S macros in the original code are replaced
14768: * by four functions P1()...P4() to accommodate a problem
14769: * with Compaq's vax/vms C compiler.
14770: * ======================================================================= */
14771: /* --- #include "md5.h" --- */
14772: #ifndef uint8
14773: #define uint8 unsigned char
14774: #endif
14775: #ifndef uint32
14776: #define uint32 unsigned long int
14777: #endif
14778: typedef struct
14779: { uint32 total[2];
14780: uint32 state[4];
14781: uint8 buffer[64];
14782: } md5_context;
14783: void md5_starts( md5_context *ctx );
14784: void md5_update( md5_context *ctx, uint8 *input, uint32 length );
14785: void md5_finish( md5_context *ctx, uint8 digest[16] );
14786: /* --- md5.h --- */
14787: #define GET_UINT32(n,b,i) \
14788: { (n) = ( (uint32) (b)[(i) ] ) \
14789: | ( (uint32) (b)[(i) + 1] << 8 ) \
14790: | ( (uint32) (b)[(i) + 2] << 16 ) \
14791: | ( (uint32) (b)[(i) + 3] << 24 ); }
14792: #define PUT_UINT32(n,b,i) \
14793: { (b)[(i) ] = (uint8) ( (n) ); \
14794: (b)[(i) + 1] = (uint8) ( (n) >> 8 ); \
14795: (b)[(i) + 2] = (uint8) ( (n) >> 16 ); \
14796: (b)[(i) + 3] = (uint8) ( (n) >> 24 ); }
14797: /* --- P,S,F macros defined as functions --- */
14798: void P1(uint32 *X,uint32 *a,uint32 b,uint32 c,uint32 d,int k,int s,uint32 t)
14799: { *a += (uint32)(d ^ (b & (c ^ d))) + X[k] + t;
14800: *a = ((*a<<s) | ((*a & 0xFFFFFFFF) >> (32-s))) + b;
14801: return; }
14802: void P2(uint32 *X,uint32 *a,uint32 b,uint32 c,uint32 d,int k,int s,uint32 t)
14803: { *a += (uint32)(c ^ (d & (b ^ c))) + X[k] + t;
14804: *a = ((*a<<s) | ((*a & 0xFFFFFFFF) >> (32-s))) + b;
14805: return; }
14806: void P3(uint32 *X,uint32 *a,uint32 b,uint32 c,uint32 d,int k,int s,uint32 t)
14807: { *a += (uint32)(b ^ c ^ d) + X[k] + t;
14808: *a = ((*a<<s) | ((*a & 0xFFFFFFFF) >> (32-s))) + b;
14809: return; }
14810: void P4(uint32 *X,uint32 *a,uint32 b,uint32 c,uint32 d,int k,int s,uint32 t)
14811: { *a += (uint32)(c ^ (b | ~d)) + X[k] + t;
14812: *a = ((*a<<s) | ((*a & 0xFFFFFFFF) >> (32-s))) + b;
14813: return; }
14814:
14815: /* --- entry point (this one little stub written by me)--- */
14816: char *md5str( char *instr )
14817: { static char outstr[64];
14818: unsigned char md5sum[16];
14819: md5_context ctx;
14820: int j;
14821: md5_starts( &ctx );
14822: md5_update( &ctx, (uint8 *)instr, strlen(instr) );
14823: md5_finish( &ctx, md5sum );
14824: for( j=0; j<16; j++ )
14825: sprintf( outstr + j*2, "%02x", md5sum[j] );
14826: outstr[32] = '\000';
14827: return ( outstr ); }
14828:
14829: /* --- entry point (all md5 functions below by Christophe Devine) --- */
14830: void md5_starts( md5_context *ctx )
14831: { ctx->total[0] = 0;
14832: ctx->total[1] = 0;
14833: ctx->state[0] = 0x67452301;
14834: ctx->state[1] = 0xEFCDAB89;
14835: ctx->state[2] = 0x98BADCFE;
14836: ctx->state[3] = 0x10325476; }
14837:
14838: void md5_process( md5_context *ctx, uint8 data[64] )
14839: { uint32 X[16], A, B, C, D;
14840: GET_UINT32( X[0], data, 0 );
14841: GET_UINT32( X[1], data, 4 );
14842: GET_UINT32( X[2], data, 8 );
14843: GET_UINT32( X[3], data, 12 );
14844: GET_UINT32( X[4], data, 16 );
14845: GET_UINT32( X[5], data, 20 );
14846: GET_UINT32( X[6], data, 24 );
14847: GET_UINT32( X[7], data, 28 );
14848: GET_UINT32( X[8], data, 32 );
14849: GET_UINT32( X[9], data, 36 );
14850: GET_UINT32( X[10], data, 40 );
14851: GET_UINT32( X[11], data, 44 );
14852: GET_UINT32( X[12], data, 48 );
14853: GET_UINT32( X[13], data, 52 );
14854: GET_UINT32( X[14], data, 56 );
14855: GET_UINT32( X[15], data, 60 );
14856: A = ctx->state[0];
14857: B = ctx->state[1];
14858: C = ctx->state[2];
14859: D = ctx->state[3];
14860: P1( X, &A, B, C, D, 0, 7, 0xD76AA478 );
14861: P1( X, &D, A, B, C, 1, 12, 0xE8C7B756 );
14862: P1( X, &C, D, A, B, 2, 17, 0x242070DB );
14863: P1( X, &B, C, D, A, 3, 22, 0xC1BDCEEE );
14864: P1( X, &A, B, C, D, 4, 7, 0xF57C0FAF );
14865: P1( X, &D, A, B, C, 5, 12, 0x4787C62A );
14866: P1( X, &C, D, A, B, 6, 17, 0xA8304613 );
14867: P1( X, &B, C, D, A, 7, 22, 0xFD469501 );
14868: P1( X, &A, B, C, D, 8, 7, 0x698098D8 );
14869: P1( X, &D, A, B, C, 9, 12, 0x8B44F7AF );
14870: P1( X, &C, D, A, B, 10, 17, 0xFFFF5BB1 );
14871: P1( X, &B, C, D, A, 11, 22, 0x895CD7BE );
14872: P1( X, &A, B, C, D, 12, 7, 0x6B901122 );
14873: P1( X, &D, A, B, C, 13, 12, 0xFD987193 );
14874: P1( X, &C, D, A, B, 14, 17, 0xA679438E );
14875: P1( X, &B, C, D, A, 15, 22, 0x49B40821 );
14876: P2( X, &A, B, C, D, 1, 5, 0xF61E2562 );
14877: P2( X, &D, A, B, C, 6, 9, 0xC040B340 );
14878: P2( X, &C, D, A, B, 11, 14, 0x265E5A51 );
14879: P2( X, &B, C, D, A, 0, 20, 0xE9B6C7AA );
14880: P2( X, &A, B, C, D, 5, 5, 0xD62F105D );
14881: P2( X, &D, A, B, C, 10, 9, 0x02441453 );
14882: P2( X, &C, D, A, B, 15, 14, 0xD8A1E681 );
14883: P2( X, &B, C, D, A, 4, 20, 0xE7D3FBC8 );
14884: P2( X, &A, B, C, D, 9, 5, 0x21E1CDE6 );
14885: P2( X, &D, A, B, C, 14, 9, 0xC33707D6 );
14886: P2( X, &C, D, A, B, 3, 14, 0xF4D50D87 );
14887: P2( X, &B, C, D, A, 8, 20, 0x455A14ED );
14888: P2( X, &A, B, C, D, 13, 5, 0xA9E3E905 );
14889: P2( X, &D, A, B, C, 2, 9, 0xFCEFA3F8 );
14890: P2( X, &C, D, A, B, 7, 14, 0x676F02D9 );
14891: P2( X, &B, C, D, A, 12, 20, 0x8D2A4C8A );
14892: P3( X, &A, B, C, D, 5, 4, 0xFFFA3942 );
14893: P3( X, &D, A, B, C, 8, 11, 0x8771F681 );
14894: P3( X, &C, D, A, B, 11, 16, 0x6D9D6122 );
14895: P3( X, &B, C, D, A, 14, 23, 0xFDE5380C );
14896: P3( X, &A, B, C, D, 1, 4, 0xA4BEEA44 );
14897: P3( X, &D, A, B, C, 4, 11, 0x4BDECFA9 );
14898: P3( X, &C, D, A, B, 7, 16, 0xF6BB4B60 );
14899: P3( X, &B, C, D, A, 10, 23, 0xBEBFBC70 );
14900: P3( X, &A, B, C, D, 13, 4, 0x289B7EC6 );
14901: P3( X, &D, A, B, C, 0, 11, 0xEAA127FA );
14902: P3( X, &C, D, A, B, 3, 16, 0xD4EF3085 );
14903: P3( X, &B, C, D, A, 6, 23, 0x04881D05 );
14904: P3( X, &A, B, C, D, 9, 4, 0xD9D4D039 );
14905: P3( X, &D, A, B, C, 12, 11, 0xE6DB99E5 );
14906: P3( X, &C, D, A, B, 15, 16, 0x1FA27CF8 );
14907: P3( X, &B, C, D, A, 2, 23, 0xC4AC5665 );
14908: P4( X, &A, B, C, D, 0, 6, 0xF4292244 );
14909: P4( X, &D, A, B, C, 7, 10, 0x432AFF97 );
14910: P4( X, &C, D, A, B, 14, 15, 0xAB9423A7 );
14911: P4( X, &B, C, D, A, 5, 21, 0xFC93A039 );
14912: P4( X, &A, B, C, D, 12, 6, 0x655B59C3 );
14913: P4( X, &D, A, B, C, 3, 10, 0x8F0CCC92 );
14914: P4( X, &C, D, A, B, 10, 15, 0xFFEFF47D );
14915: P4( X, &B, C, D, A, 1, 21, 0x85845DD1 );
14916: P4( X, &A, B, C, D, 8, 6, 0x6FA87E4F );
14917: P4( X, &D, A, B, C, 15, 10, 0xFE2CE6E0 );
14918: P4( X, &C, D, A, B, 6, 15, 0xA3014314 );
14919: P4( X, &B, C, D, A, 13, 21, 0x4E0811A1 );
14920: P4( X, &A, B, C, D, 4, 6, 0xF7537E82 );
14921: P4( X, &D, A, B, C, 11, 10, 0xBD3AF235 );
14922: P4( X, &C, D, A, B, 2, 15, 0x2AD7D2BB );
14923: P4( X, &B, C, D, A, 9, 21, 0xEB86D391 );
14924: ctx->state[0] += A;
14925: ctx->state[1] += B;
14926: ctx->state[2] += C;
14927: ctx->state[3] += D; }
14928:
14929: void md5_update( md5_context *ctx, uint8 *input, uint32 length )
14930: { uint32 left, fill;
14931: if( length < 1 ) return;
14932: left = ctx->total[0] & 0x3F;
14933: fill = 64 - left;
14934: ctx->total[0] += length;
14935: ctx->total[0] &= 0xFFFFFFFF;
14936: if( ctx->total[0] < length )
14937: ctx->total[1]++;
14938: if( left && length >= fill )
14939: { memcpy( (void *) (ctx->buffer + left),
14940: (void *) input, fill );
14941: md5_process( ctx, ctx->buffer );
14942: length -= fill;
14943: input += fill;
14944: left = 0; }
14945: while( length >= 64 )
14946: { md5_process( ctx, input );
14947: length -= 64;
14948: input += 64; }
14949: if( length >= 1 )
14950: memcpy( (void *) (ctx->buffer + left),
14951: (void *) input, length ); }
14952:
14953: void md5_finish( md5_context *ctx, uint8 digest[16] )
14954: { static uint8 md5_padding[64] =
14955: { 0x80, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
14956: 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
14957: 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
14958: 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
14959: uint32 last, padn;
14960: uint32 high, low;
14961: uint8 msglen[8];
14962: high = ( ctx->total[0] >> 29 )
14963: | ( ctx->total[1] << 3 );
14964: low = ( ctx->total[0] << 3 );
14965: PUT_UINT32( low, msglen, 0 );
14966: PUT_UINT32( high, msglen, 4 );
14967: last = ctx->total[0] & 0x3F;
14968: padn = ( last < 56 ) ? ( 56 - last ) : ( 120 - last );
14969: md5_update( ctx, md5_padding, padn );
14970: md5_update( ctx, msglen, 8 );
14971: PUT_UINT32( ctx->state[0], digest, 0 );
14972: PUT_UINT32( ctx->state[1], digest, 4 );
14973: PUT_UINT32( ctx->state[2], digest, 8 );
14974: PUT_UINT32( ctx->state[3], digest, 12 ); }
14975: /* --- end-of-function md5str() and "friends" --- */
14976:
14977: #if defined(GIF)
14978: /* ==========================================================================
14979: * Function: GetPixel ( int x, int y )
14980: * Purpose: callback for GIF_CompressImage() returning the
14981: * pixel at column x, row y
14982: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14983: * Arguments: x (I) int containing column=0...width-1
14984: * of desired pixel
14985: * y (I) int containing row=0...height-1
14986: * of desired pixel
14987: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14988: * Returns: ( int ) 0 or 1, if pixel at x,y is off or on
14989: * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
14990: * Notes: o
14991: * ======================================================================= */
14992: /* --- entry point --- */
14993: int GetPixel ( int x, int y )
14994: {
14995: int ipixel = y*bitmap_raster->width + x; /* pixel index for x,y-coords*/
14996: int pixval =0; /* value of pixel */
14997: if ( !isaa ) /* use bitmap if not anti-aliased */
14998: pixval = (int)getlongbit(bitmap_raster->pixmap,ipixel); /*pixel = 0 or 1*/
14999: else /* else use anti-aliased grayscale*/
15000: pixval = (int)(colormap_raster[ipixel]); /* colors[] index number */
15001: if ( msgfp!=NULL && msglevel>=9999 ) /* dump pixel */
15002: { fprintf(msgfp,"GetPixel> x=%d, y=%d pixel=%d\n",x,y,pixval);
15003: fflush(msgfp); }
15004: return pixval;
15005: } /* --- end-of-function GetPixel() --- */
15006: #endif /* gif */
15007: #endif /* driver */
15008: #endif /* PART1 */
15009: /* ======================= END-OF-FILE MIMETEX.C ========================= */
15010:
FreeBSD-CVSweb <freebsd-cvsweb@FreeBSD.org>
![[BACK]](/icons/back.gif){kind=icon}
Return to mimetex.c CVS log ![[TXT]](/icons/text.gif){kind=icon}
![[DIR]](/icons/dir.gif){kind=icon}
Up to [LON-CAPA] / loncom / cgi / mimeTeX